Added the trunk/branches/tags directories at repository root, and moved previous root into trunk/

git-svn-id: https://sfml.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/sfml/trunk@1002 4e206d99-4929-0410-ac5d-dfc041789085
This commit is contained in:
laurentgom 2009-01-28 16:18:34 +00:00
commit 2f524481c1
974 changed files with 295448 additions and 0 deletions

View file

@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/AudioDevice.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/AudioResource.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/Listener.hpp>
#include <algorithm>
#include <iostream>
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Static member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
AudioDevice* AudioDevice::ourInstance;
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
AudioDevice::AudioDevice() :
myRefCount(0)
{
// Create the device
myDevice = alcOpenDevice(NULL);
if (myDevice)
{
// Create the context
myContext = alcCreateContext(myDevice, NULL);
if (myContext)
{
// Set the context as the current one (we'll only need one)
alcMakeContextCurrent(myContext);
// Initialize the listener, located at the origin and looking along the Z axis
Listener::SetPosition(0.f, 0.f, 0.f);
Listener::SetTarget(0.f, 0.f, -1.f);
}
else
{
std::cerr << "Failed to create the audio context" << std::endl;
}
}
else
{
std::cerr << "Failed to open the audio device" << std::endl;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
AudioDevice::~AudioDevice()
{
// Destroy the context
alcMakeContextCurrent(NULL);
if (myContext)
alcDestroyContext(myContext);
// Destroy the device
if (myDevice)
alcCloseDevice(myDevice);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the unique instance of the class
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
AudioDevice& AudioDevice::GetInstance()
{
// Create the audio device if it doesn't exist
if (!ourInstance)
ourInstance = new AudioDevice;
return *ourInstance;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Add a reference to the audio device
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void AudioDevice::AddReference()
{
// Create the audio device if it doesn't exist
if (!ourInstance)
ourInstance = new AudioDevice;
// Increase the references count
ourInstance->myRefCount++;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Remove a reference to the audio device
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void AudioDevice::RemoveReference()
{
// Decrease the references count
ourInstance->myRefCount--;
// Destroy the audio device if the references count reaches 0
if (ourInstance->myRefCount == 0)
{
delete ourInstance;
ourInstance = NULL;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the OpenAL audio device
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ALCdevice* AudioDevice::GetDevice() const
{
return myDevice;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the OpenAL format that matches the given number of channels
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ALenum AudioDevice::GetFormatFromChannelsCount(unsigned int ChannelsCount) const
{
// Find the good format according to the number of channels
switch (ChannelsCount)
{
case 1 : return AL_FORMAT_MONO16;
case 2 : return AL_FORMAT_STEREO16;
case 4 : return alGetEnumValue("AL_FORMAT_QUAD16");
case 6 : return alGetEnumValue("AL_FORMAT_51CHN16");
case 7 : return alGetEnumValue("AL_FORMAT_61CHN16");
case 8 : return alGetEnumValue("AL_FORMAT_71CHN16");
}
return 0;
}
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef SFML_AUDIODEVICE_HPP
#define SFML_AUDIODEVICE_HPP
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/OpenAL.hpp>
#include <set>
#include <string>
namespace sf
{
class AudioResource;
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// AudioDevice is the high-level wrapper around the audio API,
/// it manages creation and destruction of the audio device and context
/// and stores the device capabilities
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class AudioDevice
{
public :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the unique instance of the class
///
/// \return Unique instance of the class
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static AudioDevice& GetInstance();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Add a reference to the audio device
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static void AddReference();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Remove a reference to the audio device
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static void RemoveReference();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the OpenAL audio device
///
/// \return OpenAL device (cannot be NULL)
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ALCdevice* GetDevice() const;
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the OpenAL format that matches the given number of channels
///
/// \param ChannelsCount : Number of channels
///
/// \return OpenAL device (cannot be NULL)
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ALenum GetFormatFromChannelsCount(unsigned int ChannelsCount) const;
private :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
AudioDevice();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
~AudioDevice();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Static member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static AudioDevice* ourInstance; ///< Unique instance of the audio device
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ALCdevice* myDevice; ///< Audio device
ALCcontext* myContext; ///< Audio context
unsigned int myRefCount; ///< References count
};
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf
#endif // SFML_AUDIODEVICE_HPP

View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/AudioResource.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/AudioDevice.hpp>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
AudioResource::AudioResource()
{
priv::AudioDevice::AddReference();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Copy constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
AudioResource::AudioResource(const AudioResource&)
{
priv::AudioDevice::AddReference();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
AudioResource::~AudioResource()
{
priv::AudioDevice::RemoveReference();
}
} // namespace sf

118
src/SFML/Audio/Listener.cpp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/Listener.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/OpenAL.hpp>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the global volume of all the sounds
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Listener::SetGlobalVolume(float Volume)
{
ALCheck(alListenerf(AL_GAIN, Volume * 0.01f));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the current value of the global volume of all the sounds
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float Listener::GetGlobalVolume()
{
float Volume = 0.f;
ALCheck(alGetListenerf(AL_GAIN, &Volume));
return Volume;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the position of the listener (take 3 values)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Listener::SetPosition(float X, float Y, float Z)
{
ALCheck(alListener3f(AL_POSITION, X, Y, Z));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the position of the listener (take a 3D vector)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Listener::SetPosition(const Vector3f& Position)
{
SetPosition(Position.x, Position.y, Position.z);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the current position of the listener
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Vector3f Listener::GetPosition()
{
Vector3f Position;
ALCheck(alGetListener3f(AL_POSITION, &Position.x, &Position.y, &Position.z));
return Position;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the orientation of the listener (the point
/// he must look at) (take 3 values)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Listener::SetTarget(float X, float Y, float Z)
{
float Orientation[] = {X, Y, Z, 0.f, 1.f, 0.f};
ALCheck(alListenerfv(AL_ORIENTATION, Orientation));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the orientation of the listener (the point
/// he must look at) (take a 3D vector)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Listener::SetTarget(const Vector3f& Target)
{
SetTarget(Target.x, Target.y, Target.z);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the current orientation of the listener (the point
/// he's looking at)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Vector3f Listener::GetTarget()
{
float Orientation[6];
ALCheck(alGetListenerfv(AL_ORIENTATION, Orientation));
return Vector3f(Orientation[0], Orientation[1], Orientation[2]);
}
} // namespace sf

39
src/SFML/Audio/Makefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
SRC = $(wildcard *.cpp)
SRCVORBIS = $(wildcard ./stb_vorbis/*.c)
OBJ = $(SRC:.cpp=.o)
OBJVORBIS = $(SRCVORBIS:.c=.o)
ifeq ($(STATIC), yes)
LIB = libsfml-audio-s.a
LIBNAME = $(LIBPATH)/$(LIB)
INSTALL =
else
LIB = libsfml-audio.so
LIBNAME = $(LIBPATH)/$(LIB).$(VERSION)
INSTALL = && $(LN) $(LNFLAGS) $(DESTLIBDIR)/$(LIB).$(VERSION) $(DESTLIBDIR)/$(LIB)
endif
all: $(LIB)
libsfml-audio-s.a: $(OBJ) $(OBJVORBIS)
$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $(LIBNAME) $(OBJ) $(OBJVORBIS)
libsfml-audio.so: $(OBJ) $(OBJVORBIS)
$(CPP) $(LDFLAGS) -Wl,-soname,$(LIB).$(VERSION) -o $(LIBNAME) $(OBJ) $(OBJVORBIS) -lsndfile -lopenal
$(OBJ): %.o: %.cpp
$(CPP) -o $@ -c $< $(CFLAGS)
$(OBJVORBIS): %.o: %.c
$(CC) -o $@ -c $< $(CFLAGSEXT)
.PHONY: clean mrproper
clean:
@rm -rf $(OBJ) $(OBJVORBIS)
mrproper: clean
@rm -rf $(LIBNAME)
install:
@($(CP) $(LIBNAME) $(DESTLIBDIR) $(INSTALL))

137
src/SFML/Audio/Music.cpp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/Music.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/OpenAL.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundFile.hpp>
#include <fstream>
#include <iostream>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the music with a buffer size
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Music::Music(std::size_t BufferSize) :
myFile (NULL),
myDuration(0.f),
mySamples (BufferSize)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Music::~Music()
{
delete myFile;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open a music file (doesn't play it -- call Play() for that)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Music::OpenFromFile(const std::string& Filename)
{
// Create the sound file implementation, and open it in read mode
delete myFile;
myFile = priv::SoundFile::CreateRead(Filename);
if (!myFile)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to open \"" << Filename << "\" for reading" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Compute the duration
myDuration = static_cast<float>(myFile->GetSamplesCount()) / myFile->GetSampleRate() / myFile->GetChannelsCount();
// Initialize the stream
Initialize(myFile->GetChannelsCount(), myFile->GetSampleRate());
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open a music file from memory (doesn't play it -- call Play() for that)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Music::OpenFromMemory(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes)
{
// Create the sound file implementation, and open it in read mode
delete myFile;
myFile = priv::SoundFile::CreateRead(Data, SizeInBytes);
if (!myFile)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to open music from memory for reading" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Compute the duration
myDuration = static_cast<float>(myFile->GetSamplesCount()) / myFile->GetSampleRate();
// Initialize the stream
Initialize(myFile->GetChannelsCount(), myFile->GetSampleRate());
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see SoundStream::OnStart
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Music::OnStart()
{
return myFile->Restart();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see SoundStream::OnGetData
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Music::OnGetData(SoundStream::Chunk& Data)
{
// Fill the chunk parameters
Data.Samples = &mySamples[0];
Data.NbSamples = myFile->Read(&mySamples[0], mySamples.size());
// Check if we have reached the end of the audio file
return Data.NbSamples == mySamples.size();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sound duration
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float Music::GetDuration() const
{
return myDuration;
}
} // namespace sf

132
src/SFML/Audio/OpenAL.hpp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef SFML_OPENAL_HPP
#define SFML_OPENAL_HPP
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Config.hpp>
#if defined(SFML_SYSTEM_MACOS)
#include <OpenAL/al.h>
#include <OpenAL/alc.h>
#else
#include <AL/al.h>
#include <AL/alc.h>
#endif
#include <iostream>
#include <string>
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Let's define a macro to quickly check every OpenAL
/// API calls
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifdef SFML_DEBUG
// If in debug mode, perform a test on every call
#define ALCheck(Func) ((Func), priv::ALCheckError(__FILE__, __LINE__))
#else
// Else, we don't add any overhead
#define ALCheck(Func) (Func)
#endif
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check last OpenAL error
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
inline void ALCheckError(const std::string& File, unsigned int Line)
{
// Get the last error
ALenum ErrorCode = alGetError();
if (ErrorCode != AL_NO_ERROR)
{
std::string Error, Desc;
// Decode the error code
switch (ErrorCode)
{
case AL_INVALID_NAME :
{
Error = "AL_INVALID_NAME";
Desc = "an unacceptable name has been specified";
break;
}
case AL_INVALID_ENUM :
{
Error = "AL_INVALID_ENUM";
Desc = "an unacceptable value has been specified for an enumerated argument";
break;
}
case AL_INVALID_VALUE :
{
Error = "AL_INVALID_VALUE";
Desc = "a numeric argument is out of range";
break;
}
case AL_INVALID_OPERATION :
{
Error = "AL_INVALID_OPERATION";
Desc = "the specified operation is not allowed in the current state";
break;
}
case AL_OUT_OF_MEMORY :
{
Error = "AL_OUT_OF_MEMORY";
Desc = "there is not enough memory left to execute the command";
break;
}
}
// Log the error
std::cerr << "An internal OpenAL call failed in "
<< File.substr(File.find_last_of("\\/") + 1) << " (" << Line << ") : "
<< Error << ", " << Desc
<< std::endl;
}
}
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf
#endif // SFML_OPENAL_HPP

335
src/SFML/Audio/Sound.cpp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/Sound.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundBuffer.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/OpenAL.hpp>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Sound::Sound()
{
ALCheck(alGenSources(1, &mySource));
ALCheck(alSourcei(mySource, AL_BUFFER, 0));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the sound from its parameters
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Sound::Sound(const SoundBuffer& Buffer, bool Loop, float Pitch, float Volume, const Vector3f& Position) :
myBuffer(&Buffer)
{
ALCheck(alGenSources(1, &mySource));
ALCheck(alSourcei (mySource, AL_BUFFER, Buffer.myBuffer));
ALCheck(alSourcei (mySource, AL_LOOPING, Loop));
ALCheck(alSourcef (mySource, AL_PITCH, Pitch));
ALCheck(alSourcef (mySource, AL_GAIN, Volume * 0.01f));
ALCheck(alSource3f(mySource, AL_POSITION, Position.x, Position.y, Position.z));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Copy constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Sound::Sound(const Sound& Copy) :
AudioResource(Copy),
myBuffer (Copy.myBuffer)
{
ALCheck(alGenSources(1, &mySource));
ALCheck(alSourcei (mySource, AL_BUFFER, myBuffer ? myBuffer->myBuffer : 0));
ALCheck(alSourcei (mySource, AL_LOOPING, Copy.GetLoop()));
ALCheck(alSourcef (mySource, AL_PITCH, Copy.GetPitch()));
ALCheck(alSourcef (mySource, AL_GAIN, Copy.GetVolume() * 0.01f));
ALCheck(alSource3f(mySource, AL_POSITION, Copy.GetPosition().x, Copy.GetPosition().y, Copy.GetPosition().z));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Sound::~Sound()
{
if (mySource)
{
if (myBuffer)
{
Stop();
ALCheck(alSourcei(mySource, AL_BUFFER, 0));
}
ALCheck(alDeleteSources(1, &mySource));
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Play the sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::Play()
{
ALCheck(alSourcePlay(mySource));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Pause the sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::Pause()
{
ALCheck(alSourcePause(mySource));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Stop the sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::Stop()
{
ALCheck(alSourceStop(mySource));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the source buffer
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::SetBuffer(const SoundBuffer& Buffer)
{
myBuffer = &Buffer;
ALCheck(alSourcei(mySource, AL_BUFFER, myBuffer ? myBuffer->myBuffer : 0));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the sound loop state
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::SetLoop(bool Loop)
{
ALCheck(alSourcei(mySource, AL_LOOPING, Loop));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the sound pitch
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::SetPitch(float Pitch)
{
ALCheck(alSourcef(mySource, AL_PITCH, Pitch));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the sound volume
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::SetVolume(float Volume)
{
ALCheck(alSourcef(mySource, AL_GAIN, Volume * 0.01f));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the sound position (take 3 values).
/// The default position is (0, 0, 0)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::SetPosition(float X, float Y, float Z)
{
ALCheck(alSource3f(mySource, AL_POSITION, X, Y, Z));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the sound position (take a 3D vector).
/// The default position is (0, 0, 0)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::SetPosition(const Vector3f& Position)
{
SetPosition(Position.x, Position.y, Position.z);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the minimum distance - closer than this distance,
/// the listener will hear the sound at its maximum volume.
/// The default minimum distance is 1.0
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::SetMinDistance(float MinDistance)
{
ALCheck(alSourcef(mySource, AL_REFERENCE_DISTANCE, MinDistance));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the attenuation factor - the higher the attenuation, the
/// more the sound will be attenuated with distance from listener.
/// The default attenuation factor 1.0
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::SetAttenuation(float Attenuation)
{
ALCheck(alSourcef(mySource, AL_ROLLOFF_FACTOR, Attenuation));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the current playing position of the sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sound::SetPlayingOffset(float TimeOffset)
{
ALCheck(alSourcef(mySource, AL_SEC_OFFSET, TimeOffset));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the source buffer
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const SoundBuffer* Sound::GetBuffer() const
{
return myBuffer;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Tell whether or not the sound is looping
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Sound::GetLoop() const
{
ALint Loop;
ALCheck(alGetSourcei(mySource, AL_LOOPING, &Loop));
return Loop != 0;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the pitch
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float Sound::GetPitch() const
{
ALfloat Pitch;
ALCheck(alGetSourcef(mySource, AL_PITCH, &Pitch));
return Pitch;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the volume
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float Sound::GetVolume() const
{
ALfloat Gain;
ALCheck(alGetSourcef(mySource, AL_GAIN, &Gain));
return Gain * 100.f;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sound position
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Vector3f Sound::GetPosition() const
{
Vector3f Position;
ALCheck(alGetSource3f(mySource, AL_POSITION, &Position.x, &Position.y, &Position.z));
return Position;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the minimum distance
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float Sound::GetMinDistance() const
{
ALfloat MinDistance;
ALCheck(alGetSourcef(mySource, AL_REFERENCE_DISTANCE, &MinDistance));
return MinDistance;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the attenuation factor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float Sound::GetAttenuation() const
{
ALfloat Attenuation;
ALCheck(alGetSourcef(mySource, AL_ROLLOFF_FACTOR, &Attenuation));
return Attenuation;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the current playing position of the sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float Sound::GetPlayingOffset() const
{
ALfloat Seconds = 0.f;
ALCheck(alGetSourcef(mySource, AL_SEC_OFFSET, &Seconds));
return Seconds;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the status of the sound (stopped, paused, playing)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Sound::Status Sound::GetStatus() const
{
ALint State;
ALCheck(alGetSourcei(mySource, AL_SOURCE_STATE, &State));
switch (State)
{
case AL_INITIAL :
case AL_STOPPED : return Stopped;
case AL_PAUSED : return Paused;
case AL_PLAYING : return Playing;
}
return Stopped;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Assignment operator
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Sound& Sound::operator =(const Sound& Other)
{
Sound Temp(Other);
std::swap(mySource, Temp.mySource);
std::swap(myBuffer, Temp.myBuffer);
return *this;
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundBuffer.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundFile.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/AudioDevice.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/OpenAL.hpp>
#include <iostream>
#include <memory>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundBuffer::SoundBuffer() :
myBuffer (0),
myDuration(0.f)
{
// Create the buffer
ALCheck(alGenBuffers(1, &myBuffer));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Copy constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundBuffer::SoundBuffer(const SoundBuffer& Copy) :
AudioResource (Copy),
Resource<SoundBuffer>(Copy),
myBuffer (0),
mySamples (Copy.mySamples),
myDuration (Copy.myDuration)
{
// Create the buffer
ALCheck(alGenBuffers(1, &myBuffer));
// Update the internal buffer with the new samples
Update(Copy.GetChannelsCount(), Copy.GetSampleRate());
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundBuffer::~SoundBuffer()
{
if (myBuffer)
ALCheck(alDeleteBuffers(1, &myBuffer));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the sound buffer from a file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundBuffer::LoadFromFile(const std::string& Filename)
{
// Create the sound file
std::auto_ptr<priv::SoundFile> File(priv::SoundFile::CreateRead(Filename));
// Open the sound file
if (File.get())
{
// Get the sound parameters
std::size_t NbSamples = File->GetSamplesCount();
unsigned int ChannelsCount = File->GetChannelsCount();
unsigned int SampleRate = File->GetSampleRate();
// Read the samples from the opened file
mySamples.resize(NbSamples);
if (File->Read(&mySamples[0], NbSamples) == NbSamples)
{
// Update the internal buffer with the new samples
return Update(ChannelsCount, SampleRate);
}
else
{
// Error...
std::cerr << "Failed to read audio data from file \"" << Filename << "\"" << std::endl;
return false;
}
}
else
{
// Error...
std::cerr << "Failed to load sound buffer from file \"" << Filename << "\"" << std::endl;
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the sound buffer from a file in memory
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundBuffer::LoadFromMemory(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes)
{
// Create the sound file
std::auto_ptr<priv::SoundFile> File(priv::SoundFile::CreateRead(Data, SizeInBytes));
// Open the sound file
if (File.get())
{
// Get the sound parameters
std::size_t NbSamples = File->GetSamplesCount();
unsigned int ChannelsCount = File->GetChannelsCount();
unsigned int SampleRate = File->GetSampleRate();
// Read the samples from the opened file
mySamples.resize(NbSamples);
if (File->Read(&mySamples[0], NbSamples) == NbSamples)
{
// Update the internal buffer with the new samples
return Update(ChannelsCount, SampleRate);
}
else
{
// Error...
std::cerr << "Failed to read audio data from file in memory" << std::endl;
return false;
}
}
else
{
// Error...
std::cerr << "Failed to load sound buffer from file in memory" << std::endl;
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the sound buffer from an array of samples - assumed format for
/// samples is 16 bits signed integer
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundBuffer::LoadFromSamples(const Int16* Samples, std::size_t SamplesCount, unsigned int ChannelsCount, unsigned int SampleRate)
{
if (Samples && SamplesCount && ChannelsCount && SampleRate)
{
// Copy the new audio samples
mySamples.assign(Samples, Samples + SamplesCount);
// Update the internal buffer with the new samples
return Update(ChannelsCount, SampleRate);
}
else
{
// Error...
std::cerr << "Failed to load sound buffer from memory ("
<< "Samples : " << Samples << ", "
<< "Samples count : " << SamplesCount << ", "
<< "Channels count : " << ChannelsCount << ", "
<< "Sample rate : " << SampleRate << ")"
<< std::endl;
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Save the sound buffer to a file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundBuffer::SaveToFile(const std::string& Filename) const
{
// Create the sound file in write mode
std::auto_ptr<priv::SoundFile> File(priv::SoundFile::CreateWrite(Filename, GetChannelsCount(), GetSampleRate()));
if (File.get())
{
// Write the samples to the opened file
File->Write(&mySamples[0], mySamples.size());
return true;
}
else
{
// Error...
std::cerr << "Failed to save sound buffer to file \"" << Filename << "\"" << std::endl;
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Return the sound samples
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Int16* SoundBuffer::GetSamples() const
{
return mySamples.empty() ? NULL : &mySamples[0];
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Return the samples count
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
std::size_t SoundBuffer::GetSamplesCount() const
{
return mySamples.size();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sample rate
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int SoundBuffer::GetSampleRate() const
{
ALint SampleRate;
ALCheck(alGetBufferi(myBuffer, AL_FREQUENCY, &SampleRate));
return SampleRate;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Return the number of channels (1 = mono, 2 = stereo, ...)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int SoundBuffer::GetChannelsCount() const
{
ALint ChannelsCount;
ALCheck(alGetBufferi(myBuffer, AL_CHANNELS, &ChannelsCount));
return ChannelsCount;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sound duration
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float SoundBuffer::GetDuration() const
{
return myDuration;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Assignment operator
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundBuffer& SoundBuffer::operator =(const SoundBuffer& Other)
{
SoundBuffer Temp(Other);
mySamples.swap(Temp.mySamples);
std::swap(myBuffer, Temp.myBuffer);
std::swap(myDuration, Temp.myDuration);
return *this;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Update the internal buffer with the audio samples
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundBuffer::Update(unsigned int ChannelsCount, unsigned int SampleRate)
{
// Check parameters
if (!SampleRate || !ChannelsCount || mySamples.empty())
return false;
// Find the good format according to the number of channels
ALenum Format = priv::AudioDevice::GetInstance().GetFormatFromChannelsCount(ChannelsCount);
// Check if the format is valid
if (Format == 0)
{
std::cerr << "Unsupported number of channels (" << ChannelsCount << ")" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Fill the buffer
ALsizei Size = static_cast<ALsizei>(mySamples.size()) * sizeof(Int16);
ALCheck(alBufferData(myBuffer, Format, &mySamples[0], Size, SampleRate));
// Compute the duration
myDuration = static_cast<float>(mySamples.size()) / SampleRate / ChannelsCount;
return true;
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundBufferRecorder.hpp>
#include <algorithm>
#include <iterator>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see SoundBuffer::OnStart
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundBufferRecorder::OnStart()
{
mySamples.clear();
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see SoundBuffer::OnProcessSamples
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundBufferRecorder::OnProcessSamples(const Int16* Samples, std::size_t SamplesCount)
{
std::copy(Samples, Samples + SamplesCount, std::back_inserter(mySamples));
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see SoundBuffer::OnStop
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundBufferRecorder::OnStop()
{
if (!mySamples.empty())
myBuffer.LoadFromSamples(&mySamples[0], mySamples.size(), 1, GetSampleRate());
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sound buffer containing the captured audio data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const SoundBuffer& SoundBufferRecorder::GetBuffer() const
{
return myBuffer;
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundFile.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundFileDefault.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundFileOgg.hpp>
#include <iostream>
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a new sound from a file, for reading
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFile* SoundFile::CreateRead(const std::string& Filename)
{
// Create the file according to its type
SoundFile* File = NULL;
if (SoundFileOgg::IsFileSupported(Filename, true)) File = new SoundFileOgg;
else if (SoundFileDefault::IsFileSupported(Filename, true)) File = new SoundFileDefault;
// Open it for reading
if (File)
{
std::size_t SamplesCount;
unsigned int ChannelsCount;
unsigned int SampleRate;
if (File->OpenRead(Filename, SamplesCount, ChannelsCount, SampleRate))
{
File->myFilename = Filename;
File->myData = NULL;
File->mySize = 0;
File->myNbSamples = SamplesCount;
File->myChannelsCount = ChannelsCount;
File->mySampleRate = SampleRate;
}
else
{
delete File;
File = NULL;
}
}
return File;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a new sound from a file in memory, for reading
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFile* SoundFile::CreateRead(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInMemory)
{
// Create the file according to its type
SoundFile* File = NULL;
if (SoundFileOgg::IsFileSupported(Data, SizeInMemory)) File = new SoundFileOgg;
else if (SoundFileDefault::IsFileSupported(Data, SizeInMemory)) File = new SoundFileDefault;
// Open it for reading
if (File)
{
std::size_t SamplesCount;
unsigned int ChannelsCount;
unsigned int SampleRate;
if (File->OpenRead(Data, SizeInMemory, SamplesCount, ChannelsCount, SampleRate))
{
File->myFilename = "";
File->myData = Data;
File->mySize = SizeInMemory;
File->myNbSamples = SamplesCount;
File->myChannelsCount = ChannelsCount;
File->mySampleRate = SampleRate;
}
else
{
delete File;
File = NULL;
}
}
return File;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a new sound from a file, for writing
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFile* SoundFile::CreateWrite(const std::string& Filename, unsigned int ChannelsCount, unsigned int SampleRate)
{
// Create the file according to its type
SoundFile* File = NULL;
if (SoundFileOgg::IsFileSupported(Filename, false)) File = new SoundFileOgg;
else if (SoundFileDefault::IsFileSupported(Filename, false)) File = new SoundFileDefault;
// Open it for writing
if (File)
{
if (File->OpenWrite(Filename, ChannelsCount, SampleRate))
{
File->myFilename = "";
File->myData = NULL;
File->mySize = 0;
File->myNbSamples = 0;
File->myChannelsCount = ChannelsCount;
File->mySampleRate = SampleRate;
}
else
{
delete File;
File = NULL;
}
}
return File;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFile::SoundFile() :
myNbSamples (0),
myChannelsCount(0),
mySampleRate (0)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Virtual destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFile::~SoundFile()
{
// Nothing to do
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the total number of samples in the file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
std::size_t SoundFile::GetSamplesCount() const
{
return myNbSamples;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the number of channels used by the sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int SoundFile::GetChannelsCount() const
{
return myChannelsCount;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sample rate of the sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int SoundFile::GetSampleRate() const
{
return mySampleRate;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Restart the sound from the beginning
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFile::Restart()
{
if (myData)
{
// Reopen from memory
return OpenRead(myData, mySize, myNbSamples, myChannelsCount, mySampleRate);
}
else if (myFilename != "")
{
// Reopen from file
return OpenRead(myFilename, myNbSamples, myChannelsCount, mySampleRate);
}
else
{
// Trying to reopen a file opened in write mode... error
std::cerr << "Warning : trying to restart a sound opened in write mode, which is not allowed" << std::endl;
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open the sound file for reading
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFile::OpenRead(const std::string& Filename, std::size_t&, unsigned int&, unsigned int&)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to open sound file \"" << Filename << "\", format is not supported by SFML" << std::endl;
return false;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open the sound file in memory for reading
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFile::OpenRead(const char*, std::size_t, std::size_t&, unsigned int&, unsigned int&)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to open sound file from memory, format is not supported by SFML" << std::endl;
return false;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open the sound file for writing
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFile::OpenWrite(const std::string& Filename, unsigned int, unsigned int)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to open sound file \"" << Filename << "\", format is not supported by SFML" << std::endl;
return false;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Read samples from the loaded sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
std::size_t SoundFile::Read(Int16*, std::size_t)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to read from sound file (not supported)" << std::endl;
return 0;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Write samples to the file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundFile::Write(const Int16*, std::size_t)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to write to sound file (not supported)" << std::endl;
}
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef SFML_SOUNDFILE_HPP
#define SFML_SOUNDFILE_HPP
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/System/NonCopyable.hpp>
#include <string>
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// SoundFile is the abstract base class for loading
/// and saving different sound file formats
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class SoundFile : NonCopyable
{
public :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a new sound from a file, for reading
///
/// \param Filename : Path of sound file
/// \param NbSamples : Number of samples in the file
/// \param ChannelsCount : Number of channels in the loaded sound
/// \param SampleRate : Sample rate of the loaded sound
///
/// \return Pointer to the new sound file (NULL if failed)
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static SoundFile* CreateRead(const std::string& Filename);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a new sound from a file in memory, for reading
///
/// \param Data : Pointer to the file data in memory
/// \param SizeInBytes : Size of the data to load, in bytes
/// \param NbSamples : Number of samples in the file
/// \param ChannelsCount : Number of channels in the loaded sound
/// \param SampleRate : Sample rate of the loaded sound
///
/// \return Pointer to the new sound file (NULL if failed)
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static SoundFile* CreateRead(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a new sound from a file, for writing
///
/// \param Filename : Path of sound file
/// \param ChannelsCount : Number of channels in the sound
/// \param SampleRate : Sample rate of the sound
///
/// \return Pointer to the new sound file (NULL if failed)
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static SoundFile* CreateWrite(const std::string& Filename, unsigned int ChannelsCount, unsigned int SampleRate);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Virtual destructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual ~SoundFile();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the total number of samples in the file
///
/// \return Number of samples
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
std::size_t GetSamplesCount() const;
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the number of channels used by the sound
///
/// \return Number of channels (1 = mono, 2 = stereo)
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int GetChannelsCount() const;
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sample rate of the sound
///
/// \return Sample rate, in samples / sec
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int GetSampleRate() const;
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Restart the sound from the beginning
///
/// \return True if restart was successful
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Restart();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Read samples from the loaded sound
///
/// \param Data : Pointer to the samples array to fill
/// \param NbSamples : Number of samples to read
///
/// \return Number of samples read
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual std::size_t Read(Int16* Data, std::size_t NbSamples);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Write samples to the file
///
/// \param Data : Pointer to the samples array to write
/// \param NbSamples : Number of samples to write
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual void Write(const Int16* Data, std::size_t NbSamples);
protected :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFile();
private :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open the sound file for reading
///
/// \param Filename : Path of sound file to load
/// \param NbSamples : Number of samples in the file
/// \param ChannelsCount : Number of channels in the loaded sound
/// \param SampleRate : Sample rate of the loaded sound
///
/// \return True if the file was successfully opened
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual bool OpenRead(const std::string& Filename, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open the sound file in memory for reading
///
/// \param Data : Pointer to the file data in memory
/// \param SizeInBytes : Size of the data to load, in bytes
/// \param NbSamples : Number of samples in the file
/// \param ChannelsCount : Number of channels in the loaded sound
/// \param SampleRate : Sample rate of the loaded sound
///
/// \return True if the file was successfully opened
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual bool OpenRead(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open the sound file for writing
///
/// \param Filename : Path of sound file to write
/// \param ChannelsCount : Number of channels in the sound
/// \param SampleRate : Sample rate of the sound
///
/// \return True if the file was successfully opened
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual bool OpenWrite(const std::string& Filename, unsigned int ChannelsCount, unsigned int SampleRate);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
std::size_t myNbSamples; ///< Total number of samples in the file
unsigned int myChannelsCount; ///< Number of channels used by the sound
unsigned int mySampleRate; ///< Number of samples per second
std::string myFilename; ///< Path of the file (valid if loaded from a file)
const char* myData; ///< Pointer to the file in memory (valid if loaded from memory)
std::size_t mySize; ///< Size of the file in memory (valid if loaded from memory)
};
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf
#endif // SFML_SOUNDFILE_HPP

View file

@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundFileDefault.hpp>
#include <iostream>
#include <string.h>
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFileDefault::SoundFileDefault() :
myFile(NULL)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFileDefault::~SoundFileDefault()
{
if (myFile)
sf_close(myFile);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check if a given file is supported by this loader
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFileDefault::IsFileSupported(const std::string& Filename, bool Read)
{
if (Read)
{
// Open the sound file
SF_INFO FileInfos;
SNDFILE* File = sf_open(Filename.c_str(), SFM_READ, &FileInfos);
if (File)
{
sf_close(File);
return true;
}
else
{
return false;
}
}
else
{
// Check the extension
return GetFormatFromFilename(Filename) != -1;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check if a given file in memory is supported by this loader
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFileDefault::IsFileSupported(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes)
{
// Define the I/O custom functions for reading from memory
SF_VIRTUAL_IO VirtualIO;
VirtualIO.get_filelen = &SoundFileDefault::MemoryGetLength;
VirtualIO.read = &SoundFileDefault::MemoryRead;
VirtualIO.seek = &SoundFileDefault::MemorySeek;
VirtualIO.tell = &SoundFileDefault::MemoryTell;
VirtualIO.write = &SoundFileDefault::MemoryWrite;
// Initialize the memory data
MemoryInfos Memory;
Memory.DataStart = Data;
Memory.DataPtr = Data;
Memory.TotalSize = SizeInBytes;
// Open the sound file
SF_INFO FileInfos;
SNDFILE* File = sf_open_virtual(&VirtualIO, SFM_READ, &FileInfos, &Memory);
if (File)
{
sf_close(File);
return true;
}
else
{
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open the sound file for reading
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFileDefault::OpenRead(const std::string& Filename, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate)
{
// If the file is already opened, first close it
if (myFile)
sf_close(myFile);
// Open the sound file
SF_INFO FileInfos;
myFile = sf_open(Filename.c_str(), SFM_READ, &FileInfos);
if (!myFile)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to read sound file \"" << Filename << "\"" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Set the sound parameters
ChannelsCount = FileInfos.channels;
SampleRate = FileInfos.samplerate;
NbSamples = static_cast<std::size_t>(FileInfos.frames) * ChannelsCount;
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::OpenRead
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFileDefault::OpenRead(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate)
{
// If the file is already opened, first close it
if (myFile)
sf_close(myFile);
// Define the I/O custom functions for reading from memory
SF_VIRTUAL_IO VirtualIO;
VirtualIO.get_filelen = &SoundFileDefault::MemoryGetLength;
VirtualIO.read = &SoundFileDefault::MemoryRead;
VirtualIO.seek = &SoundFileDefault::MemorySeek;
VirtualIO.tell = &SoundFileDefault::MemoryTell;
VirtualIO.write = &SoundFileDefault::MemoryWrite;
// Initialize the memory data
myMemory.DataStart = Data;
myMemory.DataPtr = Data;
myMemory.TotalSize = SizeInBytes;
// Open the sound file
SF_INFO FileInfos;
myFile = sf_open_virtual(&VirtualIO, SFM_READ, &FileInfos, &myMemory);
if (!myFile)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to read sound file from memory" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Set the sound parameters
ChannelsCount = FileInfos.channels;
SampleRate = FileInfos.samplerate;
NbSamples = static_cast<std::size_t>(FileInfos.frames) * ChannelsCount;
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open the sound file for writing
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFileDefault::OpenWrite(const std::string& Filename, unsigned int ChannelsCount, unsigned int SampleRate)
{
// If the file is already opened, first close it
if (myFile)
sf_close(myFile);
// Find the right format according to the file extension
int Format = GetFormatFromFilename(Filename);
if (Format == -1)
{
// Error : unrecognized extension
std::cerr << "Failed to create sound file \"" << Filename << "\" : unknown format" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Fill the sound infos with parameters
SF_INFO FileInfos;
FileInfos.channels = ChannelsCount;
FileInfos.samplerate = SampleRate;
FileInfos.format = Format | SF_FORMAT_PCM_16;
// Open the sound file for writing
myFile = sf_open(Filename.c_str(), SFM_WRITE, &FileInfos);
if (!myFile)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to create sound file \"" << Filename << "\"" << std::endl;
return false;
}
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Read samples from the loaded sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
std::size_t SoundFileDefault::Read(Int16* Data, std::size_t NbSamples)
{
if (myFile && Data && NbSamples)
return static_cast<std::size_t>(sf_read_short(myFile, Data, NbSamples));
else
return 0;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Write samples to the file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundFileDefault::Write(const Int16* Data, std::size_t NbSamples)
{
if (myFile && Data && NbSamples)
sf_write_short(myFile, Data, NbSamples);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the internal format of an audio file according to
/// its filename extension
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
int SoundFileDefault::GetFormatFromFilename(const std::string& Filename)
{
// Extract the extension
std::string Ext = "wav";
std::string::size_type Pos = Filename.find_last_of(".");
if (Pos != std::string::npos)
Ext = Filename.substr(Pos + 1);
// Match every supported extension with its format constant
if (Ext == "wav" || Ext == "WAV" ) return SF_FORMAT_WAV;
if (Ext == "aif" || Ext == "AIF" ) return SF_FORMAT_AIFF;
if (Ext == "aiff" || Ext == "AIFF") return SF_FORMAT_AIFF;
if (Ext == "au" || Ext == "AU" ) return SF_FORMAT_AU;
if (Ext == "raw" || Ext == "RAW" ) return SF_FORMAT_RAW;
if (Ext == "paf" || Ext == "PAF" ) return SF_FORMAT_PAF;
if (Ext == "svx" || Ext == "SVX" ) return SF_FORMAT_SVX;
if (Ext == "voc" || Ext == "VOC" ) return SF_FORMAT_VOC;
if (Ext == "sf" || Ext == "SF" ) return SF_FORMAT_IRCAM;
if (Ext == "w64" || Ext == "W64" ) return SF_FORMAT_W64;
if (Ext == "mat4" || Ext == "MAT4") return SF_FORMAT_MAT4;
if (Ext == "mat5" || Ext == "MAT5") return SF_FORMAT_MAT5;
if (Ext == "pvf" || Ext == "PVF" ) return SF_FORMAT_PVF;
if (Ext == "htk" || Ext == "HTK" ) return SF_FORMAT_HTK;
if (Ext == "caf" || Ext == "CAF" ) return SF_FORMAT_CAF;
if (Ext == "nist" || Ext == "NIST") return SF_FORMAT_NIST; // SUPPORTED ?
if (Ext == "sds" || Ext == "SDS" ) return SF_FORMAT_SDS; // SUPPORTED ?
if (Ext == "avr" || Ext == "AVR" ) return SF_FORMAT_AVR; // SUPPORTED ?
if (Ext == "sd2" || Ext == "SD2" ) return SF_FORMAT_SD2; // SUPPORTED ?
if (Ext == "flac" || Ext == "FLAC") return SF_FORMAT_FLAC; // SUPPORTED ?
return -1;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Functions for implementing custom read and write to memory files
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
sf_count_t SoundFileDefault::MemoryGetLength(void* UserData)
{
MemoryInfos* Memory = static_cast<MemoryInfos*>(UserData);
return Memory->TotalSize;
}
sf_count_t SoundFileDefault::MemoryRead(void* Ptr, sf_count_t Count, void* UserData)
{
MemoryInfos* Memory = static_cast<MemoryInfos*>(UserData);
sf_count_t Position = Memory->DataPtr - Memory->DataStart;
if (Position + Count >= Memory->TotalSize)
Count = Memory->TotalSize - Position;
memcpy(Ptr, Memory->DataPtr, static_cast<std::size_t>(Count));
Memory->DataPtr += Count;
return Count;
}
sf_count_t SoundFileDefault::MemorySeek(sf_count_t Offset, int Whence, void* UserData)
{
MemoryInfos* Memory = static_cast<MemoryInfos*>(UserData);
sf_count_t Position = 0;
switch (Whence)
{
case SEEK_SET :
Position = Offset;
break;
case SEEK_CUR :
Position = Memory->DataPtr - Memory->DataStart + Offset;
break;
case SEEK_END :
Position = Memory->TotalSize - Offset;
break;
default :
Position = 0;
break;
}
if (Position >= Memory->TotalSize)
Position = Memory->TotalSize - 1;
else if (Position < 0)
Position = 0;
Memory->DataPtr = Memory->DataStart + Position;
return Position;
}
sf_count_t SoundFileDefault::MemoryTell(void* UserData)
{
MemoryInfos* Memory = static_cast<MemoryInfos*>(UserData);
return Memory->DataPtr - Memory->DataStart;
}
sf_count_t SoundFileDefault::MemoryWrite(const void*, sf_count_t, void*)
{
return 0;
}
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef SFML_SOUNDFILEDEFAULT_HPP
#define SFML_SOUNDFILEDEFAULT_HPP
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundFile.hpp>
#include <sndfile.h>
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Specialization of SoundFile that can handle a lot of
/// sound formats (see libsndfile homepage for a complete list)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class SoundFileDefault : public SoundFile
{
public :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFileDefault();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
~SoundFileDefault();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check if a given file is supported by this loader
///
/// \param Filename : Path of the file to check
/// \param Read : Is the file opened for reading or writing ?
///
/// \param return True if the loader can handle this file
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static bool IsFileSupported(const std::string& Filename, bool Read);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check if a given file in memory is supported by this loader
///
/// \param Data : Pointer to the file data in memory
/// \param SizeInBytes : Size of the data to load, in bytes
///
/// \param return True if the loader can handle this file
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static bool IsFileSupported(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::Read
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual std::size_t Read(Int16* Data, std::size_t NbSamples);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::Write
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual void Write(const Int16* Data, std::size_t NbSamples);
private :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::OpenRead
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual bool OpenRead(const std::string& Filename, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::OpenRead
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual bool OpenRead(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::OpenWrite
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual bool OpenWrite(const std::string& Filename, unsigned int ChannelsCount, unsigned int SampleRate);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the internal format of an audio file according to
/// its filename extension
///
/// \param Filename : Filename to check
///
/// \return Internal format matching the filename (-1 if no match)
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static int GetFormatFromFilename(const std::string& Filename);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Functions for implementing custom read and write to memory files
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static sf_count_t MemoryGetLength(void* UserData);
static sf_count_t MemoryRead(void* Ptr, sf_count_t Count, void* UserData);
static sf_count_t MemorySeek(sf_count_t Offset, int Whence, void* UserData);
static sf_count_t MemoryTell(void* UserData);
static sf_count_t MemoryWrite(const void* Ptr, sf_count_t Count, void* UserData);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Structure holding data related to memory operations
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
struct MemoryInfos
{
const char* DataStart; ///< Pointer to the begining of the data
const char* DataPtr; ///< Pointer to the current read / write position
sf_count_t TotalSize; ///< Total size of the data, in bytes
};
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SNDFILE* myFile; ///< File descriptor
MemoryInfos myMemory; ///< Memory read / write data
};
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf
#endif // SFML_SOUNDFILEDEFAULT_HPP

View file

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundFileOgg.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/stb_vorbis/stb_vorbis.h>
#include <iostream>
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFileOgg::SoundFileOgg() :
myStream (NULL),
myChannelsCount(0)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFileOgg::~SoundFileOgg()
{
if (myStream)
stb_vorbis_close(myStream);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check if a given file is supported by this loader
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFileOgg::IsFileSupported(const std::string& Filename, bool Read)
{
if (Read)
{
// Open the vorbis stream
stb_vorbis* Stream = stb_vorbis_open_filename(const_cast<char*>(Filename.c_str()), NULL, NULL);
if (Stream)
{
stb_vorbis_close(Stream);
return true;
}
else
{
return false;
}
}
else
{
// No support for writing ogg files yet...
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check if a given file in memory is supported by this loader
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFileOgg::IsFileSupported(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes)
{
// Open the vorbis stream
unsigned char* Buffer = reinterpret_cast<unsigned char*>(const_cast<char*>(Data));
int Length = static_cast<int>(SizeInBytes);
stb_vorbis* Stream = stb_vorbis_open_memory(Buffer, Length, NULL, NULL);
if (Stream)
{
stb_vorbis_close(Stream);
return true;
}
else
{
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Open the sound file for reading
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFileOgg::OpenRead(const std::string& Filename, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate)
{
// Close the file if already opened
if (myStream)
stb_vorbis_close(myStream);
// Open the vorbis stream
myStream = stb_vorbis_open_filename(const_cast<char*>(Filename.c_str()), NULL, NULL);
if (myStream == NULL)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to read sound file \"" << Filename << "\" (cannot open the file)" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Get the music parameters
stb_vorbis_info Infos = stb_vorbis_get_info(myStream);
ChannelsCount = myChannelsCount = Infos.channels;
SampleRate = Infos.sample_rate;
NbSamples = static_cast<std::size_t>(stb_vorbis_stream_length_in_samples(myStream) * ChannelsCount);
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::OpenRead
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundFileOgg::OpenRead(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate)
{
// Close the file if already opened
if (myStream)
stb_vorbis_close(myStream);
// Open the vorbis stream
unsigned char* Buffer = reinterpret_cast<unsigned char*>(const_cast<char*>(Data));
int Length = static_cast<int>(SizeInBytes);
myStream = stb_vorbis_open_memory(Buffer, Length, NULL, NULL);
if (myStream == NULL)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to read sound file from memory (cannot open the file)" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Get the music parameters
stb_vorbis_info Infos = stb_vorbis_get_info(myStream);
ChannelsCount = myChannelsCount = Infos.channels;
SampleRate = Infos.sample_rate;
NbSamples = static_cast<std::size_t>(stb_vorbis_stream_length_in_samples(myStream) * ChannelsCount);
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Read samples from the loaded sound
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
std::size_t SoundFileOgg::Read(Int16* Data, std::size_t NbSamples)
{
if (myStream && Data && NbSamples)
{
int Read = stb_vorbis_get_samples_short_interleaved(myStream, myChannelsCount, Data, static_cast<int>(NbSamples));
return static_cast<std::size_t>(Read * myChannelsCount);
}
else
{
return 0;
}
}
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef SFML_SOUNDFILEOGG_HPP
#define SFML_SOUNDFILEOGG_HPP
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundFile.hpp>
struct stb_vorbis;
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Specialization of SoundFile that handles ogg-vorbis files (.ogg)
/// (does not support variable bitrate / channels and writing)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class SoundFileOgg : public SoundFile
{
public :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundFileOgg();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
~SoundFileOgg();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check if a given file is supported by this loader
///
/// \param Filename : Path of the file to check
/// \param Read : Is the file opened for reading or writing ?
///
/// \param return True if the loader can handle this file
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static bool IsFileSupported(const std::string& Filename, bool Read);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check if a given file in memory is supported by this loader
///
/// \param Data : Pointer to the file data in memory
/// \param SizeInBytes : Size of the data to load, in bytes
///
/// \param return True if the loader can handle this file
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static bool IsFileSupported(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::Read
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual std::size_t Read(Int16* Data, std::size_t NbSamples);
private :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::OpenRead
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual bool OpenRead(const std::string& Filename, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sf::SoundFile::OpenRead
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
virtual bool OpenRead(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, std::size_t& NbSamples, unsigned int& ChannelsCount, unsigned int& SampleRate);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
stb_vorbis* myStream; ///< Vorbis stream
unsigned int myChannelsCount; ///< Number of channels (1 = mono, 2 = stereo)
};
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf
#endif // SFML_SOUNDFILEOGG_HPP

View file

@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundRecorder.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/AudioDevice.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/OpenAL.hpp>
#include <SFML/System/Sleep.hpp>
#include <iostream>
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Private data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
namespace
{
ALCdevice* CaptureDevice = NULL;
}
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundRecorder::SoundRecorder() :
mySampleRate (0),
myIsCapturing(false)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Virtual destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundRecorder::~SoundRecorder()
{
// Nothing to do
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Start the capture.
/// Warning : only one capture can happen at the same time
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundRecorder::Start(unsigned int SampleRate)
{
// Check if the device can do audio capture
if (!CanCapture())
{
std::cerr << "Failed to start capture : your system cannot capture audio data (call SoundRecorder::CanCapture to check it)" << std::endl;
return;
}
// Check that another capture is not already running
if (CaptureDevice)
{
std::cerr << "Trying to start audio capture, but another capture is already running" << std::endl;
return;
}
// Open the capture device for capturing 16 bits mono samples
CaptureDevice = alcCaptureOpenDevice(NULL, SampleRate, AL_FORMAT_MONO16, SampleRate);
if (!CaptureDevice)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to open the audio capture device" << std::endl;
return;
}
// Clear the sample array
mySamples.clear();
// Store the sample rate
mySampleRate = SampleRate;
// Notify derived class
if (OnStart())
{
// Start the capture
alcCaptureStart(CaptureDevice);
// Start the capture in a new thread, to avoid blocking the main thread
myIsCapturing = true;
Launch();
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Stop the capture
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundRecorder::Stop()
{
// Stop the capturing thread
myIsCapturing = false;
Wait();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sample rate
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int SoundRecorder::GetSampleRate() const
{
return mySampleRate;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Tell if the system supports sound capture.
/// If not, this class won't be usable
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundRecorder::CanCapture()
{
ALCdevice* Device = priv::AudioDevice::GetInstance().GetDevice();
return alcIsExtensionPresent(Device, "ALC_EXT_CAPTURE") != AL_FALSE;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Start recording audio data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundRecorder::OnStart()
{
// Nothing to do
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Stop recording audio data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundRecorder::OnStop()
{
// Nothing to do
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see Thread::Run
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundRecorder::Run()
{
while (myIsCapturing)
{
// Process available samples
ProcessCapturedSamples();
// Don't bother the CPU while waiting for more captured data
Sleep(0.1f);
}
// Capture is finished : clean up everything
CleanUp();
// Notify derived class
OnStop();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get available captured samples and process them
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundRecorder::ProcessCapturedSamples()
{
// Get the number of samples available
ALCint SamplesAvailable;
alcGetIntegerv(CaptureDevice, ALC_CAPTURE_SAMPLES, 1, &SamplesAvailable);
if (SamplesAvailable > 0)
{
// Get the recorded samples
mySamples.resize(SamplesAvailable);
alcCaptureSamples(CaptureDevice, &mySamples[0], SamplesAvailable);
// Forward them to the derived class
if (!OnProcessSamples(&mySamples[0], mySamples.size()))
{
// The user wants to stop the capture
myIsCapturing = false;
}
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Clean up recorder internal resources
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundRecorder::CleanUp()
{
// Stop the capture
alcCaptureStop(CaptureDevice);
// Get the samples left in the buffer
ProcessCapturedSamples();
// Close the device
alcCaptureCloseDevice(CaptureDevice);
CaptureDevice = NULL;
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundStream.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/SoundBuffer.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/AudioDevice.hpp>
#include <SFML/Audio/OpenAL.hpp>
#include <SFML/System/Sleep.hpp>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundStream::SoundStream() :
myIsStreaming (false),
myChannelsCount (0),
mySampleRate (0),
myFormat (0),
myLoop (false),
mySamplesProcessed(0)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Virtual destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SoundStream::~SoundStream()
{
// Stop the sound if it was playing
Stop();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the audio stream parameters, you must call it before Play()
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundStream::Initialize(unsigned int ChannelsCount, unsigned int SampleRate)
{
myChannelsCount = ChannelsCount;
mySampleRate = SampleRate;
// Deduce the format from the number of channels
myFormat = priv::AudioDevice::GetInstance().GetFormatFromChannelsCount(ChannelsCount);
// Check if the format is valid
if (myFormat == 0)
{
myChannelsCount = 0;
mySampleRate = 0;
std::cerr << "Unsupported number of channels (" << myChannelsCount << ")" << std::endl;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Start playing the audio stream
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundStream::Play()
{
// Check if the sound parameters have been set
if (myFormat == 0)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to play audio stream : sound parameters have not been initialized (call Initialize first)" << std::endl;
return;
}
// If the sound is already playing (probably paused), just resume it
if (myIsStreaming)
{
Sound::Play();
return;
}
// Notify the derived class
if (OnStart())
{
// Start updating the stream in a separate thread to avoid blocking the application
mySamplesProcessed = 0;
myIsStreaming = true;
Launch();
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Stop playing the audio stream
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundStream::Stop()
{
// Wait for the thread to terminate
myIsStreaming = false;
Wait();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Return the number of channels (1 = mono, 2 = stereo, ...)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int SoundStream::GetChannelsCount() const
{
return myChannelsCount;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sound frequency (sample rate)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int SoundStream::GetSampleRate() const
{
return mySampleRate;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the status of the sound (stopped, paused, playing)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Sound::Status SoundStream::GetStatus() const
{
Status Status = Sound::GetStatus();
// To compensate for the lag between Play() and alSourcePlay()
if ((Status == Stopped) && myIsStreaming)
Status = Playing;
return Status;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the current playing position of the stream
///
/// \return Current playing position, expressed in seconds
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float SoundStream::GetPlayingOffset() const
{
return Sound::GetPlayingOffset() + static_cast<float>(mySamplesProcessed) / mySampleRate / myChannelsCount;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the music loop state
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundStream::SetLoop(bool Loop)
{
myLoop = Loop;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Tell whether or not the music is looping
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundStream::GetLoop() const
{
return myLoop;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see Thread::Run
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundStream::Run()
{
// Create buffers
ALCheck(alGenBuffers(BuffersCount, myBuffers));
// Fill the queue
bool RequestStop = FillQueue();
// Play the sound
Sound::Play();
while (myIsStreaming)
{
// The stream has been interrupted !
if (Sound::GetStatus() == Stopped)
{
// User requested to stop
if (RequestStop)
{
if (myLoop)
{
// The stream is in loop mode : restart it
if (OnStart())
{
mySamplesProcessed = 0;
ClearQueue();
RequestStop = FillQueue();
Sound::Play();
}
else
{
// Restart failed : finish the streaming loop
myIsStreaming = false;
break;
}
}
else
{
// The stream is not in loop mode : finish the streaming loop
myIsStreaming = false;
break;
}
}
else
{
// Streaming is not completed : restart the sound
Sound::Play();
}
}
// Get the number of buffers that have been processed (ie. ready for reuse)
ALint NbProcessed;
ALCheck(alGetSourcei(Sound::mySource, AL_BUFFERS_PROCESSED, &NbProcessed));
while (NbProcessed-- && !RequestStop)
{
// Pop the first unused buffer from the queue
ALuint Buffer;
ALCheck(alSourceUnqueueBuffers(Sound::mySource, 1, &Buffer));
// Retrieve its size and add it to the samples count
ALint Size;
ALCheck(alGetBufferi(Buffer, AL_SIZE, &Size));
mySamplesProcessed += Size / sizeof(Int16);
// Fill it and push it back into the playing queue
if (FillAndPushBuffer(Buffer))
RequestStop = true;
}
// Leave some time for the other threads if the stream is still playing
if (Sound::GetStatus() != Stopped)
Sleep(0.1f);
}
// Stop the playback
Sound::Stop();
// Unqueue any buffer left in the queue
ClearQueue();
// Delete the buffers
ALCheck(alDeleteBuffers(BuffersCount, myBuffers));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Fill a new buffer with audio data, and push it to the
/// playing queue
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundStream::FillAndPushBuffer(unsigned int Buffer)
{
bool RequestStop = false;
// Acquire audio data
Chunk Data = {NULL, 0};
if (!OnGetData(Data))
RequestStop = true;
// Create and fill the buffer, and push it to the queue
if (Data.Samples && Data.NbSamples)
{
// Fill the buffer
ALsizei Size = static_cast<ALsizei>(Data.NbSamples) * sizeof(Int16);
ALCheck(alBufferData(Buffer, myFormat, Data.Samples, Size, mySampleRate));
// Push it into the sound queue
ALCheck(alSourceQueueBuffers(Sound::mySource, 1, &Buffer));
}
return RequestStop;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Fill the buffers queue with all available buffers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundStream::FillQueue()
{
// Fill and enqueue all the available buffers
bool RequestStop = false;
for (int i = 0; (i < BuffersCount) && !RequestStop; ++i)
{
if (FillAndPushBuffer(myBuffers[i]))
RequestStop = true;
}
return RequestStop;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Clear the queue of any remaining buffers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void SoundStream::ClearQueue()
{
// Get the number of buffers still in the queue
ALint NbQueued;
ALCheck(alGetSourcei(Sound::mySource, AL_BUFFERS_QUEUED, &NbQueued));
// Unqueue them all
ALuint Buffer;
for (ALint i = 0; i < NbQueued; ++i)
ALCheck(alSourceUnqueueBuffers(Sound::mySource, 1, &Buffer));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Called when the sound restarts
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SoundStream::OnStart()
{
// Does nothing by default
return true;
}
} // namespace sf

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
// Ogg Vorbis I audio decoder -- version 0.99994
//
// Written in April 2007 by Sean Barrett, sponsored by RAD Game Tools.
//
// Placed in the public domain April 2007 by the author: no copyright is
// claimed, and you may use it for any purpose you like.
//
// No warranty for any purpose is expressed or implied by the author (nor
// by RAD Game Tools). Report bugs and send enhancements to the author.
//
// Get the latest version and other information at:
// http://nothings.org/stb_vorbis/
// Todo:
//
// - seeking (note you can seek yourself using the pushdata API)
//
// Limitations:
//
// - floor 0 not supported (used in old ogg vorbis files)
// - lossless sample-truncation at beginning ignored
// - cannot concatenate multiple vorbis streams
// - sample positions are 32-bit, limiting seekable 192Khz
// files to around 6 hours (Ogg supports 64-bit)
//
// All of these limitations may be removed in future versions.
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// HEADER BEGINS HERE
//
#ifndef STB_VORBIS_INCLUDE_STB_VORBIS_H
#define STB_VORBIS_INCLUDE_STB_VORBIS_H
#if defined(STB_VORBIS_NO_CRT) && !defined(STB_VORBIS_NO_STDIO)
#define STB_VORBIS_NO_STDIO 1
#endif
#ifndef STB_VORBIS_NO_STDIO
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/////////// THREAD SAFETY
// Individual stb_vorbis* handles are not thread-safe; you cannot decode from
// them from multiple threads at the same time. However, you can have multiple
// stb_vorbis* handles and decode from them independently in multiple thrads.
/////////// MEMORY ALLOCATION
// normally stb_vorbis uses malloc() to allocate memory at startup,
// and alloca() to allocate temporary memory during a frame on the
// stack. (Memory consumption will depend on the amount of setup
// data in the file and how you set the compile flags for speed
// vs. size. In my test files the maximal-size usage is ~150KB.)
//
// You can modify the wrapper functions in the source (setup_malloc,
// setup_temp_malloc, temp_malloc) to change this behavior, or you
// can use a simpler allocation model: you pass in a buffer from
// which stb_vorbis will allocate _all_ its memory (including the
// temp memory). "open" may fail with a VORBIS_outofmem if you
// do not pass in enough data; there is no way to determine how
// much you do need except to succeed (at which point you can
// query get_info to find the exact amount required. yes I know
// this is lame).
//
// If you pass in a non-NULL buffer of the type below, allocation
// will occur from it as described above. Otherwise just pass NULL
// to use malloc()/alloca()
typedef struct
{
char *alloc_buffer;
int alloc_buffer_length_in_bytes;
} stb_vorbis_alloc;
/////////// FUNCTIONS USEABLE WITH ALL INPUT MODES
typedef struct stb_vorbis stb_vorbis;
typedef struct
{
unsigned int sample_rate;
int channels;
unsigned int setup_memory_required;
unsigned int setup_temp_memory_required;
unsigned int temp_memory_required;
int max_frame_size;
} stb_vorbis_info;
// get general information about the file
extern stb_vorbis_info stb_vorbis_get_info(stb_vorbis *f);
// get the last error detected (clears it, too)
extern int stb_vorbis_get_error(stb_vorbis *f);
// close an ogg vorbis file and free all memory in use
extern void stb_vorbis_close(stb_vorbis *f);
// this function returns the offset (in samples) from the beginning of the
// file that will be returned by the next decode, if it is known, or -1
// otherwise. after a flush_pushdata() call, this may take a while before
// it becomes valid again.
// NOT WORKING YET after a seek with PULLDATA API
extern int stb_vorbis_get_sample_offset(stb_vorbis *f);
// returns the current seek point within the file, or offset from the beginning
// of the memory buffer. In pushdata mode it returns 0.
extern unsigned int stb_vorbis_get_file_offset(stb_vorbis *f);
/////////// PUSHDATA API
#ifndef STB_VORBIS_NO_PUSHDATA_API
// this API allows you to get blocks of data from any source and hand
// them to stb_vorbis. you have to buffer them; stb_vorbis will tell
// you how much it used, and you have to give it the rest next time;
// and stb_vorbis may not have enough data to work with and you will
// need to give it the same data again PLUS more. Note that the Vorbis
// specification does not bound the size of an individual frame.
extern stb_vorbis *stb_vorbis_open_pushdata(
unsigned char *datablock, int datablock_length_in_bytes,
int *datablock_memory_consumed_in_bytes,
int *error,
stb_vorbis_alloc *alloc_buffer);
// create a vorbis decoder by passing in the initial data block containing
// the ogg&vorbis headers (you don't need to do parse them, just provide
// the first N bytes of the file--you're told if it's not enough, see below)
// on success, returns an stb_vorbis *, does not set error, returns the amount of
// data parsed/consumed on this call in *datablock_memory_consumed_in_bytes;
// on failure, returns NULL on error and sets *error, does not change *datablock_memory_consumed
// if returns NULL and *error is VORBIS_need_more_data, then the input block was
// incomplete and you need to pass in a larger block from the start of the file
extern int stb_vorbis_decode_frame_pushdata(
stb_vorbis *f, unsigned char *datablock, int datablock_length_in_bytes,
int *channels, // place to write number of float * buffers
float ***output, // place to write float ** array of float * buffers
int *samples // place to write number of output samples
);
// decode a frame of audio sample data if possible from the passed-in data block
//
// return value: number of bytes we used from datablock
// possible cases:
// 0 bytes used, 0 samples output (need more data)
// N bytes used, 0 samples output (resynching the stream, keep going)
// N bytes used, M samples output (one frame of data)
// note that after opening a file, you will ALWAYS get one N-bytes,0-sample
// frame, because Vorbis always "discards" the first frame.
//
// Note that on resynch, stb_vorbis will rarely consume all of the buffer,
// instead only datablock_length_in_bytes-3 or less. This is because it wants
// to avoid missing parts of a page header if they cross a datablock boundary,
// without writing state-machiney code to record a partial detection.
//
// The number of channels returned are stored in *channels (which can be
// NULL--it is always the same as the number of channels reported by
// get_info). *output will contain an array of float* buffers, one per
// channel. In other words, (*output)[0][0] contains the first sample from
// the first channel, and (*output)[1][0] contains the first sample from
// the second channel.
extern void stb_vorbis_flush_pushdata(stb_vorbis *f);
// inform stb_vorbis that your next datablock will not be contiguous with
// previous ones (e.g. you've seeked in the data); future attempts to decode
// frames will cause stb_vorbis to resynchronize (as noted above), and
// once it sees a valid Ogg page (typically 4-8KB, as large as 64KB), it
// will begin decoding the _next_ frame.
//
// if you want to seek using pushdata, you need to seek in your file, then
// call stb_vorbis_flush_pushdata(), then start calling decoding, then once
// decoding is returning you data, call stb_vorbis_get_sample_offset, and
// if you don't like the result, seek your file again and repeat.
#endif
////////// PULLING INPUT API
#ifndef STB_VORBIS_NO_PULLDATA_API
// This API assumes stb_vorbis is allowed to pull data from a source--
// either a block of memory containing the _entire_ vorbis stream, or a
// FILE * that you or it create, or possibly some other reading mechanism
// if you go modify the source to replace the FILE * case with some kind
// of callback to your code. (But if you don't support seeking, you may
// just want to go ahead and use pushdata.)
#if !defined(STB_VORBIS_NO_STDIO) && !defined(STB_VORBIS_NO_INTEGER_CONVERSION)
extern int stb_vorbis_decode_filename(char *filename, int *channels, short **output);
#endif
extern int stb_vorbis_decode_memory(unsigned char *mem, int len, int *channels, short **output);
// decode an entire file and output the data interleaved into a malloc()ed
// buffer stored in *output. The return value is the number of samples
// decoded, or -1 if the file could not be opened or was not an ogg vorbis file.
// When you're done with it, just free() the pointer returned in *output.
extern stb_vorbis * stb_vorbis_open_memory(unsigned char *data, int len,
int *error, stb_vorbis_alloc *alloc_buffer);
// create an ogg vorbis decoder from an ogg vorbis stream in memory (note
// this must be the entire stream!). on failure, returns NULL and sets *error
#ifndef STB_VORBIS_NO_STDIO
extern stb_vorbis * stb_vorbis_open_filename(char *filename,
int *error, stb_vorbis_alloc *alloc_buffer);
// create an ogg vorbis decoder from a filename via fopen(). on failure,
// returns NULL and sets *error (possibly to VORBIS_file_open_failure).
extern stb_vorbis * stb_vorbis_open_file(FILE *f, int close_handle_on_close,
int *error, stb_vorbis_alloc *alloc_buffer);
// create an ogg vorbis decoder from an open FILE *, looking for a stream at
// the _current_ seek point (ftell). on failure, returns NULL and sets *error.
// note that stb_vorbis must "own" this stream; if you seek it in between
// calls to stb_vorbis, it will become confused. Morever, if you attempt to
// perform stb_vorbis_seek_*() operations on this file, it will assume it
// owns the _entire_ rest of the file after the start point. Use the next
// function, stb_vorbis_open_file_section(), to limit it.
extern stb_vorbis * stb_vorbis_open_file_section(FILE *f, int close_handle_on_close,
int *error, stb_vorbis_alloc *alloc_buffer, unsigned int len);
// create an ogg vorbis decoder from an open FILE *, looking for a stream at
// the _current_ seek point (ftell); the stream will be of length 'len' bytes.
// on failure, returns NULL and sets *error. note that stb_vorbis must "own"
// this stream; if you seek it in between calls to stb_vorbis, it will become
// confused.
#endif
extern int stb_vorbis_seek_frame(stb_vorbis *f, unsigned int sample_number);
extern int stb_vorbis_seek(stb_vorbis *f, unsigned int sample_number);
// NOT WORKING YET
// these functions seek in the Vorbis file to (approximately) 'sample_number'.
// after calling seek_frame(), the next call to get_frame_*() will include
// the specified sample. after calling stb_vorbis_seek(), the next call to
// stb_vorbis_get_samples_* will start with the specified sample. If you
// do not need to seek to EXACTLY the target sample when using get_samples_*,
// you can also use seek_frame().
extern void stb_vorbis_seek_start(stb_vorbis *f);
// this function is equivalent to stb_vorbis_seek(f,0), but it
// actually works
extern unsigned int stb_vorbis_stream_length_in_samples(stb_vorbis *f);
extern float stb_vorbis_stream_length_in_seconds(stb_vorbis *f);
// these functions return the total length of the vorbis stream
extern int stb_vorbis_get_frame_float(stb_vorbis *f, int *channels, float ***output);
// decode the next frame and return the number of samples. the number of
// channels returned are stored in *channels (which can be NULL--it is always
// the same as the number of channels reported by get_info). *output will
// contain an array of float* buffers, one per channel. These outputs will
// be overwritten on the next call to stb_vorbis_get_frame_*.
//
// You generally should not intermix calls to stb_vorbis_get_frame_*()
// and stb_vorbis_get_samples_*(), since the latter calls the former.
#ifndef STB_VORBIS_NO_INTEGER_CONVERSION
extern int stb_vorbis_get_frame_short_interleaved(stb_vorbis *f, int num_c, short *buffer, int num_shorts);
extern int stb_vorbis_get_frame_short (stb_vorbis *f, int num_c, short **buffer, int num_samples);
#endif
// decode the next frame and return the number of samples per channel. the
// data is coerced to the number of channels you request according to the
// channel coercion rules (see below). You must pass in the size of your
// buffer(s) so that stb_vorbis will not overwrite the end of the buffer.
// The maximum buffer size needed can be gotten from get_info(); however,
// the Vorbis I specification implies an absolute maximum of 4096 samples
// per channel. Note that for interleaved data, you pass in the number of
// shorts (the size of your array), but the return value is the number of
// samples per channel, not the total number of samples.
// Channel coercion rules:
// Let M be the number of channels requested, and N the number of channels present,
// and Cn be the nth channel; let stereo L be the sum of all L and center channels,
// and stereo R be the sum of all R and center channels (channel assignment from the
// vorbis spec).
// M N output
// 1 k sum(Ck) for all k
// 2 * stereo L, stereo R
// k l k > l, the first l channels, then 0s
// k l k <= l, the first k channels
// Note that this is not _good_ surround etc. mixing at all! It's just so
// you get something useful.
extern int stb_vorbis_get_samples_float_interleaved(stb_vorbis *f, int channels, float *buffer, int num_floats);
extern int stb_vorbis_get_samples_float(stb_vorbis *f, int channels, float **buffer, int num_samples);
// gets num_samples samples, not necessarily on a frame boundary--this requires
// buffering so you have to supply the buffers. DOES NOT APPLY THE COERCION RULES.
// Returns the number of samples stored per channel; it may be less than requested
// at the end of the file. If there are no more samples in the file, returns 0.
#ifndef STB_VORBIS_NO_INTEGER_CONVERSION
extern int stb_vorbis_get_samples_short_interleaved(stb_vorbis *f, int channels, short *buffer, int num_shorts);
extern int stb_vorbis_get_samples_short(stb_vorbis *f, int channels, short **buffer, int num_samples);
#endif
// gets num_samples samples, not necessarily on a frame boundary--this requires
// buffering so you have to supply the buffers. Applies the coercion rules above
// to produce 'channels' channels. Returns the number of samples stored per channel;
// it may be less than requested at the end of the file. If there are no more
// samples in the file, returns 0.
#endif
//////// ERROR CODES
enum STBVorbisError
{
VORBIS__no_error,
VORBIS_need_more_data=1, // not a real error
VORBIS_invalid_api_mixing, // can't mix API modes
VORBIS_outofmem, // not enough memory
VORBIS_feature_not_supported, // uses floor 0
VORBIS_too_many_channels, // STB_VORBIS_MAX_CHANNELS is too small
VORBIS_file_open_failure, // fopen() failed
VORBIS_seek_without_length, // can't seek in unknown-length file
VORBIS_unexpected_eof=10, // file is truncated?
VORBIS_seek_invalid, // seek past EOF
// decoding errors (corrupt/invalid stream) -- you probably
// don't care about the exact details of these
// vorbis errors:
VORBIS_invalid_setup=20,
VORBIS_invalid_stream,
// ogg errors:
VORBIS_missing_capture_pattern=30,
VORBIS_invalid_stream_structure_version,
VORBIS_continued_packet_flag_invalid,
VORBIS_incorrect_stream_serial_number,
VORBIS_invalid_first_page,
VORBIS_bad_packet_type,
VORBIS_cant_find_last_page,
VORBIS_seek_failed
};
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // STB_VORBIS_INCLUDE_STB_VORBIS_H
//
// HEADER ENDS HERE
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

14685
src/SFML/Graphics/Arial.hpp Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

142
src/SFML/Graphics/Color.cpp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/Color.hpp>
#include <algorithm>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Static member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Color Color::Black(0, 0, 0);
const Color Color::White(255, 255, 255);
const Color Color::Red(255, 0, 0);
const Color Color::Green(0, 255, 0);
const Color Color::Blue(0, 0, 255);
const Color Color::Yellow(255, 255, 0);
const Color Color::Magenta(255, 0, 255);
const Color Color::Cyan(0, 255, 255);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Color::Color() :
r(0),
g(0),
b(0),
a(255)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the color from its 4 RGBA components
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Color::Color(Uint8 R, Uint8 G, Uint8 B, Uint8 A) :
r(R),
g(G),
b(B),
a(A)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Operator += overload to add a color
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Color& Color::operator +=(const Color& Other)
{
r = static_cast<Uint8>(std::min(r + Other.r, 255));
g = static_cast<Uint8>(std::min(g + Other.g, 255));
b = static_cast<Uint8>(std::min(b + Other.b, 255));
a = static_cast<Uint8>(std::min(a + Other.a, 255));
return *this;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Operator *= overload to modulate a color
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Color& Color::operator *=(const Color& Other)
{
r = static_cast<Uint8>(r * Other.r / 255);
g = static_cast<Uint8>(g * Other.g / 255);
b = static_cast<Uint8>(b * Other.b / 255);
a = static_cast<Uint8>(a * Other.a / 255);
return *this;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Compare two colors (for equality)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Color::operator ==(const Color& Other) const
{
return (r == Other.r) && (g == Other.g) && (b == Other.b) && (a == Other.a);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Compare two colors (for difference)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Color::operator !=(const Color& Other) const
{
return (r != Other.r) || (g != Other.g) || (b != Other.b) || (a != Other.a);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Operator + overload to add two colors
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Color operator +(const Color& Color1, const Color& Color2)
{
Color c = Color1;
c += Color2;
return c;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Operator * overload to modulate two colors
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Color operator *(const Color& Color1, const Color& Color2)
{
Color c = Color1;
c *= Color2;
return c;
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/Drawable.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
#include <SFML/Window/Window.hpp>
#include <math.h>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Drawable::Drawable(const Vector2f& Position, const Vector2f& Scale, float Rotation, const Color& Col) :
myPosition (Position),
myScale (Scale),
myCenter (0, 0),
myRotation (Rotation),
myColor (Col),
myBlendMode (Blend::Alpha),
myNeedUpdate (true),
myInvNeedUpdate(true)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Virtual destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Drawable::~Drawable()
{
// Nothing to do
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the position of the object (take 2 values)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetPosition(float X, float Y)
{
SetX(X);
SetY(Y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the position of the object (take a 2D vector)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetPosition(const Vector2f& Position)
{
SetX(Position.x);
SetY(Position.y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the X position of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetX(float X)
{
myPosition.x = X;
myNeedUpdate = true;
myInvNeedUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the Y position of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetY(float Y)
{
myPosition.y = Y;
myNeedUpdate = true;
myInvNeedUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the scale of the object (take 2 values)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetScale(float ScaleX, float ScaleY)
{
SetScaleX(ScaleX);
SetScaleY(ScaleY);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the scale of the object (take a 2D vector)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetScale(const Vector2f& Scale)
{
SetScaleX(Scale.x);
SetScaleY(Scale.y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the X scale factor of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetScaleX(float FactorX)
{
if (FactorX > 0)
{
myScale.x = FactorX;
myNeedUpdate = true;
myInvNeedUpdate = true;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the Y scale factor of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetScaleY(float FactorY)
{
if (FactorY > 0)
{
myScale.y = FactorY;
myNeedUpdate = true;
myInvNeedUpdate = true;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the center of the object, in coordinates relative to the
/// top-left of the object (take 2 values).
/// The default center is (0, 0)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetCenter(float CenterX, float CenterY)
{
myCenter.x = CenterX;
myCenter.y = CenterY;
myNeedUpdate = true;
myInvNeedUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the center of the object, in coordinates relative to the
/// top-left of the object (take a 2D vector).
/// The default center is (0, 0)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetCenter(const Vector2f& Center)
{
SetCenter(Center.x, Center.y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the orientation of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetRotation(float Rotation)
{
myRotation = static_cast<float>(fmod(Rotation, 360));
if (myRotation < 0)
myRotation += 360.f;
myNeedUpdate = true;
myInvNeedUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the color of the object.
/// The default color is white
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetColor(const Color& Col)
{
myColor = Col;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the blending mode for the object.
/// The default blend mode is Blend::Alpha
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::SetBlendMode(Blend::Mode Mode)
{
myBlendMode = Mode;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the position of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Vector2f& Drawable::GetPosition() const
{
return myPosition;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the current scale of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Vector2f& Drawable::GetScale() const
{
return myScale;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the center of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Vector2f& Drawable::GetCenter() const
{
return myCenter;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the orientation of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float Drawable::GetRotation() const
{
return myRotation;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the color of the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Color& Drawable::GetColor() const
{
return myColor;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the current blending mode
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Blend::Mode Drawable::GetBlendMode() const
{
return myBlendMode;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Move the object of a given offset (take 2 values)
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::Move(float OffsetX, float OffsetY)
{
SetX(myPosition.x + OffsetX);
SetY(myPosition.y + OffsetY);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Move the object of a given offset (take a 2D vector)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::Move(const Vector2f& Offset)
{
Move(Offset.x, Offset.y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Scale the object (take 2 values)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::Scale(float FactorX, float FactorY)
{
SetScaleX(myScale.x * FactorX);
SetScaleY(myScale.y * FactorY);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Scale the object (take a 2D vector)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::Scale(const Vector2f& Factor)
{
Scale(Factor.x, Factor.y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Rotate the object
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::Rotate(float Angle)
{
SetRotation(myRotation + Angle);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Transform a point from global coordinates into local coordinates
/// (ie it applies the inverse of object's center, translation, rotation and scale to the point)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
sf::Vector2f Drawable::TransformToLocal(const sf::Vector2f& Point) const
{
return GetInverseMatrix().Transform(Point);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Transform a point from local coordinates into global coordinates
/// (ie it applies the object's center, translation, rotation and scale to the point)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
sf::Vector2f Drawable::TransformToGlobal(const sf::Vector2f& Point) const
{
return GetMatrix().Transform(Point);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the transform matrix of the drawable
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Matrix3& Drawable::GetMatrix() const
{
// First recompute it if needed
if (myNeedUpdate)
{
myMatrix.SetFromTransformations(myCenter, myPosition, myRotation, myScale);
myNeedUpdate = false;
}
return myMatrix;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the inverse transform matrix of the drawable
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Matrix3& Drawable::GetInverseMatrix() const
{
// First recompute it if needed
if (myInvNeedUpdate)
{
myInvMatrix = GetMatrix().GetInverse();
myInvNeedUpdate = false;
}
return myInvMatrix;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Draw the object into the specified window
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Drawable::Draw(RenderTarget& Target) const
{
// Save the current modelview matrix and set the new one
GLCheck(glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW));
GLCheck(glPushMatrix());
GLCheck(glMultMatrixf(GetMatrix().Get4x4Elements()));
// Setup alpha-blending
if (myBlendMode == Blend::None)
{
GLCheck(glDisable(GL_BLEND));
}
else
{
GLCheck(glEnable(GL_BLEND));
switch (myBlendMode)
{
case Blend::Alpha : GLCheck(glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA)); break;
case Blend::Add : GLCheck(glBlendFunc(GL_ONE, GL_ONE)); break;
case Blend::Multiply : GLCheck(glBlendFunc(GL_DST_COLOR, GL_ZERO)); break;
default : break;
}
}
// Set color
GLCheck(glColor4f(myColor.r / 255.f, myColor.g / 255.f, myColor.b / 255.f, myColor.a / 255.f));
// Let the derived class render the object geometry
Render(Target);
// Restore the previous modelview matrix
GLCheck(glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW));
GLCheck(glPopMatrix());
}
} // namespace sf

178
src/SFML/Graphics/Font.cpp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/Font.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/FontLoader.hpp>
#include <iostream>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Static member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Uint32 Font::ourDefaultCharset[] =
{
// Printable characters in ASCII range
0x20, 0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27, 0x28, 0x29, 0x2A, 0x2B, 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x2F,
0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x3A, 0x3B, 0x3C, 0x3D, 0x3E, 0x3F,
0x40, 0x41, 0x42, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48, 0x49, 0x4A, 0x4B, 0x4C, 0x4D, 0x4E, 0x4F,
0x50, 0x51, 0x52, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58, 0x59, 0x5A, 0x5B, 0x5C, 0x5D, 0x5E, 0x5F,
0x60, 0x61, 0x62, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67, 0x68, 0x69, 0x6A, 0x6B, 0x6C, 0x6D, 0x6E, 0x6F,
0x70, 0x71, 0x72, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77, 0x78, 0x79, 0x7A, 0x7B, 0x7C, 0x7D, 0x7E,
// Printable characters in extended ASCII range
0xA0, 0xA1, 0xA2, 0xA3, 0xA4, 0x2A, 0xA6, 0xA7, 0xA8, 0xA9, 0xAA, 0xAB, 0xAC, 0xAD, 0xAE, 0xAF,
0xB0, 0xB1, 0xB2, 0xB3, 0xB4, 0xB5, 0xB6, 0xB7, 0xB8, 0xB9, 0xBA, 0xBB, 0xBC, 0xBD, 0xBE, 0xBF,
0xC0, 0xC1, 0xC2, 0xC3, 0xC4, 0xC5, 0xC6, 0xC7, 0xC8, 0xC9, 0xCA, 0xCB, 0xCC, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xCF,
0xD0, 0xD1, 0xD2, 0xD3, 0xD4, 0xD5, 0xD6, 0xD7, 0xD8, 0xD9, 0xDA, 0xDB, 0xDC, 0xDD, 0xDE, 0xDF,
0xE0, 0xE1, 0xE2, 0xE3, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0xE6, 0xE7, 0xE8, 0xE9, 0xEA, 0xEB, 0xEC, 0xED, 0xEE, 0xEF,
0xF0, 0xF1, 0xF2, 0xF3, 0xF4, 0xF5, 0xF6, 0xF7, 0xF8, 0xF9, 0xFA, 0xFB, 0xFC, 0xFD, 0xFE,
// To make it a valid string
0x00
};
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Font::Font() :
myCharSize(0)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the font from a file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Font::LoadFromFile(const std::string& Filename, unsigned int CharSize, const Unicode::Text& Charset)
{
// Clear the previous character map
myGlyphs.clear();
// Always add these special characters
Unicode::UTF32String UTFCharset = Charset;
if (UTFCharset.find(L' ') != Unicode::UTF32String::npos) UTFCharset += L' ';
if (UTFCharset.find(L'\n') != Unicode::UTF32String::npos) UTFCharset += L'\n';
if (UTFCharset.find(L'\v') != Unicode::UTF32String::npos) UTFCharset += L'\v';
if (UTFCharset.find(L'\t') != Unicode::UTF32String::npos) UTFCharset += L'\t';
return priv::FontLoader::GetInstance().LoadFontFromFile(Filename, CharSize, UTFCharset, *this);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the font from a file in memory
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Font::LoadFromMemory(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, unsigned int CharSize, const Unicode::Text& Charset)
{
// Clear the previous character map
myGlyphs.clear();
// Check parameters
if (!Data || (SizeInBytes == 0))
{
std::cerr << "Failed to load font from memory, no data provided" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Always add these special characters
Unicode::UTF32String UTFCharset = Charset;
if (UTFCharset.find(L' ') != Unicode::UTF32String::npos) UTFCharset += L' ';
if (UTFCharset.find(L'\n') != Unicode::UTF32String::npos) UTFCharset += L'\n';
if (UTFCharset.find(L'\v') != Unicode::UTF32String::npos) UTFCharset += L'\v';
if (UTFCharset.find(L'\t') != Unicode::UTF32String::npos) UTFCharset += L'\t';
return priv::FontLoader::GetInstance().LoadFontFromMemory(Data, SizeInBytes, CharSize, UTFCharset, *this);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the base size of characters in the font;
/// All glyphs dimensions are based on this value
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int Font::GetCharacterSize() const
{
return myCharSize;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the description of a glyph (character)
/// given by its unicode value
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Glyph& Font::GetGlyph(Uint32 CodePoint) const
{
std::map<Uint32, Glyph>::const_iterator It = myGlyphs.find(CodePoint);
if (It != myGlyphs.end())
{
// Valid glyph
return It->second;
}
else
{
// Invalid glyph -- return an invalid glyph
static const Glyph InvalidGlyph;
return InvalidGlyph;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the image containing the rendered characters (glyphs)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Image& Font::GetImage() const
{
return myTexture;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the SFML default built-in font (Arial)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Font& Font::GetDefaultFont()
{
static Font DefaultFont;
static bool DefaultFontLoaded = false;
static const char DefaultFontData[] =
{
#include <SFML/Graphics/Arial.hpp>
};
// Load the default font on first call
if (!DefaultFontLoaded)
{
DefaultFont.LoadFromMemory(DefaultFontData, sizeof(DefaultFontData), 30);
DefaultFontLoaded = true;
}
return DefaultFont;
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/FontLoader.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/Color.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/Font.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/Image.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
#include FT_GLYPH_H
#include <iostream>
#include <map>
#include <vector>
#include <math.h>
namespace
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Functor to sort glyphs by size
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
struct SizeCompare
{
bool operator ()(FT_BitmapGlyph Glyph1, FT_BitmapGlyph Glyph2) const
{
return Glyph2->bitmap.rows < Glyph1->bitmap.rows;
}
};
}
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the unique instance of the class
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
FontLoader& FontLoader::GetInstance()
{
static FontLoader Instance;
return Instance;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
FontLoader::FontLoader()
{
// Initialize FreeType library
FT_Error Error = FT_Init_FreeType(&myLibrary);
if (Error)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to initialize FreeType library (error code : " << Error << ")" << std::endl;
return;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
FontLoader::~FontLoader()
{
// Shutdown FreeType library
if (myLibrary)
FT_Done_FreeType(myLibrary);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load a font from a file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool FontLoader::LoadFontFromFile(const std::string& Filename, unsigned int CharSize, const Unicode::UTF32String& Charset, Font& LoadedFont)
{
// Check if Freetype is correctly initialized
if (!myLibrary)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to load font \"" << Filename << "\", FreeType has not been initialized" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Create a new font face from the specified file
FT_Face FontFace;
FT_Error Error = FT_New_Face(myLibrary, Filename.c_str(), 0, &FontFace);
if (Error)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to load font \"" << Filename << "\" (" << GetErrorDesc(Error) << ")" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Create the bitmap font
Error = CreateBitmapFont(FontFace, CharSize, Charset, LoadedFont);
if (Error)
std::cerr << "Failed to load font \"" << Filename << "\" (" << GetErrorDesc(Error) << ")" << std::endl;
// Delete the font
FT_Done_Face(FontFace);
return Error == 0;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the font from a file in memory
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool FontLoader::LoadFontFromMemory(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, unsigned int CharSize, const Unicode::UTF32String& Charset, Font& LoadedFont)
{
// Check if Freetype is correctly initialized
if (!myLibrary)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to load font from memory, FreeType has not been initialized" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Create a new font face from the specified memory data
FT_Face FontFace;
FT_Error Error = FT_New_Memory_Face(myLibrary, reinterpret_cast<const FT_Byte*>(Data), static_cast<FT_Long>(SizeInBytes), 0, &FontFace);
if (Error)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to load font from memory (" << GetErrorDesc(Error) << ")" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Create the bitmap font
Error = CreateBitmapFont(FontFace, CharSize, Charset, LoadedFont);
if (Error)
std::cerr << "Failed to load font from memory (" << GetErrorDesc(Error) << ")" << std::endl;
// Delete the font
FT_Done_Face(FontFace);
return Error == 0;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a bitmap font from a font face and a characters set
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
FT_Error FontLoader::CreateBitmapFont(FT_Face FontFace, unsigned int CharSize, const Unicode::UTF32String& Charset, Font& LoadedFont)
{
// Make sure we have a valid context
priv::GraphicsContext Ctx;
// Let's find how many characters to put in each row to make them fit into a squared texture
GLint MaxSize;
GLCheck(glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE, &MaxSize));
int NbChars = static_cast<int>(sqrt(static_cast<double>(Charset.length())) * 0.75);
// Clamp the character size to make sure we won't create a texture too big
if (NbChars * CharSize >= static_cast<unsigned int>(MaxSize))
CharSize = MaxSize / NbChars;
// Initialize the dimensions
unsigned int Left = 0;
unsigned int Top = 0;
unsigned int TexWidth = Image::GetValidTextureSize(CharSize * NbChars);
unsigned int TexHeight = CharSize * NbChars;
std::vector<unsigned int> Tops(TexWidth, 0);
// Create a pixel buffer for rendering every glyph
std::vector<Uint8> GlyphsBuffer(TexWidth * TexHeight * 4);
// Setup the font size
FT_Error Error = FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes(FontFace, CharSize, CharSize);
if (Error)
return Error;
// Select the unicode character map
Error = FT_Select_Charmap(FontFace, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE);
if (Error)
return Error;
// Render all glyphs and sort them by size to optimize texture space
typedef std::multimap<FT_BitmapGlyph, Uint32, SizeCompare> GlyphTable;
GlyphTable Glyphs;
for (std::size_t i = 0; i < Charset.length(); ++i)
{
// Load the glyph corresponding to the current character
Error = FT_Load_Char(FontFace, Charset[i], FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL);
if (Error)
return Error;
// Convert the glyph to a bitmap (ie. rasterize it)
FT_Glyph Glyph;
Error = FT_Get_Glyph(FontFace->glyph, &Glyph);
if (Error)
return Error;
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap(&Glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, 0, 1);
FT_BitmapGlyph BitmapGlyph = (FT_BitmapGlyph)Glyph;
// Should we handle other pixel modes ?
if (BitmapGlyph->bitmap.pixel_mode != FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY)
return FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph;
// Add it to the sorted table of glyphs
Glyphs.insert(std::make_pair(BitmapGlyph, Charset[i]));
}
// Copy the rendered glyphs into the texture
unsigned int MaxHeight = 0;
std::map<Uint32, IntRect> Coords;
for (GlyphTable::const_iterator i = Glyphs.begin(); i != Glyphs.end(); ++i)
{
// Get the bitmap of the current glyph
Glyph& CurGlyph = LoadedFont.myGlyphs[i->second];
FT_BitmapGlyph BitmapGlyph = i->first;
FT_Bitmap& Bitmap = BitmapGlyph->bitmap;
// Make sure we don't go over the texture width
if (Left + Bitmap.width + 1 >= TexWidth)
Left = 0;
// Compute the top coordinate
Top = Tops[Left];
for (int x = 0; x < Bitmap.width + 1; ++x)
Top = std::max(Top, Tops[Left + x]);
Top++;
// Make sure we don't go over the texture height -- resize it if we need more space
if (Top + Bitmap.rows + 1 >= TexHeight)
{
TexHeight *= 2;
GlyphsBuffer.resize(TexWidth * TexHeight * 4);
}
// Store the character's position and size
CurGlyph.Rectangle.Left = BitmapGlyph->left;
CurGlyph.Rectangle.Top = -BitmapGlyph->top;
CurGlyph.Rectangle.Right = CurGlyph.Rectangle.Left + Bitmap.width;
CurGlyph.Rectangle.Bottom = Bitmap.rows - BitmapGlyph->top;
CurGlyph.Advance = BitmapGlyph->root.advance.x >> 16;
// Texture size may change, so let the texture coordinates be calculated later
Coords[i->second] = IntRect(Left + 1, Top + 1, Left + Bitmap.width + 1, Top + Bitmap.rows + 1);
// Draw the glyph into our bitmap font
const Uint8* Pixels = Bitmap.buffer;
for (int y = 0; y < Bitmap.rows; ++y)
{
for (int x = 0; x < Bitmap.width; ++x)
{
std::size_t Index = x + Left + 1 + (y + Top + 1) * TexWidth;
GlyphsBuffer[Index * 4 + 0] = 255;
GlyphsBuffer[Index * 4 + 1] = 255;
GlyphsBuffer[Index * 4 + 2] = 255;
GlyphsBuffer[Index * 4 + 3] = Pixels[x];
}
Pixels += Bitmap.pitch;
}
// Update the rendering coordinates
for (int x = 0; x < Bitmap.width + 1; ++x)
Tops[Left + x] = Top + Bitmap.rows;
Left += Bitmap.width + 1;
if (Top + Bitmap.rows > MaxHeight)
MaxHeight = Top + Bitmap.rows;
// Delete the glyph
FT_Done_Glyph((FT_Glyph)BitmapGlyph);
}
// Create the font's texture
TexHeight = MaxHeight + 1;
GlyphsBuffer.resize(TexWidth * TexHeight * 4);
LoadedFont.myTexture.LoadFromPixels(TexWidth, TexHeight, &GlyphsBuffer[0]);
// Now that the texture is created, we can precompute texture coordinates
for (std::size_t i = 0; i < Charset.size(); ++i)
{
Uint32 CurChar = Charset[i];
LoadedFont.myGlyphs[CurChar].TexCoords = LoadedFont.myTexture.GetTexCoords(Coords[CurChar], false);
}
// Update the character size (it may have been changed by the function)
LoadedFont.myCharSize = CharSize;
return 0;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get a description from a FT error code
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
std::string FontLoader::GetErrorDesc(FT_Error Error)
{
switch (Error)
{
// Generic errors
case FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource : return "cannot open resource";
case FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format : return "unknown file format";
case FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format : return "broken file";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Version : return "invalid FreeType version";
case FT_Err_Lower_Module_Version : return "module version is too low";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Argument : return "invalid argument";
case FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature : return "unimplemented feature";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Table : return "broken table";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Offset : return "broken offset within table";
// Glyph / character errors
case FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Index : return "invalid glyph index";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Character_Code : return "invalid character code";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format : return "unsupported glyph image format";
case FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph : return "cannot render this glyph format";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Outline : return "invalid outline";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Composite : return "invalid composite glyph";
case FT_Err_Too_Many_Hints : return "too many hints";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Pixel_Size : return "invalid pixel size";
// Handle errors
case FT_Err_Invalid_Handle : return "invalid object handle";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle : return "invalid library handle";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Driver_Handle : return "invalid module handle";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle : return "invalid face handle";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle : return "invalid size handle";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Slot_Handle : return "invalid glyph slot handle";
case FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle : return "invalid charmap handle";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Cache_Handle : return "invalid cache manager handle";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle : return "invalid stream handle";
// Driver errors
case FT_Err_Too_Many_Drivers : return "too many modules";
case FT_Err_Too_Many_Extensions : return "too many extensions";
// Memory errors
case FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory : return "out of memory";
case FT_Err_Unlisted_Object : return "unlisted object";
// Stream errors
case FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream : return "cannot open stream";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Seek : return "invalid stream seek";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Skip : return "invalid stream skip";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Read : return "invalid stream read";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation : return "invalid stream operation";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Frame_Operation : return "invalid frame operation";
case FT_Err_Nested_Frame_Access : return "nested frame access";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Frame_Read : return "invalid frame read";
// Raster errors
case FT_Err_Raster_Uninitialized : return "raster uninitialized";
case FT_Err_Raster_Corrupted : return "raster corrupted";
case FT_Err_Raster_Overflow : return "raster overflow";
case FT_Err_Raster_Negative_Height : return "negative height while rastering";
// Cache errors
case FT_Err_Too_Many_Caches : return "too many registered caches";
// TrueType and SFNT errors
case FT_Err_Invalid_Opcode : return "invalid opcode";
case FT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments : return "too few arguments";
case FT_Err_Stack_Overflow : return "stack overflow";
case FT_Err_Code_Overflow : return "code overflow";
case FT_Err_Bad_Argument : return "bad argument";
case FT_Err_Divide_By_Zero : return "division by zero";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Reference : return "invalid reference";
case FT_Err_Debug_OpCode : return "found debug opcode";
case FT_Err_ENDF_In_Exec_Stream : return "found ENDF opcode in execution stream";
case FT_Err_Nested_DEFS : return "nested DEFS";
case FT_Err_Invalid_CodeRange : return "invalid code range";
case FT_Err_Execution_Too_Long : return "execution context too long";
case FT_Err_Too_Many_Function_Defs : return "too many function definitions";
case FT_Err_Too_Many_Instruction_Defs : return "too many instruction definitions";
case FT_Err_Table_Missing : return "SFNT font table missing";
case FT_Err_Horiz_Header_Missing : return "horizontal header (hhea) table missing";
case FT_Err_Locations_Missing : return "locations (loca) table missing";
case FT_Err_Name_Table_Missing : return "name table missing";
case FT_Err_CMap_Table_Missing : return "character map (cmap) table missing";
case FT_Err_Hmtx_Table_Missing : return "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing";
case FT_Err_Post_Table_Missing : return "PostScript (post) table missing";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Horiz_Metrics : return "invalid horizontal metrics";
case FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Format : return "invalid character map (cmap) format";
case FT_Err_Invalid_PPem : return "invalid ppem value";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Vert_Metrics : return "invalid vertical metrics";
case FT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context : return "could not find context";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Post_Table_Format : return "invalid PostScript (post) table format";
case FT_Err_Invalid_Post_Table : return "invalid PostScript (post) table";
// CCF, CID and Type 1 errors
case FT_Err_Syntax_Error : return "opcode syntax error";
case FT_Err_Stack_Underflow : return "argument stack underflow";
case FT_Err_Ignore : return "ignore";
// BDF errors
case FT_Err_Missing_Startfont_Field : return "`STARTFONT' field missing";
case FT_Err_Missing_Font_Field : return "`FONT' field missing";
case FT_Err_Missing_Size_Field : return "`SIZE' field missing";
case FT_Err_Missing_Chars_Field : return "`CHARS' field missing";
case FT_Err_Missing_Startchar_Field : return "`STARTCHAR' field missing";
case FT_Err_Missing_Encoding_Field : return "`ENCODING' field missing";
case FT_Err_Missing_Bbx_Field : return "`BBX' field missing";
}
return "unknown error";
}
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef SFML_FONTLOADER_HPP
#define SFML_FONTLOADER_HPP
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/System/NonCopyable.hpp>
#include <SFML/System/Unicode.hpp>
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include <string>
namespace sf
{
class Font;
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// FontLoader loads and saves character fonts
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class FontLoader : NonCopyable
{
public :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the unique instance of the class
///
/// \return Reference to the FontLoader instance
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static FontLoader& GetInstance();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load a font from a file
///
/// \param Filename : Path of the font file to load
/// \param CharSize : Size of characters in bitmap - the bigger, the higher quality
/// \param Charset : Characters set to generate
/// \param LoadedFont : Font object to fill up
///
/// \return True if loading was successful
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool LoadFontFromFile(const std::string& Filename, unsigned int CharSize, const Unicode::UTF32String& Charset, Font& LoadedFont);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the font from a file in memory
///
/// \param Data : Pointer to the data to load
/// \param SizeInBytes : Size of the data, in bytes
/// \param CharSize : Size of characters in bitmap - the bigger, the higher quality
/// \param Charset : Characters set to generate
/// \param LoadedFont : Font object to fill up
///
/// \return True if loading was successful
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool LoadFontFromMemory(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, unsigned int CharSize, const Unicode::UTF32String& Charset, Font& LoadedFont);
private :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
FontLoader();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
~FontLoader();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a bitmap font from a font face and a characters set
///
/// \param FontFace : Font face containing the loaded font
/// \param CharSize : Size of characters in bitmap
/// \param Charset : Characters set to generate
/// \param LoadedFont : Font object to fill up
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
FT_Error CreateBitmapFont(FT_Face FontFace, unsigned int CharSize, const Unicode::UTF32String& Charset, Font& LoadedFont);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get a description from a FT error code
///
/// \param Error : FreeType error code
///
/// \return Error description
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static std::string GetErrorDesc(FT_Error Error);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
FT_Library myLibrary; ///< Handle to the Freetype library
};
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf
#endif // SFML_FONTLOADER_HPP

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,934 @@
/*
** The OpenGL Extension Wrangler Library
** Copyright (C) 2002-2006, Milan Ikits <milan ikits[]ieee org>
** Copyright (C) 2002-2006, Marcelo E. Magallon <mmagallo[]debian org>
** Copyright (C) 2002, Lev Povalahev
** All rights reserved.
**
** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
** modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
**
** * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
** * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
** and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
** * The name of the author may be used to endorse or promote products
** derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
**
** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
** AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
** IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
** ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
** LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
** CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
** SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
** INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
** CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
** ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
** THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef __wglew_h__
#define __wglew_h__
#define __WGLEW_H__
#ifdef __wglext_h_
#error wglext.h included before wglew.h
#endif
#define __wglext_h_
#if !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
# ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
# endif
#include <windows.h>
#endif
/*
* GLEW_STATIC needs to be set when using the static version.
* GLEW_BUILD is set when building the DLL version.
*/
#ifdef GLEW_STATIC
# define GLEWAPI extern
#else
# ifdef GLEW_BUILD
# define GLEWAPI extern __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define GLEWAPI extern __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* -------------------------- WGL_3DFX_multisample ------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_3DFX_multisample
#define WGL_3DFX_multisample 1
#define WGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_3DFX 0x2060
#define WGL_SAMPLES_3DFX 0x2061
#define WGLEW_3DFX_multisample WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_3DFX_multisample)
#endif /* WGL_3DFX_multisample */
/* ------------------------- WGL_3DL_stereo_control ------------------------ */
#ifndef WGL_3DL_stereo_control
#define WGL_3DL_stereo_control 1
#define WGL_STEREO_EMITTER_ENABLE_3DL 0x2055
#define WGL_STEREO_EMITTER_DISABLE_3DL 0x2056
#define WGL_STEREO_POLARITY_NORMAL_3DL 0x2057
#define WGL_STEREO_POLARITY_INVERT_3DL 0x2058
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETSTEREOEMITTERSTATE3DLPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uState);
#define wglSetStereoEmitterState3DL WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewSetStereoEmitterState3DL)
#define WGLEW_3DL_stereo_control WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_3DL_stereo_control)
#endif /* WGL_3DL_stereo_control */
/* ------------------------- WGL_ARB_buffer_region ------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_ARB_buffer_region
#define WGL_ARB_buffer_region 1
#define WGL_FRONT_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT_ARB 0x00000001
#define WGL_BACK_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT_ARB 0x00000002
#define WGL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT_ARB 0x00000004
#define WGL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT_ARB 0x00000008
typedef HANDLE (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEBUFFERREGIONARBPROC) (HDC hDC, int iLayerPlane, UINT uType);
typedef VOID (WINAPI * PFNWGLDELETEBUFFERREGIONARBPROC) (HANDLE hRegion);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRESTOREBUFFERREGIONARBPROC) (HANDLE hRegion, int x, int y, int width, int height, int xSrc, int ySrc);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSAVEBUFFERREGIONARBPROC) (HANDLE hRegion, int x, int y, int width, int height);
#define wglCreateBufferRegionARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewCreateBufferRegionARB)
#define wglDeleteBufferRegionARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewDeleteBufferRegionARB)
#define wglRestoreBufferRegionARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewRestoreBufferRegionARB)
#define wglSaveBufferRegionARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewSaveBufferRegionARB)
#define WGLEW_ARB_buffer_region WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ARB_buffer_region)
#endif /* WGL_ARB_buffer_region */
/* ----------------------- WGL_ARB_extensions_string ----------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_ARB_extensions_string
#define WGL_ARB_extensions_string 1
typedef const char* (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETEXTENSIONSSTRINGARBPROC) (HDC hdc);
#define wglGetExtensionsStringARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetExtensionsStringARB)
#define WGLEW_ARB_extensions_string WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ARB_extensions_string)
#endif /* WGL_ARB_extensions_string */
/* ----------------------- WGL_ARB_make_current_read ----------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_ARB_make_current_read
#define WGL_ARB_make_current_read 1
typedef HDC (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETCURRENTREADDCARBPROC) (VOID);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLMAKECONTEXTCURRENTARBPROC) (HDC hDrawDC, HDC hReadDC, HGLRC hglrc);
#define wglGetCurrentReadDCARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetCurrentReadDCARB)
#define wglMakeContextCurrentARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewMakeContextCurrentARB)
#define WGLEW_ARB_make_current_read WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ARB_make_current_read)
#endif /* WGL_ARB_make_current_read */
/* -------------------------- WGL_ARB_multisample -------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_ARB_multisample
#define WGL_ARB_multisample 1
#define WGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_ARB 0x2041
#define WGL_SAMPLES_ARB 0x2042
#define WGLEW_ARB_multisample WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ARB_multisample)
#endif /* WGL_ARB_multisample */
/* ---------------------------- WGL_ARB_pbuffer ---------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pbuffer
#define WGL_ARB_pbuffer 1
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_PBUFFER_ARB 0x202D
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS_ARB 0x202E
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH_ARB 0x202F
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_ARB 0x2030
#define WGL_PBUFFER_LARGEST_ARB 0x2033
#define WGL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_ARB 0x2034
#define WGL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_ARB 0x2035
#define WGL_PBUFFER_LOST_ARB 0x2036
DECLARE_HANDLE(HPBUFFERARB);
typedef HPBUFFERARB (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEPBUFFERARBPROC) (HDC hDC, int iPixelFormat, int iWidth, int iHeight, const int* piAttribList);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDESTROYPBUFFERARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer);
typedef HDC (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPBUFFERDCARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYPBUFFERARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iAttribute, int* piValue);
typedef int (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASEPBUFFERDCARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, HDC hDC);
#define wglCreatePbufferARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewCreatePbufferARB)
#define wglDestroyPbufferARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewDestroyPbufferARB)
#define wglGetPbufferDCARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetPbufferDCARB)
#define wglQueryPbufferARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewQueryPbufferARB)
#define wglReleasePbufferDCARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewReleasePbufferDCARB)
#define WGLEW_ARB_pbuffer WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ARB_pbuffer)
#endif /* WGL_ARB_pbuffer */
/* -------------------------- WGL_ARB_pixel_format ------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pixel_format
#define WGL_ARB_pixel_format 1
#define WGL_NUMBER_PIXEL_FORMATS_ARB 0x2000
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_WINDOW_ARB 0x2001
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_BITMAP_ARB 0x2002
#define WGL_ACCELERATION_ARB 0x2003
#define WGL_NEED_PALETTE_ARB 0x2004
#define WGL_NEED_SYSTEM_PALETTE_ARB 0x2005
#define WGL_SWAP_LAYER_BUFFERS_ARB 0x2006
#define WGL_SWAP_METHOD_ARB 0x2007
#define WGL_NUMBER_OVERLAYS_ARB 0x2008
#define WGL_NUMBER_UNDERLAYS_ARB 0x2009
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_ARB 0x200A
#define WGL_SHARE_DEPTH_ARB 0x200C
#define WGL_SHARE_STENCIL_ARB 0x200D
#define WGL_SHARE_ACCUM_ARB 0x200E
#define WGL_SUPPORT_GDI_ARB 0x200F
#define WGL_SUPPORT_OPENGL_ARB 0x2010
#define WGL_DOUBLE_BUFFER_ARB 0x2011
#define WGL_STEREO_ARB 0x2012
#define WGL_PIXEL_TYPE_ARB 0x2013
#define WGL_COLOR_BITS_ARB 0x2014
#define WGL_RED_BITS_ARB 0x2015
#define WGL_RED_SHIFT_ARB 0x2016
#define WGL_GREEN_BITS_ARB 0x2017
#define WGL_GREEN_SHIFT_ARB 0x2018
#define WGL_BLUE_BITS_ARB 0x2019
#define WGL_BLUE_SHIFT_ARB 0x201A
#define WGL_ALPHA_BITS_ARB 0x201B
#define WGL_ALPHA_SHIFT_ARB 0x201C
#define WGL_ACCUM_BITS_ARB 0x201D
#define WGL_ACCUM_RED_BITS_ARB 0x201E
#define WGL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS_ARB 0x201F
#define WGL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS_ARB 0x2020
#define WGL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS_ARB 0x2021
#define WGL_DEPTH_BITS_ARB 0x2022
#define WGL_STENCIL_BITS_ARB 0x2023
#define WGL_AUX_BUFFERS_ARB 0x2024
#define WGL_NO_ACCELERATION_ARB 0x2025
#define WGL_GENERIC_ACCELERATION_ARB 0x2026
#define WGL_FULL_ACCELERATION_ARB 0x2027
#define WGL_SWAP_EXCHANGE_ARB 0x2028
#define WGL_SWAP_COPY_ARB 0x2029
#define WGL_SWAP_UNDEFINED_ARB 0x202A
#define WGL_TYPE_RGBA_ARB 0x202B
#define WGL_TYPE_COLORINDEX_ARB 0x202C
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_ARB 0x2037
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_ARB 0x2038
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_ARB 0x2039
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_ARB 0x203A
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_ARB 0x203B
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLCHOOSEPIXELFORMATARBPROC) (HDC hdc, const int* piAttribIList, const FLOAT *pfAttribFList, UINT nMaxFormats, int *piFormats, UINT *nNumFormats);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBFVARBPROC) (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, const int* piAttributes, FLOAT *pfValues);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBIVARBPROC) (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, const int* piAttributes, int *piValues);
#define wglChoosePixelFormatARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewChoosePixelFormatARB)
#define wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetPixelFormatAttribfvARB)
#define wglGetPixelFormatAttribivARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetPixelFormatAttribivARB)
#define WGLEW_ARB_pixel_format WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ARB_pixel_format)
#endif /* WGL_ARB_pixel_format */
/* ----------------------- WGL_ARB_pixel_format_float ---------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_ARB_pixel_format_float
#define WGL_ARB_pixel_format_float 1
#define WGL_TYPE_RGBA_FLOAT_ARB 0x21A0
#define WGLEW_ARB_pixel_format_float WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ARB_pixel_format_float)
#endif /* WGL_ARB_pixel_format_float */
/* ------------------------- WGL_ARB_render_texture ------------------------ */
#ifndef WGL_ARB_render_texture
#define WGL_ARB_render_texture 1
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB_ARB 0x2070
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA_ARB 0x2071
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FORMAT_ARB 0x2072
#define WGL_TEXTURE_TARGET_ARB 0x2073
#define WGL_MIPMAP_TEXTURE_ARB 0x2074
#define WGL_TEXTURE_RGB_ARB 0x2075
#define WGL_TEXTURE_RGBA_ARB 0x2076
#define WGL_NO_TEXTURE_ARB 0x2077
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB 0x2078
#define WGL_TEXTURE_1D_ARB 0x2079
#define WGL_TEXTURE_2D_ARB 0x207A
#define WGL_MIPMAP_LEVEL_ARB 0x207B
#define WGL_CUBE_MAP_FACE_ARB 0x207C
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X_ARB 0x207D
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X_ARB 0x207E
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y_ARB 0x207F
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y_ARB 0x2080
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z_ARB 0x2081
#define WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z_ARB 0x2082
#define WGL_FRONT_LEFT_ARB 0x2083
#define WGL_FRONT_RIGHT_ARB 0x2084
#define WGL_BACK_LEFT_ARB 0x2085
#define WGL_BACK_RIGHT_ARB 0x2086
#define WGL_AUX0_ARB 0x2087
#define WGL_AUX1_ARB 0x2088
#define WGL_AUX2_ARB 0x2089
#define WGL_AUX3_ARB 0x208A
#define WGL_AUX4_ARB 0x208B
#define WGL_AUX5_ARB 0x208C
#define WGL_AUX6_ARB 0x208D
#define WGL_AUX7_ARB 0x208E
#define WGL_AUX8_ARB 0x208F
#define WGL_AUX9_ARB 0x2090
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLBINDTEXIMAGEARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iBuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASETEXIMAGEARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, int iBuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETPBUFFERATTRIBARBPROC) (HPBUFFERARB hPbuffer, const int* piAttribList);
#define wglBindTexImageARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewBindTexImageARB)
#define wglReleaseTexImageARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewReleaseTexImageARB)
#define wglSetPbufferAttribARB WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewSetPbufferAttribARB)
#define WGLEW_ARB_render_texture WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ARB_render_texture)
#endif /* WGL_ARB_render_texture */
/* ----------------------- WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float ---------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float
#define WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float 1
#define WGL_TYPE_RGBA_FLOAT_ATI 0x21A0
#define GL_RGBA_FLOAT_MODE_ATI 0x8820
#define GL_COLOR_CLEAR_UNCLAMPED_VALUE_ATI 0x8835
#define WGLEW_ATI_pixel_format_float WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ATI_pixel_format_float)
#endif /* WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float */
/* -------------------- WGL_ATI_render_texture_rectangle ------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_ATI_render_texture_rectangle
#define WGL_ATI_render_texture_rectangle 1
#define WGL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_ATI 0x21A5
#define WGLEW_ATI_render_texture_rectangle WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_ATI_render_texture_rectangle)
#endif /* WGL_ATI_render_texture_rectangle */
/* -------------------------- WGL_EXT_depth_float -------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_EXT_depth_float
#define WGL_EXT_depth_float 1
#define WGL_DEPTH_FLOAT_EXT 0x2040
#define WGLEW_EXT_depth_float WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_EXT_depth_float)
#endif /* WGL_EXT_depth_float */
/* ---------------------- WGL_EXT_display_color_table ---------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_EXT_display_color_table
#define WGL_EXT_display_color_table 1
typedef GLboolean (WINAPI * PFNWGLBINDDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (GLushort id);
typedef GLboolean (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (GLushort id);
typedef void (WINAPI * PFNWGLDESTROYDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (GLushort id);
typedef GLboolean (WINAPI * PFNWGLLOADDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (GLushort* table, GLuint length);
#define wglBindDisplayColorTableEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewBindDisplayColorTableEXT)
#define wglCreateDisplayColorTableEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewCreateDisplayColorTableEXT)
#define wglDestroyDisplayColorTableEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewDestroyDisplayColorTableEXT)
#define wglLoadDisplayColorTableEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewLoadDisplayColorTableEXT)
#define WGLEW_EXT_display_color_table WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_EXT_display_color_table)
#endif /* WGL_EXT_display_color_table */
/* ----------------------- WGL_EXT_extensions_string ----------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_EXT_extensions_string
#define WGL_EXT_extensions_string 1
typedef const char* (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETEXTENSIONSSTRINGEXTPROC) (void);
#define wglGetExtensionsStringEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetExtensionsStringEXT)
#define WGLEW_EXT_extensions_string WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_EXT_extensions_string)
#endif /* WGL_EXT_extensions_string */
/* ----------------------- WGL_EXT_make_current_read ----------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_EXT_make_current_read
#define WGL_EXT_make_current_read 1
typedef HDC (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETCURRENTREADDCEXTPROC) (VOID);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLMAKECONTEXTCURRENTEXTPROC) (HDC hDrawDC, HDC hReadDC, HGLRC hglrc);
#define wglGetCurrentReadDCEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetCurrentReadDCEXT)
#define wglMakeContextCurrentEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewMakeContextCurrentEXT)
#define WGLEW_EXT_make_current_read WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_EXT_make_current_read)
#endif /* WGL_EXT_make_current_read */
/* -------------------------- WGL_EXT_multisample -------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_EXT_multisample
#define WGL_EXT_multisample 1
#define WGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_EXT 0x2041
#define WGL_SAMPLES_EXT 0x2042
#define WGLEW_EXT_multisample WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_EXT_multisample)
#endif /* WGL_EXT_multisample */
/* ---------------------------- WGL_EXT_pbuffer ---------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_EXT_pbuffer
#define WGL_EXT_pbuffer 1
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_PBUFFER_EXT 0x202D
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS_EXT 0x202E
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT 0x202F
#define WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT 0x2030
#define WGL_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT 0x2031
#define WGL_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT 0x2032
#define WGL_PBUFFER_LARGEST_EXT 0x2033
#define WGL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT 0x2034
#define WGL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT 0x2035
DECLARE_HANDLE(HPBUFFEREXT);
typedef HPBUFFEREXT (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEPBUFFEREXTPROC) (HDC hDC, int iPixelFormat, int iWidth, int iHeight, const int* piAttribList);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDESTROYPBUFFEREXTPROC) (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer);
typedef HDC (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPBUFFERDCEXTPROC) (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYPBUFFEREXTPROC) (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer, int iAttribute, int* piValue);
typedef int (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASEPBUFFERDCEXTPROC) (HPBUFFEREXT hPbuffer, HDC hDC);
#define wglCreatePbufferEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewCreatePbufferEXT)
#define wglDestroyPbufferEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewDestroyPbufferEXT)
#define wglGetPbufferDCEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetPbufferDCEXT)
#define wglQueryPbufferEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewQueryPbufferEXT)
#define wglReleasePbufferDCEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewReleasePbufferDCEXT)
#define WGLEW_EXT_pbuffer WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_EXT_pbuffer)
#endif /* WGL_EXT_pbuffer */
/* -------------------------- WGL_EXT_pixel_format ------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_EXT_pixel_format
#define WGL_EXT_pixel_format 1
#define WGL_NUMBER_PIXEL_FORMATS_EXT 0x2000
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_WINDOW_EXT 0x2001
#define WGL_DRAW_TO_BITMAP_EXT 0x2002
#define WGL_ACCELERATION_EXT 0x2003
#define WGL_NEED_PALETTE_EXT 0x2004
#define WGL_NEED_SYSTEM_PALETTE_EXT 0x2005
#define WGL_SWAP_LAYER_BUFFERS_EXT 0x2006
#define WGL_SWAP_METHOD_EXT 0x2007
#define WGL_NUMBER_OVERLAYS_EXT 0x2008
#define WGL_NUMBER_UNDERLAYS_EXT 0x2009
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_EXT 0x200A
#define WGL_TRANSPARENT_VALUE_EXT 0x200B
#define WGL_SHARE_DEPTH_EXT 0x200C
#define WGL_SHARE_STENCIL_EXT 0x200D
#define WGL_SHARE_ACCUM_EXT 0x200E
#define WGL_SUPPORT_GDI_EXT 0x200F
#define WGL_SUPPORT_OPENGL_EXT 0x2010
#define WGL_DOUBLE_BUFFER_EXT 0x2011
#define WGL_STEREO_EXT 0x2012
#define WGL_PIXEL_TYPE_EXT 0x2013
#define WGL_COLOR_BITS_EXT 0x2014
#define WGL_RED_BITS_EXT 0x2015
#define WGL_RED_SHIFT_EXT 0x2016
#define WGL_GREEN_BITS_EXT 0x2017
#define WGL_GREEN_SHIFT_EXT 0x2018
#define WGL_BLUE_BITS_EXT 0x2019
#define WGL_BLUE_SHIFT_EXT 0x201A
#define WGL_ALPHA_BITS_EXT 0x201B
#define WGL_ALPHA_SHIFT_EXT 0x201C
#define WGL_ACCUM_BITS_EXT 0x201D
#define WGL_ACCUM_RED_BITS_EXT 0x201E
#define WGL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS_EXT 0x201F
#define WGL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS_EXT 0x2020
#define WGL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS_EXT 0x2021
#define WGL_DEPTH_BITS_EXT 0x2022
#define WGL_STENCIL_BITS_EXT 0x2023
#define WGL_AUX_BUFFERS_EXT 0x2024
#define WGL_NO_ACCELERATION_EXT 0x2025
#define WGL_GENERIC_ACCELERATION_EXT 0x2026
#define WGL_FULL_ACCELERATION_EXT 0x2027
#define WGL_SWAP_EXCHANGE_EXT 0x2028
#define WGL_SWAP_COPY_EXT 0x2029
#define WGL_SWAP_UNDEFINED_EXT 0x202A
#define WGL_TYPE_RGBA_EXT 0x202B
#define WGL_TYPE_COLORINDEX_EXT 0x202C
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLCHOOSEPIXELFORMATEXTPROC) (HDC hdc, const int* piAttribIList, const FLOAT *pfAttribFList, UINT nMaxFormats, int *piFormats, UINT *nNumFormats);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBFVEXTPROC) (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, int* piAttributes, FLOAT *pfValues);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBIVEXTPROC) (HDC hdc, int iPixelFormat, int iLayerPlane, UINT nAttributes, int* piAttributes, int *piValues);
#define wglChoosePixelFormatEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewChoosePixelFormatEXT)
#define wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetPixelFormatAttribfvEXT)
#define wglGetPixelFormatAttribivEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetPixelFormatAttribivEXT)
#define WGLEW_EXT_pixel_format WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_EXT_pixel_format)
#endif /* WGL_EXT_pixel_format */
/* -------------------------- WGL_EXT_swap_control ------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_EXT_swap_control
#define WGL_EXT_swap_control 1
typedef int (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETSWAPINTERVALEXTPROC) (void);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSWAPINTERVALEXTPROC) (int interval);
#define wglGetSwapIntervalEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetSwapIntervalEXT)
#define wglSwapIntervalEXT WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewSwapIntervalEXT)
#define WGLEW_EXT_swap_control WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_EXT_swap_control)
#endif /* WGL_EXT_swap_control */
/* --------------------- WGL_I3D_digital_video_control --------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_I3D_digital_video_control
#define WGL_I3D_digital_video_control 1
#define WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_CURSOR_ALPHA_FRAMEBUFFER_I3D 0x2050
#define WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_CURSOR_ALPHA_VALUE_I3D 0x2051
#define WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_CURSOR_INCLUDED_I3D 0x2052
#define WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_GAMMA_CORRECTED_I3D 0x2053
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETDIGITALVIDEOPARAMETERSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, int* piValue);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETDIGITALVIDEOPARAMETERSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, const int* piValue);
#define wglGetDigitalVideoParametersI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetDigitalVideoParametersI3D)
#define wglSetDigitalVideoParametersI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewSetDigitalVideoParametersI3D)
#define WGLEW_I3D_digital_video_control WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_I3D_digital_video_control)
#endif /* WGL_I3D_digital_video_control */
/* ----------------------------- WGL_I3D_gamma ----------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_I3D_gamma
#define WGL_I3D_gamma 1
#define WGL_GAMMA_TABLE_SIZE_I3D 0x204E
#define WGL_GAMMA_EXCLUDE_DESKTOP_I3D 0x204F
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGAMMATABLEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iEntries, USHORT* puRed, USHORT *puGreen, USHORT *puBlue);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGAMMATABLEPARAMETERSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, int* piValue);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETGAMMATABLEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iEntries, const USHORT* puRed, const USHORT *puGreen, const USHORT *puBlue);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLSETGAMMATABLEPARAMETERSI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, int iAttribute, const int* piValue);
#define wglGetGammaTableI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetGammaTableI3D)
#define wglGetGammaTableParametersI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetGammaTableParametersI3D)
#define wglSetGammaTableI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewSetGammaTableI3D)
#define wglSetGammaTableParametersI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewSetGammaTableParametersI3D)
#define WGLEW_I3D_gamma WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_I3D_gamma)
#endif /* WGL_I3D_gamma */
/* ---------------------------- WGL_I3D_genlock ---------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_I3D_genlock
#define WGL_I3D_genlock 1
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_MULTIVIEW_I3D 0x2044
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL_SYNC_I3D 0x2045
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL_FIELD_I3D 0x2046
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL_TTL_I3D 0x2047
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_DIGITAL_SYNC_I3D 0x2048
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_DIGITAL_FIELD_I3D 0x2049
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EDGE_FALLING_I3D 0x204A
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EDGE_RISING_I3D 0x204B
#define WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EDGE_BOTH_I3D 0x204C
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDISABLEGENLOCKI3DPROC) (HDC hDC);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLENABLEGENLOCKI3DPROC) (HDC hDC);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGENLOCKSAMPLERATEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uRate);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGENLOCKSOURCEDELAYI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uDelay);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGENLOCKSOURCEEDGEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uEdge);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGENLOCKSOURCEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT uSource);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSAMPLERATEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT* uRate);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSOURCEDELAYI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT* uDelay);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSOURCEEDGEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT* uEdge);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSOURCEI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT* uSource);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLISENABLEDGENLOCKI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, BOOL* pFlag);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYGENLOCKMAXSOURCEDELAYI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, UINT* uMaxLineDelay, UINT *uMaxPixelDelay);
#define wglDisableGenlockI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewDisableGenlockI3D)
#define wglEnableGenlockI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewEnableGenlockI3D)
#define wglGenlockSampleRateI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGenlockSampleRateI3D)
#define wglGenlockSourceDelayI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGenlockSourceDelayI3D)
#define wglGenlockSourceEdgeI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGenlockSourceEdgeI3D)
#define wglGenlockSourceI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGenlockSourceI3D)
#define wglGetGenlockSampleRateI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetGenlockSampleRateI3D)
#define wglGetGenlockSourceDelayI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetGenlockSourceDelayI3D)
#define wglGetGenlockSourceEdgeI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetGenlockSourceEdgeI3D)
#define wglGetGenlockSourceI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetGenlockSourceI3D)
#define wglIsEnabledGenlockI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewIsEnabledGenlockI3D)
#define wglQueryGenlockMaxSourceDelayI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewQueryGenlockMaxSourceDelayI3D)
#define WGLEW_I3D_genlock WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_I3D_genlock)
#endif /* WGL_I3D_genlock */
/* -------------------------- WGL_I3D_image_buffer ------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_I3D_image_buffer
#define WGL_I3D_image_buffer 1
#define WGL_IMAGE_BUFFER_MIN_ACCESS_I3D 0x00000001
#define WGL_IMAGE_BUFFER_LOCK_I3D 0x00000002
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLASSOCIATEIMAGEBUFFEREVENTSI3DPROC) (HDC hdc, HANDLE* pEvent, LPVOID *pAddress, DWORD *pSize, UINT count);
typedef LPVOID (WINAPI * PFNWGLCREATEIMAGEBUFFERI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, DWORD dwSize, UINT uFlags);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDESTROYIMAGEBUFFERI3DPROC) (HDC hDC, LPVOID pAddress);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLRELEASEIMAGEBUFFEREVENTSI3DPROC) (HDC hdc, LPVOID* pAddress, UINT count);
#define wglAssociateImageBufferEventsI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewAssociateImageBufferEventsI3D)
#define wglCreateImageBufferI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewCreateImageBufferI3D)
#define wglDestroyImageBufferI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewDestroyImageBufferI3D)
#define wglReleaseImageBufferEventsI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewReleaseImageBufferEventsI3D)
#define WGLEW_I3D_image_buffer WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_I3D_image_buffer)
#endif /* WGL_I3D_image_buffer */
/* ------------------------ WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock ------------------------ */
#ifndef WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock
#define WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock 1
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLDISABLEFRAMELOCKI3DPROC) (VOID);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLENABLEFRAMELOCKI3DPROC) (VOID);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLISENABLEDFRAMELOCKI3DPROC) (BOOL* pFlag);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYFRAMELOCKMASTERI3DPROC) (BOOL* pFlag);
#define wglDisableFrameLockI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewDisableFrameLockI3D)
#define wglEnableFrameLockI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewEnableFrameLockI3D)
#define wglIsEnabledFrameLockI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewIsEnabledFrameLockI3D)
#define wglQueryFrameLockMasterI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewQueryFrameLockMasterI3D)
#define WGLEW_I3D_swap_frame_lock WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_I3D_swap_frame_lock)
#endif /* WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock */
/* ------------------------ WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage ----------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage
#define WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage 1
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLBEGINFRAMETRACKINGI3DPROC) (void);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLENDFRAMETRACKINGI3DPROC) (void);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETFRAMEUSAGEI3DPROC) (float* pUsage);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLQUERYFRAMETRACKINGI3DPROC) (DWORD* pFrameCount, DWORD *pMissedFrames, float *pLastMissedUsage);
#define wglBeginFrameTrackingI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewBeginFrameTrackingI3D)
#define wglEndFrameTrackingI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewEndFrameTrackingI3D)
#define wglGetFrameUsageI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetFrameUsageI3D)
#define wglQueryFrameTrackingI3D WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewQueryFrameTrackingI3D)
#define WGLEW_I3D_swap_frame_usage WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_I3D_swap_frame_usage)
#endif /* WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage */
/* -------------------------- WGL_NV_float_buffer -------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_NV_float_buffer
#define WGL_NV_float_buffer 1
#define WGL_FLOAT_COMPONENTS_NV 0x20B0
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_R_NV 0x20B1
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_RG_NV 0x20B2
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_RGB_NV 0x20B3
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_RGBA_NV 0x20B4
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_R_NV 0x20B5
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_RG_NV 0x20B6
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_RGB_NV 0x20B7
#define WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_RGBA_NV 0x20B8
#define WGLEW_NV_float_buffer WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_NV_float_buffer)
#endif /* WGL_NV_float_buffer */
/* ---------------------- WGL_NV_render_depth_texture ---------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_NV_render_depth_texture
#define WGL_NV_render_depth_texture 1
#define WGL_NO_TEXTURE_ARB 0x2077
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_DEPTH_NV 0x20A3
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_DEPTH_NV 0x20A4
#define WGL_DEPTH_TEXTURE_FORMAT_NV 0x20A5
#define WGL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_COMPONENT_NV 0x20A6
#define WGL_DEPTH_COMPONENT_NV 0x20A7
#define WGLEW_NV_render_depth_texture WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_NV_render_depth_texture)
#endif /* WGL_NV_render_depth_texture */
/* -------------------- WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle -------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle
#define WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle 1
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_RGB_NV 0x20A0
#define WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_RGBA_NV 0x20A1
#define WGL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV 0x20A2
#define WGLEW_NV_render_texture_rectangle WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_NV_render_texture_rectangle)
#endif /* WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle */
/* ----------------------- WGL_NV_vertex_array_range ----------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_NV_vertex_array_range
#define WGL_NV_vertex_array_range 1
typedef void * (WINAPI * PFNWGLALLOCATEMEMORYNVPROC) (GLsizei size, GLfloat readFrequency, GLfloat writeFrequency, GLfloat priority);
typedef void (WINAPI * PFNWGLFREEMEMORYNVPROC) (void *pointer);
#define wglAllocateMemoryNV WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewAllocateMemoryNV)
#define wglFreeMemoryNV WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewFreeMemoryNV)
#define WGLEW_NV_vertex_array_range WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_NV_vertex_array_range)
#endif /* WGL_NV_vertex_array_range */
/* -------------------------- WGL_OML_sync_control ------------------------- */
#ifndef WGL_OML_sync_control
#define WGL_OML_sync_control 1
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETMSCRATEOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT32* numerator, INT32 *denominator);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLGETSYNCVALUESOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT64* ust, INT64 *msc, INT64 *sbc);
typedef INT64 (WINAPI * PFNWGLSWAPBUFFERSMSCOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT64 target_msc, INT64 divisor, INT64 remainder);
typedef INT64 (WINAPI * PFNWGLSWAPLAYERBUFFERSMSCOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT fuPlanes, INT64 target_msc, INT64 divisor, INT64 remainder);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLWAITFORMSCOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT64 target_msc, INT64 divisor, INT64 remainder, INT64* ust, INT64 *msc, INT64 *sbc);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI * PFNWGLWAITFORSBCOMLPROC) (HDC hdc, INT64 target_sbc, INT64* ust, INT64 *msc, INT64 *sbc);
#define wglGetMscRateOML WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetMscRateOML)
#define wglGetSyncValuesOML WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewGetSyncValuesOML)
#define wglSwapBuffersMscOML WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewSwapBuffersMscOML)
#define wglSwapLayerBuffersMscOML WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewSwapLayerBuffersMscOML)
#define wglWaitForMscOML WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewWaitForMscOML)
#define wglWaitForSbcOML WGLEW_GET_FUN(__wglewWaitForSbcOML)
#define WGLEW_OML_sync_control WGLEW_GET_VAR(__WGLEW_OML_sync_control)
#endif /* WGL_OML_sync_control */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
#ifdef GLEW_MX
#define WGLEW_EXPORT
#else
#define WGLEW_EXPORT GLEWAPI
#endif /* GLEW_MX */
#ifdef GLEW_MX
struct WGLEWContextStruct
{
#endif /* GLEW_MX */
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLSETSTEREOEMITTERSTATE3DLPROC __wglewSetStereoEmitterState3DL;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLCREATEBUFFERREGIONARBPROC __wglewCreateBufferRegionARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLDELETEBUFFERREGIONARBPROC __wglewDeleteBufferRegionARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLRESTOREBUFFERREGIONARBPROC __wglewRestoreBufferRegionARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLSAVEBUFFERREGIONARBPROC __wglewSaveBufferRegionARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETEXTENSIONSSTRINGARBPROC __wglewGetExtensionsStringARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETCURRENTREADDCARBPROC __wglewGetCurrentReadDCARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLMAKECONTEXTCURRENTARBPROC __wglewMakeContextCurrentARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLCREATEPBUFFERARBPROC __wglewCreatePbufferARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLDESTROYPBUFFERARBPROC __wglewDestroyPbufferARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETPBUFFERDCARBPROC __wglewGetPbufferDCARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLQUERYPBUFFERARBPROC __wglewQueryPbufferARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLRELEASEPBUFFERDCARBPROC __wglewReleasePbufferDCARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLCHOOSEPIXELFORMATARBPROC __wglewChoosePixelFormatARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBFVARBPROC __wglewGetPixelFormatAttribfvARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBIVARBPROC __wglewGetPixelFormatAttribivARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLBINDTEXIMAGEARBPROC __wglewBindTexImageARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLRELEASETEXIMAGEARBPROC __wglewReleaseTexImageARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLSETPBUFFERATTRIBARBPROC __wglewSetPbufferAttribARB;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLBINDDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC __wglewBindDisplayColorTableEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLCREATEDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC __wglewCreateDisplayColorTableEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLDESTROYDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC __wglewDestroyDisplayColorTableEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLLOADDISPLAYCOLORTABLEEXTPROC __wglewLoadDisplayColorTableEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETEXTENSIONSSTRINGEXTPROC __wglewGetExtensionsStringEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETCURRENTREADDCEXTPROC __wglewGetCurrentReadDCEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLMAKECONTEXTCURRENTEXTPROC __wglewMakeContextCurrentEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLCREATEPBUFFEREXTPROC __wglewCreatePbufferEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLDESTROYPBUFFEREXTPROC __wglewDestroyPbufferEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETPBUFFERDCEXTPROC __wglewGetPbufferDCEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLQUERYPBUFFEREXTPROC __wglewQueryPbufferEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLRELEASEPBUFFERDCEXTPROC __wglewReleasePbufferDCEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLCHOOSEPIXELFORMATEXTPROC __wglewChoosePixelFormatEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBFVEXTPROC __wglewGetPixelFormatAttribfvEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETPIXELFORMATATTRIBIVEXTPROC __wglewGetPixelFormatAttribivEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETSWAPINTERVALEXTPROC __wglewGetSwapIntervalEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLSWAPINTERVALEXTPROC __wglewSwapIntervalEXT;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETDIGITALVIDEOPARAMETERSI3DPROC __wglewGetDigitalVideoParametersI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLSETDIGITALVIDEOPARAMETERSI3DPROC __wglewSetDigitalVideoParametersI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETGAMMATABLEI3DPROC __wglewGetGammaTableI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETGAMMATABLEPARAMETERSI3DPROC __wglewGetGammaTableParametersI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLSETGAMMATABLEI3DPROC __wglewSetGammaTableI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLSETGAMMATABLEPARAMETERSI3DPROC __wglewSetGammaTableParametersI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLDISABLEGENLOCKI3DPROC __wglewDisableGenlockI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLENABLEGENLOCKI3DPROC __wglewEnableGenlockI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGENLOCKSAMPLERATEI3DPROC __wglewGenlockSampleRateI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGENLOCKSOURCEDELAYI3DPROC __wglewGenlockSourceDelayI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGENLOCKSOURCEEDGEI3DPROC __wglewGenlockSourceEdgeI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGENLOCKSOURCEI3DPROC __wglewGenlockSourceI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSAMPLERATEI3DPROC __wglewGetGenlockSampleRateI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSOURCEDELAYI3DPROC __wglewGetGenlockSourceDelayI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSOURCEEDGEI3DPROC __wglewGetGenlockSourceEdgeI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETGENLOCKSOURCEI3DPROC __wglewGetGenlockSourceI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLISENABLEDGENLOCKI3DPROC __wglewIsEnabledGenlockI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLQUERYGENLOCKMAXSOURCEDELAYI3DPROC __wglewQueryGenlockMaxSourceDelayI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLASSOCIATEIMAGEBUFFEREVENTSI3DPROC __wglewAssociateImageBufferEventsI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLCREATEIMAGEBUFFERI3DPROC __wglewCreateImageBufferI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLDESTROYIMAGEBUFFERI3DPROC __wglewDestroyImageBufferI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLRELEASEIMAGEBUFFEREVENTSI3DPROC __wglewReleaseImageBufferEventsI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLDISABLEFRAMELOCKI3DPROC __wglewDisableFrameLockI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLENABLEFRAMELOCKI3DPROC __wglewEnableFrameLockI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLISENABLEDFRAMELOCKI3DPROC __wglewIsEnabledFrameLockI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLQUERYFRAMELOCKMASTERI3DPROC __wglewQueryFrameLockMasterI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLBEGINFRAMETRACKINGI3DPROC __wglewBeginFrameTrackingI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLENDFRAMETRACKINGI3DPROC __wglewEndFrameTrackingI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETFRAMEUSAGEI3DPROC __wglewGetFrameUsageI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLQUERYFRAMETRACKINGI3DPROC __wglewQueryFrameTrackingI3D;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLALLOCATEMEMORYNVPROC __wglewAllocateMemoryNV;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLFREEMEMORYNVPROC __wglewFreeMemoryNV;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETMSCRATEOMLPROC __wglewGetMscRateOML;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLGETSYNCVALUESOMLPROC __wglewGetSyncValuesOML;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLSWAPBUFFERSMSCOMLPROC __wglewSwapBuffersMscOML;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLSWAPLAYERBUFFERSMSCOMLPROC __wglewSwapLayerBuffersMscOML;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLWAITFORMSCOMLPROC __wglewWaitForMscOML;
WGLEW_EXPORT PFNWGLWAITFORSBCOMLPROC __wglewWaitForSbcOML;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_3DFX_multisample;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_3DL_stereo_control;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ARB_buffer_region;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ARB_extensions_string;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ARB_make_current_read;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ARB_multisample;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ARB_pbuffer;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ARB_pixel_format;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ARB_pixel_format_float;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ARB_render_texture;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ATI_pixel_format_float;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_ATI_render_texture_rectangle;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_EXT_depth_float;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_EXT_display_color_table;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_EXT_extensions_string;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_EXT_make_current_read;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_EXT_multisample;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_EXT_pbuffer;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_EXT_pixel_format;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_EXT_swap_control;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_I3D_digital_video_control;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_I3D_gamma;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_I3D_genlock;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_I3D_image_buffer;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_I3D_swap_frame_lock;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_I3D_swap_frame_usage;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_NV_float_buffer;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_NV_render_depth_texture;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_NV_render_texture_rectangle;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_NV_vertex_array_range;
WGLEW_EXPORT GLboolean __WGLEW_OML_sync_control;
#ifdef GLEW_MX
}; /* WGLEWContextStruct */
#endif /* GLEW_MX */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
#ifdef GLEW_MX
typedef struct WGLEWContextStruct WGLEWContext;
GLEWAPI GLenum wglewContextInit (WGLEWContext* ctx);
GLEWAPI GLboolean wglewContextIsSupported (WGLEWContext* ctx, const char* name);
#define wglewInit() wglewContextInit(wglewGetContext())
#define wglewIsSupported(x) wglewContextIsSupported(wglewGetContext(), x)
#define WGLEW_GET_VAR(x) wglewGetContext()->x
#define WGLEW_GET_FUN(x) wglewGetContext()->x
#else /* GLEW_MX */
#define WGLEW_GET_VAR(x) x
#define WGLEW_GET_FUN(x) x
GLEWAPI GLboolean wglewIsSupported (const char* name);
#endif /* GLEW_MX */
GLEWAPI GLboolean wglewGetExtension (const char* name);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#undef GLEWAPI
#endif /* __wglew_h__ */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
#include <SFML/Window/Context.hpp>
namespace
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// One time initialization of 3rd party libraries.
// We use a global function with a static boolean rather
// than directly a global boolean, to avoid the randomness
// of global variables initializations across compile units.
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void InitGraphicsLibs()
{
static bool InitDone = false;
if (!InitDone)
{
// Initialize GLEW
glewInit();
InitDone = true;
}
}
}
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor, activate the global context
/// if no other context is bound to the current thread
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
GraphicsContext::GraphicsContext()
{
// Activate the global context
if (!Context::IsContextActive())
{
Context::GetGlobal().SetActive(true);
myActivated = true;
}
else
{
myActivated = false;
}
// Make sure third party libraries are initialized
InitGraphicsLibs();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor, deactivate the global context
/// if no other context was previously bound to the current thread
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
GraphicsContext::~GraphicsContext()
{
// Deactivate the global context
if (myActivated)
Context::GetGlobal().SetActive(false);
}
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef SFML_GRAPHICSCONTEXT_HPP
#define SFML_GRAPHICSCONTEXT_HPP
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Config.hpp>
#include <SFML/System/NonCopyable.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GLEW/glew.h>
#include <iostream>
#include <string>
namespace sf
{
class Context;
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// RAII class ensuring a valid shared OpenGL context is bound
/// to the current thread for all the lifetime of the instance.
/// It also ensures all third party libraries (like GLEW)
/// are properly initialized
/// This class is for internal use only, it is required
/// to solve tricky problems involving multi-threading
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class GraphicsContext : NonCopyable
{
public :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor, activate the global context
/// if no other context is bound to the current thread
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
GraphicsContext();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor, deactivate the global context
/// if no other context was previously bound to the current thread
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
~GraphicsContext();
private :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool myActivated; ///< Keep track of the activation state of the global context
};
} // namespace priv
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Let's define a macro to quickly check every OpenGL
/// API calls
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifdef SFML_DEBUG
// In debug mode, perform a test on every OpenGL call
#define GLCheck(Func) ((Func), GLCheckError(__FILE__, __LINE__))
#else
// Else, we don't add any overhead
#define GLCheck(Func) (Func)
#endif
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Check the last OpenGL error
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
inline void GLCheckError(const std::string& File, unsigned int Line)
{
// Get the last error
GLenum ErrorCode = glGetError();
if (ErrorCode != GL_NO_ERROR)
{
std::string Error = "unknown error";
std::string Desc = "no description";
// Decode the error code
switch (ErrorCode)
{
case GL_INVALID_ENUM :
{
Error = "GL_INVALID_ENUM";
Desc = "an unacceptable value has been specified for an enumerated argument";
break;
}
case GL_INVALID_VALUE :
{
Error = "GL_INVALID_VALUE";
Desc = "a numeric argument is out of range";
break;
}
case GL_INVALID_OPERATION :
{
Error = "GL_INVALID_OPERATION";
Desc = "the specified operation is not allowed in the current state";
break;
}
case GL_STACK_OVERFLOW :
{
Error = "GL_STACK_OVERFLOW";
Desc = "this command would cause a stack overflow";
break;
}
case GL_STACK_UNDERFLOW :
{
Error = "GL_STACK_UNDERFLOW";
Desc = "this command would cause a stack underflow";
break;
}
case GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY :
{
Error = "GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY";
Desc = "there is not enough memory left to execute the command";
break;
}
case GL_INVALID_FRAMEBUFFER_OPERATION_EXT :
{
Error = "GL_INVALID_FRAMEBUFFER_OPERATION_EXT";
Desc = "the object bound to FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING_EXT is not \"framebuffer complete\"";
break;
}
}
// Log the error
std::cerr << "An internal OpenGL call failed in "
<< File.substr(File.find_last_of("\\/") + 1) << " (" << Line << ") : "
<< Error << ", " << Desc
<< std::endl;
}
}
} // namespace sf
#endif // SFML_GRAPHICSCONTEXT_HPP

760
src/SFML/Graphics/Image.cpp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,760 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/Image.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/ImageLoader.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/RenderWindow.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
#include <algorithm>
#include <iostream>
#include <vector>
#include <string.h>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Image::Image() :
myWidth (0),
myHeight (0),
myTextureWidth (0),
myTextureHeight (0),
myTexture (0),
myIsSmooth (true),
myNeedTextureUpdate(false),
myNeedArrayUpdate (false)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Copy constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Image::Image(const Image& Copy) :
Resource<Image> (Copy),
myWidth (Copy.myWidth),
myHeight (Copy.myHeight),
myTextureWidth (Copy.myTextureWidth),
myTextureHeight (Copy.myTextureHeight),
myTexture (0),
myIsSmooth (Copy.myIsSmooth),
myPixels (Copy.myPixels),
myNeedTextureUpdate(false),
myNeedArrayUpdate (false)
{
CreateTexture();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct an empty image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Image::Image(unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height, const Color& Col) :
myWidth (0),
myHeight (0),
myTextureWidth (0),
myTextureHeight (0),
myTexture (0),
myIsSmooth (true),
myNeedTextureUpdate(false),
myNeedArrayUpdate (false)
{
Create(Width, Height, Col);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the image from pixels in memory
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Image::Image(unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height, const Uint8* Data) :
myWidth (0),
myHeight (0),
myTextureWidth (0),
myTextureHeight (0),
myTexture (0),
myIsSmooth (true),
myNeedTextureUpdate(false),
myNeedArrayUpdate (false)
{
LoadFromPixels(Width, Height, Data);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Image::~Image()
{
// Destroy the OpenGL texture
DestroyTexture();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the image from a file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Image::LoadFromFile(const std::string& Filename)
{
// Let the image loader load the image into our pixel array
bool Success = priv::ImageLoader::GetInstance().LoadImageFromFile(Filename, myPixels, myWidth, myHeight);
if (Success)
{
// Loading succeeded : we can create the texture
if (CreateTexture())
return true;
}
// Oops... something failed
Reset();
return false;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the image from a file in memory
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Image::LoadFromMemory(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes)
{
// Check parameters
if (!Data || (SizeInBytes == 0))
{
std::cerr << "Failed to image font from memory, no data provided" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Let the image loader load the image into our pixel array
bool Success = priv::ImageLoader::GetInstance().LoadImageFromMemory(Data, SizeInBytes, myPixels, myWidth, myHeight);
if (Success)
{
// Loading succeeded : we can create the texture
if (CreateTexture())
return true;
}
// Oops... something failed
Reset();
return false;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the image directly from an array of pixels
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Image::LoadFromPixels(unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height, const Uint8* Data)
{
if (Data)
{
// Store the texture dimensions
myWidth = Width;
myHeight = Height;
// Fill the pixel buffer with the specified raw data
const Color* Ptr = reinterpret_cast<const Color*>(Data);
myPixels.assign(Ptr, Ptr + Width * Height);
// We can create the texture
if (CreateTexture())
{
return true;
}
else
{
// Oops... something failed
Reset();
return false;
}
}
else
{
// No data provided : create a white image
return Create(Width, Height, Color(255, 255, 255, 255));
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Save the content of the image to a file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Image::SaveToFile(const std::string& Filename) const
{
// Check if the array of pixels needs to be updated
EnsureArrayUpdate();
// Let the image loader save our pixel array into the image
return priv::ImageLoader::GetInstance().SaveImageToFile(Filename, myPixels, myWidth, myHeight);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create an empty image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Image::Create(unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height, Color Col)
{
// Store the texture dimensions
myWidth = Width;
myHeight = Height;
// Recreate the pixel buffer and fill it with the specified color
myPixels.clear();
myPixels.resize(Width * Height, Col);
// We can create the texture
if (CreateTexture())
{
return true;
}
else
{
// Oops... something failed
Reset();
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create transparency mask from a specified colorkey
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Image::CreateMaskFromColor(Color ColorKey, Uint8 Alpha)
{
// Check if the array of pixels needs to be updated
EnsureArrayUpdate();
// Calculate the new color (old color with no alpha)
Color NewColor(ColorKey.r, ColorKey.g, ColorKey.b, Alpha);
// Replace the old color by the new one
std::replace(myPixels.begin(), myPixels.end(), ColorKey, NewColor);
// The texture will need to be updated
myNeedTextureUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Copy pixels from another image onto this one.
/// This function does a slow pixel copy and should only
/// be used at initialization time
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Image::Copy(const Image& Source, unsigned int DestX, unsigned int DestY, const IntRect& SourceRect)
{
// Make sure both images are valid
if ((Source.myWidth == 0) || (Source.myHeight == 0) || (myWidth == 0) || (myHeight == 0))
return;
// Make sure both images have up-to-date arrays
EnsureArrayUpdate();
Source.EnsureArrayUpdate();
// Adjust the source rectangle
IntRect SrcRect = SourceRect;
if (SrcRect.GetWidth() == 0 || (SrcRect.GetHeight() == 0))
{
SrcRect.Left = 0;
SrcRect.Top = 0;
SrcRect.Right = Source.myWidth;
SrcRect.Bottom = Source.myHeight;
}
else
{
if (SrcRect.Left < 0) SrcRect.Left = 0;
if (SrcRect.Top < 0) SrcRect.Top = 0;
if (SrcRect.Right > static_cast<int>(Source.myWidth)) SrcRect.Right = Source.myWidth;
if (SrcRect.Bottom > static_cast<int>(Source.myHeight)) SrcRect.Bottom = Source.myHeight;
}
// Then find the valid bounds of the destination rectangle
int Width = SrcRect.GetWidth();
int Height = SrcRect.GetHeight();
if (DestX + Width > myWidth) Width = myWidth - DestX;
if (DestY + Height > myHeight) Height = myHeight - DestY;
// Make sure the destination area is valid
if ((Width <= 0) || (Height <= 0))
return;
// Precompute as much as possible
int Pitch = Width * 4;
int Rows = Height;
int SrcStride = Source.myWidth * 4;
int DstStride = myWidth * 4;
const Uint8* SrcPixels = Source.GetPixelsPtr() + (SrcRect.Left + SrcRect.Top * Source.myWidth) * 4;
Uint8* DstPixels = reinterpret_cast<Uint8*>(&myPixels[0]) + (DestX + DestY * myWidth) * 4;
// Copy the pixels
for (int i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
{
memcpy(DstPixels, SrcPixels, Pitch);
SrcPixels += SrcStride;
DstPixels += DstStride;
}
// The texture will need an update
myNeedTextureUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create the image from the current contents of the
/// given window
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Image::CopyScreen(RenderWindow& Window, const IntRect& SourceRect)
{
// Adjust the source rectangle
IntRect SrcRect = SourceRect;
if (SrcRect.GetWidth() == 0 || (SrcRect.GetHeight() == 0))
{
SrcRect.Left = 0;
SrcRect.Top = 0;
SrcRect.Right = Window.GetWidth();
SrcRect.Bottom = Window.GetHeight();
}
else
{
if (SrcRect.Left < 0) SrcRect.Left = 0;
if (SrcRect.Top < 0) SrcRect.Top = 0;
if (SrcRect.Right > static_cast<int>(Window.GetWidth())) SrcRect.Right = Window.GetWidth();
if (SrcRect.Bottom > static_cast<int>(Window.GetHeight())) SrcRect.Bottom = Window.GetHeight();
}
// Store the texture dimensions
myWidth = SrcRect.GetWidth();
myHeight = SrcRect.GetHeight();
// We can then create the texture
if (Window.SetActive() && CreateTexture())
{
GLint PreviousTexture;
GLCheck(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &PreviousTexture));
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, myTexture));
GLCheck(glCopyTexSubImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 0, 0, SrcRect.Left, SrcRect.Top, myWidth, myHeight));
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, PreviousTexture));
myNeedTextureUpdate = false;
myNeedArrayUpdate = true;
return true;
}
else
{
Reset();
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the color of a pixel
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Image::SetPixel(unsigned int X, unsigned int Y, const Color& Col)
{
// First check if the array of pixels needs to be updated
EnsureArrayUpdate();
// Check if pixel is whithin the image bounds
if ((X >= myWidth) || (Y >= myHeight))
{
std::cerr << "Cannot set pixel (" << X << "," << Y << ") for image "
<< "(width = " << myWidth << ", height = " << myHeight << ")" << std::endl;
return;
}
myPixels[X + Y * myWidth] = Col;
// The texture will need to be updated
myNeedTextureUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get a pixel from the image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Color& Image::GetPixel(unsigned int X, unsigned int Y) const
{
// First check if the array of pixels needs to be updated
EnsureArrayUpdate();
// Check if pixel is whithin the image bounds
if ((X >= myWidth) || (Y >= myHeight))
{
std::cerr << "Cannot get pixel (" << X << "," << Y << ") for image "
<< "(width = " << myWidth << ", height = " << myHeight << ")" << std::endl;
return Color::Black;
}
return myPixels[X + Y * myWidth];
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get a read-only pointer to the array of pixels (RGBA 8 bits integers components)
/// Array size is GetWidth() x GetHeight() x 4
/// This pointer becomes invalid if you reload or resize the image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Uint8* Image::GetPixelsPtr() const
{
// First check if the array of pixels needs to be updated
EnsureArrayUpdate();
if (!myPixels.empty())
{
return reinterpret_cast<const Uint8*>(&myPixels[0]);
}
else
{
std::cerr << "Trying to access the pixels of an empty image" << std::endl;
return NULL;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Bind the image for rendering
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Image::Bind() const
{
// First check if the texture needs to be updated
EnsureTextureUpdate();
// Bind it
if (myTexture)
{
GLCheck(glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D));
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, myTexture));
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Enable or disable image smoothing filter
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Image::SetSmooth(bool Smooth)
{
if (Smooth != myIsSmooth)
{
myIsSmooth = Smooth;
if (myTexture)
{
// Make sure we have a valid context
priv::GraphicsContext Ctx;
GLint PreviousTexture;
GLCheck(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &PreviousTexture));
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, myTexture));
GLCheck(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, myIsSmooth ? GL_LINEAR : GL_NEAREST));
GLCheck(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, myIsSmooth ? GL_LINEAR : GL_NEAREST));
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, PreviousTexture));
}
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Return the width of the image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int Image::GetWidth() const
{
return myWidth;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Return the height of the image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int Image::GetHeight() const
{
return myHeight;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Tells whether the smooth filtering is enabled or not
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Image::IsSmooth() const
{
return myIsSmooth;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Convert a subrect expressed in pixels, into float
/// texture coordinates
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
FloatRect Image::GetTexCoords(const IntRect& Rect, bool Adjust) const
{
float Width = static_cast<float>(myTextureWidth);
float Height = static_cast<float>(myTextureHeight);
if (Adjust && myIsSmooth)
{
return FloatRect((Rect.Left + 0.5f) / Width,
(Rect.Top + 0.5f) / Height,
(Rect.Right - 0.5f) / Width,
(Rect.Bottom - 0.5f) / Height);
}
else
{
return FloatRect(Rect.Left / Width,
Rect.Top / Height,
Rect.Right / Width,
Rect.Bottom / Height);
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get a valid texture size according to hardware support
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int Image::GetValidTextureSize(unsigned int Size)
{
// Make sure we have a valid context
priv::GraphicsContext Ctx;
if (glewIsSupported("GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two") != 0)
{
// If hardware supports NPOT textures, then just return the unmodified size
return Size;
}
else
{
// If hardware doesn't support NPOT textures, we calculate the nearest power of two
unsigned int PowerOfTwo = 1;
while (PowerOfTwo < Size)
PowerOfTwo *= 2;
return PowerOfTwo;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Assignment operator
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Image& Image::operator =(const Image& Other)
{
Image Temp(Other);
std::swap(myWidth, Temp.myWidth);
std::swap(myHeight, Temp.myHeight);
std::swap(myTextureWidth, Temp.myTextureWidth);
std::swap(myTextureHeight, Temp.myTextureHeight);
std::swap(myTexture, Temp.myTexture);
std::swap(myIsSmooth, Temp.myIsSmooth);
std::swap(myNeedArrayUpdate, Temp.myNeedArrayUpdate);
std::swap(myNeedTextureUpdate, Temp.myNeedTextureUpdate);
myPixels.swap(Temp.myPixels);
return *this;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create the OpenGL texture
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Image::CreateTexture()
{
// Check if texture parameters are valid before creating it
if (!myWidth || !myHeight)
return false;
// Make sure we have a valid context
priv::GraphicsContext Ctx;
// Adjust internal texture dimensions depending on NPOT textures support
unsigned int TextureWidth = GetValidTextureSize(myWidth);
unsigned int TextureHeight = GetValidTextureSize(myHeight);
// Check the maximum texture size
GLint MaxSize;
GLCheck(glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE, &MaxSize));
if ((TextureWidth > static_cast<unsigned int>(MaxSize)) || (TextureHeight > static_cast<unsigned int>(MaxSize)))
{
std::cerr << "Failed to create image, its internal size is too high (" << TextureWidth << "x" << TextureHeight << ")" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Destroy the previous OpenGL texture if it already exists with another size
if ((TextureWidth != myTextureWidth) || (TextureHeight != myTextureHeight))
{
DestroyTexture();
myTextureWidth = TextureWidth;
myTextureHeight = TextureHeight;
}
// Create the OpenGL texture
if (!myTexture)
{
GLint PreviousTexture;
GLCheck(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &PreviousTexture));
GLuint Texture = 0;
GLCheck(glGenTextures(1, &Texture));
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Texture));
GLCheck(glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA8, myTextureWidth, myTextureHeight, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, NULL));
GLCheck(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP));
GLCheck(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP));
GLCheck(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, myIsSmooth ? GL_LINEAR : GL_NEAREST));
GLCheck(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, myIsSmooth ? GL_LINEAR : GL_NEAREST));
myTexture = static_cast<unsigned int>(Texture);
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, PreviousTexture));
}
myNeedTextureUpdate = true;
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Make sure the texture in video memory is updated with the
/// array of pixels
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Image::EnsureTextureUpdate() const
{
if (myNeedTextureUpdate)
{
// Copy the pixels
if (myTexture && !myPixels.empty())
{
GLint PreviousTexture;
GLCheck(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &PreviousTexture));
// Update the texture with the pixels array in RAM
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, myTexture));
GLCheck(glTexSubImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 0, 0, myWidth, myHeight, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, &myPixels[0]));
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, PreviousTexture));
}
myNeedTextureUpdate = false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Make sure the array of pixels is updated with the
/// texture in video memory
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Image::EnsureArrayUpdate() const
{
if (myNeedArrayUpdate)
{
// Save the previous texture
GLint PreviousTexture;
GLCheck(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &PreviousTexture));
// Resize the destination array of pixels
myPixels.resize(myWidth * myHeight);
if ((myWidth == myTextureWidth) && (myHeight == myTextureHeight))
{
// Texture and array have the same size, we can use a direct copy
// Copy pixels from texture to array
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, myTexture));
GLCheck(glGetTexImage(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, &myPixels[0]));
}
else
{
// Texture and array don't have the same size, we have to use a slower algorithm
// All the pixels will first be copied to a temporary array
std::vector<Color> AllPixels(myTextureWidth * myTextureHeight);
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, myTexture));
GLCheck(glGetTexImage(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, &AllPixels[0]));
// The we copy the useful pixels from the temporary array to the final one
const Color* Src = &AllPixels[0];
Color* Dst = &myPixels[0];
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < myHeight; ++i)
{
std::copy(Src, Src + myWidth, Dst);
Src += myTextureWidth;
Dst += myWidth;
}
}
// Restore the previous texture
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, PreviousTexture));
myNeedArrayUpdate = false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Reset the image attributes
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Image::Reset()
{
DestroyTexture();
myWidth = 0;
myHeight = 0;
myTextureWidth = 0;
myTextureHeight = 0;
myTexture = 0;
myIsSmooth = true;
myNeedTextureUpdate = false;
myNeedArrayUpdate = false;
myPixels.clear();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destroy the OpenGL texture
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Image::DestroyTexture()
{
// Destroy the internal texture
if (myTexture)
{
// Make sure we have a valid context
priv::GraphicsContext Ctx;
GLuint Texture = static_cast<GLuint>(myTexture);
GLCheck(glDeleteTextures(1, &Texture));
myTexture = 0;
myNeedTextureUpdate = false;
myNeedArrayUpdate = false;
}
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/ImageLoader.hpp>
extern "C"
{
#include <SFML/Graphics/libjpeg/jpeglib.h>
#include <SFML/Graphics/libjpeg/jerror.h>
}
#include <SFML/Graphics/libpng/png.h>
#include <SFML/Graphics/SOIL/SOIL.h>
#include <iostream>
namespace
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Error callback for PNG writing
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void PngErrorHandler(png_structp Png, png_const_charp Message)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to write PNG image. Reason : " << Message << std::endl;
longjmp(Png->jmpbuf, 1);
}
}
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the unique instance of the class
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ImageLoader& ImageLoader::GetInstance()
{
static ImageLoader Instance;
return Instance;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ImageLoader::ImageLoader()
{
// Nothing to do
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ImageLoader::~ImageLoader()
{
// Nothing to do
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load pixels from an image file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool ImageLoader::LoadImageFromFile(const std::string& Filename, std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int& Width, unsigned int& Height)
{
// Clear the array (just in case)
Pixels.clear();
// Load the image and get a pointer to the pixels in memory
int ImgWidth, ImgHeight, ImgChannels;
unsigned char* PixelsPtr = SOIL_load_image(Filename.c_str(), &ImgWidth, &ImgHeight, &ImgChannels, SOIL_LOAD_RGBA);
if (PixelsPtr)
{
// Assign the image properties
Width = ImgWidth;
Height = ImgHeight;
// Copy the loaded pixels to the pixel buffer
Pixels.resize(Width * Height);
memcpy(&Pixels[0], PixelsPtr, Width * Height * 4);
// Free the loaded pixels (they are now in our own pixel buffer)
SOIL_free_image_data(PixelsPtr);
return true;
}
else
{
// Error, failed to load the image
std::cerr << "Failed to load image \"" << Filename << "\". Reason : " << SOIL_last_result() << std::endl;
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load pixels from an image file in memory
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool ImageLoader::LoadImageFromMemory(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int& Width, unsigned int& Height)
{
// Clear the array (just in case)
Pixels.clear();
// Load the image and get a pointer to the pixels in memory
const unsigned char* Buffer = reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char*>(Data);
int Size = static_cast<int>(SizeInBytes);
int ImgWidth, ImgHeight, ImgChannels;
unsigned char* PixelsPtr = SOIL_load_image_from_memory(Buffer, Size, &ImgWidth, &ImgHeight, &ImgChannels, SOIL_LOAD_RGBA);
if (PixelsPtr)
{
// Assign the image properties
Width = ImgWidth;
Height = ImgHeight;
// Copy the loaded pixels to the pixel buffer
Pixels.resize(Width * Height);
memcpy(&Pixels[0], PixelsPtr, Width * Height * 4);
// Free the loaded pixels (they are now in our own pixel buffer)
SOIL_free_image_data(PixelsPtr);
return true;
}
else
{
// Error, failed to load the image
std::cerr << "Failed to load image from memory. Reason : " << SOIL_last_result() << std::endl;
return false;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Save pixels to an image file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool ImageLoader::SaveImageToFile(const std::string& Filename, const std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height)
{
// Deduce the image type from its extension
int Type = -1;
if (Filename.size() > 3)
{
std::string Extension = Filename.substr(Filename.size() - 3);
if (Extension == "bmp" || Extension == "BMP") Type = SOIL_SAVE_TYPE_BMP;
else if (Extension == "tga" || Extension == "TGA") Type = SOIL_SAVE_TYPE_TGA;
else if (Extension == "dds" || Extension == "DDS") Type = SOIL_SAVE_TYPE_DDS;
// Special handling for PNG and JPG -- not handled by SOIL
else if (Extension == "png" || Extension == "PNG") return WritePng(Filename, Pixels, Width, Height);
else if (Extension == "jpg" || Extension == "JPG") return WriteJpg(Filename, Pixels, Width, Height);
}
if (Type == -1)
{
// Error, incompatible type
std::cerr << "Failed to save image \"" << Filename << "\". Reason : this image format is not supported" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Finally save the image
const unsigned char* PixelsPtr = reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char*>(&Pixels[0]);
if (!SOIL_save_image(Filename.c_str(), Type, static_cast<int>(Width), static_cast<int>(Height), 4, PixelsPtr))
{
// Error, failed to save the image
std::cerr << "Failed to save image \"" << Filename << "\". Reason : " << SOIL_last_result() << std::endl;
return false;
}
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Save a JPG image file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool ImageLoader::WriteJpg(const std::string& Filename, const std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height)
{
// Open the file to write in
FILE* File = fopen(Filename.c_str(), "wb");
if (!File)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to save image file \"" << Filename << "\". Reason : cannot open file" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Initialize the error handler
jpeg_compress_struct CompressInfo;
jpeg_error_mgr ErrorManager;
CompressInfo.err = jpeg_std_error(&ErrorManager);
// Initialize all the writing and compression infos
jpeg_create_compress(&CompressInfo);
CompressInfo.image_width = Width;
CompressInfo.image_height = Height;
CompressInfo.input_components = 3;
CompressInfo.in_color_space = JCS_RGB;
jpeg_stdio_dest(&CompressInfo, File);
jpeg_set_defaults(&CompressInfo);
jpeg_set_quality(&CompressInfo, 90, TRUE);
// Get rid of the aplha channel
std::vector<Uint8> PixelsBuffer(Width * Height * 3);
for (std::size_t i = 0; i < Pixels.size(); ++i)
{
PixelsBuffer[i * 3 + 0] = Pixels[i].r;
PixelsBuffer[i * 3 + 1] = Pixels[i].g;
PixelsBuffer[i * 3 + 2] = Pixels[i].b;
}
Uint8* PixelsPtr = &PixelsBuffer[0];
// Start compression
jpeg_start_compress(&CompressInfo, TRUE);
// Write each row of the image
while (CompressInfo.next_scanline < CompressInfo.image_height)
{
JSAMPROW RowPointer = PixelsPtr + (CompressInfo.next_scanline * Width * 3);
jpeg_write_scanlines(&CompressInfo, &RowPointer, 1);
}
// Finish compression
jpeg_finish_compress(&CompressInfo);
jpeg_destroy_compress(&CompressInfo);
// Close the file
fclose(File);
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Save a PNG image file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool ImageLoader::WritePng(const std::string& Filename, const std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height)
{
// Open the file to write in
FILE* File = fopen(Filename.c_str(), "wb");
if (!File)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to save image file \"" << Filename << "\". Reason : cannot open file" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Create the main PNG structure
png_structp Png = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, &PngErrorHandler, NULL);
if (!Png)
{
fclose(File);
std::cerr << "Failed to save image file \"" << Filename << "\". Reason : cannot allocate PNG write structure" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Initialize the image informations
png_infop PngInfo = png_create_info_struct(Png);
if (!PngInfo)
{
fclose(File);
png_destroy_write_struct(&Png, NULL);
std::cerr << "Failed to save image file \"" << Filename << "\". Reason : cannot allocate PNG info structure" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// For proper error handling...
if (setjmp(Png->jmpbuf))
{
png_destroy_write_struct(&Png, &PngInfo);
return false;
}
// Link the file to the PNG structure
png_init_io(Png, File);
// Set the image informations
png_set_IHDR(Png, PngInfo, Width, Height, 8, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA, PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE);
// Write the header
png_write_info(Png, PngInfo);
// Get the pointers to the pixels rows into an array
png_byte* PixelsPtr = (png_byte*)&Pixels[0];
std::vector<png_byte*> RowPointers(Height);
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < Height; ++i)
{
RowPointers[i] = PixelsPtr;
PixelsPtr += Width * 4;
}
// Write pixels row by row
png_set_rows(Png, PngInfo, &RowPointers[0]);
png_write_png(Png, PngInfo, PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY, NULL);
// Finish writing the file
png_write_end(Png, PngInfo);
// Cleanup resources
png_destroy_write_struct(&Png, &PngInfo);
fclose(File);
return true;
}
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef SFML_IMAGELOADER_HPP
#define SFML_IMAGELOADER_HPP
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/Color.hpp>
#include <SFML/System/NonCopyable.hpp>
#include <string>
#include <vector>
namespace sf
{
namespace priv
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// ImageLoader load and save images from files ;
/// Supported formats are : bmp, dds, jpg, png, tga, psd
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class ImageLoader : NonCopyable
{
public :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the unique instance of the class
///
/// \return Reference to the ImageLoader instance
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static ImageLoader& GetInstance();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load pixels from an image file
///
/// \param Filename : Path of image file to load
/// \param Pixels : Array of pixels to fill with loaded image
/// \param Width : Width of loaded image, in pixels
/// \param Height : Height of loaded image, in pixels
///
/// \return True if loading was successful
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool LoadImageFromFile(const std::string& Filename, std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int& Width, unsigned int& Height);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load pixels from an image file in memory
///
/// \param Data : Pointer to the file data in memory
/// \param SizeInBytes : Size of the data to load, in bytes
/// \param Pixels : Array of pixels to fill with loaded image
/// \param Width : Width of loaded image, in pixels
/// \param Height : Height of loaded image, in pixels
///
/// \return True if loading was successful
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool LoadImageFromMemory(const char* Data, std::size_t SizeInBytes, std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int& Width, unsigned int& Height);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Save pixels to an image file
///
/// \param Filename : Path of image file to save
/// \param Pixels : Array of pixels to save to image
/// \param Width : Width of image to save, in pixels
/// \param Height : Height of image to save, in pixels
///
/// \return True if saving was successful
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool SaveImageToFile(const std::string& Filename, const std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height);
private :
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ImageLoader();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
~ImageLoader();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Save a JPG image file
///
/// \param Filename : Path of image file to save
/// \param Pixels : Array of pixels to save to image
/// \param Width : Width of image to save, in pixels
/// \param Height : Height of image to save, in pixels
///
/// \return True if saving was successful
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool WriteJpg(const std::string& Filename, const std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Save a PNG image file
///
/// \param Filename : Path of image file to save
/// \param Pixels : Array of pixels to save to image
/// \param Width : Width of image to save, in pixels
/// \param Height : Height of image to save, in pixels
///
/// \return True if saving was successful
///
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool WritePng(const std::string& Filename, const std::vector<Color>& Pixels, unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height);
};
} // namespace priv
} // namespace sf
#endif // SFML_IMAGELOADER_HPP

View file

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
SRC = $(wildcard *.cpp)
SRCGLEW = $(wildcard ./GLEW/*.c)
SRCJPEG = $(wildcard ./libjpeg/*.c)
SRCPNG = $(wildcard ./libpng/*.c)
SRCSOIL = $(wildcard ./SOIL/*.c)
SRCZLIB = $(wildcard ./zlib/*.c)
OBJ = $(SRC:.cpp=.o)
OBJGLEW = $(SRCGLEW:.c=.o)
OBJJPEG = $(SRCJPEG:.c=.o)
OBJPNG = $(SRCPNG:.c=.o)
OBJSOIL = $(SRCSOIL:.c=.o)
OBJZLIB = $(SRCZLIB:.c=.o)
ifeq ($(STATIC), yes)
LIB = libsfml-graphics-s.a
LIBNAME = $(LIBPATH)/$(LIB)
INSTALL =
else
LIB = libsfml-graphics.so
LIBNAME = $(LIBPATH)/$(LIB).$(VERSION)
INSTALL = && $(LN) $(LNFLAGS) $(DESTLIBDIR)/$(LIB).$(VERSION) $(DESTLIBDIR)/$(LIB)
endif
all: $(LIB)
libsfml-graphics-s.a: $(OBJ) $(OBJGLEW) $(OBJJPEG) $(OBJPNG) $(OBJSOIL) $(OBJZLIB)
$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $(LIBNAME) $(OBJ) $(OBJGLEW) $(OBJJPEG) $(OBJPNG) $(OBJSOIL) $(OBJZLIB)
libsfml-graphics.so: $(OBJ) $(OBJGLEW) $(OBJJPEG) $(OBJPNG) $(OBJSOIL) $(OBJZLIB)
$(CPP) $(LDFLAGS) -Wl,-soname,$(LIB).$(VERSION) -o $(LIBNAME) $(OBJ) $(OBJGLEW) $(OBJJPEG) $(OBJPNG) $(OBJSOIL) $(OBJZLIB) -lfreetype
$(OBJ): %.o: %.cpp
$(CPP) -o $@ -c $< $(CFLAGS) -I/usr/include/freetype2
$(OBJGLEW) $(OBJJPEG) $(OBJPNG) $(OBJSOIL) $(OBJZLIB): %.o: %.c
$(CC) -o $@ -c $< $(CFLAGSEXT) -DSTBI_FAILURE_USERMSG
.PHONY: clean mrproper
clean:
@rm -rf $(OBJ) $(OBJGLEW) $(OBJJPEG) $(OBJPNG) $(OBJSOIL) $(OBJZLIB)
mrproper: clean
@rm -rf $(LIBNAME)
install:
@($(CP) $(LIBNAME) $(DESTLIBDIR) $(INSTALL))

View file

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/Matrix3.hpp>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Static member data
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Matrix3 Matrix3::Identity(1, 0, 0,
0, 1, 0,
0, 0, 1);
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/PostFX.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/RenderWindow.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
#include <fstream>
#include <iostream>
#include <set>
#include <sstream>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
PostFX::PostFX() :
myShaderProgram(0)
{
// No filtering on frame buffer
myFrameBuffer.SetSmooth(false);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Copy constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
PostFX::PostFX(const PostFX& Copy) :
Drawable (Copy),
myShaderProgram (0),
myTextures (Copy.myTextures),
myFragmentShader(Copy.myFragmentShader),
myFrameBuffer (Copy.myFrameBuffer)
{
// No filtering on frame buffer
myFrameBuffer.SetSmooth(false);
// Create the shaders and the program
if (Copy.myShaderProgram)
CreateProgram();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
PostFX::~PostFX()
{
// Destroy effect program
if (myShaderProgram)
{
// Make sure we have a valid context
priv::GraphicsContext Ctx;
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the effect from a file
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool PostFX::LoadFromFile(const std::string& Filename)
{
// Open the file
std::ifstream File(Filename.c_str());
if (!File)
{
std::cerr << "Failed to open effect file \"" << Filename << "\"" << std::endl;
return false;
}
// Apply the preprocessing pass to the fragment shader code
myFragmentShader = PreprocessEffect(File);
// Create the shaders and the program
CreateProgram();
return myShaderProgram != 0;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Load the effect from a text in memory
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool PostFX::LoadFromMemory(const std::string& Effect)
{
// Open a stream and copy the effect code
std::istringstream Stream(Effect.c_str());
// Apply the preprocessing pass to the fragment shader code
myFragmentShader = PreprocessEffect(Stream);
// Create the shaders and the program
CreateProgram();
return myShaderProgram != 0;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change a parameter of the effect (1 float)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void PostFX::SetParameter(const std::string& Name, float X)
{
if (myShaderProgram)
{
// Enable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
// Get parameter location and assign it new values
GLint Location = glGetUniformLocationARB(myShaderProgram, Name.c_str());
if (Location != -1)
GLCheck(glUniform1fARB(Location, X));
else
std::cerr << "Parameter \"" << Name << "\" not found in post-effect" << std::endl;
// Disable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(0));
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change a parameter of the effect (2 floats)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void PostFX::SetParameter(const std::string& Name, float X, float Y)
{
if (myShaderProgram)
{
// Enable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
// Get parameter location and assign it new values
GLint Location = glGetUniformLocationARB(myShaderProgram, Name.c_str());
if (Location != -1)
GLCheck(glUniform2fARB(Location, X, Y));
else
std::cerr << "Parameter \"" << Name << "\" not found in post-effect" << std::endl;
// Disable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(0));
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change a parameter of the effect (3 floats)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void PostFX::SetParameter(const std::string& Name, float X, float Y, float Z)
{
if (myShaderProgram)
{
// Enable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
// Get parameter location and assign it new values
GLint Location = glGetUniformLocationARB(myShaderProgram, Name.c_str());
if (Location != -1)
GLCheck(glUniform3fARB(Location, X, Y, Z));
else
std::cerr << "Parameter \"" << Name << "\" not found in post-effect" << std::endl;
// Disable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(0));
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change a parameter of the effect (4 floats)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void PostFX::SetParameter(const std::string& Name, float X, float Y, float Z, float W)
{
if (myShaderProgram)
{
// Enable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
// Get parameter location and assign it new values
GLint Location = glGetUniformLocationARB(myShaderProgram, Name.c_str());
if (Location != -1)
GLCheck(glUniform4fARB(Location, X, Y, Z, W));
else
std::cerr << "Parameter \"" << Name << "\" not found in post-effect" << std::endl;
// Disable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(0));
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set a texture parameter
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void PostFX::SetTexture(const std::string& Name, Image* Texture)
{
// Check that the current texture unit is available
GLint MaxUnits;
GLCheck(glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS_ARB, &MaxUnits));
if (myTextures.size() >= static_cast<std::size_t>(MaxUnits))
{
std::cerr << "Impossible to use texture \"" << Name << "\" for post-effect : all available texture units are used" << std::endl;
return;
}
// Make sure the given name is a valid variable in the effect
int Location = glGetUniformLocationARB(myShaderProgram, Name.c_str());
if (Location == -1)
{
std::cerr << "Texture \"" << Name << "\" not found in post-effect" << std::endl;
return;
}
// Store the texture for later use
myTextures[Name] = Texture ? Texture : &myFrameBuffer;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Assignment operator
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
PostFX& PostFX::operator =(const PostFX& Other)
{
PostFX Temp(Other);
std::swap(myShaderProgram, Temp.myShaderProgram);
std::swap(myTextures, Temp.myTextures);
std::swap(myFragmentShader, Temp.myFragmentShader);
std::swap(myFrameBuffer, Temp.myFrameBuffer);
return *this;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Tell whether or not the system supports post-effects
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool PostFX::CanUsePostFX()
{
// Make sure we have a valid context
priv::GraphicsContext Ctx;
return glewIsSupported("GL_ARB_shading_language_100") != 0 &&
glewIsSupported("GL_ARB_shader_objects") != 0 &&
glewIsSupported("GL_ARB_vertex_shader") != 0 &&
glewIsSupported("GL_ARB_fragment_shader") != 0;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see Drawable::Render
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void PostFX::Render(RenderTarget& Target) const
{
// Check that we have a valid program
if (!myShaderProgram)
return;
// Copy the current framebuffer pixels to our frame buffer texture
// The ugly cast is temporary until PostFx are rewritten :)
myFrameBuffer.CopyScreen((RenderWindow&)Target);
// Enable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
// Bind textures
TextureTable::const_iterator ItTex = myTextures.begin();
for (std::size_t i = 0; i < myTextures.size(); ++i)
{
int Location = glGetUniformLocationARB(myShaderProgram, ItTex->first.c_str());
GLCheck(glUniform1iARB(Location, static_cast<GLint>(i)));
GLCheck(glActiveTextureARB(static_cast<GLenum>(GL_TEXTURE0_ARB + i)));
ItTex->second->Bind();
ItTex++;
}
// Compute the texture coordinates (in case the texture is larger than the screen, or flipped)
IntRect FrameBufferRect(0, 0, myFrameBuffer.GetWidth(), myFrameBuffer.GetHeight());
FloatRect TexCoords = myFrameBuffer.GetTexCoords(FrameBufferRect);
// Render a fullscreen quad using the effect on our framebuffer
FloatRect Screen = Target.GetView().GetRect();
glBegin(GL_QUADS);
glTexCoord2f(TexCoords.Left, TexCoords.Top); glVertex2f(Screen.Left, Screen.Bottom);
glTexCoord2f(TexCoords.Right, TexCoords.Top); glVertex2f(Screen.Right, Screen.Bottom);
glTexCoord2f(TexCoords.Right, TexCoords.Bottom); glVertex2f(Screen.Right, Screen.Top);
glTexCoord2f(TexCoords.Left, TexCoords.Bottom); glVertex2f(Screen.Left, Screen.Top);
glEnd();
// Disable program
GLCheck(glUseProgramObjectARB(0));
// Disable texture units
for (std::size_t i = 0; i < myTextures.size(); ++i)
{
GLCheck(glActiveTextureARB(static_cast<GLenum>(GL_TEXTURE0_ARB + i)));
GLCheck(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0));
}
GLCheck(glActiveTextureARB(GL_TEXTURE0_ARB));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Preprocess a SFML effect file
/// to convert it to a valid GLSL fragment shader
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
std::string PostFX::PreprocessEffect(std::istream& File)
{
// Initialize output string
std::set<std::string> myTextures;
std::string Out = "";
// Variable declarations
std::string Line;
while (std::getline(File, Line) && (Line.substr(0, 6) != "effect"))
{
// Remove the ending '\r', if any
if (!Line.empty() && (Line[Line.size() - 1] == '\r'))
Line.erase(Line.size() - 1);
// Skip empty lines
if (Line == "")
continue;
// Extract variables type and name and convert them
std::string Type, Name;
std::istringstream iss(Line);
if (!(iss >> Type >> Name))
{
std::cerr << "Post-effect error : invalid declaration (should be \"[type][name]\")" << std::endl
<< "> " << Line << std::endl;
return "";
}
if (Type == "texture")
{
// Textures need some checking and conversion
if (myTextures.find(Name) != myTextures.end())
{
std::cerr << "Post-effect error : texture \"" << Name << "\" already exists" << std::endl;
return "";
}
Out += "uniform sampler2D " + Name + ";\n";
myTextures.insert(Name);
}
else
{
// Other types are just copied to output with "uniform" prefix
Out += "uniform " + Type + " " + Name + ";\n";
}
}
// Effect code
Out += "void main()\n";
while (std::getline(File, Line))
{
// Replace any texture lookup "T(" by "texture2D(T, "
for (std::set<std::string>::const_iterator i = myTextures.begin(); i != myTextures.end(); ++i)
{
std::string::size_type Pos = Line.find(*i);
if (Pos != std::string::npos)
Line.replace(Pos, i->size() + 1, "texture2D(" + *i + ", ");
}
// Replace "_in" by "gl_TexCoord[0].xy"
for (std::string::size_type Pos = Line.find("_in"); Pos != std::string::npos; Pos = Line.find("_in"))
Line.replace(Pos, 3, "gl_TexCoord[0].xy");
// Replace "_out" by "gl_FragColor"
for (std::string::size_type Pos = Line.find("_out"); Pos != std::string::npos; Pos = Line.find("_out"))
Line.replace(Pos, 4, "gl_FragColor");
// Write modified line to output string
Out += Line + "\n";
}
return Out;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create the program and attach the shaders
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void PostFX::CreateProgram()
{
// Make sure we have a valid context
priv::GraphicsContext Ctx;
// Check that we can use post-FX !
if (!CanUsePostFX())
{
std::cerr << "Failed to create a PostFX : your system doesn't support effects" << std::endl;
return;
}
// Destroy effect program if it was already created
if (myShaderProgram)
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
// Define vertex shader source (we provide it directly as it doesn't have to change)
static const std::string VertexShaderSrc =
"void main()"
"{"
" gl_TexCoord[0] = gl_MultiTexCoord0;"
" gl_Position = ftransform();"
"}";
// Create the program
myShaderProgram = glCreateProgramObjectARB();
// Create the shaders
GLhandleARB VertexShader = glCreateShaderObjectARB(GL_VERTEX_SHADER_ARB);
GLhandleARB FragmentShader = glCreateShaderObjectARB(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_ARB);
// Compile them
const char* VertexSrc = VertexShaderSrc.c_str();
const char* FragmentSrc = myFragmentShader.c_str();
GLCheck(glShaderSourceARB(VertexShader, 1, &VertexSrc, NULL));
GLCheck(glShaderSourceARB(FragmentShader, 1, &FragmentSrc, NULL));
GLCheck(glCompileShaderARB(VertexShader));
GLCheck(glCompileShaderARB(FragmentShader));
// Check the compile logs
GLint Success;
GLCheck(glGetObjectParameterivARB(VertexShader, GL_OBJECT_COMPILE_STATUS_ARB, &Success));
if (Success == GL_FALSE)
{
char CompileLog[1024];
GLCheck(glGetInfoLogARB(VertexShader, sizeof(CompileLog), 0, CompileLog));
std::cerr << "Failed to compile post-effect :" << std::endl
<< CompileLog << std::endl;
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(VertexShader));
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(FragmentShader));
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
myShaderProgram = 0;
return;
}
GLCheck(glGetObjectParameterivARB(FragmentShader, GL_OBJECT_COMPILE_STATUS_ARB, &Success));
if (Success == GL_FALSE)
{
char CompileLog[1024];
GLCheck(glGetInfoLogARB(FragmentShader, sizeof(CompileLog), 0, CompileLog));
std::cerr << "Failed to compile post-effect :" << std::endl
<< CompileLog << std::endl;
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(VertexShader));
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(FragmentShader));
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
myShaderProgram = 0;
return;
}
// Attach the shaders to the program
GLCheck(glAttachObjectARB(myShaderProgram, VertexShader));
GLCheck(glAttachObjectARB(myShaderProgram, FragmentShader));
// We can now delete the shaders
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(VertexShader));
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(FragmentShader));
// Link the program
GLCheck(glLinkProgramARB(myShaderProgram));
// Get link log
GLCheck(glGetObjectParameterivARB(myShaderProgram, GL_OBJECT_LINK_STATUS_ARB, &Success));
if (Success == GL_FALSE)
{
// Oops... link errors
char LinkLog[1024];
GLCheck(glGetInfoLogARB(myShaderProgram, sizeof(LinkLog), 0, LinkLog));
std::cerr << "Failed to link post-effect :" << std::endl
<< LinkLog << std::endl;
GLCheck(glDeleteObjectARB(myShaderProgram));
myShaderProgram = 0;
return;
}
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/RenderTarget.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/Drawable.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
#include <iostream>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
RenderTarget::RenderTarget() :
myCurrentView (&myDefaultView),
myPreserveStates(false),
myIsDrawing (false)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
RenderTarget::~RenderTarget()
{
// Nothing to do
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Clear the entire target with a single color
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void RenderTarget::Clear(const Color& FillColor)
{
if (Activate(true))
{
// Clear the frame buffer
GLCheck(glClearColor(FillColor.r / 255.f, FillColor.g / 255.f, FillColor.b / 255.f, FillColor.a / 255.f));
GLCheck(glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT));
Activate(false);
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Draw something on the window
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void RenderTarget::Draw(const Drawable& Object)
{
// Check whether we are called from the outside or from a previous call to Draw
if (!myIsDrawing)
{
myIsDrawing = true;
// Set our target as the current target for rendering
if (Activate(true))
{
// Save the current render states and set the SFML ones
if (myPreserveStates)
{
GLCheck(glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW)); GLCheck(glPushMatrix());
GLCheck(glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION)); GLCheck(glPushMatrix());
GLCheck(glPushAttrib(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_CURRENT_BIT | GL_ENABLE_BIT |
GL_TEXTURE_BIT | GL_TRANSFORM_BIT | GL_VIEWPORT_BIT));
SetRenderStates();
}
// Set the window viewport and transform matrices
GLCheck(glViewport(0, 0, GetWidth(), GetHeight()));
GLCheck(glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION)); GLCheck(glLoadMatrixf(myCurrentView->GetMatrix().Get4x4Elements()));
GLCheck(glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW)); GLCheck(glLoadIdentity());
// Let the object draw itself
Object.Draw(*this);
// Restore render states
if (myPreserveStates)
{
GLCheck(glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION)); GLCheck(glPopMatrix());
GLCheck(glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW)); GLCheck(glPopMatrix());
GLCheck(glPopAttrib());
}
// Deactivate rendering on this target
Activate(false);
}
myIsDrawing = false;
}
else
{
// We are already called from a previous Draw : we don't need to set the states again, just draw the object
Object.Draw(*this);
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the current active view
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void RenderTarget::SetView(const View& NewView)
{
myCurrentView = &NewView;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the current view
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const View& RenderTarget::GetView() const
{
return *myCurrentView;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the default view of the window for read / write
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
View& RenderTarget::GetDefaultView()
{
return myDefaultView;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Tell SFML to preserve external OpenGL states, at the expense of
/// more CPU charge. Use this function if you don't want SFML
/// to mess up your own OpenGL states (if any).
/// Don't enable state preservation if not needed, as it will allow
/// SFML to do internal optimizations and improve performances.
/// This parameter is false by default
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void RenderTarget::PreserveOpenGLStates(bool Preserve)
{
myPreserveStates = Preserve;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Called by the derived class when it's ready to be initialized
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void RenderTarget::Initialize()
{
// Set the default rendering states
SetRenderStates();
// Setup the default view
myDefaultView.SetFromRect(FloatRect(0, 0, static_cast<float>(GetWidth()), static_cast<float>(GetHeight())));
SetView(myDefaultView);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the OpenGL render states needed for the SFML rendering
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void RenderTarget::SetRenderStates()
{
GLCheck(glDisable(GL_ALPHA_TEST));
GLCheck(glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST));
GLCheck(glDisable(GL_LIGHTING));
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/RenderWindow.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/Drawable.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/Image.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
#include <iostream>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
RenderWindow::RenderWindow()
{
// Nothing to do
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the window
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
RenderWindow::RenderWindow(VideoMode Mode, const std::string& Title, unsigned long WindowStyle, const WindowSettings& Params)
{
Create(Mode, Title, WindowStyle, Params);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the window from an existing control
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
RenderWindow::RenderWindow(WindowHandle Handle, const WindowSettings& Params)
{
Create(Handle, Params);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Destructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
RenderWindow::~RenderWindow()
{
// Nothing to do
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see RenderTarget::Activate
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool RenderWindow::Activate(bool Active)
{
// For performances and consistency reasons, we only handle activation
if (Active)
return SetActive();
else
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the width of the rendering region of the window
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int RenderWindow::GetWidth() const
{
return sf::Window::GetWidth();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the height of the rendering region of the window
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int RenderWindow::GetHeight() const
{
return sf::Window::GetHeight();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Save the content of the window to an image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Image RenderWindow::Capture() const
{
// Get the window dimensions
const unsigned int Width = GetWidth();
const unsigned int Height = GetHeight();
// Set our window as the current target for rendering
if (SetActive())
{
// Make sure we have a valid context
priv::GraphicsContext Ctx;
// Get pixels from the backbuffer
std::vector<Uint8> Pixels(Width * Height * 4);
Uint8* PixelsPtr = &Pixels[0];
GLCheck(glReadPixels(0, 0, Width, Height, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, PixelsPtr));
// Flip the pixels
unsigned int Pitch = Width * 4;
for (unsigned int y = 0; y < Height / 2; ++y)
std::swap_ranges(PixelsPtr + y * Pitch, PixelsPtr + (y + 1) * Pitch, PixelsPtr + (Height - y - 1) * Pitch);
// Create an image from the pixel buffer and return it
return Image(Width, Height, PixelsPtr);
}
else
{
return Image(Width, Height, Color::White);
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Convert a point in window coordinates into view coordinates
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
sf::Vector2f RenderWindow::ConvertCoords(unsigned int WindowX, unsigned int WindowY, const View* TargetView) const
{
// Use the current view if none has been passed
if (!TargetView)
TargetView = &GetView();
float Left = TargetView->GetCenter().x - TargetView->GetHalfSize().x;
float Top = TargetView->GetCenter().y - TargetView->GetHalfSize().y;
float Right = TargetView->GetCenter().x + TargetView->GetHalfSize().x;
float Bottom = TargetView->GetCenter().y + TargetView->GetHalfSize().y;
return sf::Vector2f(Left + WindowX * (Right - Left) / GetWidth(),
Top + WindowY * (Bottom - Top) / GetHeight());
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Called after the window has been created
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void RenderWindow::OnCreate()
{
// We can now initialize the render target part
RenderTarget::Initialize();
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
/*
Jonathan Dummer
2007-07-26-10.36
Simple OpenGL Image Library
Public Domain
using Sean Barret's stb_image as a base
Thanks to:
* Sean Barret - for the awesome stb_image
* Dan Venkitachalam - for finding some non-compliant DDS files, and patching some explicit casts
* everybody at gamedev.net
*/
#define SOIL_CHECK_FOR_GL_ERRORS 0
#ifdef WIN32
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#include <wingdi.h>
#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__APPLE_CC__)
/* I can't test this Apple stuff! */
#define APIENTRY
#else
#endif
#include "SOIL.h"
#include "stb_image_aug.h"
#include "image_DXT.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* error reporting */
char *result_string_pointer = "SOIL initialized";
unsigned char*
SOIL_load_image
(
const char *filename,
int *width, int *height, int *channels,
int force_channels
)
{
unsigned char *result = stbi_load( (char*)filename,
width, height, channels, force_channels );
if( result == NULL )
{
result_string_pointer = stbi_failure_reason();
} else
{
result_string_pointer = "Image loaded";
}
return result;
}
unsigned char*
SOIL_load_image_from_memory
(
const unsigned char *const buffer,
int buffer_length,
int *width, int *height, int *channels,
int force_channels
)
{
unsigned char *result = stbi_load_from_memory(
(stbi_uc *)buffer, buffer_length,
width, height, channels,
force_channels );
if( result == NULL )
{
result_string_pointer = stbi_failure_reason();
} else
{
result_string_pointer = "Image loaded from memory";
}
return result;
}
int
SOIL_save_image
(
const char *filename,
int image_type,
int width, int height, int channels,
const unsigned char *const data
)
{
int save_result;
/* error check */
if( (width < 1) || (height < 1) ||
(channels < 1) || (channels > 4) ||
(data == NULL) ||
(filename == NULL) )
{
return 0;
}
if( image_type == SOIL_SAVE_TYPE_BMP )
{
save_result = stbi_write_bmp( (char*)filename,
width, height, channels, (void*)data );
} else
if( image_type == SOIL_SAVE_TYPE_TGA )
{
save_result = stbi_write_tga( (char*)filename,
width, height, channels, (void*)data );
} else
if( image_type == SOIL_SAVE_TYPE_DDS )
{
save_result = save_image_as_DDS( (const char*)filename,
width, height, channels, (const unsigned char *const)data );
} else
{
save_result = 0;
}
if( save_result == 0 )
{
result_string_pointer = "Saving the image failed";
} else
{
result_string_pointer = "Image saved";
}
return save_result;
}
void
SOIL_free_image_data
(
unsigned char *img_data
)
{
free( (void*)img_data );
}
const char*
SOIL_last_result
(
void
)
{
return result_string_pointer;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
/**
@mainpage SOIL
Jonathan Dummer
2007-07-26-10.36
Simple OpenGL Image Library
A tiny c library for uploading images as
textures into OpenGL. Also saving and
loading of images is supported.
I'm using Sean's Tool Box image loader as a base:
http://www.nothings.org/
I'm upgrading it to load TGA and DDS files, and a direct
path for loading DDS files straight into OpenGL textures,
when applicable.
Image Formats:
- BMP load & save
- TGA load & save
- DDS load & save
- PNG load
- JPG load
OpenGL Texture Features:
- resample to power-of-two sizes
- MIPmap generation
- compressed texture S3TC formats (if supported)
- can pre-multiply alpha for you, for better compositing
- can flip image about the y-axis (except pre-compressed DDS files)
Thanks to:
* Sean Barret - for the awesome stb_image
* Dan Venkitachalam - for finding some non-compliant DDS files, and patching some explicit casts
* everybody at gamedev.net
**/
#ifndef HEADER_SIMPLE_OPENGL_IMAGE_LIBRARY
#define HEADER_SIMPLE_OPENGL_IMAGE_LIBRARY
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
The format of images that may be loaded (force_channels).
SOIL_LOAD_AUTO leaves the image in whatever format it was found.
SOIL_LOAD_L forces the image to load as Luminous (greyscale)
SOIL_LOAD_LA forces the image to load as Luminous with Alpha
SOIL_LOAD_RGB forces the image to load as Red Green Blue
SOIL_LOAD_RGBA forces the image to load as Red Green Blue Alpha
**/
enum
{
SOIL_LOAD_AUTO = 0,
SOIL_LOAD_L = 1,
SOIL_LOAD_LA = 2,
SOIL_LOAD_RGB = 3,
SOIL_LOAD_RGBA = 4
};
/**
The types of images that may be saved.
(TGA supports uncompressed RGB / RGBA)
(BMP supports uncompressed RGB)
(DDS supports DXT1 and DXT5)
**/
enum
{
SOIL_SAVE_TYPE_TGA = 0,
SOIL_SAVE_TYPE_BMP = 1,
SOIL_SAVE_TYPE_DDS = 2
};
/**
Loads an image from disk into an array of unsigned chars.
Note that *channels return the original channel count of the
image. If force_channels was other than SOIL_LOAD_AUTO,
the resulting image has force_channels, but *channels may be
different (if the original image had a different channel
count).
\return 0 if failed, otherwise returns 1
**/
unsigned char*
SOIL_load_image
(
const char *filename,
int *width, int *height, int *channels,
int force_channels
);
/**
Loads an image from memory into an array of unsigned chars.
Note that *channels return the original channel count of the
image. If force_channels was other than SOIL_LOAD_AUTO,
the resulting image has force_channels, but *channels may be
different (if the original image had a different channel
count).
\return 0 if failed, otherwise returns 1
**/
unsigned char*
SOIL_load_image_from_memory
(
const unsigned char *const buffer,
int buffer_length,
int *width, int *height, int *channels,
int force_channels
);
/**
Saves an image from an array of unsigned chars (RGBA) to disk
\return 0 if failed, otherwise returns 1
**/
int
SOIL_save_image
(
const char *filename,
int image_type,
int width, int height, int channels,
const unsigned char *const data
);
/**
Frees the image data (note, this is just C's "free()"...this function is
present mostly so C++ programmers don't forget to use "free()" and call
"delete []" instead [8^)
**/
void
SOIL_free_image_data
(
unsigned char *img_data
);
/**
This function resturn a pointer to a string describing the last thing
that happened inside SOIL. It can be used to determine why an image
failed to load.
**/
const char*
SOIL_last_result
(
void
);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* HEADER_SIMPLE_OPENGL_IMAGE_LIBRARY */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
/*
Jonathan Dummer
2007-07-31-10.32
simple DXT compression / decompression code
public domain
*/
#include "image_DXT.h"
#include <math.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
/* set this =1 if you want to use the covarince matrix method...
which is better than my method of using standard deviations
overall, except on the infintesimal chance that the power
method fails for finding the largest eigenvector */
#define USE_COV_MAT 1
/********* Function Prototypes *********/
/*
Takes a 4x4 block of pixels and compresses it into 8 bytes
in DXT1 format (color only, no alpha). Speed is valued
over prettyness, at least for now.
*/
void compress_DDS_color_block(
int channels,
const unsigned char *const uncompressed,
unsigned char compressed[8] );
/*
Takes a 4x4 block of pixels and compresses the alpha
component it into 8 bytes for use in DXT5 DDS files.
Speed is valued over prettyness, at least for now.
*/
void compress_DDS_alpha_block(
const unsigned char *const uncompressed,
unsigned char compressed[8] );
/********* Actual Exposed Functions *********/
int
save_image_as_DDS
(
const char *filename,
int width, int height, int channels,
const unsigned char *const data
)
{
/* variables */
FILE *fout;
unsigned char *DDS_data;
DDS_header header;
int DDS_size;
/* error check */
if( (NULL == filename) ||
(width < 1) || (height < 1) ||
(channels < 1) || (channels > 4) ||
(data == NULL ) )
{
return 0;
}
/* Convert the image */
if( (channels & 1) == 1 )
{
/* no alpha, just use DXT1 */
DDS_data = convert_image_to_DXT1( data, width, height, channels, &DDS_size );
} else
{
/* has alpha, so use DXT5 */
DDS_data = convert_image_to_DXT5( data, width, height, channels, &DDS_size );
}
/* save it */
memset( &header, 0, sizeof( DDS_header ) );
header.dwMagic = ('D' << 0) | ('D' << 8) | ('S' << 16) | (' ' << 24);
header.dwSize = 124;
header.dwFlags = DDSD_CAPS | DDSD_HEIGHT | DDSD_WIDTH | DDSD_PIXELFORMAT | DDSD_LINEARSIZE;
header.dwWidth = width;
header.dwHeight = height;
header.dwPitchOrLinearSize = DDS_size;
header.sPixelFormat.dwSize = 32;
header.sPixelFormat.dwFlags = DDPF_FOURCC;
if( (channels & 1) == 1 )
{
header.sPixelFormat.dwFourCC = ('D' << 0) | ('X' << 8) | ('T' << 16) | ('1' << 24);
} else
{
header.sPixelFormat.dwFourCC = ('D' << 0) | ('X' << 8) | ('T' << 16) | ('5' << 24);
}
header.sCaps.dwCaps1 = DDSCAPS_TEXTURE;
/* write it out */
fout = fopen( filename, "wb");
fwrite( &header, sizeof( DDS_header ), 1, fout );
fwrite( DDS_data, 1, DDS_size, fout );
fclose( fout );
/* done */
free( DDS_data );
return 1;
}
unsigned char* convert_image_to_DXT1(
const unsigned char *const uncompressed,
int width, int height, int channels,
int *out_size )
{
unsigned char *compressed;
int i, j, x, y;
unsigned char ublock[16*3];
unsigned char cblock[8];
int index = 0, chan_step = 1;
int block_count = 0;
/* error check */
*out_size = 0;
if( (width < 1) || (height < 1) ||
(NULL == uncompressed) ||
(channels < 1) || (channels > 4) )
{
return NULL;
}
/* for channels == 1 or 2, I do not step forward for R,G,B values */
if( channels < 3 )
{
chan_step = 0;
}
/* get the RAM for the compressed image
(8 bytes per 4x4 pixel block) */
*out_size = ((width+3) >> 2) * ((height+3) >> 2) * 8;
compressed = (unsigned char*)malloc( *out_size );
/* go through each block */
for( j = 0; j < height; j += 4 )
{
for( i = 0; i < width; i += 4 )
{
/* copy this block into a new one */
int idx = 0;
int mx = 4, my = 4;
if( j+4 >= height )
{
my = height - j;
}
if( i+4 >= width )
{
mx = width - i;
}
for( y = 0; y < my; ++y )
{
for( x = 0; x < mx; ++x )
{
ublock[idx++] = uncompressed[(j+y)*width*channels+(i+x)*channels];
ublock[idx++] = uncompressed[(j+y)*width*channels+(i+x)*channels+chan_step];
ublock[idx++] = uncompressed[(j+y)*width*channels+(i+x)*channels+chan_step+chan_step];
}
for( x = mx; x < 4; ++x )
{
ublock[idx++] = ublock[0];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[1];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[2];
}
}
for( y = my; y < 4; ++y )
{
for( x = 0; x < 4; ++x )
{
ublock[idx++] = ublock[0];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[1];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[2];
}
}
/* compress the block */
++block_count;
compress_DDS_color_block( 3, ublock, cblock );
/* copy the data from the block into the main block */
for( x = 0; x < 8; ++x )
{
compressed[index++] = cblock[x];
}
}
}
return compressed;
}
unsigned char* convert_image_to_DXT5(
const unsigned char *const uncompressed,
int width, int height, int channels,
int *out_size )
{
unsigned char *compressed;
int i, j, x, y;
unsigned char ublock[16*4];
unsigned char cblock[8];
int index = 0, chan_step = 1;
int block_count = 0, has_alpha;
/* error check */
*out_size = 0;
if( (width < 1) || (height < 1) ||
(NULL == uncompressed) ||
(channels < 1) || ( channels > 4) )
{
return NULL;
}
/* for channels == 1 or 2, I do not step forward for R,G,B vales */
if( channels < 3 )
{
chan_step = 0;
}
/* # channels = 1 or 3 have no alpha, 2 & 4 do have alpha */
has_alpha = 1 - (channels & 1);
/* get the RAM for the compressed image
(16 bytes per 4x4 pixel block) */
*out_size = ((width+3) >> 2) * ((height+3) >> 2) * 16;
compressed = (unsigned char*)malloc( *out_size );
/* go through each block */
for( j = 0; j < height; j += 4 )
{
for( i = 0; i < width; i += 4 )
{
/* local variables, and my block counter */
int idx = 0;
int mx = 4, my = 4;
if( j+4 >= height )
{
my = height - j;
}
if( i+4 >= width )
{
mx = width - i;
}
for( y = 0; y < my; ++y )
{
for( x = 0; x < mx; ++x )
{
ublock[idx++] = uncompressed[(j+y)*width*channels+(i+x)*channels];
ublock[idx++] = uncompressed[(j+y)*width*channels+(i+x)*channels+chan_step];
ublock[idx++] = uncompressed[(j+y)*width*channels+(i+x)*channels+chan_step+chan_step];
ublock[idx++] =
has_alpha * uncompressed[(j+y)*width*channels+(i+x)*channels+channels-1]
+ (1-has_alpha)*255;
}
for( x = mx; x < 4; ++x )
{
ublock[idx++] = ublock[0];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[1];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[2];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[3];
}
}
for( y = my; y < 4; ++y )
{
for( x = 0; x < 4; ++x )
{
ublock[idx++] = ublock[0];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[1];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[2];
ublock[idx++] = ublock[3];
}
}
/* now compress the alpha block */
compress_DDS_alpha_block( ublock, cblock );
/* copy the data from the compressed alpha block into the main buffer */
for( x = 0; x < 8; ++x )
{
compressed[index++] = cblock[x];
}
/* then compress the color block */
++block_count;
compress_DDS_color_block( 4, ublock, cblock );
/* copy the data from the compressed color block into the main buffer */
for( x = 0; x < 8; ++x )
{
compressed[index++] = cblock[x];
}
}
}
return compressed;
}
/********* Helper Functions *********/
int convert_bit_range( int c, int from_bits, int to_bits )
{
int b = (1 << (from_bits - 1)) + c * ((1 << to_bits) - 1);
return (b + (b >> from_bits)) >> from_bits;
}
int rgb_to_565( int r, int g, int b )
{
return
(convert_bit_range( r, 8, 5 ) << 11) |
(convert_bit_range( g, 8, 6 ) << 05) |
(convert_bit_range( b, 8, 5 ) << 00);
}
void rgb_888_from_565( unsigned int c, int *r, int *g, int *b )
{
*r = convert_bit_range( (c >> 11) & 31, 5, 8 );
*g = convert_bit_range( (c >> 05) & 63, 6, 8 );
*b = convert_bit_range( (c >> 00) & 31, 5, 8 );
}
void compute_color_line_STDEV(
const unsigned char *const uncompressed,
int channels,
float point[3], float direction[3] )
{
const float inv_16 = 1.0f / 16.0f;
int i;
float sum_r = 0.0f, sum_g = 0.0f, sum_b = 0.0f;
float sum_rr = 0.0f, sum_gg = 0.0f, sum_bb = 0.0f;
float sum_rg = 0.0f, sum_rb = 0.0f, sum_gb = 0.0f;
/* calculate all data needed for the covariance matrix
( to compare with _rygdxt code) */
for( i = 0; i < 16*channels; i += channels )
{
sum_r += uncompressed[i+0];
sum_rr += uncompressed[i+0] * uncompressed[i+0];
sum_g += uncompressed[i+1];
sum_gg += uncompressed[i+1] * uncompressed[i+1];
sum_b += uncompressed[i+2];
sum_bb += uncompressed[i+2] * uncompressed[i+2];
sum_rg += uncompressed[i+0] * uncompressed[i+1];
sum_rb += uncompressed[i+0] * uncompressed[i+2];
sum_gb += uncompressed[i+1] * uncompressed[i+2];
}
/* convert the sums to averages */
sum_r *= inv_16;
sum_g *= inv_16;
sum_b *= inv_16;
/* and convert the squares to the squares of the value - avg_value */
sum_rr -= 16.0f * sum_r * sum_r;
sum_gg -= 16.0f * sum_g * sum_g;
sum_bb -= 16.0f * sum_b * sum_b;
sum_rg -= 16.0f * sum_r * sum_g;
sum_rb -= 16.0f * sum_r * sum_b;
sum_gb -= 16.0f * sum_g * sum_b;
/* the point on the color line is the average */
point[0] = sum_r;
point[1] = sum_g;
point[2] = sum_b;
#if USE_COV_MAT
/*
The following idea was from ryg.
(https://mollyrocket.com/forums/viewtopic.php?t=392)
The method worked great (less RMSE than mine) most of
the time, but had some issues handling some simple
boundary cases, like full green next to full red,
which would generate a covariance matrix like this:
| 1 -1 0 |
| -1 1 0 |
| 0 0 0 |
For a given starting vector, the power method can
generate all zeros! So no starting with {1,1,1}
as I was doing! This kind of error is still a
slight posibillity, but will be very rare.
*/
/* use the covariance matrix directly
(1st iteration, don't use all 1.0 values!) */
sum_r = 1.0f;
sum_g = 2.718281828f;
sum_b = 3.141592654f;
direction[0] = sum_r*sum_rr + sum_g*sum_rg + sum_b*sum_rb;
direction[1] = sum_r*sum_rg + sum_g*sum_gg + sum_b*sum_gb;
direction[2] = sum_r*sum_rb + sum_g*sum_gb + sum_b*sum_bb;
/* 2nd iteration, use results from the 1st guy */
sum_r = direction[0];
sum_g = direction[1];
sum_b = direction[2];
direction[0] = sum_r*sum_rr + sum_g*sum_rg + sum_b*sum_rb;
direction[1] = sum_r*sum_rg + sum_g*sum_gg + sum_b*sum_gb;
direction[2] = sum_r*sum_rb + sum_g*sum_gb + sum_b*sum_bb;
/* 3rd iteration, use results from the 2nd guy */
sum_r = direction[0];
sum_g = direction[1];
sum_b = direction[2];
direction[0] = sum_r*sum_rr + sum_g*sum_rg + sum_b*sum_rb;
direction[1] = sum_r*sum_rg + sum_g*sum_gg + sum_b*sum_gb;
direction[2] = sum_r*sum_rb + sum_g*sum_gb + sum_b*sum_bb;
#else
/* use my standard deviation method
(very robust, a tiny bit slower and less accurate) */
direction[0] = sqrt( sum_rr );
direction[1] = sqrt( sum_gg );
direction[2] = sqrt( sum_bb );
/* which has a greater component */
if( sum_gg > sum_rr )
{
/* green has greater component, so base the other signs off of green */
if( sum_rg < 0.0f )
{
direction[0] = -direction[0];
}
if( sum_gb < 0.0f )
{
direction[2] = -direction[2];
}
} else
{
/* red has a greater component */
if( sum_rg < 0.0f )
{
direction[1] = -direction[1];
}
if( sum_rb < 0.0f )
{
direction[2] = -direction[2];
}
}
#endif
}
void LSE_master_colors_max_min(
int *cmax, int *cmin,
int channels,
const unsigned char *const uncompressed )
{
int i, j;
/* the master colors */
int c0[3], c1[3];
/* used for fitting the line */
float sum_x[] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f };
float sum_x2[] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f };
float dot_max = 1.0f, dot_min = -1.0f;
float vec_len2 = 0.0f;
float dot;
/* error check */
if( (channels < 3) || (channels > 4) )
{
return;
}
compute_color_line_STDEV( uncompressed, channels, sum_x, sum_x2 );
vec_len2 = 1.0f / ( 0.00001f +
sum_x2[0]*sum_x2[0] + sum_x2[1]*sum_x2[1] + sum_x2[2]*sum_x2[2] );
/* finding the max and min vector values */
dot_max =
(
sum_x2[0] * uncompressed[0] +
sum_x2[1] * uncompressed[1] +
sum_x2[2] * uncompressed[2]
);
dot_min = dot_max;
for( i = 1; i < 16; ++i )
{
dot =
(
sum_x2[0] * uncompressed[i*channels+0] +
sum_x2[1] * uncompressed[i*channels+1] +
sum_x2[2] * uncompressed[i*channels+2]
);
if( dot < dot_min )
{
dot_min = dot;
} else if( dot > dot_max )
{
dot_max = dot;
}
}
/* and the offset (from the average location) */
dot = sum_x2[0]*sum_x[0] + sum_x2[1]*sum_x[1] + sum_x2[2]*sum_x[2];
dot_min -= dot;
dot_max -= dot;
/* post multiply by the scaling factor */
dot_min *= vec_len2;
dot_max *= vec_len2;
/* OK, build the master colors */
for( i = 0; i < 3; ++i )
{
/* color 0 */
c0[i] = (int)(0.5f + sum_x[i] + dot_max * sum_x2[i]);
if( c0[i] < 0 )
{
c0[i] = 0;
} else if( c0[i] > 255 )
{
c0[i] = 255;
}
/* color 1 */
c1[i] = (int)(0.5f + sum_x[i] + dot_min * sum_x2[i]);
if( c1[i] < 0 )
{
c1[i] = 0;
} else if( c1[i] > 255 )
{
c1[i] = 255;
}
}
/* down_sample (with rounding?) */
i = rgb_to_565( c0[0], c0[1], c0[2] );
j = rgb_to_565( c1[0], c1[1], c1[2] );
if( i > j )
{
*cmax = i;
*cmin = j;
} else
{
*cmax = j;
*cmin = i;
}
}
void
compress_DDS_color_block
(
int channels,
const unsigned char *const uncompressed,
unsigned char compressed[8]
)
{
/* variables */
int i;
int next_bit;
int enc_c0, enc_c1;
int c0[4], c1[4];
float color_line[] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f };
float vec_len2 = 0.0f, dot_offset = 0.0f;
/* stupid order */
int swizzle4[] = { 0, 2, 3, 1 };
/* get the master colors */
LSE_master_colors_max_min( &enc_c0, &enc_c1, channels, uncompressed );
/* store the 565 color 0 and color 1 */
compressed[0] = (enc_c0 >> 0) & 255;
compressed[1] = (enc_c0 >> 8) & 255;
compressed[2] = (enc_c1 >> 0) & 255;
compressed[3] = (enc_c1 >> 8) & 255;
/* zero out the compressed data */
compressed[4] = 0;
compressed[5] = 0;
compressed[6] = 0;
compressed[7] = 0;
/* reconstitute the master color vectors */
rgb_888_from_565( enc_c0, &c0[0], &c0[1], &c0[2] );
rgb_888_from_565( enc_c1, &c1[0], &c1[1], &c1[2] );
/* the new vector */
vec_len2 = 0.0f;
for( i = 0; i < 3; ++i )
{
color_line[i] = (float)(c1[i] - c0[i]);
vec_len2 += color_line[i] * color_line[i];
}
if( vec_len2 > 0.0f )
{
vec_len2 = 1.0f / vec_len2;
}
/* pre-proform the scaling */
color_line[0] *= vec_len2;
color_line[1] *= vec_len2;
color_line[2] *= vec_len2;
/* compute the offset (constant) portion of the dot product */
dot_offset = color_line[0]*c0[0] + color_line[1]*c0[1] + color_line[2]*c0[2];
/* store the rest of the bits */
next_bit = 8*4;
for( i = 0; i < 16; ++i )
{
/* find the dot product of this color, to place it on the line
(should be [-1,1]) */
int next_value = 0;
float dot_product =
color_line[0] * uncompressed[i*channels+0] +
color_line[1] * uncompressed[i*channels+1] +
color_line[2] * uncompressed[i*channels+2] -
dot_offset;
/* map to [0,3] */
next_value = (int)( dot_product * 3.0f + 0.5f );
if( next_value > 3 )
{
next_value = 3;
} else if( next_value < 0 )
{
next_value = 0;
}
/* OK, store this value */
compressed[next_bit >> 3] |= swizzle4[ next_value ] << (next_bit & 7);
next_bit += 2;
}
/* done compressing to DXT1 */
}
void
compress_DDS_alpha_block
(
const unsigned char *const uncompressed,
unsigned char compressed[8]
)
{
/* variables */
int i;
int next_bit;
int a0, a1;
float scale_me;
/* stupid order */
int swizzle8[] = { 1, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 0 };
/* get the alpha limits (a0 > a1) */
a0 = a1 = uncompressed[3];
for( i = 4+3; i < 16*4; i += 4 )
{
if( uncompressed[i] > a0 )
{
a0 = uncompressed[i];
} else if( uncompressed[i] < a1 )
{
a1 = uncompressed[i];
}
}
/* store those limits, and zero the rest of the compressed dataset */
compressed[0] = a0;
compressed[1] = a1;
/* zero out the compressed data */
compressed[2] = 0;
compressed[3] = 0;
compressed[4] = 0;
compressed[5] = 0;
compressed[6] = 0;
compressed[7] = 0;
/* store the all of the alpha values */
next_bit = 8*2;
scale_me = 7.9999f / (a0 - a1);
for( i = 3; i < 16*4; i += 4 )
{
/* convert this alpha value to a 3 bit number */
int svalue;
int value = (int)((uncompressed[i] - a1) * scale_me);
svalue = swizzle8[ value&7 ];
/* OK, store this value, start with the 1st byte */
compressed[next_bit >> 3] |= svalue << (next_bit & 7);
if( (next_bit & 7) > 5 )
{
/* spans 2 bytes, fill in the start of the 2nd byte */
compressed[1 + (next_bit >> 3)] |= svalue >> (8 - (next_bit & 7) );
}
next_bit += 3;
}
/* done compressing to DXT1 */
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
/*
Jonathan Dummer
2007-07-31-10.32
simple DXT compression / decompression code
public domain
*/
#ifndef HEADER_IMAGE_DXT
#define HEADER_IMAGE_DXT
/**
Converts an image from an array of unsigned chars (RGB or RGBA) to
DXT1 or DXT5, then saves the converted image to disk.
\return 0 if failed, otherwise returns 1
**/
int
save_image_as_DDS
(
const char *filename,
int width, int height, int channels,
const unsigned char *const data
);
/**
take an image and convert it to DXT1 (no alpha)
**/
unsigned char*
convert_image_to_DXT1
(
const unsigned char *const uncompressed,
int width, int height, int channels,
int *out_size
);
/**
take an image and convert it to DXT5 (with alpha)
**/
unsigned char*
convert_image_to_DXT5
(
const unsigned char *const uncompressed,
int width, int height, int channels,
int *out_size
);
/** A bunch of DirectDraw Surface structures and flags **/
typedef struct
{
unsigned int dwMagic;
unsigned int dwSize;
unsigned int dwFlags;
unsigned int dwHeight;
unsigned int dwWidth;
unsigned int dwPitchOrLinearSize;
unsigned int dwDepth;
unsigned int dwMipMapCount;
unsigned int dwReserved1[ 11 ];
/* DDPIXELFORMAT */
struct
{
unsigned int dwSize;
unsigned int dwFlags;
unsigned int dwFourCC;
unsigned int dwRGBBitCount;
unsigned int dwRBitMask;
unsigned int dwGBitMask;
unsigned int dwBBitMask;
unsigned int dwAlphaBitMask;
}
sPixelFormat;
/* DDCAPS2 */
struct
{
unsigned int dwCaps1;
unsigned int dwCaps2;
unsigned int dwDDSX;
unsigned int dwReserved;
}
sCaps;
unsigned int dwReserved2;
}
DDS_header ;
/* the following constants were copied directly off the MSDN website */
/* The dwFlags member of the original DDSURFACEDESC2 structure
can be set to one or more of the following values. */
#define DDSD_CAPS 0x00000001
#define DDSD_HEIGHT 0x00000002
#define DDSD_WIDTH 0x00000004
#define DDSD_PITCH 0x00000008
#define DDSD_PIXELFORMAT 0x00001000
#define DDSD_MIPMAPCOUNT 0x00020000
#define DDSD_LINEARSIZE 0x00080000
#define DDSD_DEPTH 0x00800000
/* DirectDraw Pixel Format */
#define DDPF_ALPHAPIXELS 0x00000001
#define DDPF_FOURCC 0x00000004
#define DDPF_RGB 0x00000040
/* The dwCaps1 member of the DDSCAPS2 structure can be
set to one or more of the following values. */
#define DDSCAPS_COMPLEX 0x00000008
#define DDSCAPS_TEXTURE 0x00001000
#define DDSCAPS_MIPMAP 0x00400000
/* The dwCaps2 member of the DDSCAPS2 structure can be
set to one or more of the following values. */
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP 0x00000200
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEX 0x00000400
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEX 0x00000800
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEY 0x00001000
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEY 0x00002000
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEZ 0x00004000
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEZ 0x00008000
#define DDSCAPS2_VOLUME 0x00200000
#endif /* HEADER_IMAGE_DXT */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
/* stbi-1.08 - public domain JPEG/PNG reader - http://nothings.org/stb_image.c
when you control the images you're loading
QUICK NOTES:
Primarily of interest to game developers and other people who can
avoid problematic images and only need the trivial interface
JPEG baseline (no JPEG progressive, no oddball channel decimations)
PNG non-interlaced
BMP non-1bpp, non-RLE
TGA (not sure what subset, if a subset)
PSD (composite view only, no extra channels)
HDR (radiance rgbE format)
writes BMP,TGA (define STBI_NO_WRITE to remove code)
decoded from memory or through stdio FILE (define STBI_NO_STDIO to remove code)
TODO:
stbi_info_*
history:
1.08 Thatcher Ulrich's PSD code integrated by Nicolas Schulz
1.07 attempt to fix C++ warning/errors again
1.06 attempt to fix C++ warning/errors again
1.05 fix TGA loading to return correct *comp and use good luminance calc
1.04 default float alpha is 1, not 255; use 'void *' for stbi_image_free
1.03 bugfixes to STBI_NO_STDIO, STBI_NO_HDR
1.02 support for (subset of) HDR files, float interface for preferred access to them
1.01 fix bug: possible bug in handling right-side up bmps... not sure
fix bug: the stbi_bmp_load() and stbi_tga_load() functions didn't work at all
1.00 interface to zlib that skips zlib header
0.99 correct handling of alpha in palette
0.98 TGA loader by lonesock; dynamically add loaders (untested)
0.97 jpeg errors on too large a file; also catch another malloc failure
0.96 fix detection of invalid v value - particleman@mollyrocket forum
0.95 during header scan, seek to markers in case of padding
0.94 STBI_NO_STDIO to disable stdio usage; rename all #defines the same
0.93 handle jpegtran output; verbose errors
0.92 read 4,8,16,24,32-bit BMP files of several formats
0.91 output 24-bit Windows 3.0 BMP files
0.90 fix a few more warnings; bump version number to approach 1.0
0.61 bugfixes due to Marc LeBlanc, Christopher Lloyd
0.60 fix compiling as c++
0.59 fix warnings: merge Dave Moore's -Wall fixes
0.58 fix bug: zlib uncompressed mode len/nlen was wrong endian
0.57 fix bug: jpg last huffman symbol before marker was >9 bits but less
than 16 available
0.56 fix bug: zlib uncompressed mode len vs. nlen
0.55 fix bug: restart_interval not initialized to 0
0.54 allow NULL for 'int *comp'
0.53 fix bug in png 3->4; speedup png decoding
0.52 png handles req_comp=3,4 directly; minor cleanup; jpeg comments
0.51 obey req_comp requests, 1-component jpegs return as 1-component,
on 'test' only check type, not whether we support this variant
*/
#ifndef HEADER_STB_IMAGE_AUGMENTED
#define HEADER_STB_IMAGE_AUGMENTED
//// begin header file ////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Limitations:
// - no progressive/interlaced support (jpeg, png)
// - 8-bit samples only (jpeg, png)
// - not threadsafe
// - channel subsampling of at most 2 in each dimension (jpeg)
// - no delayed line count (jpeg) -- IJG doesn't support either
//
// Basic usage (see HDR discussion below):
// int x,y,n;
// unsigned char *data = stbi_load(filename, &x, &y, &n, 0);
// // ... process data if not NULL ...
// // ... x = width, y = height, n = # 8-bit components per pixel ...
// // ... replace '0' with '1'..'4' to force that many components per pixel
// stbi_image_free(data)
//
// Standard parameters:
// int *x -- outputs image width in pixels
// int *y -- outputs image height in pixels
// int *comp -- outputs # of image components in image file
// int req_comp -- if non-zero, # of image components requested in result
//
// The return value from an image loader is an 'unsigned char *' which points
// to the pixel data. The pixel data consists of *y scanlines of *x pixels,
// with each pixel consisting of N interleaved 8-bit components; the first
// pixel pointed to is top-left-most in the image. There is no padding between
// image scanlines or between pixels, regardless of format. The number of
// components N is 'req_comp' if req_comp is non-zero, or *comp otherwise.
// If req_comp is non-zero, *comp has the number of components that _would_
// have been output otherwise. E.g. if you set req_comp to 4, you will always
// get RGBA output, but you can check *comp to easily see if it's opaque.
//
// An output image with N components has the following components interleaved
// in this order in each pixel:
//
// N=#comp components
// 1 grey
// 2 grey, alpha
// 3 red, green, blue
// 4 red, green, blue, alpha
//
// If image loading fails for any reason, the return value will be NULL,
// and *x, *y, *comp will be unchanged. The function stbi_failure_reason()
// can be queried for an extremely brief, end-user unfriendly explanation
// of why the load failed. Define STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS to avoid
// compiling these strings at all, and STBI_FAILURE_USERMSG to get slightly
// more user-friendly ones.
//
// Paletted PNG and BMP images are automatically depalettized.
//
//
// ===========================================================================
//
// HDR image support (disable by defining STBI_NO_HDR)
//
// stb_image now supports loading HDR images in general, and currently
// the Radiance .HDR file format, although the support is provided
// generically. You can still load any file through the existing interface;
// if you attempt to load an HDR file, it will be automatically remapped to
// LDR, assuming gamma 2.2 and an arbitrary scale factor defaulting to 1;
// both of these constants can be reconfigured through this interface:
//
// stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(2.2f);
// stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(1.0f);
//
// (note, do not use _inverse_ constants; stbi_image will invert them
// appropriately).
//
// Additionally, there is a new, parallel interface for loading files as
// (linear) floats to preserve the full dynamic range:
//
// float *data = stbi_loadf(filename, &x, &y, &n, 0);
//
// If you load LDR images through this interface, those images will
// be promoted to floating point values, run through the inverse of
// constants corresponding to the above:
//
// stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(1.0f);
// stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(2.2f);
//
// Finally, given a filename (or an open file or memory block--see header
// file for details) containing image data, you can query for the "most
// appropriate" interface to use (that is, whether the image is HDR or
// not), using:
//
// stbi_is_hdr(char *filename);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR
#include <math.h> // ldexp
#include <string.h> // strcmp
#endif
enum
{
STBI_default = 0, // only used for req_comp
STBI_grey = 1,
STBI_grey_alpha = 2,
STBI_rgb = 3,
STBI_rgb_alpha = 4,
};
typedef unsigned char stbi_uc;
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
// WRITING API
#if !defined(STBI_NO_WRITE) && !defined(STBI_NO_STDIO)
// write a BMP/TGA file given tightly packed 'comp' channels (no padding, nor bmp-stride-padding)
// (you must include the appropriate extension in the filename).
// returns TRUE on success, FALSE if couldn't open file, error writing file
extern int stbi_write_bmp (char *filename, int x, int y, int comp, void *data);
extern int stbi_write_tga (char *filename, int x, int y, int comp, void *data);
#endif
// PRIMARY API - works on images of any type
// load image by filename, open file, or memory buffer
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern stbi_uc *stbi_load (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern int stbi_info_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp);
#endif
extern stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_memory(stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
// for stbi_load_from_file, file pointer is left pointing immediately after image
#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern float *stbi_loadf (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern float *stbi_loadf_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#endif
extern float *stbi_loadf_from_memory(stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(float gamma);
extern void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(float scale);
extern void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(float gamma);
extern void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(float scale);
#endif // STBI_NO_HDR
// get a VERY brief reason for failure
extern char *stbi_failure_reason (void);
// free the loaded image -- this is just free()
extern void stbi_image_free (void *retval_from_stbi_load);
// get image dimensions & components without fully decoding
extern int stbi_info_from_memory(stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp);
extern int stbi_is_hdr_from_memory(stbi_uc *buffer, int len);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern int stbi_info (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp);
extern int stbi_is_hdr (char *filename);
extern int stbi_is_hdr_from_file(FILE *f);
#endif
// ZLIB client - used by PNG, available for other purposes
extern char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize(int initial_size, int *outlen);
extern char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc(char *buffer, int len, int *outlen);
extern int stbi_zlib_decode_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, char *ibuffer, int ilen);
extern char *stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_malloc(char *buffer, int len, int *outlen);
extern int stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, char *ibuffer, int ilen);
// TYPE-SPECIFIC ACCESS
// is it a jpeg?
extern int stbi_jpeg_test_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_jpeg_load_from_memory(stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern int stbi_jpeg_info_from_memory(stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern stbi_uc *stbi_jpeg_load (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern int stbi_jpeg_test_file (FILE *f);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_jpeg_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern int stbi_jpeg_info (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp);
extern int stbi_jpeg_info_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp);
#endif
extern int stbi_jpeg_dc_only; // only decode DC component
// is it a png?
extern int stbi_png_test_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_png_load_from_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern int stbi_png_info_from_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern stbi_uc *stbi_png_load (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern int stbi_png_info (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp);
extern int stbi_png_test_file (FILE *f);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_png_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern int stbi_png_info_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp);
#endif
// is it a bmp?
extern int stbi_bmp_test_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_bmp_load (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_bmp_load_from_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern int stbi_bmp_test_file (FILE *f);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_bmp_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#endif
// is it a tga?
extern int stbi_tga_test_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_tga_load (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_tga_load_from_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern int stbi_tga_test_file (FILE *f);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_tga_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#endif
// is it a psd?
extern int stbi_psd_test_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_psd_load (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_psd_load_from_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern int stbi_psd_test_file (FILE *f);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_psd_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#endif
// is it an hdr?
extern int stbi_hdr_test_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len);
extern float * stbi_hdr_load (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern float * stbi_hdr_load_from_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern int stbi_hdr_test_file (FILE *f);
extern float * stbi_hdr_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#endif
// define new loaders
typedef struct
{
int (*test_memory)(stbi_uc *buffer, int len);
stbi_uc * (*load_from_memory)(stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
int (*test_file)(FILE *f);
stbi_uc * (*load_from_file)(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#endif
} stbi_loader;
// register a loader by filling out the above structure (you must defined ALL functions)
// returns 1 if added or already added, 0 if not added (too many loaders)
extern int stbi_register_loader(stbi_loader *loader);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
//
//
//// end header file /////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
/*
adding DDS loading support to stbi
*/
#ifndef HEADER_STB_IMAGE_DDS_AUGMENTATION
#define HEADER_STB_IMAGE_DDS_AUGMENTATION
// is it a DDS file?
extern int stbi_dds_test_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_dds_load (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_dds_load_from_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
extern int stbi_dds_test_file (FILE *f);
extern stbi_uc *stbi_dds_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp);
#endif
//
//
//// end header file /////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#endif // HEADER_STB_IMAGE_DDS_AUGMENTATION

View file

@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
/// DDS file support, does decoding, _not_ direct uploading
/// (use SOIL for that ;-)
/// A bunch of DirectDraw Surface structures and flags
typedef struct {
unsigned int dwMagic;
unsigned int dwSize;
unsigned int dwFlags;
unsigned int dwHeight;
unsigned int dwWidth;
unsigned int dwPitchOrLinearSize;
unsigned int dwDepth;
unsigned int dwMipMapCount;
unsigned int dwReserved1[ 11 ];
// DDPIXELFORMAT
struct {
unsigned int dwSize;
unsigned int dwFlags;
unsigned int dwFourCC;
unsigned int dwRGBBitCount;
unsigned int dwRBitMask;
unsigned int dwGBitMask;
unsigned int dwBBitMask;
unsigned int dwAlphaBitMask;
} sPixelFormat;
// DDCAPS2
struct {
unsigned int dwCaps1;
unsigned int dwCaps2;
unsigned int dwDDSX;
unsigned int dwReserved;
} sCaps;
unsigned int dwReserved2;
} DDS_header ;
// the following constants were copied directly off the MSDN website
// The dwFlags member of the original DDSURFACEDESC2 structure
// can be set to one or more of the following values.
#define DDSD_CAPS 0x00000001
#define DDSD_HEIGHT 0x00000002
#define DDSD_WIDTH 0x00000004
#define DDSD_PITCH 0x00000008
#define DDSD_PIXELFORMAT 0x00001000
#define DDSD_MIPMAPCOUNT 0x00020000
#define DDSD_LINEARSIZE 0x00080000
#define DDSD_DEPTH 0x00800000
// DirectDraw Pixel Format
#define DDPF_ALPHAPIXELS 0x00000001
#define DDPF_FOURCC 0x00000004
#define DDPF_RGB 0x00000040
// The dwCaps1 member of the DDSCAPS2 structure can be
// set to one or more of the following values.
#define DDSCAPS_COMPLEX 0x00000008
#define DDSCAPS_TEXTURE 0x00001000
#define DDSCAPS_MIPMAP 0x00400000
// The dwCaps2 member of the DDSCAPS2 structure can be
// set to one or more of the following values.
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP 0x00000200
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEX 0x00000400
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEX 0x00000800
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEY 0x00001000
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEY 0x00002000
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEZ 0x00004000
#define DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEZ 0x00008000
#define DDSCAPS2_VOLUME 0x00200000
static int dds_test(void)
{
// check the magic number
if (get8() != 'D') return 0;
if (get8() != 'D') return 0;
if (get8() != 'S') return 0;
if (get8() != ' ') return 0;
// check header size
if (get32le() != 124) return 0;
return 1;
}
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
int stbi_dds_test_file (FILE *f)
{
int r,n = ftell(f);
start_file(f);
r = dds_test();
fseek(f,n,SEEK_SET);
return r;
}
#endif
int stbi_dds_test_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len)
{
start_mem(buffer, len);
return dds_test();
}
// helper functions
int stbi_convert_bit_range( int c, int from_bits, int to_bits )
{
int b = (1 << (from_bits - 1)) + c * ((1 << to_bits) - 1);
return (b + (b >> from_bits)) >> from_bits;
}
void stbi_rgb_888_from_565( unsigned int c, int *r, int *g, int *b )
{
*r = stbi_convert_bit_range( (c >> 11) & 31, 5, 8 );
*g = stbi_convert_bit_range( (c >> 05) & 63, 6, 8 );
*b = stbi_convert_bit_range( (c >> 00) & 31, 5, 8 );
}
void stbi_decode_DXT1_block(
unsigned char uncompressed[16*4],
unsigned char compressed[8] )
{
int next_bit = 4*8;
int i, r, g, b;
int c0, c1;
unsigned char decode_colors[4*4];
// find the 2 primary colors
c0 = compressed[0] + (compressed[1] << 8);
c1 = compressed[2] + (compressed[3] << 8);
stbi_rgb_888_from_565( c0, &r, &g, &b );
decode_colors[0] = r;
decode_colors[1] = g;
decode_colors[2] = b;
decode_colors[3] = 255;
stbi_rgb_888_from_565( c1, &r, &g, &b );
decode_colors[4] = r;
decode_colors[5] = g;
decode_colors[6] = b;
decode_colors[7] = 255;
if( c0 > c1 )
{
// no alpha, 2 interpolated colors
decode_colors[8] = (2*decode_colors[0] + decode_colors[4]) / 3;
decode_colors[9] = (2*decode_colors[1] + decode_colors[5]) / 3;
decode_colors[10] = (2*decode_colors[2] + decode_colors[6]) / 3;
decode_colors[11] = 255;
decode_colors[12] = (decode_colors[0] + 2*decode_colors[4]) / 3;
decode_colors[13] = (decode_colors[1] + 2*decode_colors[5]) / 3;
decode_colors[14] = (decode_colors[2] + 2*decode_colors[6]) / 3;
decode_colors[15] = 255;
} else
{
// 1 interpolated color, alpha
decode_colors[8] = (decode_colors[0] + decode_colors[4]) / 2;
decode_colors[9] = (decode_colors[1] + decode_colors[5]) / 2;
decode_colors[10] = (decode_colors[2] + decode_colors[6]) / 2;
decode_colors[11] = 255;
decode_colors[12] = 0;
decode_colors[13] = 0;
decode_colors[14] = 0;
decode_colors[15] = 0;
}
// decode the block
for( i = 0; i < 16*4; i += 4 )
{
int idx = ((compressed[next_bit>>3] >> (next_bit & 7)) & 3) * 4;
next_bit += 2;
uncompressed[i+0] = decode_colors[idx+0];
uncompressed[i+1] = decode_colors[idx+1];
uncompressed[i+2] = decode_colors[idx+2];
uncompressed[i+3] = decode_colors[idx+3];
}
// done
}
void stbi_decode_DXT23_alpha_block(
unsigned char uncompressed[16*4],
unsigned char compressed[8] )
{
int i, next_bit = 0;
// each alpha value gets 4 bits
for( i = 3; i < 16*4; i += 4 )
{
uncompressed[i] = stbi_convert_bit_range(
(compressed[next_bit>>3] >> (next_bit&7)) & 15,
4, 8 );
next_bit += 4;
}
}
void stbi_decode_DXT45_alpha_block(
unsigned char uncompressed[16*4],
unsigned char compressed[8] )
{
int i, next_bit = 8*2;
unsigned char decode_alpha[8];
// each alpha value gets 3 bits, and the 1st 2 bytes are the range
decode_alpha[0] = compressed[0];
decode_alpha[1] = compressed[1];
if( decode_alpha[0] > decode_alpha[1] )
{
// 6 step intermediate
decode_alpha[2] = (6*decode_alpha[0] + 1*decode_alpha[1]) / 7;
decode_alpha[3] = (5*decode_alpha[0] + 2*decode_alpha[1]) / 7;
decode_alpha[4] = (4*decode_alpha[0] + 3*decode_alpha[1]) / 7;
decode_alpha[5] = (3*decode_alpha[0] + 4*decode_alpha[1]) / 7;
decode_alpha[6] = (2*decode_alpha[0] + 5*decode_alpha[1]) / 7;
decode_alpha[7] = (1*decode_alpha[0] + 6*decode_alpha[1]) / 7;
} else
{
// 4 step intermediate, pluss full and none
decode_alpha[2] = (4*decode_alpha[0] + 1*decode_alpha[1]) / 5;
decode_alpha[3] = (3*decode_alpha[0] + 2*decode_alpha[1]) / 5;
decode_alpha[4] = (2*decode_alpha[0] + 3*decode_alpha[1]) / 5;
decode_alpha[5] = (1*decode_alpha[0] + 4*decode_alpha[1]) / 5;
decode_alpha[6] = 0;
decode_alpha[7] = 255;
}
for( i = 3; i < 16*4; i += 4 )
{
int idx = 0, bit;
bit = (compressed[next_bit>>3] >> (next_bit&7)) & 1;
idx += bit << 0;
++next_bit;
bit = (compressed[next_bit>>3] >> (next_bit&7)) & 1;
idx += bit << 1;
++next_bit;
bit = (compressed[next_bit>>3] >> (next_bit&7)) & 1;
idx += bit << 2;
++next_bit;
uncompressed[i] = decode_alpha[idx & 7];
}
// done
}
void stbi_decode_DXT_color_block(
unsigned char uncompressed[16*4],
unsigned char compressed[8] )
{
int next_bit = 4*8;
int i, r, g, b;
int c0, c1;
unsigned char decode_colors[4*3];
// find the 2 primary colors
c0 = compressed[0] + (compressed[1] << 8);
c1 = compressed[2] + (compressed[3] << 8);
stbi_rgb_888_from_565( c0, &r, &g, &b );
decode_colors[0] = r;
decode_colors[1] = g;
decode_colors[2] = b;
stbi_rgb_888_from_565( c1, &r, &g, &b );
decode_colors[3] = r;
decode_colors[4] = g;
decode_colors[5] = b;
// Like DXT1, but no choicees:
// no alpha, 2 interpolated colors
decode_colors[6] = (2*decode_colors[0] + decode_colors[3]) / 3;
decode_colors[7] = (2*decode_colors[1] + decode_colors[4]) / 3;
decode_colors[8] = (2*decode_colors[2] + decode_colors[5]) / 3;
decode_colors[9] = (decode_colors[0] + 2*decode_colors[3]) / 3;
decode_colors[10] = (decode_colors[1] + 2*decode_colors[4]) / 3;
decode_colors[11] = (decode_colors[2] + 2*decode_colors[5]) / 3;
// decode the block
for( i = 0; i < 16*4; i += 4 )
{
int idx = ((compressed[next_bit>>3] >> (next_bit & 7)) & 3) * 3;
next_bit += 2;
uncompressed[i+0] = decode_colors[idx+0];
uncompressed[i+1] = decode_colors[idx+1];
uncompressed[i+2] = decode_colors[idx+2];
}
// done
}
static stbi_uc *dds_load(int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp)
{
// all variables go up front
stbi_uc *dds_data = NULL;
stbi_uc block[16*4];
stbi_uc compressed[8];
int flags, DXT_family;
int has_alpha, has_mipmap;
int is_compressed, cubemap_faces;
int block_pitch, num_blocks;
DDS_header header;
int i, sz, cf;
// load the header
if( sizeof( DDS_header ) != 128 )
{
return NULL;
}
getn( (stbi_uc*)(&header), 128 );
// and do some checking
if( header.dwMagic != (('D' << 0) | ('D' << 8) | ('S' << 16) | (' ' << 24)) ) return NULL;
if( header.dwSize != 124 ) return NULL;
flags = DDSD_CAPS | DDSD_HEIGHT | DDSD_WIDTH | DDSD_PIXELFORMAT;
if( (header.dwFlags & flags) != flags ) return NULL;
/* According to the MSDN spec, the dwFlags should contain
DDSD_LINEARSIZE if it's compressed, or DDSD_PITCH if
uncompressed. Some DDS writers do not conform to the
spec, so I need to make my reader more tolerant */
if( header.sPixelFormat.dwSize != 32 ) return NULL;
flags = DDPF_FOURCC | DDPF_RGB;
if( (header.sPixelFormat.dwFlags & flags) == 0 ) return NULL;
if( (header.sCaps.dwCaps1 & DDSCAPS_TEXTURE) == 0 ) return NULL;
// get the image data
img_x = header.dwWidth;
img_y = header.dwHeight;
img_n = 4;
is_compressed = (header.sPixelFormat.dwFlags & DDPF_FOURCC) / DDPF_FOURCC;
has_alpha = (header.sPixelFormat.dwFlags & DDPF_ALPHAPIXELS) / DDPF_ALPHAPIXELS;
has_mipmap = (header.sCaps.dwCaps1 & DDSCAPS_MIPMAP) && (header.dwMipMapCount > 1);
cubemap_faces = (header.sCaps.dwCaps2 & DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP) / DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP;
/* I need cubemaps to have square faces */
cubemap_faces &= (img_x == img_y);
cubemap_faces *= 5;
cubemap_faces += 1;
block_pitch = (img_x+3) >> 2;
num_blocks = block_pitch * ((img_y+3) >> 2);
/* let the user know what's going on */
*x = img_x;
*y = img_y;
*comp = img_n;
/* is this uncompressed? */
if( is_compressed )
{
/* compressed */
// note: header.sPixelFormat.dwFourCC is something like (('D'<<0)|('X'<<8)|('T'<<16)|('1'<<24))
DXT_family = 1 + (header.sPixelFormat.dwFourCC >> 24) - '1';
if( (DXT_family < 1) || (DXT_family > 5) ) return NULL;
/* check the expected size...oops, nevermind...
those non-compliant writers leave
dwPitchOrLinearSize == 0 */
// passed all the tests, get the RAM for decoding
sz = (img_x)*(img_y)*4*cubemap_faces;
dds_data = (unsigned char*)malloc( sz );
/* do this once for each face */
for( cf = 0; cf < cubemap_faces; ++ cf )
{
// now read and decode all the blocks
for( i = 0; i < num_blocks; ++i )
{
// where are we?
int bx, by, bw=4, bh=4;
int ref_x = 4 * (i % block_pitch);
int ref_y = 4 * (i / block_pitch);
// get the next block's worth of compressed data, and decompress it
if( DXT_family == 1 )
{
// DXT1
getn( compressed, 8 );
stbi_decode_DXT1_block( block, compressed );
} else if( DXT_family < 4 )
{
// DXT2/3
getn( compressed, 8 );
stbi_decode_DXT23_alpha_block ( block, compressed );
getn( compressed, 8 );
stbi_decode_DXT_color_block ( block, compressed );
} else
{
// DXT4/5
getn( compressed, 8 );
stbi_decode_DXT45_alpha_block ( block, compressed );
getn( compressed, 8 );
stbi_decode_DXT_color_block ( block, compressed );
}
// is this a partial block?
if( ref_x + 4 > img_x )
{
bw = img_x - ref_x;
}
if( ref_y + 4 > img_y )
{
bh = img_y - ref_y;
}
// now drop our decompressed data into the buffer
for( by = 0; by < bh; ++by )
{
int idx = 4*((ref_y+by+cf*img_x)*img_x + ref_x);
for( bx = 0; bx < bw*4; ++bx )
{
dds_data[idx+bx] = block[by*16+bx];
}
}
}
/* done reading and decoding the main image...
skip MIPmaps if present */
if( has_mipmap )
{
int block_size = 16;
if( DXT_family == 1 )
{
block_size = 8;
}
for( i = 1; i < header.dwMipMapCount; ++i )
{
int mx = img_x >> (i + 2);
int my = img_y >> (i + 2);
if( mx < 1 )
{
mx = 1;
}
if( my < 1 )
{
my = 1;
}
skip( mx*my*block_size );
}
}
}/* per cubemap face */
} else
{
/* uncompressed */
DXT_family = 0;
img_n = 3;
if( has_alpha )
{
img_n = 4;
}
*comp = img_n;
sz = img_x*img_y*img_n*cubemap_faces;
dds_data = (unsigned char*)malloc( sz );
/* do this once for each face */
for( cf = 0; cf < cubemap_faces; ++ cf )
{
/* read the main image for this face */
getn( &dds_data[cf*img_x*img_y*img_n], img_x*img_y*img_n );
/* done reading and decoding the main image...
skip MIPmaps if present */
if( has_mipmap )
{
for( i = 1; i < header.dwMipMapCount; ++i )
{
int mx = img_x >> i;
int my = img_y >> i;
if( mx < 1 )
{
mx = 1;
}
if( my < 1 )
{
my = 1;
}
skip( mx*my*img_n );
}
}
}
/* data was BGR, I need it RGB */
for( i = 0; i < sz; i += img_n )
{
unsigned char temp = dds_data[i];
dds_data[i] = dds_data[i+2];
dds_data[i+2] = temp;
}
}
/* finished decompressing into RGBA,
adjust the y size if we have a cubemap
note: sz is already up to date */
img_y *= cubemap_faces;
*y = img_y;
// did the user want something else, or
// see if all the alpha values are 255 (i.e. no transparency)
has_alpha = 0;
if( img_n == 4)
{
for( i = 3; (i < sz) && (has_alpha == 0); i += 4 )
{
has_alpha |= (dds_data[i] < 255);
}
}
if( (req_comp <= 4) && (req_comp >= 1) )
{
// user has some requirements, meet them
if( req_comp != img_n )
{
dds_data = convert_format( dds_data, img_n, req_comp );
*comp = img_n;
}
} else
{
// user had no requirements, only drop to RGB is no alpha
if( (has_alpha == 0) && (img_n == 4) )
{
dds_data = convert_format( dds_data, 4, 3 );
*comp = 3;
}
}
// OK, done
return dds_data;
}
#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO
stbi_uc *stbi_dds_load (char *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp)
{
stbi_uc *data;
FILE *f = fopen(filename, "rb");
if (!f) return NULL;
data = dds_load(x,y,comp,req_comp);
fclose(f);
return data;
}
stbi_uc *stbi_dds_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp)
{
start_file(f);
return dds_load(x,y,comp,req_comp);
}
#endif
stbi_uc *stbi_dds_load_from_memory (stbi_uc *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp)
{
start_mem(buffer, len);
return dds_load(x,y,comp,req_comp);
}

425
src/SFML/Graphics/Shape.cpp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/Shape.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
#include <math.h>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Shape::Shape() :
myOutline (0.f),
myIsFillEnabled (true),
myIsOutlineEnabled(true),
myIsCompiled (false)
{
// Put a placeholder for the center of the shape
myPoints.push_back(Point());
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Add a point to the shape
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::AddPoint(float X, float Y, const Color& Col, const Color& OutlineCol)
{
AddPoint(Vector2f(X, Y), Col, OutlineCol);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Add a point to the shape
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::AddPoint(const Vector2f& Position, const Color& Col, const Color& OutlineCol)
{
myPoints.push_back(Point(Position, Col, OutlineCol));
myIsCompiled = false;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the number of points composing the shape
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned int Shape::GetNbPoints() const
{
return static_cast<unsigned int>(myPoints.size() - 1);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Enable or disable filling the shape.
/// Fill is enabled by default
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::EnableFill(bool Enable)
{
myIsFillEnabled = Enable;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Enable or disable drawing the shape outline.
/// Outline is enabled by default
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::EnableOutline(bool Enable)
{
myIsOutlineEnabled = Enable;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the position of a point
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::SetPointPosition(unsigned int Index, const Vector2f& Position)
{
myPoints[Index + 1].Position = Position;
myIsCompiled = false;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the position of a point
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::SetPointPosition(unsigned int Index, float X, float Y)
{
SetPointPosition(Index, Vector2f(X, Y));
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the color of a point
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::SetPointColor(unsigned int Index, const Color& Col)
{
myPoints[Index + 1].Col = Col;
myIsCompiled = false;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the outline color of a point
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::SetPointOutlineColor(unsigned int Index, const Color& OutlineCol)
{
myPoints[Index + 1].OutlineCol = OutlineCol;
myIsCompiled = false;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the width of the shape outline
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::SetOutlineWidth(float Width)
{
myOutline = Width;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the position of a point
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Vector2f& Shape::GetPointPosition(unsigned int Index) const
{
return myPoints[Index + 1].Position;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the color of a point
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Color& Shape::GetPointColor(unsigned int Index) const
{
return myPoints[Index + 1].Col;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the outline color of a point
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Color& Shape::GetPointOutlineColor(unsigned int Index) const
{
return myPoints[Index + 1].OutlineCol;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the width of the shape outline
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float Shape::GetOutlineWidth() const
{
return myOutline;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a shape made of a single line
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Shape Shape::Line(float P1X, float P1Y, float P2X, float P2Y, float Thickness, const Color& Col, float Outline, const Color& OutlineCol)
{
Vector2f P1(P1X, P1Y);
Vector2f P2(P2X, P2Y);
// Compute the extrusion direction
Vector2f Normal;
ComputeNormal(P1, P2, Normal);
Normal *= Thickness / 2;
// Create the shape's points
Shape S;
S.AddPoint(P1 - Normal, Col, OutlineCol);
S.AddPoint(P2 - Normal, Col, OutlineCol);
S.AddPoint(P2 + Normal, Col, OutlineCol);
S.AddPoint(P1 + Normal, Col, OutlineCol);
S.SetOutlineWidth(Outline);
// Compile it
S.Compile();
return S;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a shape made of a single line (use vectors)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Shape Shape::Line(const Vector2f& P1, const Vector2f& P2, float Thickness, const Color& Col, float Outline, const Color& OutlineCol)
{
return Shape::Line(P1.x, P1.y, P2.x, P2.y, Thickness, Col, Outline, OutlineCol);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a shape made of a single rectangle
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Shape Shape::Rectangle(float P1X, float P1Y, float P2X, float P2Y, const Color& Col, float Outline, const Color& OutlineCol)
{
// Create the shape's points
Shape S;
S.AddPoint(Vector2f(P1X, P1Y), Col, OutlineCol);
S.AddPoint(Vector2f(P2X, P1Y), Col, OutlineCol);
S.AddPoint(Vector2f(P2X, P2Y), Col, OutlineCol);
S.AddPoint(Vector2f(P1X, P2Y), Col, OutlineCol);
S.SetOutlineWidth(Outline);
// Compile it
S.Compile();
return S;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a shape made of a single rectangle (use vectors)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Shape Shape::Rectangle(const Vector2f& P1, const Vector2f& P2, const Color& Col, float Outline, const Color& OutlineCol)
{
return Shape::Rectangle(P1.x, P1.y, P2.x, P2.y, Col, Outline, OutlineCol);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a shape made of a single circle
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Shape Shape::Circle(float X, float Y, float Radius, const Color& Col, float Outline, const Color& OutlineCol)
{
static const int NbSegments = 40;
// Create the points set
Shape S;
Vector2f Center(X, Y);
for (int i = 0; i < NbSegments; ++i)
{
float Angle = i * 2 * 3.141592654f / NbSegments;
Vector2f Offset(cos(Angle), sin(Angle));
S.AddPoint(Center + Offset * Radius, Col, OutlineCol);
}
// Compile it
S.SetOutlineWidth(Outline);
S.Compile();
return S;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Create a shape made of a single circle (use vectors)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Shape Shape::Circle(const Vector2f& Center, float Radius, const Color& Col, float Outline, const Color& OutlineCol)
{
return Shape::Circle(Center.x, Center.y, Radius, Col, Outline, OutlineCol);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see Drawable::Render
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::Render(RenderTarget&) const
{
// Make sure the shape has at least 3 points (4 if we count the center)
if (myPoints.size() < 4)
return;
// Make sure the shape is compiled
if (!myIsCompiled)
const_cast<Shape*>(this)->Compile();
// Shapes only use color, no texture
GLCheck(glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D));
// Draw the shape
if (myIsFillEnabled)
{
glBegin(GL_TRIANGLE_FAN);
{
for (std::vector<Point>::const_iterator i = myPoints.begin(); i != myPoints.end(); ++i)
{
Color PointColor = i->Col * GetColor();
glColor4f(PointColor.r / 255.f, PointColor.g / 255.f, PointColor.b / 255.f, PointColor.a / 255.f);
glVertex2f(i->Position.x, i->Position.y);
}
// Close the shape by duplicating the first point at the end
Color PointColor = myPoints[1].Col * GetColor();
glColor4f(PointColor.r / 255.f, PointColor.g / 255.f, PointColor.b / 255.f, PointColor.a / 255.f);
glVertex2f(myPoints[1].Position.x, myPoints[1].Position.y);
}
glEnd();
}
// Draw the outline
if (myIsOutlineEnabled)
{
glBegin(GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP);
{
for (std::size_t i = 1; i < myPoints.size(); ++i)
{
Color PointColor = myPoints[i].OutlineCol * GetColor();
glColor4f(PointColor.r / 255.f, PointColor.g / 255.f, PointColor.b / 255.f, PointColor.a / 255.f);
glVertex2f(myPoints[i].Position.x, myPoints[i].Position.y);
glColor4f(PointColor.r / 255.f, PointColor.g / 255.f, PointColor.b / 255.f, PointColor.a / 255.f);
glVertex2f(myPoints[i].Position.x + myPoints[i].Normal.x * myOutline, myPoints[i].Position.y + myPoints[i].Normal.y * myOutline);
}
// Close the shape by duplicating the first point at the end
Color PointColor = myPoints[1].OutlineCol * GetColor();
glColor4f(PointColor.r / 255.f, PointColor.g / 255.f, PointColor.b / 255.f, PointColor.a / 255.f);
glVertex2f(myPoints[1].Position.x, myPoints[1].Position.y);
glColor4f(PointColor.r / 255.f, PointColor.g / 255.f, PointColor.b / 255.f, PointColor.a / 255.f);
glVertex2f(myPoints[1].Position.x + myPoints[1].Normal.x * myOutline, myPoints[1].Position.y + myPoints[1].Normal.y * myOutline);
}
glEnd();
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Compile the shape : compute its center and its outline
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Shape::Compile()
{
// Compute the center
float NbPoints = static_cast<float>(myPoints.size() - 1);
float R = 0, G = 0, B = 0, A = 0;
Point Center(Vector2f(0, 0), Color(0, 0, 0, 0));
for (std::size_t i = 1; i < myPoints.size(); ++i)
{
Center.Position += myPoints[i].Position / NbPoints;
R += myPoints[i].Col.r / NbPoints;
G += myPoints[i].Col.g / NbPoints;
B += myPoints[i].Col.b / NbPoints;
A += myPoints[i].Col.a / NbPoints;
}
Center.Col.r = static_cast<Uint8>(R);
Center.Col.g = static_cast<Uint8>(G);
Center.Col.b = static_cast<Uint8>(B);
Center.Col.a = static_cast<Uint8>(A);
myPoints[0] = Center;
// Compute the outline
for (std::size_t i = 1; i < myPoints.size(); ++i)
{
// Get the two segments shared by the current point
Point& P0 = (i == 1) ? myPoints[myPoints.size() - 1] : myPoints[i - 1];
Point& P1 = myPoints[i];
Point& P2 = (i == myPoints.size() - 1) ? myPoints[1] : myPoints[i + 1];
// Compute their normal
Vector2f Normal1, Normal2;
if (!ComputeNormal(P0.Position, P1.Position, Normal1) || !ComputeNormal(P1.Position, P2.Position, Normal2))
continue;
// Add them to get the extrusion direction
float Factor = 1.f + (Normal1.x * Normal2.x + Normal1.y * Normal2.y);
P1.Normal = (Normal1 + Normal2) / Factor;
// Make sure it points towards the outside of the shape
float Dot = (P1.Position.x - Center.Position.x) * P1.Normal.x + (P1.Position.y - Center.Position.y) * P1.Normal.y;
if (Dot < 0)
P1.Normal = -P1.Normal;
}
myIsCompiled = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Compute the normal of a given 2D segment
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
bool Shape::ComputeNormal(const Vector2f& P1, const Vector2f& P2, Vector2f& Normal)
{
Normal.x = P1.y - P2.y;
Normal.y = P2.x - P1.x;
float Len = sqrt(Normal.x * Normal.x + Normal.y * Normal.y);
if (Len == 0.f)
return false;
Normal.x /= Len;
Normal.y /= Len;
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor for Point
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Shape::Point::Point(const Vector2f& Pos, const Color& C, const Color& OutlineC) :
Position (Pos),
Normal (0.f, 0.f),
Col (C),
OutlineCol(OutlineC)
{
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/Sprite.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/Image.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Sprite::Sprite() :
mySubRect (0, 0, 1, 1),
myIsFlippedX(false),
myIsFlippedY(false)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the sprite from a source image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Sprite::Sprite(const Image& Img, const Vector2f& Position, const Vector2f& Scale, float Rotation, const Color& Col) :
Drawable (Position, Scale, Rotation, Col),
myImage (&Img),
mySubRect (0, 0, Img.GetWidth(), Img.GetHeight()),
myIsFlippedX(false),
myIsFlippedY(false)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the image of the sprite
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sprite::SetImage(const Image& Img)
{
// If there was no source image before, adjust the rectangle
if (!myImage)
SetSubRect(IntRect(0, 0, Img.GetWidth(), Img.GetHeight()));
// Assign the new image
myImage = &Img;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the sub-rectangle of the sprite inside the source image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sprite::SetSubRect(const IntRect& SubRect)
{
mySubRect = SubRect;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Resize the sprite (by changing its scale factors) (take 2 values).
/// The default size is defined by the subrect
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sprite::Resize(float Width, float Height)
{
if ((mySubRect.GetWidth() > 0) && (mySubRect.GetHeight() > 0))
{
SetScale(Width / mySubRect.GetWidth(), Height / mySubRect.GetHeight());
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Resize the object (by changing its scale factors) (take a 2D vector)
/// The default size is defined by the subrect
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sprite::Resize(const Vector2f& Size)
{
Resize(Size.x, Size.y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Flip the sprite horizontally
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sprite::FlipX(bool Flipped)
{
myIsFlippedX = Flipped;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Flip the sprite vertically
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sprite::FlipY(bool Flipped)
{
myIsFlippedY = Flipped;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the source image of the sprite
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Image* Sprite::GetImage() const
{
return myImage;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sub-rectangle of the sprite inside the source image
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const IntRect& Sprite::GetSubRect() const
{
return mySubRect;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the sprite size
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Vector2f Sprite::GetSize() const
{
return Vector2f(mySubRect.GetWidth() * GetScale().x, mySubRect.GetHeight() * GetScale().y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the color of a given pixel in the sprite
/// (point is in local coordinates)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Color Sprite::GetPixel(unsigned int X, unsigned int Y) const
{
if (myImage)
{
unsigned int ImageX = mySubRect.Left + X;
unsigned int ImageY = mySubRect.Top + Y;
if (myIsFlippedX) ImageX = mySubRect.GetWidth() - ImageX;
if (myIsFlippedY) ImageY = mySubRect.GetHeight() - ImageY;
return myImage->GetPixel(ImageX, ImageY) * GetColor();
}
else
{
return GetColor();
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sfDrawable::Render
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void Sprite::Render(RenderTarget&) const
{
// Get the sprite size
float Width = static_cast<float>(mySubRect.GetWidth());
float Height = static_cast<float>(mySubRect.GetHeight());
// Check if the image is valid
if (myImage)
{
// Set the texture
myImage->Bind();
// Calculate the texture coordinates
FloatRect TexCoords = myImage->GetTexCoords(mySubRect);
FloatRect Rect(myIsFlippedX ? TexCoords.Right : TexCoords.Left,
myIsFlippedY ? TexCoords.Bottom : TexCoords.Top,
myIsFlippedX ? TexCoords.Left : TexCoords.Right,
myIsFlippedY ? TexCoords.Top : TexCoords.Bottom);
// Draw the sprite's triangles
glBegin(GL_QUADS);
glTexCoord2f(Rect.Left, Rect.Top); glVertex2f(0, 0);
glTexCoord2f(Rect.Left, Rect.Bottom); glVertex2f(0, Height);
glTexCoord2f(Rect.Right, Rect.Bottom); glVertex2f(Width, Height);
glTexCoord2f(Rect.Right, Rect.Top); glVertex2f(Width, 0) ;
glEnd();
}
else
{
// Disable texturing
GLCheck(glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D));
// Draw the sprite's triangles
glBegin(GL_QUADS);
glVertex2f(0, 0);
glVertex2f(0, Height);
glVertex2f(Width, Height);
glVertex2f(Width, 0);
glEnd();
}
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/String.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/Image.hpp>
#include <SFML/Graphics/GraphicsContext.hpp>
#include <locale>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Default constructor
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
String::String() :
myFont (&Font::GetDefaultFont()),
mySize (30.f),
myStyle (Regular),
myNeedRectUpdate(true)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the string from any kind of text
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
String::String(const Unicode::Text& Text, const Font& CharFont, float Size) :
myFont (&CharFont),
mySize (Size),
myStyle (Regular),
myNeedRectUpdate(true)
{
SetText(Text);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the text (from any kind of string)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void String::SetText(const Unicode::Text& Text)
{
myNeedRectUpdate = true;
myText = Text;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the font of the string
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void String::SetFont(const Font& CharFont)
{
if (myFont != &CharFont)
{
myNeedRectUpdate = true;
myFont = &CharFont;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the size of the string
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void String::SetSize(float Size)
{
if (mySize != Size)
{
myNeedRectUpdate = true;
mySize = Size;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Set the style of the text
/// The default style is Regular
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void String::SetStyle(unsigned long TextStyle)
{
if (myStyle != TextStyle)
{
myNeedRectUpdate = true;
myStyle = TextStyle;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the text (the returned text can be converted implicitely to any kind of string)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Unicode::Text& String::GetText() const
{
return myText;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the font used by the string
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Font& String::GetFont() const
{
return *myFont;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the size of the characters
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
float String::GetSize() const
{
return mySize;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the style of the text
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
unsigned long String::GetStyle() const
{
return myStyle;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Return the visual position of the Index-th character of the string,
/// in coordinates relative to the string
/// (note : translation, center, rotation and scale are not applied)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
sf::Vector2f String::GetCharacterPos(std::size_t Index) const
{
// First get the UTF32 representation of the text
const Unicode::UTF32String& Text = myText;
// Adjust the index if it's out of range
if (Index > Text.length())
Index = Text.length();
// The final size is based on the text size
float FactorX = mySize / myFont->GetCharacterSize();
float AdvanceY = mySize;
// Compute the position
sf::Vector2f Position;
for (std::size_t i = 0; i < Index; ++i)
{
// Get the current character and its corresponding glyph
Uint32 CurChar = Text[i];
const Glyph& CurGlyph = myFont->GetGlyph(CurChar);
float AdvanceX = CurGlyph.Advance * FactorX;
switch (CurChar)
{
// Handle special characters
case L' ' : Position.x += AdvanceX; break;
case L'\t' : Position.x += AdvanceX * 4; break;
case L'\v' : Position.y += AdvanceY * 4; break;
case L'\n' : Position.y += AdvanceY; Position.x = 0; break;
// Regular character : just add its advance value
default : Position.x += AdvanceX; break;
}
}
return Position;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the string rectangle on screen
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
FloatRect String::GetRect() const
{
if (myNeedRectUpdate)
const_cast<String*>(this)->RecomputeRect();
FloatRect Rect;
Rect.Left = (myBaseRect.Left - GetCenter().x) * GetScale().x + GetPosition().x;
Rect.Top = (myBaseRect.Top - GetCenter().y) * GetScale().y + GetPosition().y;
Rect.Right = (myBaseRect.Right - GetCenter().x) * GetScale().x + GetPosition().x;
Rect.Bottom = (myBaseRect.Bottom - GetCenter().y) * GetScale().y + GetPosition().y;
return Rect;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// /see sfDrawable::Render
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void String::Render(RenderTarget&) const
{
// First get the internal UTF-32 string of the text
const Unicode::UTF32String& Text = myText;
// No text, no rendering :)
if (Text.empty())
return;
// Set the scaling factor to get the actual size
float CharSize = static_cast<float>(myFont->GetCharacterSize());
float Factor = mySize / CharSize;
GLCheck(glScalef(Factor, Factor, 1.f));
// Bind the font texture
myFont->GetImage().Bind();
// Initialize the rendering coordinates
float X = 0.f;
float Y = CharSize;
// Holds the lines to draw later, for underlined style
std::vector<float> UnderlineCoords;
UnderlineCoords.reserve(16);
// Compute the shearing to apply if we're using the italic style
float ItalicCoeff = (myStyle & Italic) ? 0.208f : 0.f; // 12 degrees
// Draw one quad for each character
glBegin(GL_QUADS);
for (std::size_t i = 0; i < Text.size(); ++i)
{
// Get the current character and its corresponding glyph
Uint32 CurChar = Text[i];
const Glyph& CurGlyph = myFont->GetGlyph(CurChar);
int Advance = CurGlyph.Advance;
const IntRect& Rect = CurGlyph.Rectangle;
const FloatRect& Coord = CurGlyph.TexCoords;
// If we're using the underlined style and there's a new line,
// we keep track of the previous line to draw it later
if ((CurChar == L'\n') && (myStyle & Underlined))
{
UnderlineCoords.push_back(X);
UnderlineCoords.push_back(Y + 2);
}
// Handle special characters
switch (CurChar)
{
case L' ' : X += Advance; continue;
case L'\n' : Y += CharSize; X = 0; continue;
case L'\t' : X += Advance * 4; continue;
case L'\v' : Y += CharSize * 4; continue;
}
// Draw a textured quad for the current character
glTexCoord2f(Coord.Left, Coord.Top); glVertex2f(X + Rect.Left - ItalicCoeff * Rect.Top, Y + Rect.Top);
glTexCoord2f(Coord.Left, Coord.Bottom); glVertex2f(X + Rect.Left - ItalicCoeff * Rect.Bottom, Y + Rect.Bottom);
glTexCoord2f(Coord.Right, Coord.Bottom); glVertex2f(X + Rect.Right - ItalicCoeff * Rect.Bottom, Y + Rect.Bottom);
glTexCoord2f(Coord.Right, Coord.Top); glVertex2f(X + Rect.Right - ItalicCoeff * Rect.Top, Y + Rect.Top);
// If we're using the bold style, we must render the character 4 more times,
// slightly offseted, to simulate a higher weight
if (myStyle & Bold)
{
static const float OffsetsX[] = {-0.5f, 0.5f, 0.f, 0.f};
static const float OffsetsY[] = {0.f, 0.f, -0.5f, 0.5f};
for (int j = 0; j < 4; ++j)
{
glTexCoord2f(Coord.Left, Coord.Top); glVertex2f(X + OffsetsX[j] + Rect.Left - ItalicCoeff * Rect.Top, Y + OffsetsY[j] + Rect.Top);
glTexCoord2f(Coord.Left, Coord.Bottom); glVertex2f(X + OffsetsX[j] + Rect.Left - ItalicCoeff * Rect.Bottom, Y + OffsetsY[j] + Rect.Bottom);
glTexCoord2f(Coord.Right, Coord.Bottom); glVertex2f(X + OffsetsX[j] + Rect.Right - ItalicCoeff * Rect.Bottom, Y + OffsetsY[j] + Rect.Bottom);
glTexCoord2f(Coord.Right, Coord.Top); glVertex2f(X + OffsetsX[j] + Rect.Right - ItalicCoeff * Rect.Top, Y + OffsetsY[j] + Rect.Top);
}
}
// Advance to the next character
X += Advance;
}
glEnd();
// Draw the underlines if needed
if (myStyle & Underlined)
{
// Compute the line thickness
float Thickness = (myStyle & Bold) ? 3.f : 2.f;
// Add the last line (which was not finished with a \n)
UnderlineCoords.push_back(X);
UnderlineCoords.push_back(Y + 2);
// Draw the underlines as quads
GLCheck(glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D));
glBegin(GL_QUADS);
for (std::size_t i = 0; i < UnderlineCoords.size(); i += 2)
{
glVertex2f(0, UnderlineCoords[i + 1]);
glVertex2f(0, UnderlineCoords[i + 1] + Thickness);
glVertex2f(UnderlineCoords[i], UnderlineCoords[i + 1] + Thickness);
glVertex2f(UnderlineCoords[i], UnderlineCoords[i + 1]);
}
glEnd();
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Recompute the bounding rectangle of the text
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void String::RecomputeRect()
{
// First get the internal UTF-32 string of the text
const Unicode::UTF32String& Text = myText;
// Reset the "need update" state
myNeedRectUpdate = false;
// No text, empty box :)
if (Text.empty())
{
myBaseRect = FloatRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
return;
}
// Initial values
float CurWidth = 0;
float CurHeight = 0;
float Width = 0;
float Height = 0;
float Factor = mySize / myFont->GetCharacterSize();
// Go through each character
for (std::size_t i = 0; i < Text.size(); ++i)
{
// Get the current character and its corresponding glyph
Uint32 CurChar = Text[i];
const Glyph& CurGlyph = myFont->GetGlyph(CurChar);
float Advance = CurGlyph.Advance * Factor;
const IntRect& Rect = CurGlyph.Rectangle;
// Handle special characters
switch (CurChar)
{
case L' ' : CurWidth += Advance; continue;
case L'\t' : CurWidth += Advance * 4; continue;
case L'\v' : Height += mySize * 4; CurHeight = 0; continue;
case L'\n' :
Height += mySize;
CurHeight = 0;
if (CurWidth > Width)
Width = CurWidth;
CurWidth = 0;
continue;
}
// Advance to the next character
CurWidth += Advance;
// Update the maximum height
float CharHeight = (myFont->GetCharacterSize() + Rect.Bottom) * Factor;
if (CharHeight > CurHeight)
CurHeight = CharHeight;
}
// Update the last line
if (CurWidth > Width)
Width = CurWidth;
Height += CurHeight;
// Add a slight width / height if we're using the bold style
if (myStyle & Bold)
{
Width += 1 * Factor;
Height += 1 * Factor;
}
// Add a slight width if we're using the italic style
if (myStyle & Italic)
{
Width += 0.208f * mySize;
}
// Add a slight height if we're using the underlined style
if (myStyle & Underlined)
{
if (CurHeight < mySize + 4 * Factor)
Height += 4 * Factor;
}
// Finally update the rectangle
myBaseRect.Left = 0;
myBaseRect.Top = 0;
myBaseRect.Right = Width;
myBaseRect.Bottom = Height;
}
} // namespace sf

208
src/SFML/Graphics/View.cpp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
//
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
//
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
// subject to the following restrictions:
//
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
// you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
// If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
// in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
//
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
// and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
//
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
//
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Headers
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include <SFML/Graphics/View.hpp>
#include <algorithm>
namespace sf
{
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the view from a rectangle
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
View::View(const FloatRect& ViewRect)
{
SetFromRect(ViewRect);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Construct the view from its center and half-size
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
View::View(const sf::Vector2f& Center, const sf::Vector2f& HalfSize) :
myCenter (Center),
myHalfSize (HalfSize),
myNeedUpdate(true)
{
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the center of the view (take 2 values)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void View::SetCenter(float X, float Y)
{
myCenter.x = X;
myCenter.y = Y;
myNeedUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the center of the view (take a vector)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void View::SetCenter(const sf::Vector2f& Center)
{
SetCenter(Center.x, Center.y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the half-size of the view (take 2 values)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void View::SetHalfSize(float HalfWidth, float HalfHeight)
{
myHalfSize.x = HalfWidth;
myHalfSize.y = HalfHeight;
myNeedUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Change the half-size of the view (take a vector)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void View::SetHalfSize(const sf::Vector2f& HalfSize)
{
SetHalfSize(HalfSize.x, HalfSize.y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Rebuild the view from a rectangle
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void View::SetFromRect(const FloatRect& ViewRect)
{
SetCenter( (ViewRect.Right + ViewRect.Left) / 2, (ViewRect.Bottom + ViewRect.Top) / 2);
SetHalfSize((ViewRect.Right - ViewRect.Left) / 2, (ViewRect.Bottom - ViewRect.Top) / 2);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the center of the view
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const sf::Vector2f& View::GetCenter() const
{
return myCenter;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the half-size of the view
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const sf::Vector2f& View::GetHalfSize() const
{
return myHalfSize;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the bounding rectangle of the view
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const sf::FloatRect& View::GetRect() const
{
// Recompute it if needed
if (myNeedUpdate)
const_cast<View*>(this)->RecomputeMatrix();
return myRect;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Move the view (take 2 values)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void View::Move(float OffsetX, float OffsetY)
{
myCenter.x += OffsetX;
myCenter.y += OffsetY;
myNeedUpdate = true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Move the view (take a vector)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void View::Move(const sf::Vector2f& Offset)
{
Move(Offset.x, Offset.y);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Resize the view rectangle to simulate a zoom / unzoom effect
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void View::Zoom(float Factor)
{
if (Factor != 0)
{
myHalfSize /= Factor;
myNeedUpdate = true;
}
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Get the projection matrix of the view
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
const Matrix3& View::GetMatrix() const
{
// Recompute the matrix if needed
if (myNeedUpdate)
const_cast<View*>(this)->RecomputeMatrix();
return myMatrix;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// Recompute the view rectangle and the projection matrix
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
void View::RecomputeMatrix()
{
// Compute the 4 corners of the view
float Left = myCenter.x - myHalfSize.x;
float Top = myCenter.y - myHalfSize.y;
float Right = myCenter.x + myHalfSize.x;
float Bottom = myCenter.y + myHalfSize.y;
// Update the view rectangle - be careful, reversed views are allowed !
myRect.Left = std::min(Left, Right);
myRect.Top = std::min(Top, Bottom);
myRect.Right = std::max(Left, Right);
myRect.Bottom = std::max(Top, Bottom);
// Update the projection matrix
myMatrix(0, 0) = 2.f / (Right - Left);
myMatrix(1, 1) = 2.f / (Top - Bottom);
myMatrix(0, 2) = (Left + Right) / (Left - Right);
myMatrix(1, 2) = (Bottom + Top) / (Bottom - Top);
myNeedUpdate = false;
}
} // namespace sf

View file

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
/*
* cderror.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file defines the error and message codes for the cjpeg/djpeg
* applications. These strings are not needed as part of the JPEG library
* proper.
* Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to
* some other language.
*/
/*
* To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without
* defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it
* again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example).
*/
#ifndef JMESSAGE
#ifndef CDERROR_H
#define CDERROR_H
/* First time through, define the enum list */
#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#else
/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */
#define JMESSAGE(code,string)
#endif /* CDERROR_H */
#endif /* JMESSAGE */
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
typedef enum {
#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code ,
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
JMESSAGE(JMSG_FIRSTADDONCODE=1000, NULL) /* Must be first entry! */
#ifdef BMP_SUPPORTED
JMESSAGE(JERR_BMP_BADCMAP, "Unsupported BMP colormap format")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BMP_BADDEPTH, "Only 8- and 24-bit BMP files are supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BMP_BADHEADER, "Invalid BMP file: bad header length")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BMP_BADPLANES, "Invalid BMP file: biPlanes not equal to 1")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BMP_COLORSPACE, "BMP output must be grayscale or RGB")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BMP_COMPRESSED, "Sorry, compressed BMPs not yet supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BMP_NOT, "Not a BMP file - does not start with BM")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_BMP, "%ux%u 24-bit BMP image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_BMP_MAPPED, "%ux%u 8-bit colormapped BMP image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_BMP_OS2, "%ux%u 24-bit OS2 BMP image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_BMP_OS2_MAPPED, "%ux%u 8-bit colormapped OS2 BMP image")
#endif /* BMP_SUPPORTED */
#ifdef GIF_SUPPORTED
JMESSAGE(JERR_GIF_BUG, "GIF output got confused")
JMESSAGE(JERR_GIF_CODESIZE, "Bogus GIF codesize %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_GIF_COLORSPACE, "GIF output must be grayscale or RGB")
JMESSAGE(JERR_GIF_IMAGENOTFOUND, "Too few images in GIF file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_GIF_NOT, "Not a GIF file")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_GIF, "%ux%ux%d GIF image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_GIF_BADVERSION,
"Warning: unexpected GIF version number '%c%c%c'")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_GIF_EXTENSION, "Ignoring GIF extension block of type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_GIF_NONSQUARE, "Caution: nonsquare pixels in input")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_GIF_BADDATA, "Corrupt data in GIF file")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_GIF_CHAR, "Bogus char 0x%02x in GIF file, ignoring")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_GIF_ENDCODE, "Premature end of GIF image")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_GIF_NOMOREDATA, "Ran out of GIF bits")
#endif /* GIF_SUPPORTED */
#ifdef PPM_SUPPORTED
JMESSAGE(JERR_PPM_COLORSPACE, "PPM output must be grayscale or RGB")
JMESSAGE(JERR_PPM_NONNUMERIC, "Nonnumeric data in PPM file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_PPM_NOT, "Not a PPM/PGM file")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_PGM, "%ux%u PGM image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_PGM_TEXT, "%ux%u text PGM image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_PPM, "%ux%u PPM image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_PPM_TEXT, "%ux%u text PPM image")
#endif /* PPM_SUPPORTED */
#ifdef RLE_SUPPORTED
JMESSAGE(JERR_RLE_BADERROR, "Bogus error code from RLE library")
JMESSAGE(JERR_RLE_COLORSPACE, "RLE output must be grayscale or RGB")
JMESSAGE(JERR_RLE_DIMENSIONS, "Image dimensions (%ux%u) too large for RLE")
JMESSAGE(JERR_RLE_EMPTY, "Empty RLE file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_RLE_EOF, "Premature EOF in RLE header")
JMESSAGE(JERR_RLE_MEM, "Insufficient memory for RLE header")
JMESSAGE(JERR_RLE_NOT, "Not an RLE file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_RLE_TOOMANYCHANNELS, "Cannot handle %d output channels for RLE")
JMESSAGE(JERR_RLE_UNSUPPORTED, "Cannot handle this RLE setup")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RLE, "%ux%u full-color RLE file")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RLE_FULLMAP, "%ux%u full-color RLE file with map of length %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RLE_GRAY, "%ux%u grayscale RLE file")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RLE_MAPGRAY, "%ux%u grayscale RLE file with map of length %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RLE_MAPPED, "%ux%u colormapped RLE file with map of length %d")
#endif /* RLE_SUPPORTED */
#ifdef TARGA_SUPPORTED
JMESSAGE(JERR_TGA_BADCMAP, "Unsupported Targa colormap format")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TGA_BADPARMS, "Invalid or unsupported Targa file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TGA_COLORSPACE, "Targa output must be grayscale or RGB")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TGA, "%ux%u RGB Targa image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TGA_GRAY, "%ux%u grayscale Targa image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TGA_MAPPED, "%ux%u colormapped Targa image")
#else
JMESSAGE(JERR_TGA_NOTCOMP, "Targa support was not compiled")
#endif /* TARGA_SUPPORTED */
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_CMAP_FILE,
"Color map file is invalid or of unsupported format")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_MANY_COLORS,
"Output file format cannot handle %d colormap entries")
JMESSAGE(JERR_UNGETC_FAILED, "ungetc failed")
#ifdef TARGA_SUPPORTED
JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_FORMAT,
"Unrecognized input file format --- perhaps you need -targa")
#else
JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_FORMAT, "Unrecognized input file format")
#endif
JMESSAGE(JERR_UNSUPPORTED_FORMAT, "Unsupported output file format")
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
JMSG_LASTADDONCODE
} ADDON_MESSAGE_CODE;
#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */
#undef JMESSAGE

View file

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
/*
* jcapimin.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the compression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "minimum" API routines that may be
* needed in either the normal full-compression case or the transcoding-only
* case.
*
* Most of the routines intended to be called directly by an application
* are in this file or in jcapistd.c. But also see jcparam.c for
* parameter-setup helper routines, jcomapi.c for routines shared by
* compression and decompression, and jctrans.c for the transcoding case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Initialization of a JPEG compression object.
* The error manager must already be set up (in case memory manager fails).
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_CreateCompress (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int version, size_t structsize)
{
int i;
/* Guard against version mismatches between library and caller. */
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* so jpeg_destroy knows mem mgr not called */
if (version != JPEG_LIB_VERSION)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION, JPEG_LIB_VERSION, version);
if (structsize != SIZEOF(struct jpeg_compress_struct))
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
(int) SIZEOF(struct jpeg_compress_struct), (int) structsize);
/* For debugging purposes, we zero the whole master structure.
* But the application has already set the err pointer, and may have set
* client_data, so we have to save and restore those fields.
* Note: if application hasn't set client_data, tools like Purify may
* complain here.
*/
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
void * client_data = cinfo->client_data; /* ignore Purify complaint here */
MEMZERO(cinfo, SIZEOF(struct jpeg_compress_struct));
cinfo->err = err;
cinfo->client_data = client_data;
}
cinfo->is_decompressor = FALSE;
/* Initialize a memory manager instance for this object */
jinit_memory_mgr((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Zero out pointers to permanent structures. */
cinfo->progress = NULL;
cinfo->dest = NULL;
cinfo->comp_info = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++)
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
}
cinfo->script_space = NULL;
cinfo->input_gamma = 1.0; /* in case application forgets */
/* OK, I'm ready */
cinfo->global_state = CSTATE_START;
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG compression object
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_destroy_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_destroy((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG compression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_abort_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Forcibly suppress or un-suppress all quantization and Huffman tables.
* Marks all currently defined tables as already written (if suppress)
* or not written (if !suppress). This will control whether they get emitted
* by a subsequent jpeg_start_compress call.
*
* This routine is exported for use by applications that want to produce
* abbreviated JPEG datastreams. It logically belongs in jcparam.c, but
* since it is called by jpeg_start_compress, we put it here --- otherwise
* jcparam.o would be linked whether the application used it or not.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_suppress_tables (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean suppress)
{
int i;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
JHUFF_TBL * htbl;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
if ((qtbl = cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i]) != NULL)
qtbl->sent_table = suppress;
}
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
if ((htbl = cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i]) != NULL)
htbl->sent_table = suppress;
if ((htbl = cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i]) != NULL)
htbl->sent_table = suppress;
}
}
/*
* Finish JPEG compression.
*
* If a multipass operating mode was selected, this may do a great deal of
* work including most of the actual output.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_finish_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
JDIMENSION iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state == CSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == CSTATE_RAW_OK) {
/* Terminate first pass */
if (cinfo->next_scanline < cinfo->image_height)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA);
(*cinfo->master->finish_pass) (cinfo);
} else if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_WRCOEFS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Perform any remaining passes */
while (! cinfo->master->is_last_pass) {
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_pass) (cinfo);
for (iMCU_row = 0; iMCU_row < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows; iMCU_row++) {
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) iMCU_row;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* We bypass the main controller and invoke coef controller directly;
* all work is being done from the coefficient buffer.
*/
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPIMAGE) NULL))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
}
(*cinfo->master->finish_pass) (cinfo);
}
/* Write EOI, do final cleanup */
(*cinfo->marker->write_file_trailer) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->term_destination) (cinfo);
/* We can use jpeg_abort to release memory and reset global_state */
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/*
* Write a special marker.
* This is only recommended for writing COM or APPn markers.
* Must be called after jpeg_start_compress() and before
* first call to jpeg_write_scanlines() or jpeg_write_raw_data().
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_marker (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker,
const JOCTET *dataptr, unsigned int datalen)
{
JMETHOD(void, write_marker_byte, (j_compress_ptr info, int val));
if (cinfo->next_scanline != 0 ||
(cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_SCANNING &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_RAW_OK &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_WRCOEFS))
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
(*cinfo->marker->write_marker_header) (cinfo, marker, datalen);
write_marker_byte = cinfo->marker->write_marker_byte; /* copy for speed */
while (datalen--) {
(*write_marker_byte) (cinfo, *dataptr);
dataptr++;
}
}
/* Same, but piecemeal. */
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_m_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)
{
if (cinfo->next_scanline != 0 ||
(cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_SCANNING &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_RAW_OK &&
cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_WRCOEFS))
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
(*cinfo->marker->write_marker_header) (cinfo, marker, datalen);
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_m_byte (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)
{
(*cinfo->marker->write_marker_byte) (cinfo, val);
}
/*
* Alternate compression function: just write an abbreviated table file.
* Before calling this, all parameters and a data destination must be set up.
*
* To produce a pair of files containing abbreviated tables and abbreviated
* image data, one would proceed as follows:
*
* initialize JPEG object
* set JPEG parameters
* set destination to table file
* jpeg_write_tables(cinfo);
* set destination to image file
* jpeg_start_compress(cinfo, FALSE);
* write data...
* jpeg_finish_compress(cinfo);
*
* jpeg_write_tables has the side effect of marking all tables written
* (same as jpeg_suppress_tables(..., TRUE)). Thus a subsequent start_compress
* will not re-emit the tables unless it is passed write_all_tables=TRUE.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_tables (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* (Re)initialize error mgr and destination modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->init_destination) (cinfo);
/* Initialize the marker writer ... bit of a crock to do it here. */
jinit_marker_writer(cinfo);
/* Write them tables! */
(*cinfo->marker->write_tables_only) (cinfo);
/* And clean up. */
(*cinfo->dest->term_destination) (cinfo);
/*
* In library releases up through v6a, we called jpeg_abort() here to free
* any working memory allocated by the destination manager and marker
* writer. Some applications had a problem with that: they allocated space
* of their own from the library memory manager, and didn't want it to go
* away during write_tables. So now we do nothing. This will cause a
* memory leak if an app calls write_tables repeatedly without doing a full
* compression cycle or otherwise resetting the JPEG object. However, that
* seems less bad than unexpectedly freeing memory in the normal case.
* An app that prefers the old behavior can call jpeg_abort for itself after
* each call to jpeg_write_tables().
*/
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
/*
* jcapistd.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the compression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "standard" API routines that are
* used in the normal full-compression case. They are not used by a
* transcoding-only application. Note that if an application links in
* jpeg_start_compress, it will end up linking in the entire compressor.
* We thus must separate this file from jcapimin.c to avoid linking the
* whole compression library into a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Compression initialization.
* Before calling this, all parameters and a data destination must be set up.
*
* We require a write_all_tables parameter as a failsafe check when writing
* multiple datastreams from the same compression object. Since prior runs
* will have left all the tables marked sent_table=TRUE, a subsequent run
* would emit an abbreviated stream (no tables) by default. This may be what
* is wanted, but for safety's sake it should not be the default behavior:
* programmers should have to make a deliberate choice to emit abbreviated
* images. Therefore the documentation and examples should encourage people
* to pass write_all_tables=TRUE; then it will take active thought to do the
* wrong thing.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_start_compress (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean write_all_tables)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (write_all_tables)
jpeg_suppress_tables(cinfo, FALSE); /* mark all tables to be written */
/* (Re)initialize error mgr and destination modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->init_destination) (cinfo);
/* Perform master selection of active modules */
jinit_compress_master(cinfo);
/* Set up for the first pass */
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_pass) (cinfo);
/* Ready for application to drive first pass through jpeg_write_scanlines
* or jpeg_write_raw_data.
*/
cinfo->next_scanline = 0;
cinfo->global_state = (cinfo->raw_data_in ? CSTATE_RAW_OK : CSTATE_SCANNING);
}
/*
* Write some scanlines of data to the JPEG compressor.
*
* The return value will be the number of lines actually written.
* This should be less than the supplied num_lines only in case that
* the data destination module has requested suspension of the compressor,
* or if more than image_height scanlines are passed in.
*
* Note: we warn about excess calls to jpeg_write_scanlines() since
* this likely signals an application programmer error. However,
* excess scanlines passed in the last valid call are *silently* ignored,
* so that the application need not adjust num_lines for end-of-image
* when using a multiple-scanline buffer.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_write_scanlines (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY scanlines,
JDIMENSION num_lines)
{
JDIMENSION row_ctr, rows_left;
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_SCANNING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->next_scanline >= cinfo->image_height)
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->next_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->image_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Give master control module another chance if this is first call to
* jpeg_write_scanlines. This lets output of the frame/scan headers be
* delayed so that application can write COM, etc, markers between
* jpeg_start_compress and jpeg_write_scanlines.
*/
if (cinfo->master->call_pass_startup)
(*cinfo->master->pass_startup) (cinfo);
/* Ignore any extra scanlines at bottom of image. */
rows_left = cinfo->image_height - cinfo->next_scanline;
if (num_lines > rows_left)
num_lines = rows_left;
row_ctr = 0;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, scanlines, &row_ctr, num_lines);
cinfo->next_scanline += row_ctr;
return row_ctr;
}
/*
* Alternate entry point to write raw data.
* Processes exactly one iMCU row per call, unless suspended.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_write_raw_data (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE data,
JDIMENSION num_lines)
{
JDIMENSION lines_per_iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_RAW_OK)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->next_scanline >= cinfo->image_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->next_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->image_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Give master control module another chance if this is first call to
* jpeg_write_raw_data. This lets output of the frame/scan headers be
* delayed so that application can write COM, etc, markers between
* jpeg_start_compress and jpeg_write_raw_data.
*/
if (cinfo->master->call_pass_startup)
(*cinfo->master->pass_startup) (cinfo);
/* Verify that at least one iMCU row has been passed. */
lines_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE;
if (num_lines < lines_per_iMCU_row)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BUFFER_SIZE);
/* Directly compress the row. */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, data)) {
/* If compressor did not consume the whole row, suspend processing. */
return 0;
}
/* OK, we processed one iMCU row. */
cinfo->next_scanline += lines_per_iMCU_row;
return lines_per_iMCU_row;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
/*
* jccoefct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the coefficient buffer controller for compression.
* This controller is the top level of the JPEG compressor proper.
* The coefficient buffer lies between forward-DCT and entropy encoding steps.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* We use a full-image coefficient buffer when doing Huffman optimization,
* and also for writing multiple-scan JPEG files. In all cases, the DCT
* step is run during the first pass, and subsequent passes need only read
* the buffered coefficients.
*/
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
#define FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
#else
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
#define FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
#endif
#endif
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_coef_controller pub; /* public fields */
JDIMENSION iMCU_row_num; /* iMCU row # within image */
JDIMENSION mcu_ctr; /* counts MCUs processed in current row */
int MCU_vert_offset; /* counts MCU rows within iMCU row */
int MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row; /* number of such rows needed */
/* For single-pass compression, it's sufficient to buffer just one MCU
* (although this may prove a bit slow in practice). We allocate a
* workspace of C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU coefficient blocks, and reuse it for each
* MCU constructed and sent. (On 80x86, the workspace is FAR even though
* it's not really very big; this is to keep the module interfaces unchanged
* when a large coefficient buffer is necessary.)
* In multi-pass modes, this array points to the current MCU's blocks
* within the virtual arrays.
*/
JBLOCKROW MCU_buffer[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
/* In multi-pass modes, we need a virtual block array for each component. */
jvirt_barray_ptr whole_image[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_coef_controller;
typedef my_coef_controller * my_coef_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(boolean) compress_data
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(boolean) compress_first_pass
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
METHODDEF(boolean) compress_output
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
#endif
LOCAL(void)
start_iMCU_row (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Reset within-iMCU-row counters for a new row */
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* In an interleaved scan, an MCU row is the same as an iMCU row.
* In a noninterleaved scan, an iMCU row has v_samp_factor MCU rows.
* But at the bottom of the image, process only what's left.
*/
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan > 1) {
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = 1;
} else {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < (cinfo->total_iMCU_rows-1))
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->v_samp_factor;
else
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->last_row_height;
}
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
coef->MCU_vert_offset = 0;
}
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_coef (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
coef->iMCU_row_num = 0;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
if (coef->whole_image[0] != NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_data;
break;
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS:
if (coef->whole_image[0] == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_first_pass;
break;
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
if (coef->whole_image[0] == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_output;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
}
/*
* Process some data in the single-pass case.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the image.
* Returns TRUE if the iMCU row is completed, FALSE if suspended.
*
* NB: input_buf contains a plane for each component in image,
* which we index according to the component's SOF position.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_data (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
JDIMENSION last_MCU_col = cinfo->MCUs_per_row - 1;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
int blkn, bi, ci, yindex, yoffset, blockcnt;
JDIMENSION ypos, xpos;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Loop to write as much as one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->mcu_ctr; MCU_col_num <= last_MCU_col;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Determine where data comes from in input_buf and do the DCT thing.
* Each call on forward_DCT processes a horizontal row of DCT blocks
* as wide as an MCU; we rely on having allocated the MCU_buffer[] blocks
* sequentially. Dummy blocks at the right or bottom edge are filled in
* specially. The data in them does not matter for image reconstruction,
* so we fill them with values that will encode to the smallest amount of
* data, viz: all zeroes in the AC entries, DC entries equal to previous
* block's DC value. (Thanks to Thomas Kinsman for this idea.)
*/
blkn = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
blockcnt = (MCU_col_num < last_MCU_col) ? compptr->MCU_width
: compptr->last_col_width;
xpos = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_sample_width;
ypos = yoffset * DCTSIZE; /* ypos == (yoffset+yindex) * DCTSIZE */
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < last_iMCU_row ||
yoffset+yindex < compptr->last_row_height) {
(*cinfo->fdct->forward_DCT) (cinfo, compptr,
input_buf[compptr->component_index],
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn],
ypos, xpos, (JDIMENSION) blockcnt);
if (blockcnt < compptr->MCU_width) {
/* Create some dummy blocks at the right edge of the image. */
jzero_far((void FAR *) coef->MCU_buffer[blkn + blockcnt],
(compptr->MCU_width - blockcnt) * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (bi = blockcnt; bi < compptr->MCU_width; bi++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+bi][0][0] = coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+bi-1][0][0];
}
}
} else {
/* Create a row of dummy blocks at the bottom of the image. */
jzero_far((void FAR *) coef->MCU_buffer[blkn],
compptr->MCU_width * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (bi = 0; bi < compptr->MCU_width; bi++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+bi][0][0] = coef->MCU_buffer[blkn-1][0][0];
}
}
blkn += compptr->MCU_width;
ypos += DCTSIZE;
}
}
/* Try to write the MCU. In event of a suspension failure, we will
* re-DCT the MCU on restart (a bit inefficient, could be fixed...)
*/
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->encode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->mcu_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
coef->iMCU_row_num++;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data in the first pass of a multi-pass case.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the image.
* This amount of data is read from the source buffer, DCT'd and quantized,
* and saved into the virtual arrays. We also generate suitable dummy blocks
* as needed at the right and lower edges. (The dummy blocks are constructed
* in the virtual arrays, which have been padded appropriately.) This makes
* it possible for subsequent passes not to worry about real vs. dummy blocks.
*
* We must also emit the data to the entropy encoder. This is conveniently
* done by calling compress_output() after we've loaded the current strip
* of the virtual arrays.
*
* NB: input_buf contains a plane for each component in image. All
* components are DCT'd and loaded into the virtual arrays in this pass.
* However, it may be that only a subset of the components are emitted to
* the entropy encoder during this first pass; be careful about looking
* at the scan-dependent variables (MCU dimensions, etc).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_first_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
JDIMENSION blocks_across, MCUs_across, MCUindex;
int bi, ci, h_samp_factor, block_row, block_rows, ndummy;
JCOEF lastDC;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer;
JBLOCKROW thisblockrow, lastblockrow;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Align the virtual buffer for this component. */
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
coef->iMCU_row_num * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, TRUE);
/* Count non-dummy DCT block rows in this iMCU row. */
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < last_iMCU_row)
block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
else {
/* NB: can't use last_row_height here, since may not be set! */
block_rows = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (block_rows == 0) block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
}
blocks_across = compptr->width_in_blocks;
h_samp_factor = compptr->h_samp_factor;
/* Count number of dummy blocks to be added at the right margin. */
ndummy = (int) (blocks_across % h_samp_factor);
if (ndummy > 0)
ndummy = h_samp_factor - ndummy;
/* Perform DCT for all non-dummy blocks in this iMCU row. Each call
* on forward_DCT processes a complete horizontal row of DCT blocks.
*/
for (block_row = 0; block_row < block_rows; block_row++) {
thisblockrow = buffer[block_row];
(*cinfo->fdct->forward_DCT) (cinfo, compptr,
input_buf[ci], thisblockrow,
(JDIMENSION) (block_row * DCTSIZE),
(JDIMENSION) 0, blocks_across);
if (ndummy > 0) {
/* Create dummy blocks at the right edge of the image. */
thisblockrow += blocks_across; /* => first dummy block */
jzero_far((void FAR *) thisblockrow, ndummy * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
lastDC = thisblockrow[-1][0];
for (bi = 0; bi < ndummy; bi++) {
thisblockrow[bi][0] = lastDC;
}
}
}
/* If at end of image, create dummy block rows as needed.
* The tricky part here is that within each MCU, we want the DC values
* of the dummy blocks to match the last real block's DC value.
* This squeezes a few more bytes out of the resulting file...
*/
if (coef->iMCU_row_num == last_iMCU_row) {
blocks_across += ndummy; /* include lower right corner */
MCUs_across = blocks_across / h_samp_factor;
for (block_row = block_rows; block_row < compptr->v_samp_factor;
block_row++) {
thisblockrow = buffer[block_row];
lastblockrow = buffer[block_row-1];
jzero_far((void FAR *) thisblockrow,
(size_t) (blocks_across * SIZEOF(JBLOCK)));
for (MCUindex = 0; MCUindex < MCUs_across; MCUindex++) {
lastDC = lastblockrow[h_samp_factor-1][0];
for (bi = 0; bi < h_samp_factor; bi++) {
thisblockrow[bi][0] = lastDC;
}
thisblockrow += h_samp_factor; /* advance to next MCU in row */
lastblockrow += h_samp_factor;
}
}
}
}
/* NB: compress_output will increment iMCU_row_num if successful.
* A suspension return will result in redoing all the work above next time.
*/
/* Emit data to the entropy encoder, sharing code with subsequent passes */
return compress_output(cinfo, input_buf);
}
/*
* Process some data in subsequent passes of a multi-pass case.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the scan.
* The data is obtained from the virtual arrays and fed to the entropy coder.
* Returns TRUE if the iMCU row is completed, FALSE if suspended.
*
* NB: input_buf is ignored; it is likely to be a NULL pointer.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_output (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset;
JDIMENSION start_col;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Align the virtual buffers for the components used in this scan.
* NB: during first pass, this is safe only because the buffers will
* already be aligned properly, so jmemmgr.c won't need to do any I/O.
*/
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[compptr->component_index],
coef->iMCU_row_num * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, FALSE);
}
/* Loop to process one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->mcu_ctr; MCU_col_num < cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Construct list of pointers to DCT blocks belonging to this MCU */
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[ci][yindex+yoffset] + start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < compptr->MCU_width; xindex++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn++] = buffer_ptr++;
}
}
}
/* Try to write the MCU. */
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->encode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->mcu_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
coef->iMCU_row_num++;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize coefficient buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_coef_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_coef_ptr coef;
coef = (my_coef_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_coef_controller));
cinfo->coef = (struct jpeg_c_coef_controller *) coef;
coef->pub.start_pass = start_pass_coef;
/* Create the coefficient buffer. */
if (need_full_buffer) {
#ifdef FULL_COEF_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* Allocate a full-image virtual array for each component, */
/* padded to a multiple of samp_factor DCT blocks in each direction. */
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
coef->whole_image[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, FALSE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->width_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->height_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->v_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor);
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif
} else {
/* We only need a single-MCU buffer. */
JBLOCKROW buffer;
int i;
buffer = (JBLOCKROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (i = 0; i < C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; i++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[i] = buffer + i;
}
coef->whole_image[0] = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
/*
* jccolor.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains input colorspace conversion routines.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_color_converter pub; /* public fields */
/* Private state for RGB->YCC conversion */
INT32 * rgb_ycc_tab; /* => table for RGB to YCbCr conversion */
} my_color_converter;
typedef my_color_converter * my_cconvert_ptr;
/**************** RGB -> YCbCr conversion: most common case **************/
/*
* YCbCr is defined per CCIR 601-1, except that Cb and Cr are
* normalized to the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE rather than -0.5 .. 0.5.
* The conversion equations to be implemented are therefore
* Y = 0.29900 * R + 0.58700 * G + 0.11400 * B
* Cb = -0.16874 * R - 0.33126 * G + 0.50000 * B + CENTERJSAMPLE
* Cr = 0.50000 * R - 0.41869 * G - 0.08131 * B + CENTERJSAMPLE
* (These numbers are derived from TIFF 6.0 section 21, dated 3-June-92.)
* Note: older versions of the IJG code used a zero offset of MAXJSAMPLE/2,
* rather than CENTERJSAMPLE, for Cb and Cr. This gave equal positive and
* negative swings for Cb/Cr, but meant that grayscale values (Cb=Cr=0)
* were not represented exactly. Now we sacrifice exact representation of
* maximum red and maximum blue in order to get exact grayscales.
*
* To avoid floating-point arithmetic, we represent the fractional constants
* as integers scaled up by 2^16 (about 4 digits precision); we have to divide
* the products by 2^16, with appropriate rounding, to get the correct answer.
*
* For even more speed, we avoid doing any multiplications in the inner loop
* by precalculating the constants times R,G,B for all possible values.
* For 8-bit JSAMPLEs this is very reasonable (only 256 entries per table);
* for 12-bit samples it is still acceptable. It's not very reasonable for
* 16-bit samples, but if you want lossless storage you shouldn't be changing
* colorspace anyway.
* The CENTERJSAMPLE offsets and the rounding fudge-factor of 0.5 are included
* in the tables to save adding them separately in the inner loop.
*/
#define SCALEBITS 16 /* speediest right-shift on some machines */
#define CBCR_OFFSET ((INT32) CENTERJSAMPLE << SCALEBITS)
#define ONE_HALF ((INT32) 1 << (SCALEBITS-1))
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * (1L<<SCALEBITS) + 0.5))
/* We allocate one big table and divide it up into eight parts, instead of
* doing eight alloc_small requests. This lets us use a single table base
* address, which can be held in a register in the inner loops on many
* machines (more than can hold all eight addresses, anyway).
*/
#define R_Y_OFF 0 /* offset to R => Y section */
#define G_Y_OFF (1*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)) /* offset to G => Y section */
#define B_Y_OFF (2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)) /* etc. */
#define R_CB_OFF (3*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define G_CB_OFF (4*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define B_CB_OFF (5*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define R_CR_OFF B_CB_OFF /* B=>Cb, R=>Cr are the same */
#define G_CR_OFF (6*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define B_CR_OFF (7*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
#define TABLE_SIZE (8*(MAXJSAMPLE+1))
/*
* Initialize for RGB->YCC colorspace conversion.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_ycc_start (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
INT32 * rgb_ycc_tab;
INT32 i;
/* Allocate and fill in the conversion tables. */
cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab = rgb_ycc_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(TABLE_SIZE * SIZEOF(INT32)));
for (i = 0; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++) {
rgb_ycc_tab[i+R_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.29900) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+G_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.58700) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+B_Y_OFF] = FIX(0.11400) * i + ONE_HALF;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+R_CB_OFF] = (-FIX(0.16874)) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+G_CB_OFF] = (-FIX(0.33126)) * i;
/* We use a rounding fudge-factor of 0.5-epsilon for Cb and Cr.
* This ensures that the maximum output will round to MAXJSAMPLE
* not MAXJSAMPLE+1, and thus that we don't have to range-limit.
*/
rgb_ycc_tab[i+B_CB_OFF] = FIX(0.50000) * i + CBCR_OFFSET + ONE_HALF-1;
/* B=>Cb and R=>Cr tables are the same
rgb_ycc_tab[i+R_CR_OFF] = FIX(0.50000) * i + CBCR_OFFSET + ONE_HALF-1;
*/
rgb_ycc_tab[i+G_CR_OFF] = (-FIX(0.41869)) * i;
rgb_ycc_tab[i+B_CR_OFF] = (-FIX(0.08131)) * i;
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
*
* Note that we change from the application's interleaved-pixel format
* to our internal noninterleaved, one-plane-per-component format.
* The input buffer is therefore three times as wide as the output buffer.
*
* A starting row offset is provided only for the output buffer. The caller
* can easily adjust the passed input_buf value to accommodate any row
* offset required on that side.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_ycc_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab;
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr0, outptr1, outptr2;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr0 = output_buf[0][output_row];
outptr1 = output_buf[1][output_row];
outptr2 = output_buf[2][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_RED]);
g = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_GREEN]);
b = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_BLUE]);
inptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
/* If the inputs are 0..MAXJSAMPLE, the outputs of these equations
* must be too; we do not need an explicit range-limiting operation.
* Hence the value being shifted is never negative, and we don't
* need the general RIGHT_SHIFT macro.
*/
/* Y */
outptr0[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cb */
outptr1[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CB_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CB_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CB_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cr */
outptr2[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CR_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CR_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CR_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/**************** Cases other than RGB -> YCbCr **************/
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles RGB->grayscale conversion, which is the same
* as the RGB->Y portion of RGB->YCbCr.
* We assume rgb_ycc_start has been called (we only use the Y tables).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
rgb_gray_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab;
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr = output_buf[0][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_RED]);
g = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_GREEN]);
b = GETJSAMPLE(inptr[RGB_BLUE]);
inptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
/* Y */
outptr[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles Adobe-style CMYK->YCCK conversion,
* where we convert R=1-C, G=1-M, and B=1-Y to YCbCr using the same
* conversion as above, while passing K (black) unchanged.
* We assume rgb_ycc_start has been called.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
cmyk_ycck_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int r, g, b;
register INT32 * ctab = cconvert->rgb_ycc_tab;
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr0, outptr1, outptr2, outptr3;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr0 = output_buf[0][output_row];
outptr1 = output_buf[1][output_row];
outptr2 = output_buf[2][output_row];
outptr3 = output_buf[3][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
r = MAXJSAMPLE - GETJSAMPLE(inptr[0]);
g = MAXJSAMPLE - GETJSAMPLE(inptr[1]);
b = MAXJSAMPLE - GETJSAMPLE(inptr[2]);
/* K passes through as-is */
outptr3[col] = inptr[3]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE here */
inptr += 4;
/* If the inputs are 0..MAXJSAMPLE, the outputs of these equations
* must be too; we do not need an explicit range-limiting operation.
* Hence the value being shifted is never negative, and we don't
* need the general RIGHT_SHIFT macro.
*/
/* Y */
outptr0[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_Y_OFF] + ctab[g+G_Y_OFF] + ctab[b+B_Y_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cb */
outptr1[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CB_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CB_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CB_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
/* Cr */
outptr2[col] = (JSAMPLE)
((ctab[r+R_CR_OFF] + ctab[g+G_CR_OFF] + ctab[b+B_CR_OFF])
>> SCALEBITS);
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles grayscale output with no conversion.
* The source can be either plain grayscale or YCbCr (since Y == gray).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
grayscale_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
int instride = cinfo->input_components;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = *input_buf++;
outptr = output_buf[0][output_row];
output_row++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
outptr[col] = inptr[0]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
inptr += instride;
}
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the JPEG colorspace.
* This version handles multi-component colorspaces without conversion.
* We assume input_components == num_components.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
null_convert (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
register int ci;
int nc = cinfo->num_components;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->image_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
/* It seems fastest to make a separate pass for each component. */
for (ci = 0; ci < nc; ci++) {
inptr = *input_buf;
outptr = output_buf[ci][output_row];
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
outptr[col] = inptr[ci]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
inptr += nc;
}
}
input_buf++;
output_row++;
}
}
/*
* Empty method for start_pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
null_method (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work needed */
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for input colorspace conversion.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_color_converter (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert;
cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_color_converter));
cinfo->cconvert = (struct jpeg_color_converter *) cconvert;
/* set start_pass to null method until we find out differently */
cconvert->pub.start_pass = null_method;
/* Make sure input_components agrees with in_color_space */
switch (cinfo->in_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
if (cinfo->input_components != 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
#if RGB_PIXELSIZE != 3
if (cinfo->input_components != RGB_PIXELSIZE)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
#endif /* else share code with YCbCr */
case JCS_YCbCr:
if (cinfo->input_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
case JCS_YCCK:
if (cinfo->input_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
default: /* JCS_UNKNOWN can be anything */
if (cinfo->input_components < 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
break;
}
/* Check num_components, set conversion method based on requested space */
switch (cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
if (cinfo->num_components != 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_GRAYSCALE)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = grayscale_convert;
else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_RGB) {
cconvert->pub.start_pass = rgb_ycc_start;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = rgb_gray_convert;
} else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_YCbCr)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = grayscale_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
if (cinfo->num_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_RGB && RGB_PIXELSIZE == 3)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
if (cinfo->num_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_RGB) {
cconvert->pub.start_pass = rgb_ycc_start;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = rgb_ycc_convert;
} else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_YCbCr)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
if (cinfo->num_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_CMYK)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
if (cinfo->num_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_CMYK) {
cconvert->pub.start_pass = rgb_ycc_start;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = cmyk_ycck_convert;
} else if (cinfo->in_color_space == JCS_YCCK)
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
default: /* allow null conversion of JCS_UNKNOWN */
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space != cinfo->in_color_space ||
cinfo->num_components != cinfo->input_components)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
break;
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
/*
* jcdctmgr.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the forward-DCT management logic.
* This code selects a particular DCT implementation to be used,
* and it performs related housekeeping chores including coefficient
* quantization.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
/* Private subobject for this module */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_forward_dct pub; /* public fields */
/* Pointer to the DCT routine actually in use */
forward_DCT_method_ptr do_dct;
/* The actual post-DCT divisors --- not identical to the quant table
* entries, because of scaling (especially for an unnormalized DCT).
* Each table is given in normal array order.
*/
DCTELEM * divisors[NUM_QUANT_TBLS];
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
/* Same as above for the floating-point case. */
float_DCT_method_ptr do_float_dct;
FAST_FLOAT * float_divisors[NUM_QUANT_TBLS];
#endif
} my_fdct_controller;
typedef my_fdct_controller * my_fdct_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
* Verify that all referenced Q-tables are present, and set up
* the divisor table for each one.
* In the current implementation, DCT of all components is done during
* the first pass, even if only some components will be output in the
* first scan. Hence all components should be examined here.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_fdctmgr (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_fdct_ptr fdct = (my_fdct_ptr) cinfo->fdct;
int ci, qtblno, i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
DCTELEM * dtbl;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
qtblno = compptr->quant_tbl_no;
/* Make sure specified quantization table is present */
if (qtblno < 0 || qtblno >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS ||
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, qtblno);
qtbl = cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno];
/* Compute divisors for this quant table */
/* We may do this more than once for same table, but it's not a big deal */
switch (cinfo->dct_method) {
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_ISLOW:
/* For LL&M IDCT method, divisors are equal to raw quantization
* coefficients multiplied by 8 (to counteract scaling).
*/
if (fdct->divisors[qtblno] == NULL) {
fdct->divisors[qtblno] = (DCTELEM *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(DCTELEM));
}
dtbl = fdct->divisors[qtblno];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
dtbl[i] = ((DCTELEM) qtbl->quantval[i]) << 3;
}
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
{
/* For AA&N IDCT method, divisors are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* We apply a further scale factor of 8.
*/
#define CONST_BITS 14
static const INT16 aanscales[DCTSIZE2] = {
/* precomputed values scaled up by 14 bits */
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
22725, 31521, 29692, 26722, 22725, 17855, 12299, 6270,
21407, 29692, 27969, 25172, 21407, 16819, 11585, 5906,
19266, 26722, 25172, 22654, 19266, 15137, 10426, 5315,
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
12873, 17855, 16819, 15137, 12873, 10114, 6967, 3552,
8867, 12299, 11585, 10426, 8867, 6967, 4799, 2446,
4520, 6270, 5906, 5315, 4520, 3552, 2446, 1247
};
SHIFT_TEMPS
if (fdct->divisors[qtblno] == NULL) {
fdct->divisors[qtblno] = (DCTELEM *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(DCTELEM));
}
dtbl = fdct->divisors[qtblno];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
dtbl[i] = (DCTELEM)
DESCALE(MULTIPLY16V16((INT32) qtbl->quantval[i],
(INT32) aanscales[i]),
CONST_BITS-3);
}
}
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
{
/* For float AA&N IDCT method, divisors are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* We apply a further scale factor of 8.
* What's actually stored is 1/divisor so that the inner loop can
* use a multiplication rather than a division.
*/
FAST_FLOAT * fdtbl;
int row, col;
static const double aanscalefactor[DCTSIZE] = {
1.0, 1.387039845, 1.306562965, 1.175875602,
1.0, 0.785694958, 0.541196100, 0.275899379
};
if (fdct->float_divisors[qtblno] == NULL) {
fdct->float_divisors[qtblno] = (FAST_FLOAT *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(FAST_FLOAT));
}
fdtbl = fdct->float_divisors[qtblno];
i = 0;
for (row = 0; row < DCTSIZE; row++) {
for (col = 0; col < DCTSIZE; col++) {
fdtbl[i] = (FAST_FLOAT)
(1.0 / (((double) qtbl->quantval[i] *
aanscalefactor[row] * aanscalefactor[col] * 8.0)));
i++;
}
}
}
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
}
}
/*
* Perform forward DCT on one or more blocks of a component.
*
* The input samples are taken from the sample_data[] array starting at
* position start_row/start_col, and moving to the right for any additional
* blocks. The quantized coefficients are returned in coef_blocks[].
*/
METHODDEF(void)
forward_DCT (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JBLOCKROW coef_blocks,
JDIMENSION start_row, JDIMENSION start_col,
JDIMENSION num_blocks)
/* This version is used for integer DCT implementations. */
{
/* This routine is heavily used, so it's worth coding it tightly. */
my_fdct_ptr fdct = (my_fdct_ptr) cinfo->fdct;
forward_DCT_method_ptr do_dct = fdct->do_dct;
DCTELEM * divisors = fdct->divisors[compptr->quant_tbl_no];
DCTELEM workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* work area for FDCT subroutine */
JDIMENSION bi;
sample_data += start_row; /* fold in the vertical offset once */
for (bi = 0; bi < num_blocks; bi++, start_col += DCTSIZE) {
/* Load data into workspace, applying unsigned->signed conversion */
{ register DCTELEM *workspaceptr;
register JSAMPROW elemptr;
register int elemr;
workspaceptr = workspace;
for (elemr = 0; elemr < DCTSIZE; elemr++) {
elemptr = sample_data[elemr] + start_col;
#if DCTSIZE == 8 /* unroll the inner loop */
*workspaceptr++ = GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE;
*workspaceptr++ = GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE;
*workspaceptr++ = GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE;
*workspaceptr++ = GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE;
*workspaceptr++ = GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE;
*workspaceptr++ = GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE;
*workspaceptr++ = GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE;
*workspaceptr++ = GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE;
#else
{ register int elemc;
for (elemc = DCTSIZE; elemc > 0; elemc--) {
*workspaceptr++ = GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE;
}
}
#endif
}
}
/* Perform the DCT */
(*do_dct) (workspace);
/* Quantize/descale the coefficients, and store into coef_blocks[] */
{ register DCTELEM temp, qval;
register int i;
register JCOEFPTR output_ptr = coef_blocks[bi];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
qval = divisors[i];
temp = workspace[i];
/* Divide the coefficient value by qval, ensuring proper rounding.
* Since C does not specify the direction of rounding for negative
* quotients, we have to force the dividend positive for portability.
*
* In most files, at least half of the output values will be zero
* (at default quantization settings, more like three-quarters...)
* so we should ensure that this case is fast. On many machines,
* a comparison is enough cheaper than a divide to make a special test
* a win. Since both inputs will be nonnegative, we need only test
* for a < b to discover whether a/b is 0.
* If your machine's division is fast enough, define FAST_DIVIDE.
*/
#ifdef FAST_DIVIDE
#define DIVIDE_BY(a,b) a /= b
#else
#define DIVIDE_BY(a,b) if (a >= b) a /= b; else a = 0
#endif
if (temp < 0) {
temp = -temp;
temp += qval>>1; /* for rounding */
DIVIDE_BY(temp, qval);
temp = -temp;
} else {
temp += qval>>1; /* for rounding */
DIVIDE_BY(temp, qval);
}
output_ptr[i] = (JCOEF) temp;
}
}
}
}
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void)
forward_DCT_float (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JBLOCKROW coef_blocks,
JDIMENSION start_row, JDIMENSION start_col,
JDIMENSION num_blocks)
/* This version is used for floating-point DCT implementations. */
{
/* This routine is heavily used, so it's worth coding it tightly. */
my_fdct_ptr fdct = (my_fdct_ptr) cinfo->fdct;
float_DCT_method_ptr do_dct = fdct->do_float_dct;
FAST_FLOAT * divisors = fdct->float_divisors[compptr->quant_tbl_no];
FAST_FLOAT workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* work area for FDCT subroutine */
JDIMENSION bi;
sample_data += start_row; /* fold in the vertical offset once */
for (bi = 0; bi < num_blocks; bi++, start_col += DCTSIZE) {
/* Load data into workspace, applying unsigned->signed conversion */
{ register FAST_FLOAT *workspaceptr;
register JSAMPROW elemptr;
register int elemr;
workspaceptr = workspace;
for (elemr = 0; elemr < DCTSIZE; elemr++) {
elemptr = sample_data[elemr] + start_col;
#if DCTSIZE == 8 /* unroll the inner loop */
*workspaceptr++ = (FAST_FLOAT)(GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE);
*workspaceptr++ = (FAST_FLOAT)(GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE);
*workspaceptr++ = (FAST_FLOAT)(GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE);
*workspaceptr++ = (FAST_FLOAT)(GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE);
*workspaceptr++ = (FAST_FLOAT)(GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE);
*workspaceptr++ = (FAST_FLOAT)(GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE);
*workspaceptr++ = (FAST_FLOAT)(GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE);
*workspaceptr++ = (FAST_FLOAT)(GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE);
#else
{ register int elemc;
for (elemc = DCTSIZE; elemc > 0; elemc--) {
*workspaceptr++ = (FAST_FLOAT)
(GETJSAMPLE(*elemptr++) - CENTERJSAMPLE);
}
}
#endif
}
}
/* Perform the DCT */
(*do_dct) (workspace);
/* Quantize/descale the coefficients, and store into coef_blocks[] */
{ register FAST_FLOAT temp;
register int i;
register JCOEFPTR output_ptr = coef_blocks[bi];
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
/* Apply the quantization and scaling factor */
temp = workspace[i] * divisors[i];
/* Round to nearest integer.
* Since C does not specify the direction of rounding for negative
* quotients, we have to force the dividend positive for portability.
* The maximum coefficient size is +-16K (for 12-bit data), so this
* code should work for either 16-bit or 32-bit ints.
*/
output_ptr[i] = (JCOEF) ((int) (temp + (FAST_FLOAT) 16384.5) - 16384);
}
}
}
}
#endif /* DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize FDCT manager.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_forward_dct (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_fdct_ptr fdct;
int i;
fdct = (my_fdct_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_fdct_controller));
cinfo->fdct = (struct jpeg_forward_dct *) fdct;
fdct->pub.start_pass = start_pass_fdctmgr;
switch (cinfo->dct_method) {
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_ISLOW:
fdct->pub.forward_DCT = forward_DCT;
fdct->do_dct = jpeg_fdct_islow;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
fdct->pub.forward_DCT = forward_DCT;
fdct->do_dct = jpeg_fdct_ifast;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
fdct->pub.forward_DCT = forward_DCT_float;
fdct->do_float_dct = jpeg_fdct_float;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
/* Mark divisor tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
fdct->divisors[i] = NULL;
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
fdct->float_divisors[i] = NULL;
#endif
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,909 @@
/*
* jchuff.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains Huffman entropy encoding routines.
*
* Much of the complexity here has to do with supporting output suspension.
* If the data destination module demands suspension, we want to be able to
* back up to the start of the current MCU. To do this, we copy state
* variables into local working storage, and update them back to the
* permanent JPEG objects only upon successful completion of an MCU.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jchuff.h" /* Declarations shared with jcphuff.c */
/* Expanded entropy encoder object for Huffman encoding.
*
* The savable_state subrecord contains fields that change within an MCU,
* but must not be updated permanently until we complete the MCU.
*/
typedef struct {
INT32 put_buffer; /* current bit-accumulation buffer */
int put_bits; /* # of bits now in it */
int last_dc_val[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* last DC coef for each component */
} savable_state;
/* This macro is to work around compilers with missing or broken
* structure assignment. You'll need to fix this code if you have
* such a compiler and you change MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN.
*/
#ifndef NO_STRUCT_ASSIGN
#define ASSIGN_STATE(dest,src) ((dest) = (src))
#else
#if MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN == 4
#define ASSIGN_STATE(dest,src) \
((dest).put_buffer = (src).put_buffer, \
(dest).put_bits = (src).put_bits, \
(dest).last_dc_val[0] = (src).last_dc_val[0], \
(dest).last_dc_val[1] = (src).last_dc_val[1], \
(dest).last_dc_val[2] = (src).last_dc_val[2], \
(dest).last_dc_val[3] = (src).last_dc_val[3])
#endif
#endif
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_entropy_encoder pub; /* public fields */
savable_state saved; /* Bit buffer & DC state at start of MCU */
/* These fields are NOT loaded into local working state. */
unsigned int restarts_to_go; /* MCUs left in this restart interval */
int next_restart_num; /* next restart number to write (0-7) */
/* Pointers to derived tables (these workspaces have image lifespan) */
c_derived_tbl * dc_derived_tbls[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
c_derived_tbl * ac_derived_tbls[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Statistics tables for optimization */
long * dc_count_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
long * ac_count_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
#endif
} huff_entropy_encoder;
typedef huff_entropy_encoder * huff_entropy_ptr;
/* Working state while writing an MCU.
* This struct contains all the fields that are needed by subroutines.
*/
typedef struct {
JOCTET * next_output_byte; /* => next byte to write in buffer */
size_t free_in_buffer; /* # of byte spaces remaining in buffer */
savable_state cur; /* Current bit buffer & DC state */
j_compress_ptr cinfo; /* dump_buffer needs access to this */
} working_state;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(boolean) encode_mcu_huff JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
METHODDEF(void) finish_pass_huff JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(boolean) encode_mcu_gather JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
METHODDEF(void) finish_pass_gather JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
#endif
/*
* Initialize for a Huffman-compressed scan.
* If gather_statistics is TRUE, we do not output anything during the scan,
* just count the Huffman symbols used and generate Huffman code tables.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_huff (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean gather_statistics)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci, dctbl, actbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
if (gather_statistics) {
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_gather;
entropy->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass_gather;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_huff;
entropy->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass_huff;
}
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
dctbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
actbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
if (gather_statistics) {
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
/* Check for invalid table indexes */
/* (make_c_derived_tbl does this in the other path) */
if (dctbl < 0 || dctbl >= NUM_HUFF_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, dctbl);
if (actbl < 0 || actbl >= NUM_HUFF_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, actbl);
/* Allocate and zero the statistics tables */
/* Note that jpeg_gen_optimal_table expects 257 entries in each table! */
if (entropy->dc_count_ptrs[dctbl] == NULL)
entropy->dc_count_ptrs[dctbl] = (long *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
257 * SIZEOF(long));
MEMZERO(entropy->dc_count_ptrs[dctbl], 257 * SIZEOF(long));
if (entropy->ac_count_ptrs[actbl] == NULL)
entropy->ac_count_ptrs[actbl] = (long *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
257 * SIZEOF(long));
MEMZERO(entropy->ac_count_ptrs[actbl], 257 * SIZEOF(long));
#endif
} else {
/* Compute derived values for Huffman tables */
/* We may do this more than once for a table, but it's not expensive */
jpeg_make_c_derived_tbl(cinfo, TRUE, dctbl,
& entropy->dc_derived_tbls[dctbl]);
jpeg_make_c_derived_tbl(cinfo, FALSE, actbl,
& entropy->ac_derived_tbls[actbl]);
}
/* Initialize DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
}
/* Initialize bit buffer to empty */
entropy->saved.put_buffer = 0;
entropy->saved.put_bits = 0;
/* Initialize restart stuff */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num = 0;
}
/*
* Compute the derived values for a Huffman table.
* This routine also performs some validation checks on the table.
*
* Note this is also used by jcphuff.c.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_make_c_derived_tbl (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean isDC, int tblno,
c_derived_tbl ** pdtbl)
{
JHUFF_TBL *htbl;
c_derived_tbl *dtbl;
int p, i, l, lastp, si, maxsymbol;
char huffsize[257];
unsigned int huffcode[257];
unsigned int code;
/* Note that huffsize[] and huffcode[] are filled in code-length order,
* paralleling the order of the symbols themselves in htbl->huffval[].
*/
/* Find the input Huffman table */
if (tblno < 0 || tblno >= NUM_HUFF_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, tblno);
htbl =
isDC ? cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[tblno] : cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[tblno];
if (htbl == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, tblno);
/* Allocate a workspace if we haven't already done so. */
if (*pdtbl == NULL)
*pdtbl = (c_derived_tbl *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(c_derived_tbl));
dtbl = *pdtbl;
/* Figure C.1: make table of Huffman code length for each symbol */
p = 0;
for (l = 1; l <= 16; l++) {
i = (int) htbl->bits[l];
if (i < 0 || p + i > 256) /* protect against table overrun */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE);
while (i--)
huffsize[p++] = (char) l;
}
huffsize[p] = 0;
lastp = p;
/* Figure C.2: generate the codes themselves */
/* We also validate that the counts represent a legal Huffman code tree. */
code = 0;
si = huffsize[0];
p = 0;
while (huffsize[p]) {
while (((int) huffsize[p]) == si) {
huffcode[p++] = code;
code++;
}
/* code is now 1 more than the last code used for codelength si; but
* it must still fit in si bits, since no code is allowed to be all ones.
*/
if (((INT32) code) >= (((INT32) 1) << si))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE);
code <<= 1;
si++;
}
/* Figure C.3: generate encoding tables */
/* These are code and size indexed by symbol value */
/* Set all codeless symbols to have code length 0;
* this lets us detect duplicate VAL entries here, and later
* allows emit_bits to detect any attempt to emit such symbols.
*/
MEMZERO(dtbl->ehufsi, SIZEOF(dtbl->ehufsi));
/* This is also a convenient place to check for out-of-range
* and duplicated VAL entries. We allow 0..255 for AC symbols
* but only 0..15 for DC. (We could constrain them further
* based on data depth and mode, but this seems enough.)
*/
maxsymbol = isDC ? 15 : 255;
for (p = 0; p < lastp; p++) {
i = htbl->huffval[p];
if (i < 0 || i > maxsymbol || dtbl->ehufsi[i])
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE);
dtbl->ehufco[i] = huffcode[p];
dtbl->ehufsi[i] = huffsize[p];
}
}
/* Outputting bytes to the file */
/* Emit a byte, taking 'action' if must suspend. */
#define emit_byte(state,val,action) \
{ *(state)->next_output_byte++ = (JOCTET) (val); \
if (--(state)->free_in_buffer == 0) \
if (! dump_buffer(state)) \
{ action; } }
LOCAL(boolean)
dump_buffer (working_state * state)
/* Empty the output buffer; return TRUE if successful, FALSE if must suspend */
{
struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest = state->cinfo->dest;
if (! (*dest->empty_output_buffer) (state->cinfo))
return FALSE;
/* After a successful buffer dump, must reset buffer pointers */
state->next_output_byte = dest->next_output_byte;
state->free_in_buffer = dest->free_in_buffer;
return TRUE;
}
/* Outputting bits to the file */
/* Only the right 24 bits of put_buffer are used; the valid bits are
* left-justified in this part. At most 16 bits can be passed to emit_bits
* in one call, and we never retain more than 7 bits in put_buffer
* between calls, so 24 bits are sufficient.
*/
INLINE
LOCAL(boolean)
emit_bits (working_state * state, unsigned int code, int size)
/* Emit some bits; return TRUE if successful, FALSE if must suspend */
{
/* This routine is heavily used, so it's worth coding tightly. */
register INT32 put_buffer = (INT32) code;
register int put_bits = state->cur.put_bits;
/* if size is 0, caller used an invalid Huffman table entry */
if (size == 0)
ERREXIT(state->cinfo, JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE);
put_buffer &= (((INT32) 1)<<size) - 1; /* mask off any extra bits in code */
put_bits += size; /* new number of bits in buffer */
put_buffer <<= 24 - put_bits; /* align incoming bits */
put_buffer |= state->cur.put_buffer; /* and merge with old buffer contents */
while (put_bits >= 8) {
int c = (int) ((put_buffer >> 16) & 0xFF);
emit_byte(state, c, return FALSE);
if (c == 0xFF) { /* need to stuff a zero byte? */
emit_byte(state, 0, return FALSE);
}
put_buffer <<= 8;
put_bits -= 8;
}
state->cur.put_buffer = put_buffer; /* update state variables */
state->cur.put_bits = put_bits;
return TRUE;
}
LOCAL(boolean)
flush_bits (working_state * state)
{
if (! emit_bits(state, 0x7F, 7)) /* fill any partial byte with ones */
return FALSE;
state->cur.put_buffer = 0; /* and reset bit-buffer to empty */
state->cur.put_bits = 0;
return TRUE;
}
/* Encode a single block's worth of coefficients */
LOCAL(boolean)
encode_one_block (working_state * state, JCOEFPTR block, int last_dc_val,
c_derived_tbl *dctbl, c_derived_tbl *actbl)
{
register int temp, temp2;
register int nbits;
register int k, r, i;
/* Encode the DC coefficient difference per section F.1.2.1 */
temp = temp2 = block[0] - last_dc_val;
if (temp < 0) {
temp = -temp; /* temp is abs value of input */
/* For a negative input, want temp2 = bitwise complement of abs(input) */
/* This code assumes we are on a two's complement machine */
temp2--;
}
/* Find the number of bits needed for the magnitude of the coefficient */
nbits = 0;
while (temp) {
nbits++;
temp >>= 1;
}
/* Check for out-of-range coefficient values.
* Since we're encoding a difference, the range limit is twice as much.
*/
if (nbits > MAX_COEF_BITS+1)
ERREXIT(state->cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF);
/* Emit the Huffman-coded symbol for the number of bits */
if (! emit_bits(state, dctbl->ehufco[nbits], dctbl->ehufsi[nbits]))
return FALSE;
/* Emit that number of bits of the value, if positive, */
/* or the complement of its magnitude, if negative. */
if (nbits) /* emit_bits rejects calls with size 0 */
if (! emit_bits(state, (unsigned int) temp2, nbits))
return FALSE;
/* Encode the AC coefficients per section F.1.2.2 */
r = 0; /* r = run length of zeros */
for (k = 1; k < DCTSIZE2; k++) {
if ((temp = block[jpeg_natural_order[k]]) == 0) {
r++;
} else {
/* if run length > 15, must emit special run-length-16 codes (0xF0) */
while (r > 15) {
if (! emit_bits(state, actbl->ehufco[0xF0], actbl->ehufsi[0xF0]))
return FALSE;
r -= 16;
}
temp2 = temp;
if (temp < 0) {
temp = -temp; /* temp is abs value of input */
/* This code assumes we are on a two's complement machine */
temp2--;
}
/* Find the number of bits needed for the magnitude of the coefficient */
nbits = 1; /* there must be at least one 1 bit */
while ((temp >>= 1))
nbits++;
/* Check for out-of-range coefficient values */
if (nbits > MAX_COEF_BITS)
ERREXIT(state->cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF);
/* Emit Huffman symbol for run length / number of bits */
i = (r << 4) + nbits;
if (! emit_bits(state, actbl->ehufco[i], actbl->ehufsi[i]))
return FALSE;
/* Emit that number of bits of the value, if positive, */
/* or the complement of its magnitude, if negative. */
if (! emit_bits(state, (unsigned int) temp2, nbits))
return FALSE;
r = 0;
}
}
/* If the last coef(s) were zero, emit an end-of-block code */
if (r > 0)
if (! emit_bits(state, actbl->ehufco[0], actbl->ehufsi[0]))
return FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Emit a restart marker & resynchronize predictions.
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
emit_restart (working_state * state, int restart_num)
{
int ci;
if (! flush_bits(state))
return FALSE;
emit_byte(state, 0xFF, return FALSE);
emit_byte(state, JPEG_RST0 + restart_num, return FALSE);
/* Re-initialize DC predictions to 0 */
for (ci = 0; ci < state->cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++)
state->cur.last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
/* The restart counter is not updated until we successfully write the MCU. */
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Encode and output one MCU's worth of Huffman-compressed coefficients.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_huff (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
working_state state;
int blkn, ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
/* Load up working state */
state.next_output_byte = cinfo->dest->next_output_byte;
state.free_in_buffer = cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer;
ASSIGN_STATE(state.cur, entropy->saved);
state.cinfo = cinfo;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
if (! emit_restart(&state, entropy->next_restart_num))
return FALSE;
}
/* Encode the MCU data blocks */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
if (! encode_one_block(&state,
MCU_data[blkn][0], state.cur.last_dc_val[ci],
entropy->dc_derived_tbls[compptr->dc_tbl_no],
entropy->ac_derived_tbls[compptr->ac_tbl_no]))
return FALSE;
/* Update last_dc_val */
state.cur.last_dc_val[ci] = MCU_data[blkn][0][0];
}
/* Completed MCU, so update state */
cinfo->dest->next_output_byte = state.next_output_byte;
cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer = state.free_in_buffer;
ASSIGN_STATE(entropy->saved, state.cur);
/* Update restart-interval state too */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Finish up at the end of a Huffman-compressed scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass_huff (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
working_state state;
/* Load up working state ... flush_bits needs it */
state.next_output_byte = cinfo->dest->next_output_byte;
state.free_in_buffer = cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer;
ASSIGN_STATE(state.cur, entropy->saved);
state.cinfo = cinfo;
/* Flush out the last data */
if (! flush_bits(&state))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
/* Update state */
cinfo->dest->next_output_byte = state.next_output_byte;
cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer = state.free_in_buffer;
ASSIGN_STATE(entropy->saved, state.cur);
}
/*
* Huffman coding optimization.
*
* We first scan the supplied data and count the number of uses of each symbol
* that is to be Huffman-coded. (This process MUST agree with the code above.)
* Then we build a Huffman coding tree for the observed counts.
* Symbols which are not needed at all for the particular image are not
* assigned any code, which saves space in the DHT marker as well as in
* the compressed data.
*/
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
/* Process a single block's worth of coefficients */
LOCAL(void)
htest_one_block (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JCOEFPTR block, int last_dc_val,
long dc_counts[], long ac_counts[])
{
register int temp;
register int nbits;
register int k, r;
/* Encode the DC coefficient difference per section F.1.2.1 */
temp = block[0] - last_dc_val;
if (temp < 0)
temp = -temp;
/* Find the number of bits needed for the magnitude of the coefficient */
nbits = 0;
while (temp) {
nbits++;
temp >>= 1;
}
/* Check for out-of-range coefficient values.
* Since we're encoding a difference, the range limit is twice as much.
*/
if (nbits > MAX_COEF_BITS+1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF);
/* Count the Huffman symbol for the number of bits */
dc_counts[nbits]++;
/* Encode the AC coefficients per section F.1.2.2 */
r = 0; /* r = run length of zeros */
for (k = 1; k < DCTSIZE2; k++) {
if ((temp = block[jpeg_natural_order[k]]) == 0) {
r++;
} else {
/* if run length > 15, must emit special run-length-16 codes (0xF0) */
while (r > 15) {
ac_counts[0xF0]++;
r -= 16;
}
/* Find the number of bits needed for the magnitude of the coefficient */
if (temp < 0)
temp = -temp;
/* Find the number of bits needed for the magnitude of the coefficient */
nbits = 1; /* there must be at least one 1 bit */
while ((temp >>= 1))
nbits++;
/* Check for out-of-range coefficient values */
if (nbits > MAX_COEF_BITS)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF);
/* Count Huffman symbol for run length / number of bits */
ac_counts[(r << 4) + nbits]++;
r = 0;
}
}
/* If the last coef(s) were zero, emit an end-of-block code */
if (r > 0)
ac_counts[0]++;
}
/*
* Trial-encode one MCU's worth of Huffman-compressed coefficients.
* No data is actually output, so no suspension return is possible.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_gather (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int blkn, ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
/* Take care of restart intervals if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
/* Re-initialize DC predictions to 0 */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++)
entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
/* Update restart state */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
htest_one_block(cinfo, MCU_data[blkn][0], entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci],
entropy->dc_count_ptrs[compptr->dc_tbl_no],
entropy->ac_count_ptrs[compptr->ac_tbl_no]);
entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci] = MCU_data[blkn][0][0];
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Generate the best Huffman code table for the given counts, fill htbl.
* Note this is also used by jcphuff.c.
*
* The JPEG standard requires that no symbol be assigned a codeword of all
* one bits (so that padding bits added at the end of a compressed segment
* can't look like a valid code). Because of the canonical ordering of
* codewords, this just means that there must be an unused slot in the
* longest codeword length category. Section K.2 of the JPEG spec suggests
* reserving such a slot by pretending that symbol 256 is a valid symbol
* with count 1. In theory that's not optimal; giving it count zero but
* including it in the symbol set anyway should give a better Huffman code.
* But the theoretically better code actually seems to come out worse in
* practice, because it produces more all-ones bytes (which incur stuffed
* zero bytes in the final file). In any case the difference is tiny.
*
* The JPEG standard requires Huffman codes to be no more than 16 bits long.
* If some symbols have a very small but nonzero probability, the Huffman tree
* must be adjusted to meet the code length restriction. We currently use
* the adjustment method suggested in JPEG section K.2. This method is *not*
* optimal; it may not choose the best possible limited-length code. But
* typically only very-low-frequency symbols will be given less-than-optimal
* lengths, so the code is almost optimal. Experimental comparisons against
* an optimal limited-length-code algorithm indicate that the difference is
* microscopic --- usually less than a hundredth of a percent of total size.
* So the extra complexity of an optimal algorithm doesn't seem worthwhile.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_gen_optimal_table (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JHUFF_TBL * htbl, long freq[])
{
#define MAX_CLEN 32 /* assumed maximum initial code length */
UINT8 bits[MAX_CLEN+1]; /* bits[k] = # of symbols with code length k */
int codesize[257]; /* codesize[k] = code length of symbol k */
int others[257]; /* next symbol in current branch of tree */
int c1, c2;
int p, i, j;
long v;
/* This algorithm is explained in section K.2 of the JPEG standard */
MEMZERO(bits, SIZEOF(bits));
MEMZERO(codesize, SIZEOF(codesize));
for (i = 0; i < 257; i++)
others[i] = -1; /* init links to empty */
freq[256] = 1; /* make sure 256 has a nonzero count */
/* Including the pseudo-symbol 256 in the Huffman procedure guarantees
* that no real symbol is given code-value of all ones, because 256
* will be placed last in the largest codeword category.
*/
/* Huffman's basic algorithm to assign optimal code lengths to symbols */
for (;;) {
/* Find the smallest nonzero frequency, set c1 = its symbol */
/* In case of ties, take the larger symbol number */
c1 = -1;
v = 1000000000L;
for (i = 0; i <= 256; i++) {
if (freq[i] && freq[i] <= v) {
v = freq[i];
c1 = i;
}
}
/* Find the next smallest nonzero frequency, set c2 = its symbol */
/* In case of ties, take the larger symbol number */
c2 = -1;
v = 1000000000L;
for (i = 0; i <= 256; i++) {
if (freq[i] && freq[i] <= v && i != c1) {
v = freq[i];
c2 = i;
}
}
/* Done if we've merged everything into one frequency */
if (c2 < 0)
break;
/* Else merge the two counts/trees */
freq[c1] += freq[c2];
freq[c2] = 0;
/* Increment the codesize of everything in c1's tree branch */
codesize[c1]++;
while (others[c1] >= 0) {
c1 = others[c1];
codesize[c1]++;
}
others[c1] = c2; /* chain c2 onto c1's tree branch */
/* Increment the codesize of everything in c2's tree branch */
codesize[c2]++;
while (others[c2] >= 0) {
c2 = others[c2];
codesize[c2]++;
}
}
/* Now count the number of symbols of each code length */
for (i = 0; i <= 256; i++) {
if (codesize[i]) {
/* The JPEG standard seems to think that this can't happen, */
/* but I'm paranoid... */
if (codesize[i] > MAX_CLEN)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OVERFLOW);
bits[codesize[i]]++;
}
}
/* JPEG doesn't allow symbols with code lengths over 16 bits, so if the pure
* Huffman procedure assigned any such lengths, we must adjust the coding.
* Here is what the JPEG spec says about how this next bit works:
* Since symbols are paired for the longest Huffman code, the symbols are
* removed from this length category two at a time. The prefix for the pair
* (which is one bit shorter) is allocated to one of the pair; then,
* skipping the BITS entry for that prefix length, a code word from the next
* shortest nonzero BITS entry is converted into a prefix for two code words
* one bit longer.
*/
for (i = MAX_CLEN; i > 16; i--) {
while (bits[i] > 0) {
j = i - 2; /* find length of new prefix to be used */
while (bits[j] == 0)
j--;
bits[i] -= 2; /* remove two symbols */
bits[i-1]++; /* one goes in this length */
bits[j+1] += 2; /* two new symbols in this length */
bits[j]--; /* symbol of this length is now a prefix */
}
}
/* Remove the count for the pseudo-symbol 256 from the largest codelength */
while (bits[i] == 0) /* find largest codelength still in use */
i--;
bits[i]--;
/* Return final symbol counts (only for lengths 0..16) */
MEMCOPY(htbl->bits, bits, SIZEOF(htbl->bits));
/* Return a list of the symbols sorted by code length */
/* It's not real clear to me why we don't need to consider the codelength
* changes made above, but the JPEG spec seems to think this works.
*/
p = 0;
for (i = 1; i <= MAX_CLEN; i++) {
for (j = 0; j <= 255; j++) {
if (codesize[j] == i) {
htbl->huffval[p] = (UINT8) j;
p++;
}
}
}
/* Set sent_table FALSE so updated table will be written to JPEG file. */
htbl->sent_table = FALSE;
}
/*
* Finish up a statistics-gathering pass and create the new Huffman tables.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass_gather (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci, dctbl, actbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JHUFF_TBL **htblptr;
boolean did_dc[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
boolean did_ac[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
/* It's important not to apply jpeg_gen_optimal_table more than once
* per table, because it clobbers the input frequency counts!
*/
MEMZERO(did_dc, SIZEOF(did_dc));
MEMZERO(did_ac, SIZEOF(did_ac));
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
dctbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
actbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
if (! did_dc[dctbl]) {
htblptr = & cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[dctbl];
if (*htblptr == NULL)
*htblptr = jpeg_alloc_huff_table((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
jpeg_gen_optimal_table(cinfo, *htblptr, entropy->dc_count_ptrs[dctbl]);
did_dc[dctbl] = TRUE;
}
if (! did_ac[actbl]) {
htblptr = & cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[actbl];
if (*htblptr == NULL)
*htblptr = jpeg_alloc_huff_table((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
jpeg_gen_optimal_table(cinfo, *htblptr, entropy->ac_count_ptrs[actbl]);
did_ac[actbl] = TRUE;
}
}
}
#endif /* ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Module initialization routine for Huffman entropy encoding.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_huff_encoder (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy;
int i;
entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(huff_entropy_encoder));
cinfo->entropy = (struct jpeg_entropy_encoder *) entropy;
entropy->pub.start_pass = start_pass_huff;
/* Mark tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
entropy->dc_derived_tbls[i] = entropy->ac_derived_tbls[i] = NULL;
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
entropy->dc_count_ptrs[i] = entropy->ac_count_ptrs[i] = NULL;
#endif
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/*
* jchuff.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains declarations for Huffman entropy encoding routines
* that are shared between the sequential encoder (jchuff.c) and the
* progressive encoder (jcphuff.c). No other modules need to see these.
*/
/* The legal range of a DCT coefficient is
* -1024 .. +1023 for 8-bit data;
* -16384 .. +16383 for 12-bit data.
* Hence the magnitude should always fit in 10 or 14 bits respectively.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define MAX_COEF_BITS 10
#else
#define MAX_COEF_BITS 14
#endif
/* Derived data constructed for each Huffman table */
typedef struct {
unsigned int ehufco[256]; /* code for each symbol */
char ehufsi[256]; /* length of code for each symbol */
/* If no code has been allocated for a symbol S, ehufsi[S] contains 0 */
} c_derived_tbl;
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jpeg_make_c_derived_tbl jMkCDerived
#define jpeg_gen_optimal_table jGenOptTbl
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Expand a Huffman table definition into the derived format */
EXTERN(void) jpeg_make_c_derived_tbl
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean isDC, int tblno,
c_derived_tbl ** pdtbl));
/* Generate an optimal table definition given the specified counts */
EXTERN(void) jpeg_gen_optimal_table
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JHUFF_TBL * htbl, long freq[]));

View file

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
* jcinit.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains initialization logic for the JPEG compressor.
* This routine is in charge of selecting the modules to be executed and
* making an initialization call to each one.
*
* Logically, this code belongs in jcmaster.c. It's split out because
* linking this routine implies linking the entire compression library.
* For a transcoding-only application, we want to be able to use jcmaster.c
* without linking in the whole library.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Master selection of compression modules.
* This is done once at the start of processing an image. We determine
* which modules will be used and give them appropriate initialization calls.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_compress_master (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Initialize master control (includes parameter checking/processing) */
jinit_c_master_control(cinfo, FALSE /* full compression */);
/* Preprocessing */
if (! cinfo->raw_data_in) {
jinit_color_converter(cinfo);
jinit_downsampler(cinfo);
jinit_c_prep_controller(cinfo, FALSE /* never need full buffer here */);
}
/* Forward DCT */
jinit_forward_dct(cinfo);
/* Entropy encoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_ARITH_NOTIMPL);
} else {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
jinit_phuff_encoder(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else
jinit_huff_encoder(cinfo);
}
/* Need a full-image coefficient buffer in any multi-pass mode. */
jinit_c_coef_controller(cinfo,
(boolean) (cinfo->num_scans > 1 || cinfo->optimize_coding));
jinit_c_main_controller(cinfo, FALSE /* never need full buffer here */);
jinit_marker_writer(cinfo);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Write the datastream header (SOI) immediately.
* Frame and scan headers are postponed till later.
* This lets application insert special markers after the SOI.
*/
(*cinfo->marker->write_file_header) (cinfo);
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
/*
* jcmainct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the main buffer controller for compression.
* The main buffer lies between the pre-processor and the JPEG
* compressor proper; it holds downsampled data in the JPEG colorspace.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Note: currently, there is no operating mode in which a full-image buffer
* is needed at this step. If there were, that mode could not be used with
* "raw data" input, since this module is bypassed in that case. However,
* we've left the code here for possible use in special applications.
*/
#undef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_main_controller pub; /* public fields */
JDIMENSION cur_iMCU_row; /* number of current iMCU row */
JDIMENSION rowgroup_ctr; /* counts row groups received in iMCU row */
boolean suspended; /* remember if we suspended output */
J_BUF_MODE pass_mode; /* current operating mode */
/* If using just a strip buffer, this points to the entire set of buffers
* (we allocate one for each component). In the full-image case, this
* points to the currently accessible strips of the virtual arrays.
*/
JSAMPARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* If using full-image storage, this array holds pointers to virtual-array
* control blocks for each component. Unused if not full-image storage.
*/
jvirt_sarray_ptr whole_image[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#endif
} my_main_controller;
typedef my_main_controller * my_main_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(void) process_data_simple_main
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr, JDIMENSION in_rows_avail));
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void) process_data_buffer_main
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr, JDIMENSION in_rows_avail));
#endif
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_main (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
/* Do nothing in raw-data mode. */
if (cinfo->raw_data_in)
return;
main->cur_iMCU_row = 0; /* initialize counters */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->suspended = FALSE;
main->pass_mode = pass_mode; /* save mode for use by process_data */
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
if (main->whole_image[0] != NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif
main->pub.process_data = process_data_simple_main;
break;
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_SAVE_SOURCE:
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
case JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS:
if (main->whole_image[0] == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
main->pub.process_data = process_data_buffer_main;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* This routine handles the simple pass-through mode,
* where we have only a strip buffer.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_simple_main (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
while (main->cur_iMCU_row < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
/* Read input data if we haven't filled the main buffer yet */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < DCTSIZE)
(*cinfo->prep->pre_process_data) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_ctr, in_rows_avail,
main->buffer, &main->rowgroup_ctr,
(JDIMENSION) DCTSIZE);
/* If we don't have a full iMCU row buffered, return to application for
* more data. Note that preprocessor will always pad to fill the iMCU row
* at the bottom of the image.
*/
if (main->rowgroup_ctr != DCTSIZE)
return;
/* Send the completed row to the compressor */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, main->buffer)) {
/* If compressor did not consume the whole row, then we must need to
* suspend processing and return to the application. In this situation
* we pretend we didn't yet consume the last input row; otherwise, if
* it happened to be the last row of the image, the application would
* think we were done.
*/
if (! main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)--;
main->suspended = TRUE;
}
return;
}
/* We did finish the row. Undo our little suspension hack if a previous
* call suspended; then mark the main buffer empty.
*/
if (main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)++;
main->suspended = FALSE;
}
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->cur_iMCU_row++;
}
}
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data.
* This routine handles all of the modes that use a full-size buffer.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_buffer_main (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
boolean writing = (main->pass_mode != JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
while (main->cur_iMCU_row < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
/* Realign the virtual buffers if at the start of an iMCU row. */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr == 0) {
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
main->buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, main->whole_image[ci],
main->cur_iMCU_row * (compptr->v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE),
(JDIMENSION) (compptr->v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE), writing);
}
/* In a read pass, pretend we just read some source data. */
if (! writing) {
*in_row_ctr += cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE;
main->rowgroup_ctr = DCTSIZE;
}
}
/* If a write pass, read input data until the current iMCU row is full. */
/* Note: preprocessor will pad if necessary to fill the last iMCU row. */
if (writing) {
(*cinfo->prep->pre_process_data) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_ctr, in_rows_avail,
main->buffer, &main->rowgroup_ctr,
(JDIMENSION) DCTSIZE);
/* Return to application if we need more data to fill the iMCU row. */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < DCTSIZE)
return;
}
/* Emit data, unless this is a sink-only pass. */
if (main->pass_mode != JBUF_SAVE_SOURCE) {
if (! (*cinfo->coef->compress_data) (cinfo, main->buffer)) {
/* If compressor did not consume the whole row, then we must need to
* suspend processing and return to the application. In this situation
* we pretend we didn't yet consume the last input row; otherwise, if
* it happened to be the last row of the image, the application would
* think we were done.
*/
if (! main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)--;
main->suspended = TRUE;
}
return;
}
/* We did finish the row. Undo our little suspension hack if a previous
* call suspended; then mark the main buffer empty.
*/
if (main->suspended) {
(*in_row_ctr)++;
main->suspended = FALSE;
}
}
/* If get here, we are done with this iMCU row. Mark buffer empty. */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->cur_iMCU_row++;
}
}
#endif /* FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize main buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_main_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_main_ptr main;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
main = (my_main_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_main_controller));
cinfo->main = (struct jpeg_c_main_controller *) main;
main->pub.start_pass = start_pass_main;
/* We don't need to create a buffer in raw-data mode. */
if (cinfo->raw_data_in)
return;
/* Create the buffer. It holds downsampled data, so each component
* may be of a different size.
*/
if (need_full_buffer) {
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
/* Allocate a full-image virtual array for each component */
/* Note we pad the bottom to a multiple of the iMCU height */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
main->whole_image[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, FALSE,
compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->height_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->v_samp_factor) * DCTSIZE,
(JDIMENSION) (compptr->v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif
} else {
#ifdef FULL_MAIN_BUFFER_SUPPORTED
main->whole_image[0] = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
#endif
/* Allocate a strip buffer for each component */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
main->buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE,
(JDIMENSION) (compptr->v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,664 @@
/*
* jcmarker.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains routines to write JPEG datastream markers.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
typedef enum { /* JPEG marker codes */
M_SOF0 = 0xc0,
M_SOF1 = 0xc1,
M_SOF2 = 0xc2,
M_SOF3 = 0xc3,
M_SOF5 = 0xc5,
M_SOF6 = 0xc6,
M_SOF7 = 0xc7,
M_JPG = 0xc8,
M_SOF9 = 0xc9,
M_SOF10 = 0xca,
M_SOF11 = 0xcb,
M_SOF13 = 0xcd,
M_SOF14 = 0xce,
M_SOF15 = 0xcf,
M_DHT = 0xc4,
M_DAC = 0xcc,
M_RST0 = 0xd0,
M_RST1 = 0xd1,
M_RST2 = 0xd2,
M_RST3 = 0xd3,
M_RST4 = 0xd4,
M_RST5 = 0xd5,
M_RST6 = 0xd6,
M_RST7 = 0xd7,
M_SOI = 0xd8,
M_EOI = 0xd9,
M_SOS = 0xda,
M_DQT = 0xdb,
M_DNL = 0xdc,
M_DRI = 0xdd,
M_DHP = 0xde,
M_EXP = 0xdf,
M_APP0 = 0xe0,
M_APP1 = 0xe1,
M_APP2 = 0xe2,
M_APP3 = 0xe3,
M_APP4 = 0xe4,
M_APP5 = 0xe5,
M_APP6 = 0xe6,
M_APP7 = 0xe7,
M_APP8 = 0xe8,
M_APP9 = 0xe9,
M_APP10 = 0xea,
M_APP11 = 0xeb,
M_APP12 = 0xec,
M_APP13 = 0xed,
M_APP14 = 0xee,
M_APP15 = 0xef,
M_JPG0 = 0xf0,
M_JPG13 = 0xfd,
M_COM = 0xfe,
M_TEM = 0x01,
M_ERROR = 0x100
} JPEG_MARKER;
/* Private state */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_marker_writer pub; /* public fields */
unsigned int last_restart_interval; /* last DRI value emitted; 0 after SOI */
} my_marker_writer;
typedef my_marker_writer * my_marker_ptr;
/*
* Basic output routines.
*
* Note that we do not support suspension while writing a marker.
* Therefore, an application using suspension must ensure that there is
* enough buffer space for the initial markers (typ. 600-700 bytes) before
* calling jpeg_start_compress, and enough space to write the trailing EOI
* (a few bytes) before calling jpeg_finish_compress. Multipass compression
* modes are not supported at all with suspension, so those two are the only
* points where markers will be written.
*/
LOCAL(void)
emit_byte (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)
/* Emit a byte */
{
struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest = cinfo->dest;
*(dest->next_output_byte)++ = (JOCTET) val;
if (--dest->free_in_buffer == 0) {
if (! (*dest->empty_output_buffer) (cinfo))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
}
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_marker (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JPEG_MARKER mark)
/* Emit a marker code */
{
emit_byte(cinfo, 0xFF);
emit_byte(cinfo, (int) mark);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_2bytes (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int value)
/* Emit a 2-byte integer; these are always MSB first in JPEG files */
{
emit_byte(cinfo, (value >> 8) & 0xFF);
emit_byte(cinfo, value & 0xFF);
}
/*
* Routines to write specific marker types.
*/
LOCAL(int)
emit_dqt (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int index)
/* Emit a DQT marker */
/* Returns the precision used (0 = 8bits, 1 = 16bits) for baseline checking */
{
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl = cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[index];
int prec;
int i;
if (qtbl == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, index);
prec = 0;
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
if (qtbl->quantval[i] > 255)
prec = 1;
}
if (! qtbl->sent_table) {
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DQT);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, prec ? DCTSIZE2*2 + 1 + 2 : DCTSIZE2 + 1 + 2);
emit_byte(cinfo, index + (prec<<4));
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
/* The table entries must be emitted in zigzag order. */
unsigned int qval = qtbl->quantval[jpeg_natural_order[i]];
if (prec)
emit_byte(cinfo, (int) (qval >> 8));
emit_byte(cinfo, (int) (qval & 0xFF));
}
qtbl->sent_table = TRUE;
}
return prec;
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_dht (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int index, boolean is_ac)
/* Emit a DHT marker */
{
JHUFF_TBL * htbl;
int length, i;
if (is_ac) {
htbl = cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[index];
index += 0x10; /* output index has AC bit set */
} else {
htbl = cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[index];
}
if (htbl == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, index);
if (! htbl->sent_table) {
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DHT);
length = 0;
for (i = 1; i <= 16; i++)
length += htbl->bits[i];
emit_2bytes(cinfo, length + 2 + 1 + 16);
emit_byte(cinfo, index);
for (i = 1; i <= 16; i++)
emit_byte(cinfo, htbl->bits[i]);
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
emit_byte(cinfo, htbl->huffval[i]);
htbl->sent_table = TRUE;
}
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_dac (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a DAC marker */
/* Since the useful info is so small, we want to emit all the tables in */
/* one DAC marker. Therefore this routine does its own scan of the table. */
{
#ifdef C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED
char dc_in_use[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
char ac_in_use[NUM_ARITH_TBLS];
int length, i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++)
dc_in_use[i] = ac_in_use[i] = 0;
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->comps_in_scan; i++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[i];
dc_in_use[compptr->dc_tbl_no] = 1;
ac_in_use[compptr->ac_tbl_no] = 1;
}
length = 0;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++)
length += dc_in_use[i] + ac_in_use[i];
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DAC);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, length*2 + 2);
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++) {
if (dc_in_use[i]) {
emit_byte(cinfo, i);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->arith_dc_L[i] + (cinfo->arith_dc_U[i]<<4));
}
if (ac_in_use[i]) {
emit_byte(cinfo, i + 0x10);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->arith_ac_K[i]);
}
}
#endif /* C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED */
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_dri (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a DRI marker */
{
emit_marker(cinfo, M_DRI);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 4); /* fixed length */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->restart_interval);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_sof (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JPEG_MARKER code)
/* Emit a SOF marker */
{
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
emit_marker(cinfo, code);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 3 * cinfo->num_components + 2 + 5 + 1); /* length */
/* Make sure image isn't bigger than SOF field can handle */
if ((long) cinfo->image_height > 65535L ||
(long) cinfo->image_width > 65535L)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) 65535);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->data_precision);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->image_height);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->image_width);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->num_components);
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
emit_byte(cinfo, compptr->component_id);
emit_byte(cinfo, (compptr->h_samp_factor << 4) + compptr->v_samp_factor);
emit_byte(cinfo, compptr->quant_tbl_no);
}
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_sos (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a SOS marker */
{
int i, td, ta;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOS);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 * cinfo->comps_in_scan + 2 + 1 + 3); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->comps_in_scan);
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->comps_in_scan; i++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[i];
emit_byte(cinfo, compptr->component_id);
td = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
ta = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Progressive mode: only DC or only AC tables are used in one scan;
* furthermore, Huffman coding of DC refinement uses no table at all.
* We emit 0 for unused field(s); this is recommended by the P&M text
* but does not seem to be specified in the standard.
*/
if (cinfo->Ss == 0) {
ta = 0; /* DC scan */
if (cinfo->Ah != 0 && !cinfo->arith_code)
td = 0; /* no DC table either */
} else {
td = 0; /* AC scan */
}
}
emit_byte(cinfo, (td << 4) + ta);
}
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->Ss);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->Se);
emit_byte(cinfo, (cinfo->Ah << 4) + cinfo->Al);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_jfif_app0 (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit a JFIF-compliant APP0 marker */
{
/*
* Length of APP0 block (2 bytes)
* Block ID (4 bytes - ASCII "JFIF")
* Zero byte (1 byte to terminate the ID string)
* Version Major, Minor (2 bytes - major first)
* Units (1 byte - 0x00 = none, 0x01 = inch, 0x02 = cm)
* Xdpu (2 bytes - dots per unit horizontal)
* Ydpu (2 bytes - dots per unit vertical)
* Thumbnail X size (1 byte)
* Thumbnail Y size (1 byte)
*/
emit_marker(cinfo, M_APP0);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 + 4 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 2 + 2 + 1 + 1); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x4A); /* Identifier: ASCII "JFIF" */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x46);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x49);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x46);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->JFIF_major_version); /* Version fields */
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->JFIF_minor_version);
emit_byte(cinfo, cinfo->density_unit); /* Pixel size information */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->X_density);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) cinfo->Y_density);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0); /* No thumbnail image */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0);
}
LOCAL(void)
emit_adobe_app14 (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Emit an Adobe APP14 marker */
{
/*
* Length of APP14 block (2 bytes)
* Block ID (5 bytes - ASCII "Adobe")
* Version Number (2 bytes - currently 100)
* Flags0 (2 bytes - currently 0)
* Flags1 (2 bytes - currently 0)
* Color transform (1 byte)
*
* Although Adobe TN 5116 mentions Version = 101, all the Adobe files
* now in circulation seem to use Version = 100, so that's what we write.
*
* We write the color transform byte as 1 if the JPEG color space is
* YCbCr, 2 if it's YCCK, 0 otherwise. Adobe's definition has to do with
* whether the encoder performed a transformation, which is pretty useless.
*/
emit_marker(cinfo, M_APP14);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 2 + 5 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 1); /* length */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x41); /* Identifier: ASCII "Adobe" */
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x64);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x6F);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x62);
emit_byte(cinfo, 0x65);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 100); /* Version */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 0); /* Flags0 */
emit_2bytes(cinfo, 0); /* Flags1 */
switch (cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
case JCS_YCbCr:
emit_byte(cinfo, 1); /* Color transform = 1 */
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
emit_byte(cinfo, 2); /* Color transform = 2 */
break;
default:
emit_byte(cinfo, 0); /* Color transform = 0 */
break;
}
}
/*
* These routines allow writing an arbitrary marker with parameters.
* The only intended use is to emit COM or APPn markers after calling
* write_file_header and before calling write_frame_header.
* Other uses are not guaranteed to produce desirable results.
* Counting the parameter bytes properly is the caller's responsibility.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_marker_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)
/* Emit an arbitrary marker header */
{
if (datalen > (unsigned int) 65533) /* safety check */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_LENGTH);
emit_marker(cinfo, (JPEG_MARKER) marker);
emit_2bytes(cinfo, (int) (datalen + 2)); /* total length */
}
METHODDEF(void)
write_marker_byte (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)
/* Emit one byte of marker parameters following write_marker_header */
{
emit_byte(cinfo, val);
}
/*
* Write datastream header.
* This consists of an SOI and optional APPn markers.
* We recommend use of the JFIF marker, but not the Adobe marker,
* when using YCbCr or grayscale data. The JFIF marker should NOT
* be used for any other JPEG colorspace. The Adobe marker is helpful
* to distinguish RGB, CMYK, and YCCK colorspaces.
* Note that an application can write additional header markers after
* jpeg_start_compress returns.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_file_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_marker_ptr marker = (my_marker_ptr) cinfo->marker;
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOI); /* first the SOI */
/* SOI is defined to reset restart interval to 0 */
marker->last_restart_interval = 0;
if (cinfo->write_JFIF_header) /* next an optional JFIF APP0 */
emit_jfif_app0(cinfo);
if (cinfo->write_Adobe_marker) /* next an optional Adobe APP14 */
emit_adobe_app14(cinfo);
}
/*
* Write frame header.
* This consists of DQT and SOFn markers.
* Note that we do not emit the SOF until we have emitted the DQT(s).
* This avoids compatibility problems with incorrect implementations that
* try to error-check the quant table numbers as soon as they see the SOF.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_frame_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int ci, prec;
boolean is_baseline;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Emit DQT for each quantization table.
* Note that emit_dqt() suppresses any duplicate tables.
*/
prec = 0;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
prec += emit_dqt(cinfo, compptr->quant_tbl_no);
}
/* now prec is nonzero iff there are any 16-bit quant tables. */
/* Check for a non-baseline specification.
* Note we assume that Huffman table numbers won't be changed later.
*/
if (cinfo->arith_code || cinfo->progressive_mode ||
cinfo->data_precision != 8) {
is_baseline = FALSE;
} else {
is_baseline = TRUE;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->dc_tbl_no > 1 || compptr->ac_tbl_no > 1)
is_baseline = FALSE;
}
if (prec && is_baseline) {
is_baseline = FALSE;
/* If it's baseline except for quantizer size, warn the user */
TRACEMS(cinfo, 0, JTRC_16BIT_TABLES);
}
}
/* Emit the proper SOF marker */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF9); /* SOF code for arithmetic coding */
} else {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF2); /* SOF code for progressive Huffman */
else if (is_baseline)
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF0); /* SOF code for baseline implementation */
else
emit_sof(cinfo, M_SOF1); /* SOF code for non-baseline Huffman file */
}
}
/*
* Write scan header.
* This consists of DHT or DAC markers, optional DRI, and SOS.
* Compressed data will be written following the SOS.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_scan_header (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_marker_ptr marker = (my_marker_ptr) cinfo->marker;
int i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
/* Emit arith conditioning info. We may have some duplication
* if the file has multiple scans, but it's so small it's hardly
* worth worrying about.
*/
emit_dac(cinfo);
} else {
/* Emit Huffman tables.
* Note that emit_dht() suppresses any duplicate tables.
*/
for (i = 0; i < cinfo->comps_in_scan; i++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[i];
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Progressive mode: only DC or only AC tables are used in one scan */
if (cinfo->Ss == 0) {
if (cinfo->Ah == 0) /* DC needs no table for refinement scan */
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->dc_tbl_no, FALSE);
} else {
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->ac_tbl_no, TRUE);
}
} else {
/* Sequential mode: need both DC and AC tables */
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->dc_tbl_no, FALSE);
emit_dht(cinfo, compptr->ac_tbl_no, TRUE);
}
}
}
/* Emit DRI if required --- note that DRI value could change for each scan.
* We avoid wasting space with unnecessary DRIs, however.
*/
if (cinfo->restart_interval != marker->last_restart_interval) {
emit_dri(cinfo);
marker->last_restart_interval = cinfo->restart_interval;
}
emit_sos(cinfo);
}
/*
* Write datastream trailer.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_file_trailer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
emit_marker(cinfo, M_EOI);
}
/*
* Write an abbreviated table-specification datastream.
* This consists of SOI, DQT and DHT tables, and EOI.
* Any table that is defined and not marked sent_table = TRUE will be
* emitted. Note that all tables will be marked sent_table = TRUE at exit.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
write_tables_only (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int i;
emit_marker(cinfo, M_SOI);
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++) {
if (cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] != NULL)
(void) emit_dqt(cinfo, i);
}
if (! cinfo->arith_code) {
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
if (cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] != NULL)
emit_dht(cinfo, i, FALSE);
if (cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] != NULL)
emit_dht(cinfo, i, TRUE);
}
}
emit_marker(cinfo, M_EOI);
}
/*
* Initialize the marker writer module.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_marker_writer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_marker_ptr marker;
/* Create the subobject */
marker = (my_marker_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_marker_writer));
cinfo->marker = (struct jpeg_marker_writer *) marker;
/* Initialize method pointers */
marker->pub.write_file_header = write_file_header;
marker->pub.write_frame_header = write_frame_header;
marker->pub.write_scan_header = write_scan_header;
marker->pub.write_file_trailer = write_file_trailer;
marker->pub.write_tables_only = write_tables_only;
marker->pub.write_marker_header = write_marker_header;
marker->pub.write_marker_byte = write_marker_byte;
/* Initialize private state */
marker->last_restart_interval = 0;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
/*
* jcmaster.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains master control logic for the JPEG compressor.
* These routines are concerned with parameter validation, initial setup,
* and inter-pass control (determining the number of passes and the work
* to be done in each pass).
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private state */
typedef enum {
main_pass, /* input data, also do first output step */
huff_opt_pass, /* Huffman code optimization pass */
output_pass /* data output pass */
} c_pass_type;
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_comp_master pub; /* public fields */
c_pass_type pass_type; /* the type of the current pass */
int pass_number; /* # of passes completed */
int total_passes; /* total # of passes needed */
int scan_number; /* current index in scan_info[] */
} my_comp_master;
typedef my_comp_master * my_master_ptr;
/*
* Support routines that do various essential calculations.
*/
LOCAL(void)
initial_setup (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before master selection phase */
{
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
long samplesperrow;
JDIMENSION jd_samplesperrow;
/* Sanity check on image dimensions */
if (cinfo->image_height <= 0 || cinfo->image_width <= 0
|| cinfo->num_components <= 0 || cinfo->input_components <= 0)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE);
/* Make sure image isn't bigger than I can handle */
if ((long) cinfo->image_height > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION ||
(long) cinfo->image_width > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION);
/* Width of an input scanline must be representable as JDIMENSION. */
samplesperrow = (long) cinfo->image_width * (long) cinfo->input_components;
jd_samplesperrow = (JDIMENSION) samplesperrow;
if ((long) jd_samplesperrow != samplesperrow)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW);
/* For now, precision must match compiled-in value... */
if (cinfo->data_precision != BITS_IN_JSAMPLE)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PRECISION, cinfo->data_precision);
/* Check that number of components won't exceed internal array sizes */
if (cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
/* Compute maximum sampling factors; check factor validity */
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = 1;
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = 1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->h_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->h_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR ||
compptr->v_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->v_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SAMPLING);
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_h_samp_factor,
compptr->h_samp_factor);
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
compptr->v_samp_factor);
}
/* Compute dimensions of components */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Fill in the correct component_index value; don't rely on application */
compptr->component_index = ci;
/* For compression, we never do DCT scaling. */
compptr->DCT_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
/* Size in DCT blocks */
compptr->width_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
compptr->height_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
/* Size in samples */
compptr->downsampled_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) cinfo->max_h_samp_factor);
compptr->downsampled_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
/* Mark component needed (this flag isn't actually used for compression) */
compptr->component_needed = TRUE;
}
/* Compute number of fully interleaved MCU rows (number of times that
* main controller will call coefficient controller).
*/
cinfo->total_iMCU_rows = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
}
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
LOCAL(void)
validate_script (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Verify that the scan script in cinfo->scan_info[] is valid; also
* determine whether it uses progressive JPEG, and set cinfo->progressive_mode.
*/
{
const jpeg_scan_info * scanptr;
int scanno, ncomps, ci, coefi, thisi;
int Ss, Se, Ah, Al;
boolean component_sent[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
int * last_bitpos_ptr;
int last_bitpos[MAX_COMPONENTS][DCTSIZE2];
/* -1 until that coefficient has been seen; then last Al for it */
#endif
if (cinfo->num_scans <= 0)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, 0);
/* For sequential JPEG, all scans must have Ss=0, Se=DCTSIZE2-1;
* for progressive JPEG, no scan can have this.
*/
scanptr = cinfo->scan_info;
if (scanptr->Ss != 0 || scanptr->Se != DCTSIZE2-1) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
cinfo->progressive_mode = TRUE;
last_bitpos_ptr = & last_bitpos[0][0];
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
for (coefi = 0; coefi < DCTSIZE2; coefi++)
*last_bitpos_ptr++ = -1;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
cinfo->progressive_mode = FALSE;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
component_sent[ci] = FALSE;
}
for (scanno = 1; scanno <= cinfo->num_scans; scanptr++, scanno++) {
/* Validate component indexes */
ncomps = scanptr->comps_in_scan;
if (ncomps <= 0 || ncomps > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, ncomps, MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
thisi = scanptr->component_index[ci];
if (thisi < 0 || thisi >= cinfo->num_components)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, scanno);
/* Components must appear in SOF order within each scan */
if (ci > 0 && thisi <= scanptr->component_index[ci-1])
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, scanno);
}
/* Validate progression parameters */
Ss = scanptr->Ss;
Se = scanptr->Se;
Ah = scanptr->Ah;
Al = scanptr->Al;
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
/* The JPEG spec simply gives the ranges 0..13 for Ah and Al, but that
* seems wrong: the upper bound ought to depend on data precision.
* Perhaps they really meant 0..N+1 for N-bit precision.
* Here we allow 0..10 for 8-bit data; Al larger than 10 results in
* out-of-range reconstructed DC values during the first DC scan,
* which might cause problems for some decoders.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define MAX_AH_AL 10
#else
#define MAX_AH_AL 13
#endif
if (Ss < 0 || Ss >= DCTSIZE2 || Se < Ss || Se >= DCTSIZE2 ||
Ah < 0 || Ah > MAX_AH_AL || Al < 0 || Al > MAX_AH_AL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
if (Ss == 0) {
if (Se != 0) /* DC and AC together not OK */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
} else {
if (ncomps != 1) /* AC scans must be for only one component */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
}
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
last_bitpos_ptr = & last_bitpos[scanptr->component_index[ci]][0];
if (Ss != 0 && last_bitpos_ptr[0] < 0) /* AC without prior DC scan */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
for (coefi = Ss; coefi <= Se; coefi++) {
if (last_bitpos_ptr[coefi] < 0) {
/* first scan of this coefficient */
if (Ah != 0)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
} else {
/* not first scan */
if (Ah != last_bitpos_ptr[coefi] || Al != Ah-1)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
}
last_bitpos_ptr[coefi] = Al;
}
}
#endif
} else {
/* For sequential JPEG, all progression parameters must be these: */
if (Ss != 0 || Se != DCTSIZE2-1 || Ah != 0 || Al != 0)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, scanno);
/* Make sure components are not sent twice */
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
thisi = scanptr->component_index[ci];
if (component_sent[thisi])
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, scanno);
component_sent[thisi] = TRUE;
}
}
}
/* Now verify that everything got sent. */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
/* For progressive mode, we only check that at least some DC data
* got sent for each component; the spec does not require that all bits
* of all coefficients be transmitted. Would it be wiser to enforce
* transmission of all coefficient bits??
*/
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
if (last_bitpos[ci][0] < 0)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MISSING_DATA);
}
#endif
} else {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
if (! component_sent[ci])
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MISSING_DATA);
}
}
}
#endif /* C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
LOCAL(void)
select_scan_parameters (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Set up the scan parameters for the current scan */
{
int ci;
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->scan_info != NULL) {
/* Prepare for current scan --- the script is already validated */
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
const jpeg_scan_info * scanptr = cinfo->scan_info + master->scan_number;
cinfo->comps_in_scan = scanptr->comps_in_scan;
for (ci = 0; ci < scanptr->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci] =
&cinfo->comp_info[scanptr->component_index[ci]];
}
cinfo->Ss = scanptr->Ss;
cinfo->Se = scanptr->Se;
cinfo->Ah = scanptr->Ah;
cinfo->Al = scanptr->Al;
}
else
#endif
{
/* Prepare for single sequential-JPEG scan containing all components */
if (cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
cinfo->comps_in_scan = cinfo->num_components;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci] = &cinfo->comp_info[ci];
}
cinfo->Ss = 0;
cinfo->Se = DCTSIZE2-1;
cinfo->Ah = 0;
cinfo->Al = 0;
}
}
LOCAL(void)
per_scan_setup (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before processing a JPEG scan */
/* cinfo->comps_in_scan and cinfo->cur_comp_info[] are already set */
{
int ci, mcublks, tmp;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan == 1) {
/* Noninterleaved (single-component) scan */
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0];
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = compptr->width_in_blocks;
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = compptr->height_in_blocks;
/* For noninterleaved scan, always one block per MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = 1;
compptr->MCU_height = 1;
compptr->MCU_blocks = 1;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = DCTSIZE;
compptr->last_col_width = 1;
/* For noninterleaved scans, it is convenient to define last_row_height
* as the number of block rows present in the last iMCU row.
*/
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 1;
cinfo->MCU_membership[0] = 0;
} else {
/* Interleaved (multi-component) scan */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan <= 0 || cinfo->comps_in_scan > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->comps_in_scan,
MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Sampling factors give # of blocks of component in each MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = compptr->h_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_height = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_blocks = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->MCU_width * DCTSIZE;
/* Figure number of non-dummy blocks in last MCU column & row */
tmp = (int) (compptr->width_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_width);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_width;
compptr->last_col_width = tmp;
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_height);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
mcublks = compptr->MCU_blocks;
if (cinfo->blocks_in_MCU + mcublks > C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE);
while (mcublks-- > 0) {
cinfo->MCU_membership[cinfo->blocks_in_MCU++] = ci;
}
}
}
/* Convert restart specified in rows to actual MCU count. */
/* Note that count must fit in 16 bits, so we provide limiting. */
if (cinfo->restart_in_rows > 0) {
long nominal = (long) cinfo->restart_in_rows * (long) cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
cinfo->restart_interval = (unsigned int) MIN(nominal, 65535L);
}
}
/*
* Per-pass setup.
* This is called at the beginning of each pass. We determine which modules
* will be active during this pass and give them appropriate start_pass calls.
* We also set is_last_pass to indicate whether any more passes will be
* required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
prepare_for_pass (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
switch (master->pass_type) {
case main_pass:
/* Initial pass: will collect input data, and do either Huffman
* optimization or data output for the first scan.
*/
select_scan_parameters(cinfo);
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
if (! cinfo->raw_data_in) {
(*cinfo->cconvert->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->downsample->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->prep->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_PASS_THRU);
}
(*cinfo->fdct->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo, cinfo->optimize_coding);
(*cinfo->coef->start_pass) (cinfo,
(master->total_passes > 1 ?
JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS : JBUF_PASS_THRU));
(*cinfo->main->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_PASS_THRU);
if (cinfo->optimize_coding) {
/* No immediate data output; postpone writing frame/scan headers */
master->pub.call_pass_startup = FALSE;
} else {
/* Will write frame/scan headers at first jpeg_write_scanlines call */
master->pub.call_pass_startup = TRUE;
}
break;
#ifdef ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED
case huff_opt_pass:
/* Do Huffman optimization for a scan after the first one. */
select_scan_parameters(cinfo);
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
if (cinfo->Ss != 0 || cinfo->Ah == 0 || cinfo->arith_code) {
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo, TRUE);
(*cinfo->coef->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
master->pub.call_pass_startup = FALSE;
break;
}
/* Special case: Huffman DC refinement scans need no Huffman table
* and therefore we can skip the optimization pass for them.
*/
master->pass_type = output_pass;
master->pass_number++;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
#endif
case output_pass:
/* Do a data-output pass. */
/* We need not repeat per-scan setup if prior optimization pass did it. */
if (! cinfo->optimize_coding) {
select_scan_parameters(cinfo);
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
}
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo, FALSE);
(*cinfo->coef->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
/* We emit frame/scan headers now */
if (master->scan_number == 0)
(*cinfo->marker->write_frame_header) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->marker->write_scan_header) (cinfo);
master->pub.call_pass_startup = FALSE;
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
}
master->pub.is_last_pass = (master->pass_number == master->total_passes-1);
/* Set up progress monitor's pass info if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = master->pass_number;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = master->total_passes;
}
}
/*
* Special start-of-pass hook.
* This is called by jpeg_write_scanlines if call_pass_startup is TRUE.
* In single-pass processing, we need this hook because we don't want to
* write frame/scan headers during jpeg_start_compress; we want to let the
* application write COM markers etc. between jpeg_start_compress and the
* jpeg_write_scanlines loop.
* In multi-pass processing, this routine is not used.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
pass_startup (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->master->call_pass_startup = FALSE; /* reset flag so call only once */
(*cinfo->marker->write_frame_header) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->marker->write_scan_header) (cinfo);
}
/*
* Finish up at end of pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass_master (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
/* The entropy coder always needs an end-of-pass call,
* either to analyze statistics or to flush its output buffer.
*/
(*cinfo->entropy->finish_pass) (cinfo);
/* Update state for next pass */
switch (master->pass_type) {
case main_pass:
/* next pass is either output of scan 0 (after optimization)
* or output of scan 1 (if no optimization).
*/
master->pass_type = output_pass;
if (! cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->scan_number++;
break;
case huff_opt_pass:
/* next pass is always output of current scan */
master->pass_type = output_pass;
break;
case output_pass:
/* next pass is either optimization or output of next scan */
if (cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->pass_type = huff_opt_pass;
master->scan_number++;
break;
}
master->pass_number++;
}
/*
* Initialize master compression control.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_master_control (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean transcode_only)
{
my_master_ptr master;
master = (my_master_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_comp_master));
cinfo->master = (struct jpeg_comp_master *) master;
master->pub.prepare_for_pass = prepare_for_pass;
master->pub.pass_startup = pass_startup;
master->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass_master;
master->pub.is_last_pass = FALSE;
/* Validate parameters, determine derived values */
initial_setup(cinfo);
if (cinfo->scan_info != NULL) {
#ifdef C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
validate_script(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
cinfo->progressive_mode = FALSE;
cinfo->num_scans = 1;
}
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) /* TEMPORARY HACK ??? */
cinfo->optimize_coding = TRUE; /* assume default tables no good for progressive mode */
/* Initialize my private state */
if (transcode_only) {
/* no main pass in transcoding */
if (cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->pass_type = huff_opt_pass;
else
master->pass_type = output_pass;
} else {
/* for normal compression, first pass is always this type: */
master->pass_type = main_pass;
}
master->scan_number = 0;
master->pass_number = 0;
if (cinfo->optimize_coding)
master->total_passes = cinfo->num_scans * 2;
else
master->total_passes = cinfo->num_scans;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
* jcomapi.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface routines that are used for both
* compression and decompression.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG compression or decompression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*
* For this, we merely clean up all the nonpermanent memory pools.
* Note that temp files (virtual arrays) are not allowed to belong to
* the permanent pool, so we will be able to close all temp files here.
* Closing a data source or destination, if necessary, is the application's
* responsibility.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_abort (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
int pool;
/* Do nothing if called on a not-initialized or destroyed JPEG object. */
if (cinfo->mem == NULL)
return;
/* Releasing pools in reverse order might help avoid fragmentation
* with some (brain-damaged) malloc libraries.
*/
for (pool = JPOOL_NUMPOOLS-1; pool > JPOOL_PERMANENT; pool--) {
(*cinfo->mem->free_pool) (cinfo, pool);
}
/* Reset overall state for possible reuse of object */
if (cinfo->is_decompressor) {
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_START;
/* Try to keep application from accessing now-deleted marker list.
* A bit kludgy to do it here, but this is the most central place.
*/
((j_decompress_ptr) cinfo)->marker_list = NULL;
} else {
cinfo->global_state = CSTATE_START;
}
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG object.
*
* Everything gets deallocated except the master jpeg_compress_struct itself
* and the error manager struct. Both of these are supplied by the application
* and must be freed, if necessary, by the application. (Often they are on
* the stack and so don't need to be freed anyway.)
* Closing a data source or destination, if necessary, is the application's
* responsibility.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_destroy (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
/* We need only tell the memory manager to release everything. */
/* NB: mem pointer is NULL if memory mgr failed to initialize. */
if (cinfo->mem != NULL)
(*cinfo->mem->self_destruct) (cinfo);
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* be safe if jpeg_destroy is called twice */
cinfo->global_state = 0; /* mark it destroyed */
}
/*
* Convenience routines for allocating quantization and Huffman tables.
* (Would jutils.c be a more reasonable place to put these?)
*/
GLOBAL(JQUANT_TBL *)
jpeg_alloc_quant_table (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
JQUANT_TBL *tbl;
tbl = (JQUANT_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) (cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
tbl->sent_table = FALSE; /* make sure this is false in any new table */
return tbl;
}
GLOBAL(JHUFF_TBL *)
jpeg_alloc_huff_table (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
JHUFF_TBL *tbl;
tbl = (JHUFF_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) (cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, SIZEOF(JHUFF_TBL));
tbl->sent_table = FALSE; /* make sure this is false in any new table */
return tbl;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* jconfig.vc --- jconfig.h for Microsoft Visual C++ on Windows 95 or NT. */
/* see jconfig.doc for explanations */
#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
/* #define void char */
/* #define const */
#undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H
#undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS
#undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H
#undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS /* we presume a 32-bit flat memory model */
#undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN
/* Define "boolean" as unsigned char, not int, per Windows custom */
#ifndef __RPCNDR_H__ /* don't conflict if rpcndr.h already read */
typedef unsigned char boolean;
#endif
#define HAVE_BOOLEAN /* prevent jmorecfg.h from redefining it */
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
#undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */
#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG
#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */
#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */
#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */
#undef RLE_SUPPORTED /* Utah RLE image file format */
#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */
#define TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE /* optional */
#define USE_SETMODE /* Microsoft has setmode() */
#undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER
#undef DONT_USE_B_MODE
#undef PROGRESS_REPORT /* optional */
#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
/*
* jcparam.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains optional default-setting code for the JPEG compressor.
* Applications do not have to use this file, but those that don't use it
* must know a lot more about the innards of the JPEG code.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Quantization table setup routines
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_add_quant_table (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int which_tbl,
const unsigned int *basic_table,
int scale_factor, boolean force_baseline)
/* Define a quantization table equal to the basic_table times
* a scale factor (given as a percentage).
* If force_baseline is TRUE, the computed quantization table entries
* are limited to 1..255 for JPEG baseline compatibility.
*/
{
JQUANT_TBL ** qtblptr;
int i;
long temp;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (which_tbl < 0 || which_tbl >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_DQT_INDEX, which_tbl);
qtblptr = & cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[which_tbl];
if (*qtblptr == NULL)
*qtblptr = jpeg_alloc_quant_table((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
temp = ((long) basic_table[i] * scale_factor + 50L) / 100L;
/* limit the values to the valid range */
if (temp <= 0L) temp = 1L;
if (temp > 32767L) temp = 32767L; /* max quantizer needed for 12 bits */
if (force_baseline && temp > 255L)
temp = 255L; /* limit to baseline range if requested */
(*qtblptr)->quantval[i] = (UINT16) temp;
}
/* Initialize sent_table FALSE so table will be written to JPEG file. */
(*qtblptr)->sent_table = FALSE;
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_linear_quality (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int scale_factor,
boolean force_baseline)
/* Set or change the 'quality' (quantization) setting, using default tables
* and a straight percentage-scaling quality scale. In most cases it's better
* to use jpeg_set_quality (below); this entry point is provided for
* applications that insist on a linear percentage scaling.
*/
{
/* These are the sample quantization tables given in JPEG spec section K.1.
* The spec says that the values given produce "good" quality, and
* when divided by 2, "very good" quality.
*/
static const unsigned int std_luminance_quant_tbl[DCTSIZE2] = {
16, 11, 10, 16, 24, 40, 51, 61,
12, 12, 14, 19, 26, 58, 60, 55,
14, 13, 16, 24, 40, 57, 69, 56,
14, 17, 22, 29, 51, 87, 80, 62,
18, 22, 37, 56, 68, 109, 103, 77,
24, 35, 55, 64, 81, 104, 113, 92,
49, 64, 78, 87, 103, 121, 120, 101,
72, 92, 95, 98, 112, 100, 103, 99
};
static const unsigned int std_chrominance_quant_tbl[DCTSIZE2] = {
17, 18, 24, 47, 99, 99, 99, 99,
18, 21, 26, 66, 99, 99, 99, 99,
24, 26, 56, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
47, 66, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99,
99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99
};
/* Set up two quantization tables using the specified scaling */
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 0, std_luminance_quant_tbl,
scale_factor, force_baseline);
jpeg_add_quant_table(cinfo, 1, std_chrominance_quant_tbl,
scale_factor, force_baseline);
}
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_quality_scaling (int quality)
/* Convert a user-specified quality rating to a percentage scaling factor
* for an underlying quantization table, using our recommended scaling curve.
* The input 'quality' factor should be 0 (terrible) to 100 (very good).
*/
{
/* Safety limit on quality factor. Convert 0 to 1 to avoid zero divide. */
if (quality <= 0) quality = 1;
if (quality > 100) quality = 100;
/* The basic table is used as-is (scaling 100) for a quality of 50.
* Qualities 50..100 are converted to scaling percentage 200 - 2*Q;
* note that at Q=100 the scaling is 0, which will cause jpeg_add_quant_table
* to make all the table entries 1 (hence, minimum quantization loss).
* Qualities 1..50 are converted to scaling percentage 5000/Q.
*/
if (quality < 50)
quality = 5000 / quality;
else
quality = 200 - quality*2;
return quality;
}
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_quality (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int quality, boolean force_baseline)
/* Set or change the 'quality' (quantization) setting, using default tables.
* This is the standard quality-adjusting entry point for typical user
* interfaces; only those who want detailed control over quantization tables
* would use the preceding three routines directly.
*/
{
/* Convert user 0-100 rating to percentage scaling */
quality = jpeg_quality_scaling(quality);
/* Set up standard quality tables */
jpeg_set_linear_quality(cinfo, quality, force_baseline);
}
/*
* Huffman table setup routines
*/
LOCAL(void)
add_huff_table (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JHUFF_TBL **htblptr, const UINT8 *bits, const UINT8 *val)
/* Define a Huffman table */
{
int nsymbols, len;
if (*htblptr == NULL)
*htblptr = jpeg_alloc_huff_table((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Copy the number-of-symbols-of-each-code-length counts */
MEMCOPY((*htblptr)->bits, bits, SIZEOF((*htblptr)->bits));
/* Validate the counts. We do this here mainly so we can copy the right
* number of symbols from the val[] array, without risking marching off
* the end of memory. jchuff.c will do a more thorough test later.
*/
nsymbols = 0;
for (len = 1; len <= 16; len++)
nsymbols += bits[len];
if (nsymbols < 1 || nsymbols > 256)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE);
MEMCOPY((*htblptr)->huffval, val, nsymbols * SIZEOF(UINT8));
/* Initialize sent_table FALSE so table will be written to JPEG file. */
(*htblptr)->sent_table = FALSE;
}
LOCAL(void)
std_huff_tables (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Set up the standard Huffman tables (cf. JPEG standard section K.3) */
/* IMPORTANT: these are only valid for 8-bit data precision! */
{
static const UINT8 bits_dc_luminance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 1, 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
static const UINT8 val_dc_luminance[] =
{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 };
static const UINT8 bits_dc_chrominance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
static const UINT8 val_dc_chrominance[] =
{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 };
static const UINT8 bits_ac_luminance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 2, 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 3, 5, 5, 4, 4, 0, 0, 1, 0x7d };
static const UINT8 val_ac_luminance[] =
{ 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x04, 0x11, 0x05, 0x12,
0x21, 0x31, 0x41, 0x06, 0x13, 0x51, 0x61, 0x07,
0x22, 0x71, 0x14, 0x32, 0x81, 0x91, 0xa1, 0x08,
0x23, 0x42, 0xb1, 0xc1, 0x15, 0x52, 0xd1, 0xf0,
0x24, 0x33, 0x62, 0x72, 0x82, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x16,
0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27, 0x28,
0x29, 0x2a, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39,
0x3a, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48, 0x49,
0x4a, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58, 0x59,
0x5a, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67, 0x68, 0x69,
0x6a, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77, 0x78, 0x79,
0x7a, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87, 0x88, 0x89,
0x8a, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96, 0x97, 0x98,
0x99, 0x9a, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5, 0xa6, 0xa7,
0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4, 0xb5, 0xb6,
0xb7, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc4, 0xc5,
0xc6, 0xc7, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4,
0xd5, 0xd6, 0xd7, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda, 0xe1, 0xe2,
0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7, 0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea,
0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8,
0xf9, 0xfa };
static const UINT8 bits_ac_chrominance[17] =
{ /* 0-base */ 0, 0, 2, 1, 2, 4, 4, 3, 4, 7, 5, 4, 4, 0, 1, 2, 0x77 };
static const UINT8 val_ac_chrominance[] =
{ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x11, 0x04, 0x05, 0x21,
0x31, 0x06, 0x12, 0x41, 0x51, 0x07, 0x61, 0x71,
0x13, 0x22, 0x32, 0x81, 0x08, 0x14, 0x42, 0x91,
0xa1, 0xb1, 0xc1, 0x09, 0x23, 0x33, 0x52, 0xf0,
0x15, 0x62, 0x72, 0xd1, 0x0a, 0x16, 0x24, 0x34,
0xe1, 0x25, 0xf1, 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x26,
0x27, 0x28, 0x29, 0x2a, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38,
0x39, 0x3a, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48,
0x49, 0x4a, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58,
0x59, 0x5a, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67, 0x68,
0x69, 0x6a, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77, 0x78,
0x79, 0x7a, 0x82, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87,
0x88, 0x89, 0x8a, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96,
0x97, 0x98, 0x99, 0x9a, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5,
0xa6, 0xa7, 0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4,
0xb5, 0xb6, 0xb7, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xc2, 0xc3,
0xc4, 0xc5, 0xc6, 0xc7, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xd2,
0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xd6, 0xd7, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda,
0xe2, 0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7, 0xe8, 0xe9,
0xea, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8,
0xf9, 0xfa };
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[0],
bits_dc_luminance, val_dc_luminance);
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[0],
bits_ac_luminance, val_ac_luminance);
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[1],
bits_dc_chrominance, val_dc_chrominance);
add_huff_table(cinfo, &cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[1],
bits_ac_chrominance, val_ac_chrominance);
}
/*
* Default parameter setup for compression.
*
* Applications that don't choose to use this routine must do their
* own setup of all these parameters. Alternately, you can call this
* to establish defaults and then alter parameters selectively. This
* is the recommended approach since, if we add any new parameters,
* your code will still work (they'll be set to reasonable defaults).
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_defaults (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int i;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Allocate comp_info array large enough for maximum component count.
* Array is made permanent in case application wants to compress
* multiple images at same param settings.
*/
if (cinfo->comp_info == NULL)
cinfo->comp_info = (jpeg_component_info *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
MAX_COMPONENTS * SIZEOF(jpeg_component_info));
/* Initialize everything not dependent on the color space */
cinfo->data_precision = BITS_IN_JSAMPLE;
/* Set up two quantization tables using default quality of 75 */
jpeg_set_quality(cinfo, 75, TRUE);
/* Set up two Huffman tables */
std_huff_tables(cinfo);
/* Initialize default arithmetic coding conditioning */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_ARITH_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->arith_dc_L[i] = 0;
cinfo->arith_dc_U[i] = 1;
cinfo->arith_ac_K[i] = 5;
}
/* Default is no multiple-scan output */
cinfo->scan_info = NULL;
cinfo->num_scans = 0;
/* Expect normal source image, not raw downsampled data */
cinfo->raw_data_in = FALSE;
/* Use Huffman coding, not arithmetic coding, by default */
cinfo->arith_code = FALSE;
/* By default, don't do extra passes to optimize entropy coding */
cinfo->optimize_coding = FALSE;
/* The standard Huffman tables are only valid for 8-bit data precision.
* If the precision is higher, force optimization on so that usable
* tables will be computed. This test can be removed if default tables
* are supplied that are valid for the desired precision.
*/
if (cinfo->data_precision > 8)
cinfo->optimize_coding = TRUE;
/* By default, use the simpler non-cosited sampling alignment */
cinfo->CCIR601_sampling = FALSE;
/* No input smoothing */
cinfo->smoothing_factor = 0;
/* DCT algorithm preference */
cinfo->dct_method = JDCT_DEFAULT;
/* No restart markers */
cinfo->restart_interval = 0;
cinfo->restart_in_rows = 0;
/* Fill in default JFIF marker parameters. Note that whether the marker
* will actually be written is determined by jpeg_set_colorspace.
*
* By default, the library emits JFIF version code 1.01.
* An application that wants to emit JFIF 1.02 extension markers should set
* JFIF_minor_version to 2. We could probably get away with just defaulting
* to 1.02, but there may still be some decoders in use that will complain
* about that; saying 1.01 should minimize compatibility problems.
*/
cinfo->JFIF_major_version = 1; /* Default JFIF version = 1.01 */
cinfo->JFIF_minor_version = 1;
cinfo->density_unit = 0; /* Pixel size is unknown by default */
cinfo->X_density = 1; /* Pixel aspect ratio is square by default */
cinfo->Y_density = 1;
/* Choose JPEG colorspace based on input space, set defaults accordingly */
jpeg_default_colorspace(cinfo);
}
/*
* Select an appropriate JPEG colorspace for in_color_space.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_default_colorspace (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
switch (cinfo->in_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_GRAYSCALE);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_YCbCr);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_YCbCr);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_CMYK); /* By default, no translation */
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_YCCK);
break;
case JCS_UNKNOWN:
jpeg_set_colorspace(cinfo, JCS_UNKNOWN);
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE);
}
}
/*
* Set the JPEG colorspace, and choose colorspace-dependent default values.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_set_colorspace (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_COLOR_SPACE colorspace)
{
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
int ci;
#define SET_COMP(index,id,hsamp,vsamp,quant,dctbl,actbl) \
(compptr = &cinfo->comp_info[index], \
compptr->component_id = (id), \
compptr->h_samp_factor = (hsamp), \
compptr->v_samp_factor = (vsamp), \
compptr->quant_tbl_no = (quant), \
compptr->dc_tbl_no = (dctbl), \
compptr->ac_tbl_no = (actbl) )
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* For all colorspaces, we use Q and Huff tables 0 for luminance components,
* tables 1 for chrominance components.
*/
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = colorspace;
cinfo->write_JFIF_header = FALSE; /* No marker for non-JFIF colorspaces */
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = FALSE; /* write no Adobe marker by default */
switch (colorspace) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
cinfo->write_JFIF_header = TRUE; /* Write a JFIF marker */
cinfo->num_components = 1;
/* JFIF specifies component ID 1 */
SET_COMP(0, 1, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = TRUE; /* write Adobe marker to flag RGB */
cinfo->num_components = 3;
SET_COMP(0, 0x52 /* 'R' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 0x47 /* 'G' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(2, 0x42 /* 'B' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_YCbCr:
cinfo->write_JFIF_header = TRUE; /* Write a JFIF marker */
cinfo->num_components = 3;
/* JFIF specifies component IDs 1,2,3 */
/* We default to 2x2 subsamples of chrominance */
SET_COMP(0, 1, 2,2, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 2, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
SET_COMP(2, 3, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = TRUE; /* write Adobe marker to flag CMYK */
cinfo->num_components = 4;
SET_COMP(0, 0x43 /* 'C' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 0x4D /* 'M' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(2, 0x59 /* 'Y' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(3, 0x4B /* 'K' */, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_YCCK:
cinfo->write_Adobe_marker = TRUE; /* write Adobe marker to flag YCCK */
cinfo->num_components = 4;
SET_COMP(0, 1, 2,2, 0, 0,0);
SET_COMP(1, 2, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
SET_COMP(2, 3, 1,1, 1, 1,1);
SET_COMP(3, 4, 2,2, 0, 0,0);
break;
case JCS_UNKNOWN:
cinfo->num_components = cinfo->input_components;
if (cinfo->num_components < 1 || cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
SET_COMP(ci, ci, 1,1, 0, 0,0);
}
break;
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
}
}
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
LOCAL(jpeg_scan_info *)
fill_a_scan (jpeg_scan_info * scanptr, int ci,
int Ss, int Se, int Ah, int Al)
/* Support routine: generate one scan for specified component */
{
scanptr->comps_in_scan = 1;
scanptr->component_index[0] = ci;
scanptr->Ss = Ss;
scanptr->Se = Se;
scanptr->Ah = Ah;
scanptr->Al = Al;
scanptr++;
return scanptr;
}
LOCAL(jpeg_scan_info *)
fill_scans (jpeg_scan_info * scanptr, int ncomps,
int Ss, int Se, int Ah, int Al)
/* Support routine: generate one scan for each component */
{
int ci;
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++) {
scanptr->comps_in_scan = 1;
scanptr->component_index[0] = ci;
scanptr->Ss = Ss;
scanptr->Se = Se;
scanptr->Ah = Ah;
scanptr->Al = Al;
scanptr++;
}
return scanptr;
}
LOCAL(jpeg_scan_info *)
fill_dc_scans (jpeg_scan_info * scanptr, int ncomps, int Ah, int Al)
/* Support routine: generate interleaved DC scan if possible, else N scans */
{
int ci;
if (ncomps <= MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN) {
/* Single interleaved DC scan */
scanptr->comps_in_scan = ncomps;
for (ci = 0; ci < ncomps; ci++)
scanptr->component_index[ci] = ci;
scanptr->Ss = scanptr->Se = 0;
scanptr->Ah = Ah;
scanptr->Al = Al;
scanptr++;
} else {
/* Noninterleaved DC scan for each component */
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 0, 0, Ah, Al);
}
return scanptr;
}
/*
* Create a recommended progressive-JPEG script.
* cinfo->num_components and cinfo->jpeg_color_space must be correct.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_simple_progression (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
int ncomps = cinfo->num_components;
int nscans;
jpeg_scan_info * scanptr;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Figure space needed for script. Calculation must match code below! */
if (ncomps == 3 && cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
/* Custom script for YCbCr color images. */
nscans = 10;
} else {
/* All-purpose script for other color spaces. */
if (ncomps > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
nscans = 6 * ncomps; /* 2 DC + 4 AC scans per component */
else
nscans = 2 + 4 * ncomps; /* 2 DC scans; 4 AC scans per component */
}
/* Allocate space for script.
* We need to put it in the permanent pool in case the application performs
* multiple compressions without changing the settings. To avoid a memory
* leak if jpeg_simple_progression is called repeatedly for the same JPEG
* object, we try to re-use previously allocated space, and we allocate
* enough space to handle YCbCr even if initially asked for grayscale.
*/
if (cinfo->script_space == NULL || cinfo->script_space_size < nscans) {
cinfo->script_space_size = MAX(nscans, 10);
cinfo->script_space = (jpeg_scan_info *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
cinfo->script_space_size * SIZEOF(jpeg_scan_info));
}
scanptr = cinfo->script_space;
cinfo->scan_info = scanptr;
cinfo->num_scans = nscans;
if (ncomps == 3 && cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
/* Custom script for YCbCr color images. */
/* Initial DC scan */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 0, 1);
/* Initial AC scan: get some luma data out in a hurry */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 1, 5, 0, 2);
/* Chroma data is too small to be worth expending many scans on */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 2, 1, 63, 0, 1);
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 1, 1, 63, 0, 1);
/* Complete spectral selection for luma AC */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 6, 63, 0, 2);
/* Refine next bit of luma AC */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 1, 63, 2, 1);
/* Finish DC successive approximation */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 0);
/* Finish AC successive approximation */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 2, 1, 63, 1, 0);
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 1, 1, 63, 1, 0);
/* Luma bottom bit comes last since it's usually largest scan */
scanptr = fill_a_scan(scanptr, 0, 1, 63, 1, 0);
} else {
/* All-purpose script for other color spaces. */
/* Successive approximation first pass */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 0, 1);
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 5, 0, 2);
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 6, 63, 0, 2);
/* Successive approximation second pass */
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 63, 2, 1);
/* Successive approximation final pass */
scanptr = fill_dc_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 0);
scanptr = fill_scans(scanptr, ncomps, 1, 63, 1, 0);
}
}
#endif /* C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
/*
* jcphuff.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains Huffman entropy encoding routines for progressive JPEG.
*
* We do not support output suspension in this module, since the library
* currently does not allow multiple-scan files to be written with output
* suspension.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jchuff.h" /* Declarations shared with jchuff.c */
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
/* Expanded entropy encoder object for progressive Huffman encoding. */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_entropy_encoder pub; /* public fields */
/* Mode flag: TRUE for optimization, FALSE for actual data output */
boolean gather_statistics;
/* Bit-level coding status.
* next_output_byte/free_in_buffer are local copies of cinfo->dest fields.
*/
JOCTET * next_output_byte; /* => next byte to write in buffer */
size_t free_in_buffer; /* # of byte spaces remaining in buffer */
INT32 put_buffer; /* current bit-accumulation buffer */
int put_bits; /* # of bits now in it */
j_compress_ptr cinfo; /* link to cinfo (needed for dump_buffer) */
/* Coding status for DC components */
int last_dc_val[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* last DC coef for each component */
/* Coding status for AC components */
int ac_tbl_no; /* the table number of the single component */
unsigned int EOBRUN; /* run length of EOBs */
unsigned int BE; /* # of buffered correction bits before MCU */
char * bit_buffer; /* buffer for correction bits (1 per char) */
/* packing correction bits tightly would save some space but cost time... */
unsigned int restarts_to_go; /* MCUs left in this restart interval */
int next_restart_num; /* next restart number to write (0-7) */
/* Pointers to derived tables (these workspaces have image lifespan).
* Since any one scan codes only DC or only AC, we only need one set
* of tables, not one for DC and one for AC.
*/
c_derived_tbl * derived_tbls[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
/* Statistics tables for optimization; again, one set is enough */
long * count_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
} phuff_entropy_encoder;
typedef phuff_entropy_encoder * phuff_entropy_ptr;
/* MAX_CORR_BITS is the number of bits the AC refinement correction-bit
* buffer can hold. Larger sizes may slightly improve compression, but
* 1000 is already well into the realm of overkill.
* The minimum safe size is 64 bits.
*/
#define MAX_CORR_BITS 1000 /* Max # of correction bits I can buffer */
/* IRIGHT_SHIFT is like RIGHT_SHIFT, but works on int rather than INT32.
* We assume that int right shift is unsigned if INT32 right shift is,
* which should be safe.
*/
#ifdef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS int ishift_temp;
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) \
((ishift_temp = (x)) < 0 ? \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)) | ((~0) << (16-(shft))) : \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)))
#else
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) ((x) >> (shft))
#endif
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(boolean) encode_mcu_DC_first JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
METHODDEF(boolean) encode_mcu_AC_first JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
METHODDEF(boolean) encode_mcu_DC_refine JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
METHODDEF(boolean) encode_mcu_AC_refine JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
METHODDEF(void) finish_pass_phuff JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
METHODDEF(void) finish_pass_gather_phuff JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Initialize for a Huffman-compressed scan using progressive JPEG.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_phuff (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean gather_statistics)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
boolean is_DC_band;
int ci, tbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
entropy->cinfo = cinfo;
entropy->gather_statistics = gather_statistics;
is_DC_band = (cinfo->Ss == 0);
/* We assume jcmaster.c already validated the scan parameters. */
/* Select execution routines */
if (cinfo->Ah == 0) {
if (is_DC_band)
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_DC_first;
else
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_AC_first;
} else {
if (is_DC_band)
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_DC_refine;
else {
entropy->pub.encode_mcu = encode_mcu_AC_refine;
/* AC refinement needs a correction bit buffer */
if (entropy->bit_buffer == NULL)
entropy->bit_buffer = (char *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
MAX_CORR_BITS * SIZEOF(char));
}
}
if (gather_statistics)
entropy->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass_gather_phuff;
else
entropy->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass_phuff;
/* Only DC coefficients may be interleaved, so cinfo->comps_in_scan = 1
* for AC coefficients.
*/
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Initialize DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
/* Get table index */
if (is_DC_band) {
if (cinfo->Ah != 0) /* DC refinement needs no table */
continue;
tbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
} else {
entropy->ac_tbl_no = tbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
}
if (gather_statistics) {
/* Check for invalid table index */
/* (make_c_derived_tbl does this in the other path) */
if (tbl < 0 || tbl >= NUM_HUFF_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, tbl);
/* Allocate and zero the statistics tables */
/* Note that jpeg_gen_optimal_table expects 257 entries in each table! */
if (entropy->count_ptrs[tbl] == NULL)
entropy->count_ptrs[tbl] = (long *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
257 * SIZEOF(long));
MEMZERO(entropy->count_ptrs[tbl], 257 * SIZEOF(long));
} else {
/* Compute derived values for Huffman table */
/* We may do this more than once for a table, but it's not expensive */
jpeg_make_c_derived_tbl(cinfo, is_DC_band, tbl,
& entropy->derived_tbls[tbl]);
}
}
/* Initialize AC stuff */
entropy->EOBRUN = 0;
entropy->BE = 0;
/* Initialize bit buffer to empty */
entropy->put_buffer = 0;
entropy->put_bits = 0;
/* Initialize restart stuff */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num = 0;
}
/* Outputting bytes to the file.
* NB: these must be called only when actually outputting,
* that is, entropy->gather_statistics == FALSE.
*/
/* Emit a byte */
#define emit_byte(entropy,val) \
{ *(entropy)->next_output_byte++ = (JOCTET) (val); \
if (--(entropy)->free_in_buffer == 0) \
dump_buffer(entropy); }
LOCAL(void)
dump_buffer (phuff_entropy_ptr entropy)
/* Empty the output buffer; we do not support suspension in this module. */
{
struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest = entropy->cinfo->dest;
if (! (*dest->empty_output_buffer) (entropy->cinfo))
ERREXIT(entropy->cinfo, JERR_CANT_SUSPEND);
/* After a successful buffer dump, must reset buffer pointers */
entropy->next_output_byte = dest->next_output_byte;
entropy->free_in_buffer = dest->free_in_buffer;
}
/* Outputting bits to the file */
/* Only the right 24 bits of put_buffer are used; the valid bits are
* left-justified in this part. At most 16 bits can be passed to emit_bits
* in one call, and we never retain more than 7 bits in put_buffer
* between calls, so 24 bits are sufficient.
*/
INLINE
LOCAL(void)
emit_bits (phuff_entropy_ptr entropy, unsigned int code, int size)
/* Emit some bits, unless we are in gather mode */
{
/* This routine is heavily used, so it's worth coding tightly. */
register INT32 put_buffer = (INT32) code;
register int put_bits = entropy->put_bits;
/* if size is 0, caller used an invalid Huffman table entry */
if (size == 0)
ERREXIT(entropy->cinfo, JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE);
if (entropy->gather_statistics)
return; /* do nothing if we're only getting stats */
put_buffer &= (((INT32) 1)<<size) - 1; /* mask off any extra bits in code */
put_bits += size; /* new number of bits in buffer */
put_buffer <<= 24 - put_bits; /* align incoming bits */
put_buffer |= entropy->put_buffer; /* and merge with old buffer contents */
while (put_bits >= 8) {
int c = (int) ((put_buffer >> 16) & 0xFF);
emit_byte(entropy, c);
if (c == 0xFF) { /* need to stuff a zero byte? */
emit_byte(entropy, 0);
}
put_buffer <<= 8;
put_bits -= 8;
}
entropy->put_buffer = put_buffer; /* update variables */
entropy->put_bits = put_bits;
}
LOCAL(void)
flush_bits (phuff_entropy_ptr entropy)
{
emit_bits(entropy, 0x7F, 7); /* fill any partial byte with ones */
entropy->put_buffer = 0; /* and reset bit-buffer to empty */
entropy->put_bits = 0;
}
/*
* Emit (or just count) a Huffman symbol.
*/
INLINE
LOCAL(void)
emit_symbol (phuff_entropy_ptr entropy, int tbl_no, int symbol)
{
if (entropy->gather_statistics)
entropy->count_ptrs[tbl_no][symbol]++;
else {
c_derived_tbl * tbl = entropy->derived_tbls[tbl_no];
emit_bits(entropy, tbl->ehufco[symbol], tbl->ehufsi[symbol]);
}
}
/*
* Emit bits from a correction bit buffer.
*/
LOCAL(void)
emit_buffered_bits (phuff_entropy_ptr entropy, char * bufstart,
unsigned int nbits)
{
if (entropy->gather_statistics)
return; /* no real work */
while (nbits > 0) {
emit_bits(entropy, (unsigned int) (*bufstart), 1);
bufstart++;
nbits--;
}
}
/*
* Emit any pending EOBRUN symbol.
*/
LOCAL(void)
emit_eobrun (phuff_entropy_ptr entropy)
{
register int temp, nbits;
if (entropy->EOBRUN > 0) { /* if there is any pending EOBRUN */
temp = entropy->EOBRUN;
nbits = 0;
while ((temp >>= 1))
nbits++;
/* safety check: shouldn't happen given limited correction-bit buffer */
if (nbits > 14)
ERREXIT(entropy->cinfo, JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE);
emit_symbol(entropy, entropy->ac_tbl_no, nbits << 4);
if (nbits)
emit_bits(entropy, entropy->EOBRUN, nbits);
entropy->EOBRUN = 0;
/* Emit any buffered correction bits */
emit_buffered_bits(entropy, entropy->bit_buffer, entropy->BE);
entropy->BE = 0;
}
}
/*
* Emit a restart marker & resynchronize predictions.
*/
LOCAL(void)
emit_restart (phuff_entropy_ptr entropy, int restart_num)
{
int ci;
emit_eobrun(entropy);
if (! entropy->gather_statistics) {
flush_bits(entropy);
emit_byte(entropy, 0xFF);
emit_byte(entropy, JPEG_RST0 + restart_num);
}
if (entropy->cinfo->Ss == 0) {
/* Re-initialize DC predictions to 0 */
for (ci = 0; ci < entropy->cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++)
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
} else {
/* Re-initialize all AC-related fields to 0 */
entropy->EOBRUN = 0;
entropy->BE = 0;
}
}
/*
* MCU encoding for DC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_DC_first (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
register int temp, temp2;
register int nbits;
int blkn, ci;
int Al = cinfo->Al;
JBLOCKROW block;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
ISHIFT_TEMPS
entropy->next_output_byte = cinfo->dest->next_output_byte;
entropy->free_in_buffer = cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval)
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
emit_restart(entropy, entropy->next_restart_num);
/* Encode the MCU data blocks */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Compute the DC value after the required point transform by Al.
* This is simply an arithmetic right shift.
*/
temp2 = IRIGHT_SHIFT((int) ((*block)[0]), Al);
/* DC differences are figured on the point-transformed values. */
temp = temp2 - entropy->last_dc_val[ci];
entropy->last_dc_val[ci] = temp2;
/* Encode the DC coefficient difference per section G.1.2.1 */
temp2 = temp;
if (temp < 0) {
temp = -temp; /* temp is abs value of input */
/* For a negative input, want temp2 = bitwise complement of abs(input) */
/* This code assumes we are on a two's complement machine */
temp2--;
}
/* Find the number of bits needed for the magnitude of the coefficient */
nbits = 0;
while (temp) {
nbits++;
temp >>= 1;
}
/* Check for out-of-range coefficient values.
* Since we're encoding a difference, the range limit is twice as much.
*/
if (nbits > MAX_COEF_BITS+1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF);
/* Count/emit the Huffman-coded symbol for the number of bits */
emit_symbol(entropy, compptr->dc_tbl_no, nbits);
/* Emit that number of bits of the value, if positive, */
/* or the complement of its magnitude, if negative. */
if (nbits) /* emit_bits rejects calls with size 0 */
emit_bits(entropy, (unsigned int) temp2, nbits);
}
cinfo->dest->next_output_byte = entropy->next_output_byte;
cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer = entropy->free_in_buffer;
/* Update restart-interval state too */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU encoding for AC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_AC_first (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
register int temp, temp2;
register int nbits;
register int r, k;
int Se = cinfo->Se;
int Al = cinfo->Al;
JBLOCKROW block;
entropy->next_output_byte = cinfo->dest->next_output_byte;
entropy->free_in_buffer = cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval)
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
emit_restart(entropy, entropy->next_restart_num);
/* Encode the MCU data block */
block = MCU_data[0];
/* Encode the AC coefficients per section G.1.2.2, fig. G.3 */
r = 0; /* r = run length of zeros */
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k <= Se; k++) {
if ((temp = (*block)[jpeg_natural_order[k]]) == 0) {
r++;
continue;
}
/* We must apply the point transform by Al. For AC coefficients this
* is an integer division with rounding towards 0. To do this portably
* in C, we shift after obtaining the absolute value; so the code is
* interwoven with finding the abs value (temp) and output bits (temp2).
*/
if (temp < 0) {
temp = -temp; /* temp is abs value of input */
temp >>= Al; /* apply the point transform */
/* For a negative coef, want temp2 = bitwise complement of abs(coef) */
temp2 = ~temp;
} else {
temp >>= Al; /* apply the point transform */
temp2 = temp;
}
/* Watch out for case that nonzero coef is zero after point transform */
if (temp == 0) {
r++;
continue;
}
/* Emit any pending EOBRUN */
if (entropy->EOBRUN > 0)
emit_eobrun(entropy);
/* if run length > 15, must emit special run-length-16 codes (0xF0) */
while (r > 15) {
emit_symbol(entropy, entropy->ac_tbl_no, 0xF0);
r -= 16;
}
/* Find the number of bits needed for the magnitude of the coefficient */
nbits = 1; /* there must be at least one 1 bit */
while ((temp >>= 1))
nbits++;
/* Check for out-of-range coefficient values */
if (nbits > MAX_COEF_BITS)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF);
/* Count/emit Huffman symbol for run length / number of bits */
emit_symbol(entropy, entropy->ac_tbl_no, (r << 4) + nbits);
/* Emit that number of bits of the value, if positive, */
/* or the complement of its magnitude, if negative. */
emit_bits(entropy, (unsigned int) temp2, nbits);
r = 0; /* reset zero run length */
}
if (r > 0) { /* If there are trailing zeroes, */
entropy->EOBRUN++; /* count an EOB */
if (entropy->EOBRUN == 0x7FFF)
emit_eobrun(entropy); /* force it out to avoid overflow */
}
cinfo->dest->next_output_byte = entropy->next_output_byte;
cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer = entropy->free_in_buffer;
/* Update restart-interval state too */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU encoding for DC successive approximation refinement scan.
* Note: we assume such scans can be multi-component, although the spec
* is not very clear on the point.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_DC_refine (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
register int temp;
int blkn;
int Al = cinfo->Al;
JBLOCKROW block;
entropy->next_output_byte = cinfo->dest->next_output_byte;
entropy->free_in_buffer = cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval)
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
emit_restart(entropy, entropy->next_restart_num);
/* Encode the MCU data blocks */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
/* We simply emit the Al'th bit of the DC coefficient value. */
temp = (*block)[0];
emit_bits(entropy, (unsigned int) (temp >> Al), 1);
}
cinfo->dest->next_output_byte = entropy->next_output_byte;
cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer = entropy->free_in_buffer;
/* Update restart-interval state too */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU encoding for AC successive approximation refinement scan.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
encode_mcu_AC_refine (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
register int temp;
register int r, k;
int EOB;
char *BR_buffer;
unsigned int BR;
int Se = cinfo->Se;
int Al = cinfo->Al;
JBLOCKROW block;
int absvalues[DCTSIZE2];
entropy->next_output_byte = cinfo->dest->next_output_byte;
entropy->free_in_buffer = cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer;
/* Emit restart marker if needed */
if (cinfo->restart_interval)
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
emit_restart(entropy, entropy->next_restart_num);
/* Encode the MCU data block */
block = MCU_data[0];
/* It is convenient to make a pre-pass to determine the transformed
* coefficients' absolute values and the EOB position.
*/
EOB = 0;
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k <= Se; k++) {
temp = (*block)[jpeg_natural_order[k]];
/* We must apply the point transform by Al. For AC coefficients this
* is an integer division with rounding towards 0. To do this portably
* in C, we shift after obtaining the absolute value.
*/
if (temp < 0)
temp = -temp; /* temp is abs value of input */
temp >>= Al; /* apply the point transform */
absvalues[k] = temp; /* save abs value for main pass */
if (temp == 1)
EOB = k; /* EOB = index of last newly-nonzero coef */
}
/* Encode the AC coefficients per section G.1.2.3, fig. G.7 */
r = 0; /* r = run length of zeros */
BR = 0; /* BR = count of buffered bits added now */
BR_buffer = entropy->bit_buffer + entropy->BE; /* Append bits to buffer */
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k <= Se; k++) {
if ((temp = absvalues[k]) == 0) {
r++;
continue;
}
/* Emit any required ZRLs, but not if they can be folded into EOB */
while (r > 15 && k <= EOB) {
/* emit any pending EOBRUN and the BE correction bits */
emit_eobrun(entropy);
/* Emit ZRL */
emit_symbol(entropy, entropy->ac_tbl_no, 0xF0);
r -= 16;
/* Emit buffered correction bits that must be associated with ZRL */
emit_buffered_bits(entropy, BR_buffer, BR);
BR_buffer = entropy->bit_buffer; /* BE bits are gone now */
BR = 0;
}
/* If the coef was previously nonzero, it only needs a correction bit.
* NOTE: a straight translation of the spec's figure G.7 would suggest
* that we also need to test r > 15. But if r > 15, we can only get here
* if k > EOB, which implies that this coefficient is not 1.
*/
if (temp > 1) {
/* The correction bit is the next bit of the absolute value. */
BR_buffer[BR++] = (char) (temp & 1);
continue;
}
/* Emit any pending EOBRUN and the BE correction bits */
emit_eobrun(entropy);
/* Count/emit Huffman symbol for run length / number of bits */
emit_symbol(entropy, entropy->ac_tbl_no, (r << 4) + 1);
/* Emit output bit for newly-nonzero coef */
temp = ((*block)[jpeg_natural_order[k]] < 0) ? 0 : 1;
emit_bits(entropy, (unsigned int) temp, 1);
/* Emit buffered correction bits that must be associated with this code */
emit_buffered_bits(entropy, BR_buffer, BR);
BR_buffer = entropy->bit_buffer; /* BE bits are gone now */
BR = 0;
r = 0; /* reset zero run length */
}
if (r > 0 || BR > 0) { /* If there are trailing zeroes, */
entropy->EOBRUN++; /* count an EOB */
entropy->BE += BR; /* concat my correction bits to older ones */
/* We force out the EOB if we risk either:
* 1. overflow of the EOB counter;
* 2. overflow of the correction bit buffer during the next MCU.
*/
if (entropy->EOBRUN == 0x7FFF || entropy->BE > (MAX_CORR_BITS-DCTSIZE2+1))
emit_eobrun(entropy);
}
cinfo->dest->next_output_byte = entropy->next_output_byte;
cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer = entropy->free_in_buffer;
/* Update restart-interval state too */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0) {
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
entropy->next_restart_num++;
entropy->next_restart_num &= 7;
}
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Finish up at the end of a Huffman-compressed progressive scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass_phuff (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
entropy->next_output_byte = cinfo->dest->next_output_byte;
entropy->free_in_buffer = cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer;
/* Flush out any buffered data */
emit_eobrun(entropy);
flush_bits(entropy);
cinfo->dest->next_output_byte = entropy->next_output_byte;
cinfo->dest->free_in_buffer = entropy->free_in_buffer;
}
/*
* Finish up a statistics-gathering pass and create the new Huffman tables.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_pass_gather_phuff (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
boolean is_DC_band;
int ci, tbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JHUFF_TBL **htblptr;
boolean did[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
/* Flush out buffered data (all we care about is counting the EOB symbol) */
emit_eobrun(entropy);
is_DC_band = (cinfo->Ss == 0);
/* It's important not to apply jpeg_gen_optimal_table more than once
* per table, because it clobbers the input frequency counts!
*/
MEMZERO(did, SIZEOF(did));
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
if (is_DC_band) {
if (cinfo->Ah != 0) /* DC refinement needs no table */
continue;
tbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
} else {
tbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
}
if (! did[tbl]) {
if (is_DC_band)
htblptr = & cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[tbl];
else
htblptr = & cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[tbl];
if (*htblptr == NULL)
*htblptr = jpeg_alloc_huff_table((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
jpeg_gen_optimal_table(cinfo, *htblptr, entropy->count_ptrs[tbl]);
did[tbl] = TRUE;
}
}
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for progressive Huffman entropy encoding.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_phuff_encoder (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy;
int i;
entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(phuff_entropy_encoder));
cinfo->entropy = (struct jpeg_entropy_encoder *) entropy;
entropy->pub.start_pass = start_pass_phuff;
/* Mark tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
entropy->derived_tbls[i] = NULL;
entropy->count_ptrs[i] = NULL;
}
entropy->bit_buffer = NULL; /* needed only in AC refinement scan */
}
#endif /* C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/*
* jcprepct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the compression preprocessing controller.
* This controller manages the color conversion, downsampling,
* and edge expansion steps.
*
* Most of the complexity here is associated with buffering input rows
* as required by the downsampler. See the comments at the head of
* jcsample.c for the downsampler's needs.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* At present, jcsample.c can request context rows only for smoothing.
* In the future, we might also need context rows for CCIR601 sampling
* or other more-complex downsampling procedures. The code to support
* context rows should be compiled only if needed.
*/
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
#define CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
#endif
/*
* For the simple (no-context-row) case, we just need to buffer one
* row group's worth of pixels for the downsampling step. At the bottom of
* the image, we pad to a full row group by replicating the last pixel row.
* The downsampler's last output row is then replicated if needed to pad
* out to a full iMCU row.
*
* When providing context rows, we must buffer three row groups' worth of
* pixels. Three row groups are physically allocated, but the row pointer
* arrays are made five row groups high, with the extra pointers above and
* below "wrapping around" to point to the last and first real row groups.
* This allows the downsampler to access the proper context rows.
* At the top and bottom of the image, we create dummy context rows by
* copying the first or last real pixel row. This copying could be avoided
* by pointer hacking as is done in jdmainct.c, but it doesn't seem worth the
* trouble on the compression side.
*/
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_prep_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* Downsampling input buffer. This buffer holds color-converted data
* until we have enough to do a downsample step.
*/
JSAMPARRAY color_buf[MAX_COMPONENTS];
JDIMENSION rows_to_go; /* counts rows remaining in source image */
int next_buf_row; /* index of next row to store in color_buf */
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED /* only needed for context case */
int this_row_group; /* starting row index of group to process */
int next_buf_stop; /* downsample when we reach this index */
#endif
} my_prep_controller;
typedef my_prep_controller * my_prep_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_prep (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
if (pass_mode != JBUF_PASS_THRU)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
/* Initialize total-height counter for detecting bottom of image */
prep->rows_to_go = cinfo->image_height;
/* Mark the conversion buffer empty */
prep->next_buf_row = 0;
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
/* Preset additional state variables for context mode.
* These aren't used in non-context mode, so we needn't test which mode.
*/
prep->this_row_group = 0;
/* Set next_buf_stop to stop after two row groups have been read in. */
prep->next_buf_stop = 2 * cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
#endif
}
/*
* Expand an image vertically from height input_rows to height output_rows,
* by duplicating the bottom row.
*/
LOCAL(void)
expand_bottom_edge (JSAMPARRAY image_data, JDIMENSION num_cols,
int input_rows, int output_rows)
{
register int row;
for (row = input_rows; row < output_rows; row++) {
jcopy_sample_rows(image_data, input_rows-1, image_data, row,
1, num_cols);
}
}
/*
* Process some data in the simple no-context case.
*
* Preprocessor output data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be v_samp_factor sample rows of each component.
* Downsampling will produce this much data from each max_v_samp_factor
* input rows.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
pre_process_data (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_row_groups_avail)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
int numrows, ci;
JDIMENSION inrows;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
while (*in_row_ctr < in_rows_avail &&
*out_row_group_ctr < out_row_groups_avail) {
/* Do color conversion to fill the conversion buffer. */
inrows = in_rows_avail - *in_row_ctr;
numrows = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor - prep->next_buf_row;
numrows = (int) MIN((JDIMENSION) numrows, inrows);
(*cinfo->cconvert->color_convert) (cinfo, input_buf + *in_row_ctr,
prep->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) prep->next_buf_row,
numrows);
*in_row_ctr += numrows;
prep->next_buf_row += numrows;
prep->rows_to_go -= numrows;
/* If at bottom of image, pad to fill the conversion buffer. */
if (prep->rows_to_go == 0 &&
prep->next_buf_row < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
expand_bottom_edge(prep->color_buf[ci], cinfo->image_width,
prep->next_buf_row, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
}
prep->next_buf_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
}
/* If we've filled the conversion buffer, empty it. */
if (prep->next_buf_row == cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
(*cinfo->downsample->downsample) (cinfo,
prep->color_buf, (JDIMENSION) 0,
output_buf, *out_row_group_ctr);
prep->next_buf_row = 0;
(*out_row_group_ctr)++;
}
/* If at bottom of image, pad the output to a full iMCU height.
* Note we assume the caller is providing a one-iMCU-height output buffer!
*/
if (prep->rows_to_go == 0 &&
*out_row_group_ctr < out_row_groups_avail) {
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
expand_bottom_edge(output_buf[ci],
compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE,
(int) (*out_row_group_ctr * compptr->v_samp_factor),
(int) (out_row_groups_avail * compptr->v_samp_factor));
}
*out_row_group_ctr = out_row_groups_avail;
break; /* can exit outer loop without test */
}
}
}
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data in the context case.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
pre_process_context (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_row_groups_avail)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
int numrows, ci;
int buf_height = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * 3;
JDIMENSION inrows;
while (*out_row_group_ctr < out_row_groups_avail) {
if (*in_row_ctr < in_rows_avail) {
/* Do color conversion to fill the conversion buffer. */
inrows = in_rows_avail - *in_row_ctr;
numrows = prep->next_buf_stop - prep->next_buf_row;
numrows = (int) MIN((JDIMENSION) numrows, inrows);
(*cinfo->cconvert->color_convert) (cinfo, input_buf + *in_row_ctr,
prep->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) prep->next_buf_row,
numrows);
/* Pad at top of image, if first time through */
if (prep->rows_to_go == cinfo->image_height) {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
int row;
for (row = 1; row <= cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; row++) {
jcopy_sample_rows(prep->color_buf[ci], 0,
prep->color_buf[ci], -row,
1, cinfo->image_width);
}
}
}
*in_row_ctr += numrows;
prep->next_buf_row += numrows;
prep->rows_to_go -= numrows;
} else {
/* Return for more data, unless we are at the bottom of the image. */
if (prep->rows_to_go != 0)
break;
/* When at bottom of image, pad to fill the conversion buffer. */
if (prep->next_buf_row < prep->next_buf_stop) {
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++) {
expand_bottom_edge(prep->color_buf[ci], cinfo->image_width,
prep->next_buf_row, prep->next_buf_stop);
}
prep->next_buf_row = prep->next_buf_stop;
}
}
/* If we've gotten enough data, downsample a row group. */
if (prep->next_buf_row == prep->next_buf_stop) {
(*cinfo->downsample->downsample) (cinfo,
prep->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) prep->this_row_group,
output_buf, *out_row_group_ctr);
(*out_row_group_ctr)++;
/* Advance pointers with wraparound as necessary. */
prep->this_row_group += cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
if (prep->this_row_group >= buf_height)
prep->this_row_group = 0;
if (prep->next_buf_row >= buf_height)
prep->next_buf_row = 0;
prep->next_buf_stop = prep->next_buf_row + cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
}
}
}
/*
* Create the wrapped-around downsampling input buffer needed for context mode.
*/
LOCAL(void)
create_context_buffer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_prep_ptr prep = (my_prep_ptr) cinfo->prep;
int rgroup_height = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
int ci, i;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JSAMPARRAY true_buffer, fake_buffer;
/* Grab enough space for fake row pointers for all the components;
* we need five row groups' worth of pointers for each component.
*/
fake_buffer = (JSAMPARRAY)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(cinfo->num_components * 5 * rgroup_height) *
SIZEOF(JSAMPROW));
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Allocate the actual buffer space (3 row groups) for this component.
* We make the buffer wide enough to allow the downsampler to edge-expand
* horizontally within the buffer, if it so chooses.
*/
true_buffer = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) (((long) compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE *
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor) / compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) (3 * rgroup_height));
/* Copy true buffer row pointers into the middle of the fake row array */
MEMCOPY(fake_buffer + rgroup_height, true_buffer,
3 * rgroup_height * SIZEOF(JSAMPROW));
/* Fill in the above and below wraparound pointers */
for (i = 0; i < rgroup_height; i++) {
fake_buffer[i] = true_buffer[2 * rgroup_height + i];
fake_buffer[4 * rgroup_height + i] = true_buffer[i];
}
prep->color_buf[ci] = fake_buffer + rgroup_height;
fake_buffer += 5 * rgroup_height; /* point to space for next component */
}
}
#endif /* CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize preprocessing controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_c_prep_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_prep_ptr prep;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
if (need_full_buffer) /* safety check */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
prep = (my_prep_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_prep_controller));
cinfo->prep = (struct jpeg_c_prep_controller *) prep;
prep->pub.start_pass = start_pass_prep;
/* Allocate the color conversion buffer.
* We make the buffer wide enough to allow the downsampler to edge-expand
* horizontally within the buffer, if it so chooses.
*/
if (cinfo->downsample->need_context_rows) {
/* Set up to provide context rows */
#ifdef CONTEXT_ROWS_SUPPORTED
prep->pub.pre_process_data = pre_process_context;
create_context_buffer(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
/* No context, just make it tall enough for one row group */
prep->pub.pre_process_data = pre_process_data;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
prep->color_buf[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) (((long) compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE *
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor) / compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
/*
* jcsample.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains downsampling routines.
*
* Downsampling input data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be max_v_samp_factor pixel rows of each component,
* from which the downsampler produces v_samp_factor sample rows.
* A single row group is processed in each call to the downsampler module.
*
* The downsampler is responsible for edge-expansion of its output data
* to fill an integral number of DCT blocks horizontally. The source buffer
* may be modified if it is helpful for this purpose (the source buffer is
* allocated wide enough to correspond to the desired output width).
* The caller (the prep controller) is responsible for vertical padding.
*
* The downsampler may request "context rows" by setting need_context_rows
* during startup. In this case, the input arrays will contain at least
* one row group's worth of pixels above and below the passed-in data;
* the caller will create dummy rows at image top and bottom by replicating
* the first or last real pixel row.
*
* An excellent reference for image resampling is
* Digital Image Warping, George Wolberg, 1990.
* Pub. by IEEE Computer Society Press, Los Alamitos, CA. ISBN 0-8186-8944-7.
*
* The downsampling algorithm used here is a simple average of the source
* pixels covered by the output pixel. The hi-falutin sampling literature
* refers to this as a "box filter". In general the characteristics of a box
* filter are not very good, but for the specific cases we normally use (1:1
* and 2:1 ratios) the box is equivalent to a "triangle filter" which is not
* nearly so bad. If you intend to use other sampling ratios, you'd be well
* advised to improve this code.
*
* A simple input-smoothing capability is provided. This is mainly intended
* for cleaning up color-dithered GIF input files (if you find it inadequate,
* we suggest using an external filtering program such as pnmconvol). When
* enabled, each input pixel P is replaced by a weighted sum of itself and its
* eight neighbors. P's weight is 1-8*SF and each neighbor's weight is SF,
* where SF = (smoothing_factor / 1024).
* Currently, smoothing is only supported for 2h2v sampling factors.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Pointer to routine to downsample a single component */
typedef JMETHOD(void, downsample1_ptr,
(j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data));
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_downsampler pub; /* public fields */
/* Downsampling method pointers, one per component */
downsample1_ptr methods[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_downsampler;
typedef my_downsampler * my_downsample_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for a downsampling pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work for now */
}
/*
* Expand a component horizontally from width input_cols to width output_cols,
* by duplicating the rightmost samples.
*/
LOCAL(void)
expand_right_edge (JSAMPARRAY image_data, int num_rows,
JDIMENSION input_cols, JDIMENSION output_cols)
{
register JSAMPROW ptr;
register JSAMPLE pixval;
register int count;
int row;
int numcols = (int) (output_cols - input_cols);
if (numcols > 0) {
for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) {
ptr = image_data[row] + input_cols;
pixval = ptr[-1]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
for (count = numcols; count > 0; count--)
*ptr++ = pixval;
}
}
}
/*
* Do downsampling for a whole row group (all components).
*
* In this version we simply downsample each component independently.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
sep_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_index,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf, JDIMENSION out_row_group_index)
{
my_downsample_ptr downsample = (my_downsample_ptr) cinfo->downsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JSAMPARRAY in_ptr, out_ptr;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
in_ptr = input_buf[ci] + in_row_index;
out_ptr = output_buf[ci] + (out_row_group_index * compptr->v_samp_factor);
(*downsample->methods[ci]) (cinfo, compptr, in_ptr, out_ptr);
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* One row group is processed per call.
* This version handles arbitrary integral sampling ratios, without smoothing.
* Note that this version is not actually used for customary sampling ratios.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
int_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow, outrow, h_expand, v_expand, numpix, numpix2, h, v;
JDIMENSION outcol, outcol_h; /* outcol_h == outcol*h_expand */
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE;
JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
INT32 outvalue;
h_expand = cinfo->max_h_samp_factor / compptr->h_samp_factor;
v_expand = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor / compptr->v_samp_factor;
numpix = h_expand * v_expand;
numpix2 = numpix/2;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * h_expand);
inrow = 0;
for (outrow = 0; outrow < compptr->v_samp_factor; outrow++) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
for (outcol = 0, outcol_h = 0; outcol < output_cols;
outcol++, outcol_h += h_expand) {
outvalue = 0;
for (v = 0; v < v_expand; v++) {
inptr = input_data[inrow+v] + outcol_h;
for (h = 0; h < h_expand; h++) {
outvalue += (INT32) GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
}
}
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((outvalue + numpix2) / numpix);
}
inrow += v_expand;
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the special case of a full-size component,
* without smoothing.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
fullsize_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
/* Copy the data */
jcopy_sample_rows(input_data, 0, output_data, 0,
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor, cinfo->image_width);
/* Edge-expand */
expand_right_edge(output_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE);
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical,
* without smoothing.
*
* A note about the "bias" calculations: when rounding fractional values to
* integer, we do not want to always round 0.5 up to the next integer.
* If we did that, we'd introduce a noticeable bias towards larger values.
* Instead, this code is arranged so that 0.5 will be rounded up or down at
* alternate pixel locations (a simple ordered dither pattern).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v1_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int outrow;
JDIMENSION outcol;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register int bias;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * 2);
for (outrow = 0; outrow < compptr->v_samp_factor; outrow++) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
inptr = input_data[outrow];
bias = 0; /* bias = 0,1,0,1,... for successive samples */
for (outcol = 0; outcol < output_cols; outcol++) {
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((GETJSAMPLE(*inptr) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr[1])
+ bias) >> 1);
bias ^= 1; /* 0=>1, 1=>0 */
inptr += 2;
}
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the standard case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical,
* without smoothing.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow, outrow;
JDIMENSION outcol;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, outptr;
register int bias;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * 2);
inrow = 0;
for (outrow = 0; outrow < compptr->v_samp_factor; outrow++) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
inptr0 = input_data[inrow];
inptr1 = input_data[inrow+1];
bias = 1; /* bias = 1,2,1,2,... for successive samples */
for (outcol = 0; outcol < output_cols; outcol++) {
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1])
+ bias) >> 2);
bias ^= 3; /* 1=>2, 2=>1 */
inptr0 += 2; inptr1 += 2;
}
inrow += 2;
}
}
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the standard case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical,
* with smoothing. One row of context is required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_smooth_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int inrow, outrow;
JDIMENSION colctr;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, above_ptr, below_ptr, outptr;
INT32 membersum, neighsum, memberscale, neighscale;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data - 1, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor + 2,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols * 2);
/* We don't bother to form the individual "smoothed" input pixel values;
* we can directly compute the output which is the average of the four
* smoothed values. Each of the four member pixels contributes a fraction
* (1-8*SF) to its own smoothed image and a fraction SF to each of the three
* other smoothed pixels, therefore a total fraction (1-5*SF)/4 to the final
* output. The four corner-adjacent neighbor pixels contribute a fraction
* SF to just one smoothed pixel, or SF/4 to the final output; while the
* eight edge-adjacent neighbors contribute SF to each of two smoothed
* pixels, or SF/2 overall. In order to use integer arithmetic, these
* factors are scaled by 2^16 = 65536.
* Also recall that SF = smoothing_factor / 1024.
*/
memberscale = 16384 - cinfo->smoothing_factor * 80; /* scaled (1-5*SF)/4 */
neighscale = cinfo->smoothing_factor * 16; /* scaled SF/4 */
inrow = 0;
for (outrow = 0; outrow < compptr->v_samp_factor; outrow++) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
inptr0 = input_data[inrow];
inptr1 = input_data[inrow+1];
above_ptr = input_data[inrow-1];
below_ptr = input_data[inrow+2];
/* Special case for first column: pretend column -1 is same as column 0 */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
neighsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[2]);
neighsum += neighsum;
neighsum += GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[2]);
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
inptr0 += 2; inptr1 += 2; above_ptr += 2; below_ptr += 2;
for (colctr = output_cols - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
/* sum of pixels directly mapped to this output element */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
/* sum of edge-neighbor pixels */
neighsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[2]);
/* The edge-neighbors count twice as much as corner-neighbors */
neighsum += neighsum;
/* Add in the corner-neighbors */
neighsum += GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[2]) +
GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[2]);
/* form final output scaled up by 2^16 */
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
/* round, descale and output it */
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
inptr0 += 2; inptr1 += 2; above_ptr += 2; below_ptr += 2;
}
/* Special case for last column */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
neighsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[1]);
neighsum += neighsum;
neighsum += GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(above_ptr[1]) +
GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[-1]) + GETJSAMPLE(below_ptr[1]);
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
inrow += 2;
}
}
/*
* Downsample pixel values of a single component.
* This version handles the special case of a full-size component,
* with smoothing. One row of context is required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
fullsize_smooth_downsample (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info *compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY output_data)
{
int outrow;
JDIMENSION colctr;
JDIMENSION output_cols = compptr->width_in_blocks * DCTSIZE;
register JSAMPROW inptr, above_ptr, below_ptr, outptr;
INT32 membersum, neighsum, memberscale, neighscale;
int colsum, lastcolsum, nextcolsum;
/* Expand input data enough to let all the output samples be generated
* by the standard loop. Special-casing padded output would be more
* efficient.
*/
expand_right_edge(input_data - 1, cinfo->max_v_samp_factor + 2,
cinfo->image_width, output_cols);
/* Each of the eight neighbor pixels contributes a fraction SF to the
* smoothed pixel, while the main pixel contributes (1-8*SF). In order
* to use integer arithmetic, these factors are multiplied by 2^16 = 65536.
* Also recall that SF = smoothing_factor / 1024.
*/
memberscale = 65536L - cinfo->smoothing_factor * 512L; /* scaled 1-8*SF */
neighscale = cinfo->smoothing_factor * 64; /* scaled SF */
for (outrow = 0; outrow < compptr->v_samp_factor; outrow++) {
outptr = output_data[outrow];
inptr = input_data[outrow];
above_ptr = input_data[outrow-1];
below_ptr = input_data[outrow+1];
/* Special case for first column */
colsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr++) + GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr++) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
neighsum = colsum + (colsum - membersum) + nextcolsum;
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
lastcolsum = colsum; colsum = nextcolsum;
for (colctr = output_cols - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
above_ptr++; below_ptr++;
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*above_ptr) + GETJSAMPLE(*below_ptr) +
GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
neighsum = lastcolsum + (colsum - membersum) + nextcolsum;
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
lastcolsum = colsum; colsum = nextcolsum;
}
/* Special case for last column */
membersum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
neighsum = lastcolsum + (colsum - membersum) + colsum;
membersum = membersum * memberscale + neighsum * neighscale;
*outptr = (JSAMPLE) ((membersum + 32768) >> 16);
}
}
#endif /* INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Module initialization routine for downsampling.
* Note that we must select a routine for each component.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_downsampler (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_downsample_ptr downsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
boolean smoothok = TRUE;
downsample = (my_downsample_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_downsampler));
cinfo->downsample = (struct jpeg_downsampler *) downsample;
downsample->pub.start_pass = start_pass_downsample;
downsample->pub.downsample = sep_downsample;
downsample->pub.need_context_rows = FALSE;
if (cinfo->CCIR601_sampling)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL);
/* Verify we can handle the sampling factors, and set up method pointers */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->h_samp_factor == cinfo->max_h_samp_factor &&
compptr->v_samp_factor == cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->smoothing_factor) {
downsample->methods[ci] = fullsize_smooth_downsample;
downsample->pub.need_context_rows = TRUE;
} else
#endif
downsample->methods[ci] = fullsize_downsample;
} else if (compptr->h_samp_factor * 2 == cinfo->max_h_samp_factor &&
compptr->v_samp_factor == cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
smoothok = FALSE;
downsample->methods[ci] = h2v1_downsample;
} else if (compptr->h_samp_factor * 2 == cinfo->max_h_samp_factor &&
compptr->v_samp_factor * 2 == cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->smoothing_factor) {
downsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_smooth_downsample;
downsample->pub.need_context_rows = TRUE;
} else
#endif
downsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_downsample;
} else if ((cinfo->max_h_samp_factor % compptr->h_samp_factor) == 0 &&
(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor % compptr->v_samp_factor) == 0) {
smoothok = FALSE;
downsample->methods[ci] = int_downsample;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL);
}
#ifdef INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
if (cinfo->smoothing_factor && !smoothok)
TRACEMS(cinfo, 0, JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL);
#endif
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
/*
* jctrans.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains library routines for transcoding compression,
* that is, writing raw DCT coefficient arrays to an output JPEG file.
* The routines in jcapimin.c will also be needed by a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL(void) transencode_master_selection
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays));
LOCAL(void) transencode_coef_controller
JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays));
/*
* Compression initialization for writing raw-coefficient data.
* Before calling this, all parameters and a data destination must be set up.
* Call jpeg_finish_compress() to actually write the data.
*
* The number of passed virtual arrays must match cinfo->num_components.
* Note that the virtual arrays need not be filled or even realized at
* the time write_coefficients is called; indeed, if the virtual arrays
* were requested from this compression object's memory manager, they
* typically will be realized during this routine and filled afterwards.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_write_coefficients (j_compress_ptr cinfo, jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Mark all tables to be written */
jpeg_suppress_tables(cinfo, FALSE);
/* (Re)initialize error mgr and destination modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->dest->init_destination) (cinfo);
/* Perform master selection of active modules */
transencode_master_selection(cinfo, coef_arrays);
/* Wait for jpeg_finish_compress() call */
cinfo->next_scanline = 0; /* so jpeg_write_marker works */
cinfo->global_state = CSTATE_WRCOEFS;
}
/*
* Initialize the compression object with default parameters,
* then copy from the source object all parameters needed for lossless
* transcoding. Parameters that can be varied without loss (such as
* scan script and Huffman optimization) are left in their default states.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_copy_critical_parameters (j_decompress_ptr srcinfo,
j_compress_ptr dstinfo)
{
JQUANT_TBL ** qtblptr;
jpeg_component_info *incomp, *outcomp;
JQUANT_TBL *c_quant, *slot_quant;
int tblno, ci, coefi;
/* Safety check to ensure start_compress not called yet. */
if (dstinfo->global_state != CSTATE_START)
ERREXIT1(dstinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, dstinfo->global_state);
/* Copy fundamental image dimensions */
dstinfo->image_width = srcinfo->image_width;
dstinfo->image_height = srcinfo->image_height;
dstinfo->input_components = srcinfo->num_components;
dstinfo->in_color_space = srcinfo->jpeg_color_space;
/* Initialize all parameters to default values */
jpeg_set_defaults(dstinfo);
/* jpeg_set_defaults may choose wrong colorspace, eg YCbCr if input is RGB.
* Fix it to get the right header markers for the image colorspace.
*/
jpeg_set_colorspace(dstinfo, srcinfo->jpeg_color_space);
dstinfo->data_precision = srcinfo->data_precision;
dstinfo->CCIR601_sampling = srcinfo->CCIR601_sampling;
/* Copy the source's quantization tables. */
for (tblno = 0; tblno < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; tblno++) {
if (srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno] != NULL) {
qtblptr = & dstinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno];
if (*qtblptr == NULL)
*qtblptr = jpeg_alloc_quant_table((j_common_ptr) dstinfo);
MEMCOPY((*qtblptr)->quantval,
srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno]->quantval,
SIZEOF((*qtblptr)->quantval));
(*qtblptr)->sent_table = FALSE;
}
}
/* Copy the source's per-component info.
* Note we assume jpeg_set_defaults has allocated the dest comp_info array.
*/
dstinfo->num_components = srcinfo->num_components;
if (dstinfo->num_components < 1 || dstinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(dstinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, dstinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
for (ci = 0, incomp = srcinfo->comp_info, outcomp = dstinfo->comp_info;
ci < dstinfo->num_components; ci++, incomp++, outcomp++) {
outcomp->component_id = incomp->component_id;
outcomp->h_samp_factor = incomp->h_samp_factor;
outcomp->v_samp_factor = incomp->v_samp_factor;
outcomp->quant_tbl_no = incomp->quant_tbl_no;
/* Make sure saved quantization table for component matches the qtable
* slot. If not, the input file re-used this qtable slot.
* IJG encoder currently cannot duplicate this.
*/
tblno = outcomp->quant_tbl_no;
if (tblno < 0 || tblno >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS ||
srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(dstinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, tblno);
slot_quant = srcinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[tblno];
c_quant = incomp->quant_table;
if (c_quant != NULL) {
for (coefi = 0; coefi < DCTSIZE2; coefi++) {
if (c_quant->quantval[coefi] != slot_quant->quantval[coefi])
ERREXIT1(dstinfo, JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE, tblno);
}
}
/* Note: we do not copy the source's Huffman table assignments;
* instead we rely on jpeg_set_colorspace to have made a suitable choice.
*/
}
/* Also copy JFIF version and resolution information, if available.
* Strictly speaking this isn't "critical" info, but it's nearly
* always appropriate to copy it if available. In particular,
* if the application chooses to copy JFIF 1.02 extension markers from
* the source file, we need to copy the version to make sure we don't
* emit a file that has 1.02 extensions but a claimed version of 1.01.
* We will *not*, however, copy version info from mislabeled "2.01" files.
*/
if (srcinfo->saw_JFIF_marker) {
if (srcinfo->JFIF_major_version == 1) {
dstinfo->JFIF_major_version = srcinfo->JFIF_major_version;
dstinfo->JFIF_minor_version = srcinfo->JFIF_minor_version;
}
dstinfo->density_unit = srcinfo->density_unit;
dstinfo->X_density = srcinfo->X_density;
dstinfo->Y_density = srcinfo->Y_density;
}
}
/*
* Master selection of compression modules for transcoding.
* This substitutes for jcinit.c's initialization of the full compressor.
*/
LOCAL(void)
transencode_master_selection (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)
{
/* Although we don't actually use input_components for transcoding,
* jcmaster.c's initial_setup will complain if input_components is 0.
*/
cinfo->input_components = 1;
/* Initialize master control (includes parameter checking/processing) */
jinit_c_master_control(cinfo, TRUE /* transcode only */);
/* Entropy encoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_ARITH_NOTIMPL);
} else {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
jinit_phuff_encoder(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else
jinit_huff_encoder(cinfo);
}
/* We need a special coefficient buffer controller. */
transencode_coef_controller(cinfo, coef_arrays);
jinit_marker_writer(cinfo);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Write the datastream header (SOI, JFIF) immediately.
* Frame and scan headers are postponed till later.
* This lets application insert special markers after the SOI.
*/
(*cinfo->marker->write_file_header) (cinfo);
}
/*
* The rest of this file is a special implementation of the coefficient
* buffer controller. This is similar to jccoefct.c, but it handles only
* output from presupplied virtual arrays. Furthermore, we generate any
* dummy padding blocks on-the-fly rather than expecting them to be present
* in the arrays.
*/
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_c_coef_controller pub; /* public fields */
JDIMENSION iMCU_row_num; /* iMCU row # within image */
JDIMENSION mcu_ctr; /* counts MCUs processed in current row */
int MCU_vert_offset; /* counts MCU rows within iMCU row */
int MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row; /* number of such rows needed */
/* Virtual block array for each component. */
jvirt_barray_ptr * whole_image;
/* Workspace for constructing dummy blocks at right/bottom edges. */
JBLOCKROW dummy_buffer[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
} my_coef_controller;
typedef my_coef_controller * my_coef_ptr;
LOCAL(void)
start_iMCU_row (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
/* Reset within-iMCU-row counters for a new row */
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* In an interleaved scan, an MCU row is the same as an iMCU row.
* In a noninterleaved scan, an iMCU row has v_samp_factor MCU rows.
* But at the bottom of the image, process only what's left.
*/
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan > 1) {
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = 1;
} else {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < (cinfo->total_iMCU_rows-1))
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->v_samp_factor;
else
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->last_row_height;
}
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
coef->MCU_vert_offset = 0;
}
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_coef (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
if (pass_mode != JBUF_CRANK_DEST)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
coef->iMCU_row_num = 0;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
}
/*
* Process some data.
* We process the equivalent of one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row)
* per call, ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the scan.
* The data is obtained from the virtual arrays and fed to the entropy coder.
* Returns TRUE if the iMCU row is completed, FALSE if suspended.
*
* NB: input_buf is ignored; it is likely to be a NULL pointer.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
compress_output (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE input_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
JDIMENSION last_MCU_col = cinfo->MCUs_per_row - 1;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset, blockcnt;
JDIMENSION start_col;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
JBLOCKROW MCU_buffer[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Align the virtual buffers for the components used in this scan. */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[compptr->component_index],
coef->iMCU_row_num * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, FALSE);
}
/* Loop to process one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->mcu_ctr; MCU_col_num < cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Construct list of pointers to DCT blocks belonging to this MCU */
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_width;
blockcnt = (MCU_col_num < last_MCU_col) ? compptr->MCU_width
: compptr->last_col_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
if (coef->iMCU_row_num < last_iMCU_row ||
yindex+yoffset < compptr->last_row_height) {
/* Fill in pointers to real blocks in this row */
buffer_ptr = buffer[ci][yindex+yoffset] + start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < blockcnt; xindex++)
MCU_buffer[blkn++] = buffer_ptr++;
} else {
/* At bottom of image, need a whole row of dummy blocks */
xindex = 0;
}
/* Fill in any dummy blocks needed in this row.
* Dummy blocks are filled in the same way as in jccoefct.c:
* all zeroes in the AC entries, DC entries equal to previous
* block's DC value. The init routine has already zeroed the
* AC entries, so we need only set the DC entries correctly.
*/
for (; xindex < compptr->MCU_width; xindex++) {
MCU_buffer[blkn] = coef->dummy_buffer[blkn];
MCU_buffer[blkn][0][0] = MCU_buffer[blkn-1][0][0];
blkn++;
}
}
}
/* Try to write the MCU. */
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->encode_mcu) (cinfo, MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->mcu_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return FALSE;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->mcu_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
coef->iMCU_row_num++;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Initialize coefficient buffer controller.
*
* Each passed coefficient array must be the right size for that
* coefficient: width_in_blocks wide and height_in_blocks high,
* with unitheight at least v_samp_factor.
*/
LOCAL(void)
transencode_coef_controller (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)
{
my_coef_ptr coef;
JBLOCKROW buffer;
int i;
coef = (my_coef_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_coef_controller));
cinfo->coef = (struct jpeg_c_coef_controller *) coef;
coef->pub.start_pass = start_pass_coef;
coef->pub.compress_data = compress_output;
/* Save pointer to virtual arrays */
coef->whole_image = coef_arrays;
/* Allocate and pre-zero space for dummy DCT blocks. */
buffer = (JBLOCKROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
jzero_far((void FAR *) buffer, C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (i = 0; i < C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; i++) {
coef->dummy_buffer[i] = buffer + i;
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
/*
* jdapimin.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the decompression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "minimum" API routines that may be
* needed in either the normal full-decompression case or the
* transcoding-only case.
*
* Most of the routines intended to be called directly by an application
* are in this file or in jdapistd.c. But also see jcomapi.c for routines
* shared by compression and decompression, and jdtrans.c for the transcoding
* case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Initialization of a JPEG decompression object.
* The error manager must already be set up (in case memory manager fails).
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_CreateDecompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int version, size_t structsize)
{
int i;
/* Guard against version mismatches between library and caller. */
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* so jpeg_destroy knows mem mgr not called */
if (version != JPEG_LIB_VERSION)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION, JPEG_LIB_VERSION, version);
if (structsize != SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct))
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
(int) SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct), (int) structsize);
/* For debugging purposes, we zero the whole master structure.
* But the application has already set the err pointer, and may have set
* client_data, so we have to save and restore those fields.
* Note: if application hasn't set client_data, tools like Purify may
* complain here.
*/
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
void * client_data = cinfo->client_data; /* ignore Purify complaint here */
MEMZERO(cinfo, SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct));
cinfo->err = err;
cinfo->client_data = client_data;
}
cinfo->is_decompressor = TRUE;
/* Initialize a memory manager instance for this object */
jinit_memory_mgr((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Zero out pointers to permanent structures. */
cinfo->progress = NULL;
cinfo->src = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++)
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
}
/* Initialize marker processor so application can override methods
* for COM, APPn markers before calling jpeg_read_header.
*/
cinfo->marker_list = NULL;
jinit_marker_reader(cinfo);
/* And initialize the overall input controller. */
jinit_input_controller(cinfo);
/* OK, I'm ready */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_START;
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG decompression object
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_destroy_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_destroy((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG decompression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_abort_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Set default decompression parameters.
*/
LOCAL(void)
default_decompress_parms (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Guess the input colorspace, and set output colorspace accordingly. */
/* (Wish JPEG committee had provided a real way to specify this...) */
/* Note application may override our guesses. */
switch (cinfo->num_components) {
case 1:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_GRAYSCALE;
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_GRAYSCALE;
break;
case 3:
if (cinfo->saw_JFIF_marker) {
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* JFIF implies YCbCr */
} else if (cinfo->saw_Adobe_marker) {
switch (cinfo->Adobe_transform) {
case 0:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_RGB;
break;
case 1:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr;
break;
default:
WARNMS1(cinfo, JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, cinfo->Adobe_transform);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume it's YCbCr */
break;
}
} else {
/* Saw no special markers, try to guess from the component IDs */
int cid0 = cinfo->comp_info[0].component_id;
int cid1 = cinfo->comp_info[1].component_id;
int cid2 = cinfo->comp_info[2].component_id;
if (cid0 == 1 && cid1 == 2 && cid2 == 3)
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume JFIF w/out marker */
else if (cid0 == 82 && cid1 == 71 && cid2 == 66)
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_RGB; /* ASCII 'R', 'G', 'B' */
else {
TRACEMS3(cinfo, 1, JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS, cid0, cid1, cid2);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume it's YCbCr */
}
}
/* Always guess RGB is proper output colorspace. */
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_RGB;
break;
case 4:
if (cinfo->saw_Adobe_marker) {
switch (cinfo->Adobe_transform) {
case 0:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
break;
case 2:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCCK;
break;
default:
WARNMS1(cinfo, JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, cinfo->Adobe_transform);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCCK; /* assume it's YCCK */
break;
}
} else {
/* No special markers, assume straight CMYK. */
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
}
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
break;
default:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_UNKNOWN;
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_UNKNOWN;
break;
}
/* Set defaults for other decompression parameters. */
cinfo->scale_num = 1; /* 1:1 scaling */
cinfo->scale_denom = 1;
cinfo->output_gamma = 1.0;
cinfo->buffered_image = FALSE;
cinfo->raw_data_out = FALSE;
cinfo->dct_method = JDCT_DEFAULT;
cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling = TRUE;
cinfo->do_block_smoothing = TRUE;
cinfo->quantize_colors = FALSE;
/* We set these in case application only sets quantize_colors. */
cinfo->dither_mode = JDITHER_FS;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
cinfo->two_pass_quantize = TRUE;
#else
cinfo->two_pass_quantize = FALSE;
#endif
cinfo->desired_number_of_colors = 256;
cinfo->colormap = NULL;
/* Initialize for no mode change in buffered-image mode. */
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
}
/*
* Decompression startup: read start of JPEG datastream to see what's there.
* Need only initialize JPEG object and supply a data source before calling.
*
* This routine will read as far as the first SOS marker (ie, actual start of
* compressed data), and will save all tables and parameters in the JPEG
* object. It will also initialize the decompression parameters to default
* values, and finally return JPEG_HEADER_OK. On return, the application may
* adjust the decompression parameters and then call jpeg_start_decompress.
* (Or, if the application only wanted to determine the image parameters,
* the data need not be decompressed. In that case, call jpeg_abort or
* jpeg_destroy to release any temporary space.)
* If an abbreviated (tables only) datastream is presented, the routine will
* return JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY upon reaching EOI. The application may then
* re-use the JPEG object to read the abbreviated image datastream(s).
* It is unnecessary (but OK) to call jpeg_abort in this case.
* The JPEG_SUSPENDED return code only occurs if the data source module
* requests suspension of the decompressor. In this case the application
* should load more source data and then re-call jpeg_read_header to resume
* processing.
* If a non-suspending data source is used and require_image is TRUE, then the
* return code need not be inspected since only JPEG_HEADER_OK is possible.
*
* This routine is now just a front end to jpeg_consume_input, with some
* extra error checking.
*/
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_read_header (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean require_image)
{
int retcode;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_START &&
cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_INHEADER)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
retcode = jpeg_consume_input(cinfo);
switch (retcode) {
case JPEG_REACHED_SOS:
retcode = JPEG_HEADER_OK;
break;
case JPEG_REACHED_EOI:
if (require_image) /* Complain if application wanted an image */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NO_IMAGE);
/* Reset to start state; it would be safer to require the application to
* call jpeg_abort, but we can't change it now for compatibility reasons.
* A side effect is to free any temporary memory (there shouldn't be any).
*/
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* sets state = DSTATE_START */
retcode = JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY;
break;
case JPEG_SUSPENDED:
/* no work */
break;
}
return retcode;
}
/*
* Consume data in advance of what the decompressor requires.
* This can be called at any time once the decompressor object has
* been created and a data source has been set up.
*
* This routine is essentially a state machine that handles a couple
* of critical state-transition actions, namely initial setup and
* transition from header scanning to ready-for-start_decompress.
* All the actual input is done via the input controller's consume_input
* method.
*/
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_consume_input (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
int retcode = JPEG_SUSPENDED;
/* NB: every possible DSTATE value should be listed in this switch */
switch (cinfo->global_state) {
case DSTATE_START:
/* Start-of-datastream actions: reset appropriate modules */
(*cinfo->inputctl->reset_input_controller) (cinfo);
/* Initialize application's data source module */
(*cinfo->src->init_source) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_INHEADER;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case DSTATE_INHEADER:
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS) { /* Found SOS, prepare to decompress */
/* Set up default parameters based on header data */
default_decompress_parms(cinfo);
/* Set global state: ready for start_decompress */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_READY;
}
break;
case DSTATE_READY:
/* Can't advance past first SOS until start_decompress is called */
retcode = JPEG_REACHED_SOS;
break;
case DSTATE_PRELOAD:
case DSTATE_PRESCAN:
case DSTATE_SCANNING:
case DSTATE_RAW_OK:
case DSTATE_BUFIMAGE:
case DSTATE_BUFPOST:
case DSTATE_STOPPING:
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
break;
default:
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
return retcode;
}
/*
* Have we finished reading the input file?
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_input_complete (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Check for valid jpeg object */
if (cinfo->global_state < DSTATE_START ||
cinfo->global_state > DSTATE_STOPPING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached;
}
/*
* Is there more than one scan?
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_has_multiple_scans (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Only valid after jpeg_read_header completes */
if (cinfo->global_state < DSTATE_READY ||
cinfo->global_state > DSTATE_STOPPING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans;
}
/*
* Finish JPEG decompression.
*
* This will normally just verify the file trailer and release temp storage.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_finish_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RAW_OK) && ! cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* Terminate final pass of non-buffered mode */
if (cinfo->output_scanline < cinfo->output_height)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA);
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
} else if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_BUFIMAGE) {
/* Finishing after a buffered-image operation */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_STOPPING) {
/* STOPPING = repeat call after a suspension, anything else is error */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
/* Read until EOI */
while (! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE; /* Suspend, come back later */
}
/* Do final cleanup */
(*cinfo->src->term_source) (cinfo);
/* We can use jpeg_abort to release memory and reset global_state */
jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
return TRUE;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/*
* jdapistd.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the decompression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "standard" API routines that are
* used in the normal full-decompression case. They are not used by a
* transcoding-only application. Note that if an application links in
* jpeg_start_decompress, it will end up linking in the entire decompressor.
* We thus must separate this file from jdapimin.c to avoid linking the
* whole decompression library into a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL(boolean) output_pass_setup JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Decompression initialization.
* jpeg_read_header must be completed before calling this.
*
* If a multipass operating mode was selected, this will do all but the
* last pass, and thus may take a great deal of time.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_start_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_READY) {
/* First call: initialize master control, select active modules */
jinit_master_decompress(cinfo);
if (cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* No more work here; expecting jpeg_start_output next */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFIMAGE;
return TRUE;
}
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_PRELOAD;
}
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_PRELOAD) {
/* If file has multiple scans, absorb them all into the coef buffer */
if (cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
for (;;) {
int retcode;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL)
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Absorb some more input */
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE;
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_EOI)
break;
/* Advance progress counter if appropriate */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL &&
(retcode == JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED || retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS)) {
if (++cinfo->progress->pass_counter >= cinfo->progress->pass_limit) {
/* jdmaster underestimated number of scans; ratchet up one scan */
cinfo->progress->pass_limit += (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
}
}
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
}
cinfo->output_scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Perform any dummy output passes, and set up for the final pass */
return output_pass_setup(cinfo);
}
/*
* Set up for an output pass, and perform any dummy pass(es) needed.
* Common subroutine for jpeg_start_decompress and jpeg_start_output.
* Entry: global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN only if previously suspended.
* Exit: If done, returns TRUE and sets global_state for proper output mode.
* If suspended, returns FALSE and sets global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN.
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
output_pass_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN) {
/* First call: do pass setup */
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->output_scanline = 0;
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN;
}
/* Loop over any required dummy passes */
while (cinfo->master->is_dummy_pass) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/* Crank through the dummy pass */
while (cinfo->output_scanline < cinfo->output_height) {
JDIMENSION last_scanline;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Process some data */
last_scanline = cinfo->output_scanline;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPARRAY) NULL,
&cinfo->output_scanline, (JDIMENSION) 0);
if (cinfo->output_scanline == last_scanline)
return FALSE; /* No progress made, must suspend */
}
/* Finish up dummy pass, and set up for another one */
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->output_scanline = 0;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
}
/* Ready for application to drive output pass through
* jpeg_read_scanlines or jpeg_read_raw_data.
*/
cinfo->global_state = cinfo->raw_data_out ? DSTATE_RAW_OK : DSTATE_SCANNING;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Read some scanlines of data from the JPEG decompressor.
*
* The return value will be the number of lines actually read.
* This may be less than the number requested in several cases,
* including bottom of image, data source suspension, and operating
* modes that emit multiple scanlines at a time.
*
* Note: we warn about excess calls to jpeg_read_scanlines() since
* this likely signals an application programmer error. However,
* an oversize buffer (max_lines > scanlines remaining) is not an error.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_read_scanlines (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY scanlines,
JDIMENSION max_lines)
{
JDIMENSION row_ctr;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_SCANNING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->output_scanline >= cinfo->output_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Process some data */
row_ctr = 0;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, scanlines, &row_ctr, max_lines);
cinfo->output_scanline += row_ctr;
return row_ctr;
}
/*
* Alternate entry point to read raw data.
* Processes exactly one iMCU row per call, unless suspended.
*/
GLOBAL(JDIMENSION)
jpeg_read_raw_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE data,
JDIMENSION max_lines)
{
JDIMENSION lines_per_iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_RAW_OK)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->output_scanline >= cinfo->output_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Verify that at least one iMCU row can be returned. */
lines_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
if (max_lines < lines_per_iMCU_row)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BUFFER_SIZE);
/* Decompress directly into user's buffer. */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo, data))
return 0; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
/* OK, we processed one iMCU row. */
cinfo->output_scanline += lines_per_iMCU_row;
return lines_per_iMCU_row;
}
/* Additional entry points for buffered-image mode. */
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Initialize for an output pass in buffered-image mode.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_start_output (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int scan_number)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFIMAGE &&
cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Limit scan number to valid range */
if (scan_number <= 0)
scan_number = 1;
if (cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached &&
scan_number > cinfo->input_scan_number)
scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
cinfo->output_scan_number = scan_number;
/* Perform any dummy output passes, and set up for the real pass */
return output_pass_setup(cinfo);
}
/*
* Finish up after an output pass in buffered-image mode.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_finish_output (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RAW_OK) && cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* Terminate this pass. */
/* We do not require the whole pass to have been completed. */
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFPOST;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFPOST) {
/* BUFPOST = repeat call after a suspension, anything else is error */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
/* Read markers looking for SOS or EOI */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number <= cinfo->output_scan_number &&
! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE; /* Suspend, come back later */
}
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFIMAGE;
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/*
* jdatadst.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains compression data destination routines for the case of
* emitting JPEG data to a file (or any stdio stream). While these routines
* are sufficient for most applications, some will want to use a different
* destination manager.
* IMPORTANT: we assume that fwrite() will correctly transcribe an array of
* JOCTETs into 8-bit-wide elements on external storage. If char is wider
* than 8 bits on your machine, you may need to do some tweaking.
*/
/* this is not a core library module, so it doesn't define JPEG_INTERNALS */
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jerror.h"
/* Expanded data destination object for stdio output */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_destination_mgr pub; /* public fields */
FILE * outfile; /* target stream */
JOCTET * buffer; /* start of buffer */
} my_destination_mgr;
typedef my_destination_mgr * my_dest_ptr;
#define OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE 4096 /* choose an efficiently fwrite'able size */
/*
* Initialize destination --- called by jpeg_start_compress
* before any data is actually written.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
init_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_dest_ptr dest = (my_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
/* Allocate the output buffer --- it will be released when done with image */
dest->buffer = (JOCTET *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE * SIZEOF(JOCTET));
dest->pub.next_output_byte = dest->buffer;
dest->pub.free_in_buffer = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE;
}
/*
* Empty the output buffer --- called whenever buffer fills up.
*
* In typical applications, this should write the entire output buffer
* (ignoring the current state of next_output_byte & free_in_buffer),
* reset the pointer & count to the start of the buffer, and return TRUE
* indicating that the buffer has been dumped.
*
* In applications that need to be able to suspend compression due to output
* overrun, a FALSE return indicates that the buffer cannot be emptied now.
* In this situation, the compressor will return to its caller (possibly with
* an indication that it has not accepted all the supplied scanlines). The
* application should resume compression after it has made more room in the
* output buffer. Note that there are substantial restrictions on the use of
* suspension --- see the documentation.
*
* When suspending, the compressor will back up to a convenient restart point
* (typically the start of the current MCU). next_output_byte & free_in_buffer
* indicate where the restart point will be if the current call returns FALSE.
* Data beyond this point will be regenerated after resumption, so do not
* write it out when emptying the buffer externally.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
empty_output_buffer (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_dest_ptr dest = (my_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
if (JFWRITE(dest->outfile, dest->buffer, OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE) !=
(size_t) OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FILE_WRITE);
dest->pub.next_output_byte = dest->buffer;
dest->pub.free_in_buffer = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Terminate destination --- called by jpeg_finish_compress
* after all data has been written. Usually needs to flush buffer.
*
* NB: *not* called by jpeg_abort or jpeg_destroy; surrounding
* application must deal with any cleanup that should happen even
* for error exit.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
term_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_dest_ptr dest = (my_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
size_t datacount = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE - dest->pub.free_in_buffer;
/* Write any data remaining in the buffer */
if (datacount > 0) {
if (JFWRITE(dest->outfile, dest->buffer, datacount) != datacount)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FILE_WRITE);
}
fflush(dest->outfile);
/* Make sure we wrote the output file OK */
if (ferror(dest->outfile))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FILE_WRITE);
}
/*
* Prepare for output to a stdio stream.
* The caller must have already opened the stream, and is responsible
* for closing it after finishing compression.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_stdio_dest (j_compress_ptr cinfo, FILE * outfile)
{
my_dest_ptr dest;
/* The destination object is made permanent so that multiple JPEG images
* can be written to the same file without re-executing jpeg_stdio_dest.
* This makes it dangerous to use this manager and a different destination
* manager serially with the same JPEG object, because their private object
* sizes may be different. Caveat programmer.
*/
if (cinfo->dest == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */
cinfo->dest = (struct jpeg_destination_mgr *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_destination_mgr));
}
dest = (my_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest;
dest->pub.init_destination = init_destination;
dest->pub.empty_output_buffer = empty_output_buffer;
dest->pub.term_destination = term_destination;
dest->outfile = outfile;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
/*
* jdatasrc.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains decompression data source routines for the case of
* reading JPEG data from a file (or any stdio stream). While these routines
* are sufficient for most applications, some will want to use a different
* source manager.
* IMPORTANT: we assume that fread() will correctly transcribe an array of
* JOCTETs from 8-bit-wide elements on external storage. If char is wider
* than 8 bits on your machine, you may need to do some tweaking.
*/
/* this is not a core library module, so it doesn't define JPEG_INTERNALS */
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jerror.h"
/* Expanded data source object for stdio input */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_source_mgr pub; /* public fields */
FILE * infile; /* source stream */
JOCTET * buffer; /* start of buffer */
boolean start_of_file; /* have we gotten any data yet? */
} my_source_mgr;
typedef my_source_mgr * my_src_ptr;
#define INPUT_BUF_SIZE 4096 /* choose an efficiently fread'able size */
/*
* Initialize source --- called by jpeg_read_header
* before any data is actually read.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
init_source (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
/* We reset the empty-input-file flag for each image,
* but we don't clear the input buffer.
* This is correct behavior for reading a series of images from one source.
*/
src->start_of_file = TRUE;
}
/*
* Fill the input buffer --- called whenever buffer is emptied.
*
* In typical applications, this should read fresh data into the buffer
* (ignoring the current state of next_input_byte & bytes_in_buffer),
* reset the pointer & count to the start of the buffer, and return TRUE
* indicating that the buffer has been reloaded. It is not necessary to
* fill the buffer entirely, only to obtain at least one more byte.
*
* There is no such thing as an EOF return. If the end of the file has been
* reached, the routine has a choice of ERREXIT() or inserting fake data into
* the buffer. In most cases, generating a warning message and inserting a
* fake EOI marker is the best course of action --- this will allow the
* decompressor to output however much of the image is there. However,
* the resulting error message is misleading if the real problem is an empty
* input file, so we handle that case specially.
*
* In applications that need to be able to suspend compression due to input
* not being available yet, a FALSE return indicates that no more data can be
* obtained right now, but more may be forthcoming later. In this situation,
* the decompressor will return to its caller (with an indication of the
* number of scanlines it has read, if any). The application should resume
* decompression after it has loaded more data into the input buffer. Note
* that there are substantial restrictions on the use of suspension --- see
* the documentation.
*
* When suspending, the decompressor will back up to a convenient restart point
* (typically the start of the current MCU). next_input_byte & bytes_in_buffer
* indicate where the restart point will be if the current call returns FALSE.
* Data beyond this point must be rescanned after resumption, so move it to
* the front of the buffer rather than discarding it.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
fill_input_buffer (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
size_t nbytes;
nbytes = JFREAD(src->infile, src->buffer, INPUT_BUF_SIZE);
if (nbytes <= 0) {
if (src->start_of_file) /* Treat empty input file as fatal error */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_INPUT_EMPTY);
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_JPEG_EOF);
/* Insert a fake EOI marker */
src->buffer[0] = (JOCTET) 0xFF;
src->buffer[1] = (JOCTET) JPEG_EOI;
nbytes = 2;
}
src->pub.next_input_byte = src->buffer;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = nbytes;
src->start_of_file = FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Skip data --- used to skip over a potentially large amount of
* uninteresting data (such as an APPn marker).
*
* Writers of suspendable-input applications must note that skip_input_data
* is not granted the right to give a suspension return. If the skip extends
* beyond the data currently in the buffer, the buffer can be marked empty so
* that the next read will cause a fill_input_buffer call that can suspend.
* Arranging for additional bytes to be discarded before reloading the input
* buffer is the application writer's problem.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
skip_input_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
/* Just a dumb implementation for now. Could use fseek() except
* it doesn't work on pipes. Not clear that being smart is worth
* any trouble anyway --- large skips are infrequent.
*/
if (num_bytes > 0) {
while (num_bytes > (long) src->pub.bytes_in_buffer) {
num_bytes -= (long) src->pub.bytes_in_buffer;
(void) fill_input_buffer(cinfo);
/* note we assume that fill_input_buffer will never return FALSE,
* so suspension need not be handled.
*/
}
src->pub.next_input_byte += (size_t) num_bytes;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer -= (size_t) num_bytes;
}
}
/*
* An additional method that can be provided by data source modules is the
* resync_to_restart method for error recovery in the presence of RST markers.
* For the moment, this source module just uses the default resync method
* provided by the JPEG library. That method assumes that no backtracking
* is possible.
*/
/*
* Terminate source --- called by jpeg_finish_decompress
* after all data has been read. Often a no-op.
*
* NB: *not* called by jpeg_abort or jpeg_destroy; surrounding
* application must deal with any cleanup that should happen even
* for error exit.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
term_source (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work necessary here */
}
/*
* Prepare for input from a stdio stream.
* The caller must have already opened the stream, and is responsible
* for closing it after finishing decompression.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_stdio_src (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, FILE * infile)
{
my_src_ptr src;
/* The source object and input buffer are made permanent so that a series
* of JPEG images can be read from the same file by calling jpeg_stdio_src
* only before the first one. (If we discarded the buffer at the end of
* one image, we'd likely lose the start of the next one.)
* This makes it unsafe to use this manager and a different source
* manager serially with the same JPEG object. Caveat programmer.
*/
if (cinfo->src == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */
cinfo->src = (struct jpeg_source_mgr *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_source_mgr));
src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
src->buffer = (JOCTET *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
INPUT_BUF_SIZE * SIZEOF(JOCTET));
}
src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
src->pub.init_source = init_source;
src->pub.fill_input_buffer = fill_input_buffer;
src->pub.skip_input_data = skip_input_data;
src->pub.resync_to_restart = jpeg_resync_to_restart; /* use default method */
src->pub.term_source = term_source;
src->infile = infile;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = 0; /* forces fill_input_buffer on first read */
src->pub.next_input_byte = NULL; /* until buffer loaded */
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,736 @@
/*
* jdcoefct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the coefficient buffer controller for decompression.
* This controller is the top level of the JPEG decompressor proper.
* The coefficient buffer lies between entropy decoding and inverse-DCT steps.
*
* In buffered-image mode, this controller is the interface between
* input-oriented processing and output-oriented processing.
* Also, the input side (only) is used when reading a file for transcoding.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Block smoothing is only applicable for progressive JPEG, so: */
#ifndef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
#undef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
#endif
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_d_coef_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* These variables keep track of the current location of the input side. */
/* cinfo->input_iMCU_row is also used for this. */
JDIMENSION MCU_ctr; /* counts MCUs processed in current row */
int MCU_vert_offset; /* counts MCU rows within iMCU row */
int MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row; /* number of such rows needed */
/* The output side's location is represented by cinfo->output_iMCU_row. */
/* In single-pass modes, it's sufficient to buffer just one MCU.
* We allocate a workspace of D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU coefficient blocks,
* and let the entropy decoder write into that workspace each time.
* (On 80x86, the workspace is FAR even though it's not really very big;
* this is to keep the module interfaces unchanged when a large coefficient
* buffer is necessary.)
* In multi-pass modes, this array points to the current MCU's blocks
* within the virtual arrays; it is used only by the input side.
*/
JBLOCKROW MCU_buffer[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/* In multi-pass modes, we need a virtual block array for each component. */
jvirt_barray_ptr whole_image[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#endif
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/* When doing block smoothing, we latch coefficient Al values here */
int * coef_bits_latch;
#define SAVED_COEFS 6 /* we save coef_bits[0..5] */
#endif
} my_coef_controller;
typedef my_coef_controller * my_coef_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(int) decompress_onepass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(int) decompress_data
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
#endif
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
LOCAL(boolean) smoothing_ok JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
METHODDEF(int) decompress_smooth_data
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
#endif
LOCAL(void)
start_iMCU_row (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Reset within-iMCU-row counters for a new row (input side) */
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* In an interleaved scan, an MCU row is the same as an iMCU row.
* In a noninterleaved scan, an iMCU row has v_samp_factor MCU rows.
* But at the bottom of the image, process only what's left.
*/
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan > 1) {
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = 1;
} else {
if (cinfo->input_iMCU_row < (cinfo->total_iMCU_rows-1))
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->v_samp_factor;
else
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->last_row_height;
}
coef->MCU_ctr = 0;
coef->MCU_vert_offset = 0;
}
/*
* Initialize for an input processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_input_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->input_iMCU_row = 0;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
}
/*
* Initialize for an output processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_output_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* If multipass, check to see whether to use block smoothing on this pass */
if (coef->pub.coef_arrays != NULL) {
if (cinfo->do_block_smoothing && smoothing_ok(cinfo))
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_smooth_data;
else
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_data;
}
#endif
cinfo->output_iMCU_row = 0;
}
/*
* Decompress and return some data in the single-pass case.
* Always attempts to emit one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row).
* Input and output must run in lockstep since we have only a one-MCU buffer.
* Return value is JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED, JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED, or JPEG_SUSPENDED.
*
* NB: output_buf contains a plane for each component in image,
* which we index according to the component's SOF position.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
decompress_onepass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
JDIMENSION last_MCU_col = cinfo->MCUs_per_row - 1;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset, useful_width;
JSAMPARRAY output_ptr;
JDIMENSION start_col, output_col;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT;
/* Loop to process as much as one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->MCU_ctr; MCU_col_num <= last_MCU_col;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Try to fetch an MCU. Entropy decoder expects buffer to be zeroed. */
jzero_far((void FAR *) coef->MCU_buffer[0],
(size_t) (cinfo->blocks_in_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK)));
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->decode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->MCU_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
/* Determine where data should go in output_buf and do the IDCT thing.
* We skip dummy blocks at the right and bottom edges (but blkn gets
* incremented past them!). Note the inner loop relies on having
* allocated the MCU_buffer[] blocks sequentially.
*/
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Don't bother to IDCT an uninteresting component. */
if (! compptr->component_needed) {
blkn += compptr->MCU_blocks;
continue;
}
inverse_DCT = cinfo->idct->inverse_DCT[compptr->component_index];
useful_width = (MCU_col_num < last_MCU_col) ? compptr->MCU_width
: compptr->last_col_width;
output_ptr = output_buf[compptr->component_index] +
yoffset * compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_sample_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
if (cinfo->input_iMCU_row < last_iMCU_row ||
yoffset+yindex < compptr->last_row_height) {
output_col = start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < useful_width; xindex++) {
(*inverse_DCT) (cinfo, compptr,
(JCOEFPTR) coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+xindex],
output_ptr, output_col);
output_col += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
}
blkn += compptr->MCU_width;
output_ptr += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->MCU_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
cinfo->output_iMCU_row++;
if (++(cinfo->input_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
}
/* Completed the scan */
(*cinfo->inputctl->finish_input_pass) (cinfo);
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
/*
* Dummy consume-input routine for single-pass operation.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
dummy_consume_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
return JPEG_SUSPENDED; /* Always indicate nothing was done */
}
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Consume input data and store it in the full-image coefficient buffer.
* We read as much as one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row) per call,
* ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the scan.
* Return value is JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED, JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED, or JPEG_SUSPENDED.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
consume_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset;
JDIMENSION start_col;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Align the virtual buffers for the components used in this scan. */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[compptr->component_index],
cinfo->input_iMCU_row * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, TRUE);
/* Note: entropy decoder expects buffer to be zeroed,
* but this is handled automatically by the memory manager
* because we requested a pre-zeroed array.
*/
}
/* Loop to process one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->MCU_ctr; MCU_col_num < cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Construct list of pointers to DCT blocks belonging to this MCU */
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[ci][yindex+yoffset] + start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < compptr->MCU_width; xindex++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn++] = buffer_ptr++;
}
}
}
/* Try to fetch the MCU. */
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->decode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->MCU_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->MCU_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
if (++(cinfo->input_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
}
/* Completed the scan */
(*cinfo->inputctl->finish_input_pass) (cinfo);
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
/*
* Decompress and return some data in the multi-pass case.
* Always attempts to emit one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row).
* Return value is JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED, JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED, or JPEG_SUSPENDED.
*
* NB: output_buf contains a plane for each component in image.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
decompress_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
JDIMENSION block_num;
int ci, block_row, block_rows;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer;
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
JSAMPARRAY output_ptr;
JDIMENSION output_col;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT;
/* Force some input to be done if we are getting ahead of the input. */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number < cinfo->output_scan_number ||
(cinfo->input_scan_number == cinfo->output_scan_number &&
cinfo->input_iMCU_row <= cinfo->output_iMCU_row)) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input)(cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
/* OK, output from the virtual arrays. */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Don't bother to IDCT an uninteresting component. */
if (! compptr->component_needed)
continue;
/* Align the virtual buffer for this component. */
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
cinfo->output_iMCU_row * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, FALSE);
/* Count non-dummy DCT block rows in this iMCU row. */
if (cinfo->output_iMCU_row < last_iMCU_row)
block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
else {
/* NB: can't use last_row_height here; it is input-side-dependent! */
block_rows = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (block_rows == 0) block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
}
inverse_DCT = cinfo->idct->inverse_DCT[ci];
output_ptr = output_buf[ci];
/* Loop over all DCT blocks to be processed. */
for (block_row = 0; block_row < block_rows; block_row++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[block_row];
output_col = 0;
for (block_num = 0; block_num < compptr->width_in_blocks; block_num++) {
(*inverse_DCT) (cinfo, compptr, (JCOEFPTR) buffer_ptr,
output_ptr, output_col);
buffer_ptr++;
output_col += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
output_ptr += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
}
if (++(cinfo->output_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows)
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/*
* This code applies interblock smoothing as described by section K.8
* of the JPEG standard: the first 5 AC coefficients are estimated from
* the DC values of a DCT block and its 8 neighboring blocks.
* We apply smoothing only for progressive JPEG decoding, and only if
* the coefficients it can estimate are not yet known to full precision.
*/
/* Natural-order array positions of the first 5 zigzag-order coefficients */
#define Q01_POS 1
#define Q10_POS 8
#define Q20_POS 16
#define Q11_POS 9
#define Q02_POS 2
/*
* Determine whether block smoothing is applicable and safe.
* We also latch the current states of the coef_bits[] entries for the
* AC coefficients; otherwise, if the input side of the decompressor
* advances into a new scan, we might think the coefficients are known
* more accurately than they really are.
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
smoothing_ok (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
boolean smoothing_useful = FALSE;
int ci, coefi;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JQUANT_TBL * qtable;
int * coef_bits;
int * coef_bits_latch;
if (! cinfo->progressive_mode || cinfo->coef_bits == NULL)
return FALSE;
/* Allocate latch area if not already done */
if (coef->coef_bits_latch == NULL)
coef->coef_bits_latch = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->num_components *
(SAVED_COEFS * SIZEOF(int)));
coef_bits_latch = coef->coef_bits_latch;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* All components' quantization values must already be latched. */
if ((qtable = compptr->quant_table) == NULL)
return FALSE;
/* Verify DC & first 5 AC quantizers are nonzero to avoid zero-divide. */
if (qtable->quantval[0] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q01_POS] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q10_POS] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q20_POS] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q11_POS] == 0 ||
qtable->quantval[Q02_POS] == 0)
return FALSE;
/* DC values must be at least partly known for all components. */
coef_bits = cinfo->coef_bits[ci];
if (coef_bits[0] < 0)
return FALSE;
/* Block smoothing is helpful if some AC coefficients remain inaccurate. */
for (coefi = 1; coefi <= 5; coefi++) {
coef_bits_latch[coefi] = coef_bits[coefi];
if (coef_bits[coefi] != 0)
smoothing_useful = TRUE;
}
coef_bits_latch += SAVED_COEFS;
}
return smoothing_useful;
}
/*
* Variant of decompress_data for use when doing block smoothing.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
decompress_smooth_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
JDIMENSION block_num, last_block_column;
int ci, block_row, block_rows, access_rows;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer;
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr, prev_block_row, next_block_row;
JSAMPARRAY output_ptr;
JDIMENSION output_col;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT;
boolean first_row, last_row;
JBLOCK workspace;
int *coef_bits;
JQUANT_TBL *quanttbl;
INT32 Q00,Q01,Q02,Q10,Q11,Q20, num;
int DC1,DC2,DC3,DC4,DC5,DC6,DC7,DC8,DC9;
int Al, pred;
/* Force some input to be done if we are getting ahead of the input. */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number <= cinfo->output_scan_number &&
! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if (cinfo->input_scan_number == cinfo->output_scan_number) {
/* If input is working on current scan, we ordinarily want it to
* have completed the current row. But if input scan is DC,
* we want it to keep one row ahead so that next block row's DC
* values are up to date.
*/
JDIMENSION delta = (cinfo->Ss == 0) ? 1 : 0;
if (cinfo->input_iMCU_row > cinfo->output_iMCU_row+delta)
break;
}
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input)(cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
/* OK, output from the virtual arrays. */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Don't bother to IDCT an uninteresting component. */
if (! compptr->component_needed)
continue;
/* Count non-dummy DCT block rows in this iMCU row. */
if (cinfo->output_iMCU_row < last_iMCU_row) {
block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
access_rows = block_rows * 2; /* this and next iMCU row */
last_row = FALSE;
} else {
/* NB: can't use last_row_height here; it is input-side-dependent! */
block_rows = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (block_rows == 0) block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
access_rows = block_rows; /* this iMCU row only */
last_row = TRUE;
}
/* Align the virtual buffer for this component. */
if (cinfo->output_iMCU_row > 0) {
access_rows += compptr->v_samp_factor; /* prior iMCU row too */
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
(cinfo->output_iMCU_row - 1) * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) access_rows, FALSE);
buffer += compptr->v_samp_factor; /* point to current iMCU row */
first_row = FALSE;
} else {
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
(JDIMENSION) 0, (JDIMENSION) access_rows, FALSE);
first_row = TRUE;
}
/* Fetch component-dependent info */
coef_bits = coef->coef_bits_latch + (ci * SAVED_COEFS);
quanttbl = compptr->quant_table;
Q00 = quanttbl->quantval[0];
Q01 = quanttbl->quantval[Q01_POS];
Q10 = quanttbl->quantval[Q10_POS];
Q20 = quanttbl->quantval[Q20_POS];
Q11 = quanttbl->quantval[Q11_POS];
Q02 = quanttbl->quantval[Q02_POS];
inverse_DCT = cinfo->idct->inverse_DCT[ci];
output_ptr = output_buf[ci];
/* Loop over all DCT blocks to be processed. */
for (block_row = 0; block_row < block_rows; block_row++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[block_row];
if (first_row && block_row == 0)
prev_block_row = buffer_ptr;
else
prev_block_row = buffer[block_row-1];
if (last_row && block_row == block_rows-1)
next_block_row = buffer_ptr;
else
next_block_row = buffer[block_row+1];
/* We fetch the surrounding DC values using a sliding-register approach.
* Initialize all nine here so as to do the right thing on narrow pics.
*/
DC1 = DC2 = DC3 = (int) prev_block_row[0][0];
DC4 = DC5 = DC6 = (int) buffer_ptr[0][0];
DC7 = DC8 = DC9 = (int) next_block_row[0][0];
output_col = 0;
last_block_column = compptr->width_in_blocks - 1;
for (block_num = 0; block_num <= last_block_column; block_num++) {
/* Fetch current DCT block into workspace so we can modify it. */
jcopy_block_row(buffer_ptr, (JBLOCKROW) workspace, (JDIMENSION) 1);
/* Update DC values */
if (block_num < last_block_column) {
DC3 = (int) prev_block_row[1][0];
DC6 = (int) buffer_ptr[1][0];
DC9 = (int) next_block_row[1][0];
}
/* Compute coefficient estimates per K.8.
* An estimate is applied only if coefficient is still zero,
* and is not known to be fully accurate.
*/
/* AC01 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[1]) != 0 && workspace[1] == 0) {
num = 36 * Q00 * (DC4 - DC6);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q01<<7) + num) / (Q01<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q01<<7) - num) / (Q01<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[1] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC10 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[2]) != 0 && workspace[8] == 0) {
num = 36 * Q00 * (DC2 - DC8);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q10<<7) + num) / (Q10<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q10<<7) - num) / (Q10<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[8] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC20 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[3]) != 0 && workspace[16] == 0) {
num = 9 * Q00 * (DC2 + DC8 - 2*DC5);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q20<<7) + num) / (Q20<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q20<<7) - num) / (Q20<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[16] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC11 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[4]) != 0 && workspace[9] == 0) {
num = 5 * Q00 * (DC1 - DC3 - DC7 + DC9);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q11<<7) + num) / (Q11<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q11<<7) - num) / (Q11<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[9] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC02 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[5]) != 0 && workspace[2] == 0) {
num = 9 * Q00 * (DC4 + DC6 - 2*DC5);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q02<<7) + num) / (Q02<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q02<<7) - num) / (Q02<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[2] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* OK, do the IDCT */
(*inverse_DCT) (cinfo, compptr, (JCOEFPTR) workspace,
output_ptr, output_col);
/* Advance for next column */
DC1 = DC2; DC2 = DC3;
DC4 = DC5; DC5 = DC6;
DC7 = DC8; DC8 = DC9;
buffer_ptr++, prev_block_row++, next_block_row++;
output_col += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
output_ptr += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
}
if (++(cinfo->output_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows)
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
#endif /* BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize coefficient buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_d_coef_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_coef_ptr coef;
coef = (my_coef_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_coef_controller));
cinfo->coef = (struct jpeg_d_coef_controller *) coef;
coef->pub.start_input_pass = start_input_pass;
coef->pub.start_output_pass = start_output_pass;
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
coef->coef_bits_latch = NULL;
#endif
/* Create the coefficient buffer. */
if (need_full_buffer) {
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/* Allocate a full-image virtual array for each component, */
/* padded to a multiple of samp_factor DCT blocks in each direction. */
/* Note we ask for a pre-zeroed array. */
int ci, access_rows;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
access_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/* If block smoothing could be used, need a bigger window */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
access_rows *= 3;
#endif
coef->whole_image[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, TRUE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->width_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->height_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->v_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) access_rows);
}
coef->pub.consume_data = consume_data;
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_data;
coef->pub.coef_arrays = coef->whole_image; /* link to virtual arrays */
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
/* We only need a single-MCU buffer. */
JBLOCKROW buffer;
int i;
buffer = (JBLOCKROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (i = 0; i < D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; i++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[i] = buffer + i;
}
coef->pub.consume_data = dummy_consume_data;
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_onepass;
coef->pub.coef_arrays = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
/*
* jdcolor.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains output colorspace conversion routines.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_color_deconverter pub; /* public fields */
/* Private state for YCC->RGB conversion */
int * Cr_r_tab; /* => table for Cr to R conversion */
int * Cb_b_tab; /* => table for Cb to B conversion */
INT32 * Cr_g_tab; /* => table for Cr to G conversion */
INT32 * Cb_g_tab; /* => table for Cb to G conversion */
} my_color_deconverter;
typedef my_color_deconverter * my_cconvert_ptr;
/**************** YCbCr -> RGB conversion: most common case **************/
/*
* YCbCr is defined per CCIR 601-1, except that Cb and Cr are
* normalized to the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE rather than -0.5 .. 0.5.
* The conversion equations to be implemented are therefore
* R = Y + 1.40200 * Cr
* G = Y - 0.34414 * Cb - 0.71414 * Cr
* B = Y + 1.77200 * Cb
* where Cb and Cr represent the incoming values less CENTERJSAMPLE.
* (These numbers are derived from TIFF 6.0 section 21, dated 3-June-92.)
*
* To avoid floating-point arithmetic, we represent the fractional constants
* as integers scaled up by 2^16 (about 4 digits precision); we have to divide
* the products by 2^16, with appropriate rounding, to get the correct answer.
* Notice that Y, being an integral input, does not contribute any fraction
* so it need not participate in the rounding.
*
* For even more speed, we avoid doing any multiplications in the inner loop
* by precalculating the constants times Cb and Cr for all possible values.
* For 8-bit JSAMPLEs this is very reasonable (only 256 entries per table);
* for 12-bit samples it is still acceptable. It's not very reasonable for
* 16-bit samples, but if you want lossless storage you shouldn't be changing
* colorspace anyway.
* The Cr=>R and Cb=>B values can be rounded to integers in advance; the
* values for the G calculation are left scaled up, since we must add them
* together before rounding.
*/
#define SCALEBITS 16 /* speediest right-shift on some machines */
#define ONE_HALF ((INT32) 1 << (SCALEBITS-1))
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * (1L<<SCALEBITS) + 0.5))
/*
* Initialize tables for YCC->RGB colorspace conversion.
*/
LOCAL(void)
build_ycc_rgb_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
int i;
INT32 x;
SHIFT_TEMPS
cconvert->Cr_r_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
cconvert->Cb_b_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
cconvert->Cr_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
cconvert->Cb_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
for (i = 0, x = -CENTERJSAMPLE; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++, x++) {
/* i is the actual input pixel value, in the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE */
/* The Cb or Cr value we are thinking of is x = i - CENTERJSAMPLE */
/* Cr=>R value is nearest int to 1.40200 * x */
cconvert->Cr_r_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.40200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cb=>B value is nearest int to 1.77200 * x */
cconvert->Cb_b_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.77200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cr=>G value is scaled-up -0.71414 * x */
cconvert->Cr_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.71414)) * x;
/* Cb=>G value is scaled-up -0.34414 * x */
/* We also add in ONE_HALF so that need not do it in inner loop */
cconvert->Cb_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.34414)) * x + ONE_HALF;
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the output colorspace.
*
* Note that we change from noninterleaved, one-plane-per-component format
* to interleaved-pixel format. The output buffer is therefore three times
* as wide as the input buffer.
* A starting row offset is provided only for the input buffer. The caller
* can easily adjust the passed output_buf value to accommodate any row
* offset required on that side.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
ycc_rgb_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int y, cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
register int * Crrtab = cconvert->Cr_r_tab;
register int * Cbbtab = cconvert->Cb_b_tab;
register INT32 * Crgtab = cconvert->Cr_g_tab;
register INT32 * Cbgtab = cconvert->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr0 = input_buf[0][input_row];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][input_row];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][input_row];
input_row++;
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
y = GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[col]);
cb = GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[col]);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(inptr2[col]);
/* Range-limiting is essential due to noise introduced by DCT losses. */
outptr[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + Crrtab[cr]];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y +
((int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr],
SCALEBITS))];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + Cbbtab[cb]];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
}
}
/**************** Cases other than YCbCr -> RGB **************/
/*
* Color conversion for no colorspace change: just copy the data,
* converting from separate-planes to interleaved representation.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
null_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JDIMENSION count;
register int num_components = cinfo->num_components;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
int ci;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
for (ci = 0; ci < num_components; ci++) {
inptr = input_buf[ci][input_row];
outptr = output_buf[0] + ci;
for (count = num_cols; count > 0; count--) {
*outptr = *inptr++; /* needn't bother with GETJSAMPLE() here */
outptr += num_components;
}
}
input_row++;
output_buf++;
}
}
/*
* Color conversion for grayscale: just copy the data.
* This also works for YCbCr -> grayscale conversion, in which
* we just copy the Y (luminance) component and ignore chrominance.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
grayscale_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
jcopy_sample_rows(input_buf[0], (int) input_row, output_buf, 0,
num_rows, cinfo->output_width);
}
/*
* Convert grayscale to RGB: just duplicate the graylevel three times.
* This is provided to support applications that don't want to cope
* with grayscale as a separate case.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
gray_rgb_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr = input_buf[0][input_row++];
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
/* We can dispense with GETJSAMPLE() here */
outptr[RGB_RED] = outptr[RGB_GREEN] = outptr[RGB_BLUE] = inptr[col];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
}
}
/*
* Adobe-style YCCK->CMYK conversion.
* We convert YCbCr to R=1-C, G=1-M, and B=1-Y using the same
* conversion as above, while passing K (black) unchanged.
* We assume build_ycc_rgb_table has been called.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
ycck_cmyk_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int y, cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2, inptr3;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
register int * Crrtab = cconvert->Cr_r_tab;
register int * Cbbtab = cconvert->Cb_b_tab;
register INT32 * Crgtab = cconvert->Cr_g_tab;
register INT32 * Cbgtab = cconvert->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr0 = input_buf[0][input_row];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][input_row];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][input_row];
inptr3 = input_buf[3][input_row];
input_row++;
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
y = GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[col]);
cb = GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[col]);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(inptr2[col]);
/* Range-limiting is essential due to noise introduced by DCT losses. */
outptr[0] = range_limit[MAXJSAMPLE - (y + Crrtab[cr])]; /* red */
outptr[1] = range_limit[MAXJSAMPLE - (y + /* green */
((int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr],
SCALEBITS)))];
outptr[2] = range_limit[MAXJSAMPLE - (y + Cbbtab[cb])]; /* blue */
/* K passes through unchanged */
outptr[3] = inptr3[col]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE here */
outptr += 4;
}
}
}
/*
* Empty method for start_pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_dcolor (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work needed */
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for output colorspace conversion.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_color_deconverter (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert;
int ci;
cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_color_deconverter));
cinfo->cconvert = (struct jpeg_color_deconverter *) cconvert;
cconvert->pub.start_pass = start_pass_dcolor;
/* Make sure num_components agrees with jpeg_color_space */
switch (cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
if (cinfo->num_components != 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
case JCS_YCbCr:
if (cinfo->num_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
case JCS_YCCK:
if (cinfo->num_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
default: /* JCS_UNKNOWN can be anything */
if (cinfo->num_components < 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
}
/* Set out_color_components and conversion method based on requested space.
* Also clear the component_needed flags for any unused components,
* so that earlier pipeline stages can avoid useless computation.
*/
switch (cinfo->out_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
cinfo->out_color_components = 1;
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_GRAYSCALE ||
cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = grayscale_convert;
/* For color->grayscale conversion, only the Y (0) component is needed */
for (ci = 1; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
cinfo->comp_info[ci].component_needed = FALSE;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
cinfo->out_color_components = RGB_PIXELSIZE;
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = ycc_rgb_convert;
build_ycc_rgb_table(cinfo);
} else if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_GRAYSCALE) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = gray_rgb_convert;
} else if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_RGB && RGB_PIXELSIZE == 3) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
cinfo->out_color_components = 4;
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCCK) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = ycck_cmyk_convert;
build_ycc_rgb_table(cinfo);
} else if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_CMYK) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
default:
/* Permit null conversion to same output space */
if (cinfo->out_color_space == cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
cinfo->out_color_components = cinfo->num_components;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
} else /* unsupported non-null conversion */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
}
if (cinfo->quantize_colors)
cinfo->output_components = 1; /* single colormapped output component */
else
cinfo->output_components = cinfo->out_color_components;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
/*
* jdct.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This include file contains common declarations for the forward and
* inverse DCT modules. These declarations are private to the DCT managers
* (jcdctmgr.c, jddctmgr.c) and the individual DCT algorithms.
* The individual DCT algorithms are kept in separate files to ease
* machine-dependent tuning (e.g., assembly coding).
*/
/*
* A forward DCT routine is given a pointer to a work area of type DCTELEM[];
* the DCT is to be performed in-place in that buffer. Type DCTELEM is int
* for 8-bit samples, INT32 for 12-bit samples. (NOTE: Floating-point DCT
* implementations use an array of type FAST_FLOAT, instead.)
* The DCT inputs are expected to be signed (range +-CENTERJSAMPLE).
* The DCT outputs are returned scaled up by a factor of 8; they therefore
* have a range of +-8K for 8-bit data, +-128K for 12-bit data. This
* convention improves accuracy in integer implementations and saves some
* work in floating-point ones.
* Quantization of the output coefficients is done by jcdctmgr.c.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
typedef int DCTELEM; /* 16 or 32 bits is fine */
#else
typedef INT32 DCTELEM; /* must have 32 bits */
#endif
typedef JMETHOD(void, forward_DCT_method_ptr, (DCTELEM * data));
typedef JMETHOD(void, float_DCT_method_ptr, (FAST_FLOAT * data));
/*
* An inverse DCT routine is given a pointer to the input JBLOCK and a pointer
* to an output sample array. The routine must dequantize the input data as
* well as perform the IDCT; for dequantization, it uses the multiplier table
* pointed to by compptr->dct_table. The output data is to be placed into the
* sample array starting at a specified column. (Any row offset needed will
* be applied to the array pointer before it is passed to the IDCT code.)
* Note that the number of samples emitted by the IDCT routine is
* DCT_scaled_size * DCT_scaled_size.
*/
/* typedef inverse_DCT_method_ptr is declared in jpegint.h */
/*
* Each IDCT routine has its own ideas about the best dct_table element type.
*/
typedef MULTIPLIER ISLOW_MULT_TYPE; /* short or int, whichever is faster */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
typedef MULTIPLIER IFAST_MULT_TYPE; /* 16 bits is OK, use short if faster */
#define IFAST_SCALE_BITS 2 /* fractional bits in scale factors */
#else
typedef INT32 IFAST_MULT_TYPE; /* need 32 bits for scaled quantizers */
#define IFAST_SCALE_BITS 13 /* fractional bits in scale factors */
#endif
typedef FAST_FLOAT FLOAT_MULT_TYPE; /* preferred floating type */
/*
* Each IDCT routine is responsible for range-limiting its results and
* converting them to unsigned form (0..MAXJSAMPLE). The raw outputs could
* be quite far out of range if the input data is corrupt, so a bulletproof
* range-limiting step is required. We use a mask-and-table-lookup method
* to do the combined operations quickly. See the comments with
* prepare_range_limit_table (in jdmaster.c) for more info.
*/
#define IDCT_range_limit(cinfo) ((cinfo)->sample_range_limit + CENTERJSAMPLE)
#define RANGE_MASK (MAXJSAMPLE * 4 + 3) /* 2 bits wider than legal samples */
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jpeg_fdct_islow jFDislow
#define jpeg_fdct_ifast jFDifast
#define jpeg_fdct_float jFDfloat
#define jpeg_idct_islow jRDislow
#define jpeg_idct_ifast jRDifast
#define jpeg_idct_float jRDfloat
#define jpeg_idct_4x4 jRD4x4
#define jpeg_idct_2x2 jRD2x2
#define jpeg_idct_1x1 jRD1x1
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Extern declarations for the forward and inverse DCT routines. */
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_islow JPP((DCTELEM * data));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_ifast JPP((DCTELEM * data));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_fdct_float JPP((FAST_FLOAT * data));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_islow
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_ifast
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_float
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_4x4
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_2x2
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN(void) jpeg_idct_1x1
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
/*
* Macros for handling fixed-point arithmetic; these are used by many
* but not all of the DCT/IDCT modules.
*
* All values are expected to be of type INT32.
* Fractional constants are scaled left by CONST_BITS bits.
* CONST_BITS is defined within each module using these macros,
* and may differ from one module to the next.
*/
#define ONE ((INT32) 1)
#define CONST_SCALE (ONE << CONST_BITS)
/* Convert a positive real constant to an integer scaled by CONST_SCALE.
* Caution: some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time,
* thus causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
*/
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * CONST_SCALE + 0.5))
/* Descale and correctly round an INT32 value that's scaled by N bits.
* We assume RIGHT_SHIFT rounds towards minus infinity, so adding
* the fudge factor is correct for either sign of X.
*/
#define DESCALE(x,n) RIGHT_SHIFT((x) + (ONE << ((n)-1)), n)
/* Multiply an INT32 variable by an INT32 constant to yield an INT32 result.
* This macro is used only when the two inputs will actually be no more than
* 16 bits wide, so that a 16x16->32 bit multiply can be used instead of a
* full 32x32 multiply. This provides a useful speedup on many machines.
* Unfortunately there is no way to specify a 16x16->32 multiply portably
* in C, but some C compilers will do the right thing if you provide the
* correct combination of casts.
*/
#ifdef SHORTxSHORT_32 /* may work if 'int' is 32 bits */
#define MULTIPLY16C16(var,const) (((INT16) (var)) * ((INT16) (const)))
#endif
#ifdef SHORTxLCONST_32 /* known to work with Microsoft C 6.0 */
#define MULTIPLY16C16(var,const) (((INT16) (var)) * ((INT32) (const)))
#endif
#ifndef MULTIPLY16C16 /* default definition */
#define MULTIPLY16C16(var,const) ((var) * (const))
#endif
/* Same except both inputs are variables. */
#ifdef SHORTxSHORT_32 /* may work if 'int' is 32 bits */
#define MULTIPLY16V16(var1,var2) (((INT16) (var1)) * ((INT16) (var2)))
#endif
#ifndef MULTIPLY16V16 /* default definition */
#define MULTIPLY16V16(var1,var2) ((var1) * (var2))
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
/*
* jddctmgr.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the inverse-DCT management logic.
* This code selects a particular IDCT implementation to be used,
* and it performs related housekeeping chores. No code in this file
* is executed per IDCT step, only during output pass setup.
*
* Note that the IDCT routines are responsible for performing coefficient
* dequantization as well as the IDCT proper. This module sets up the
* dequantization multiplier table needed by the IDCT routine.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
/*
* The decompressor input side (jdinput.c) saves away the appropriate
* quantization table for each component at the start of the first scan
* involving that component. (This is necessary in order to correctly
* decode files that reuse Q-table slots.)
* When we are ready to make an output pass, the saved Q-table is converted
* to a multiplier table that will actually be used by the IDCT routine.
* The multiplier table contents are IDCT-method-dependent. To support
* application changes in IDCT method between scans, we can remake the
* multiplier tables if necessary.
* In buffered-image mode, the first output pass may occur before any data
* has been seen for some components, and thus before their Q-tables have
* been saved away. To handle this case, multiplier tables are preset
* to zeroes; the result of the IDCT will be a neutral gray level.
*/
/* Private subobject for this module */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_inverse_dct pub; /* public fields */
/* This array contains the IDCT method code that each multiplier table
* is currently set up for, or -1 if it's not yet set up.
* The actual multiplier tables are pointed to by dct_table in the
* per-component comp_info structures.
*/
int cur_method[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_idct_controller;
typedef my_idct_controller * my_idct_ptr;
/* Allocated multiplier tables: big enough for any supported variant */
typedef union {
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE islow_array[DCTSIZE2];
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
IFAST_MULT_TYPE ifast_array[DCTSIZE2];
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
FLOAT_MULT_TYPE float_array[DCTSIZE2];
#endif
} multiplier_table;
/* The current scaled-IDCT routines require ISLOW-style multiplier tables,
* so be sure to compile that code if either ISLOW or SCALING is requested.
*/
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#else
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#endif
#endif
/*
* Prepare for an output pass.
* Here we select the proper IDCT routine for each component and build
* a matching multiplier table.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_idct_ptr idct = (my_idct_ptr) cinfo->idct;
int ci, i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
int method = 0;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr method_ptr = NULL;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Select the proper IDCT routine for this component's scaling */
switch (compptr->DCT_scaled_size) {
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
case 1:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_1x1;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctred uses islow-style table */
break;
case 2:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_2x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctred uses islow-style table */
break;
case 4:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_4x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctred uses islow-style table */
break;
#endif
case DCTSIZE:
switch (cinfo->dct_method) {
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_ISLOW:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_islow;
method = JDCT_ISLOW;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_ifast;
method = JDCT_IFAST;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_float;
method = JDCT_FLOAT;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
break;
default:
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, compptr->DCT_scaled_size);
break;
}
idct->pub.inverse_DCT[ci] = method_ptr;
/* Create multiplier table from quant table.
* However, we can skip this if the component is uninteresting
* or if we already built the table. Also, if no quant table
* has yet been saved for the component, we leave the
* multiplier table all-zero; we'll be reading zeroes from the
* coefficient controller's buffer anyway.
*/
if (! compptr->component_needed || idct->cur_method[ci] == method)
continue;
qtbl = compptr->quant_table;
if (qtbl == NULL) /* happens if no data yet for component */
continue;
idct->cur_method[ci] = method;
switch (method) {
#ifdef PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
case JDCT_ISLOW:
{
/* For LL&M IDCT method, multipliers are equal to raw quantization
* coefficients, but are stored as ints to ensure access efficiency.
*/
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE * ismtbl = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
ismtbl[i] = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE) qtbl->quantval[i];
}
}
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
{
/* For AA&N IDCT method, multipliers are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* For integer operation, the multiplier table is to be scaled by
* IFAST_SCALE_BITS.
*/
IFAST_MULT_TYPE * ifmtbl = (IFAST_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
#define CONST_BITS 14
static const INT16 aanscales[DCTSIZE2] = {
/* precomputed values scaled up by 14 bits */
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
22725, 31521, 29692, 26722, 22725, 17855, 12299, 6270,
21407, 29692, 27969, 25172, 21407, 16819, 11585, 5906,
19266, 26722, 25172, 22654, 19266, 15137, 10426, 5315,
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
12873, 17855, 16819, 15137, 12873, 10114, 6967, 3552,
8867, 12299, 11585, 10426, 8867, 6967, 4799, 2446,
4520, 6270, 5906, 5315, 4520, 3552, 2446, 1247
};
SHIFT_TEMPS
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
ifmtbl[i] = (IFAST_MULT_TYPE)
DESCALE(MULTIPLY16V16((INT32) qtbl->quantval[i],
(INT32) aanscales[i]),
CONST_BITS-IFAST_SCALE_BITS);
}
}
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
{
/* For float AA&N IDCT method, multipliers are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
*/
FLOAT_MULT_TYPE * fmtbl = (FLOAT_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
int row, col;
static const double aanscalefactor[DCTSIZE] = {
1.0, 1.387039845, 1.306562965, 1.175875602,
1.0, 0.785694958, 0.541196100, 0.275899379
};
i = 0;
for (row = 0; row < DCTSIZE; row++) {
for (col = 0; col < DCTSIZE; col++) {
fmtbl[i] = (FLOAT_MULT_TYPE)
((double) qtbl->quantval[i] *
aanscalefactor[row] * aanscalefactor[col]);
i++;
}
}
}
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
}
}
/*
* Initialize IDCT manager.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_inverse_dct (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_idct_ptr idct;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
idct = (my_idct_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_idct_controller));
cinfo->idct = (struct jpeg_inverse_dct *) idct;
idct->pub.start_pass = start_pass;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Allocate and pre-zero a multiplier table for each component */
compptr->dct_table =
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(multiplier_table));
MEMZERO(compptr->dct_table, SIZEOF(multiplier_table));
/* Mark multiplier table not yet set up for any method */
idct->cur_method[ci] = -1;
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
/*
* jdhuff.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains Huffman entropy decoding routines.
*
* Much of the complexity here has to do with supporting input suspension.
* If the data source module demands suspension, we want to be able to back
* up to the start of the current MCU. To do this, we copy state variables
* into local working storage, and update them back to the permanent
* storage only upon successful completion of an MCU.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdhuff.h" /* Declarations shared with jdphuff.c */
/*
* Expanded entropy decoder object for Huffman decoding.
*
* The savable_state subrecord contains fields that change within an MCU,
* but must not be updated permanently until we complete the MCU.
*/
typedef struct {
int last_dc_val[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* last DC coef for each component */
} savable_state;
/* This macro is to work around compilers with missing or broken
* structure assignment. You'll need to fix this code if you have
* such a compiler and you change MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN.
*/
#ifndef NO_STRUCT_ASSIGN
#define ASSIGN_STATE(dest,src) ((dest) = (src))
#else
#if MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN == 4
#define ASSIGN_STATE(dest,src) \
((dest).last_dc_val[0] = (src).last_dc_val[0], \
(dest).last_dc_val[1] = (src).last_dc_val[1], \
(dest).last_dc_val[2] = (src).last_dc_val[2], \
(dest).last_dc_val[3] = (src).last_dc_val[3])
#endif
#endif
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_entropy_decoder pub; /* public fields */
/* These fields are loaded into local variables at start of each MCU.
* In case of suspension, we exit WITHOUT updating them.
*/
bitread_perm_state bitstate; /* Bit buffer at start of MCU */
savable_state saved; /* Other state at start of MCU */
/* These fields are NOT loaded into local working state. */
unsigned int restarts_to_go; /* MCUs left in this restart interval */
/* Pointers to derived tables (these workspaces have image lifespan) */
d_derived_tbl * dc_derived_tbls[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
d_derived_tbl * ac_derived_tbls[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
/* Precalculated info set up by start_pass for use in decode_mcu: */
/* Pointers to derived tables to be used for each block within an MCU */
d_derived_tbl * dc_cur_tbls[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
d_derived_tbl * ac_cur_tbls[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
/* Whether we care about the DC and AC coefficient values for each block */
boolean dc_needed[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
boolean ac_needed[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
} huff_entropy_decoder;
typedef huff_entropy_decoder * huff_entropy_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for a Huffman-compressed scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_huff_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci, blkn, dctbl, actbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
/* Check that the scan parameters Ss, Se, Ah/Al are OK for sequential JPEG.
* This ought to be an error condition, but we make it a warning because
* there are some baseline files out there with all zeroes in these bytes.
*/
if (cinfo->Ss != 0 || cinfo->Se != DCTSIZE2-1 ||
cinfo->Ah != 0 || cinfo->Al != 0)
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL);
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
dctbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
actbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
/* Compute derived values for Huffman tables */
/* We may do this more than once for a table, but it's not expensive */
jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl(cinfo, TRUE, dctbl,
& entropy->dc_derived_tbls[dctbl]);
jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl(cinfo, FALSE, actbl,
& entropy->ac_derived_tbls[actbl]);
/* Initialize DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
}
/* Precalculate decoding info for each block in an MCU of this scan */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Precalculate which table to use for each block */
entropy->dc_cur_tbls[blkn] = entropy->dc_derived_tbls[compptr->dc_tbl_no];
entropy->ac_cur_tbls[blkn] = entropy->ac_derived_tbls[compptr->ac_tbl_no];
/* Decide whether we really care about the coefficient values */
if (compptr->component_needed) {
entropy->dc_needed[blkn] = TRUE;
/* we don't need the ACs if producing a 1/8th-size image */
entropy->ac_needed[blkn] = (compptr->DCT_scaled_size > 1);
} else {
entropy->dc_needed[blkn] = entropy->ac_needed[blkn] = FALSE;
}
}
/* Initialize bitread state variables */
entropy->bitstate.bits_left = 0;
entropy->bitstate.get_buffer = 0; /* unnecessary, but keeps Purify quiet */
entropy->pub.insufficient_data = FALSE;
/* Initialize restart counter */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
}
/*
* Compute the derived values for a Huffman table.
* This routine also performs some validation checks on the table.
*
* Note this is also used by jdphuff.c.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean isDC, int tblno,
d_derived_tbl ** pdtbl)
{
JHUFF_TBL *htbl;
d_derived_tbl *dtbl;
int p, i, l, si, numsymbols;
int lookbits, ctr;
char huffsize[257];
unsigned int huffcode[257];
unsigned int code;
/* Note that huffsize[] and huffcode[] are filled in code-length order,
* paralleling the order of the symbols themselves in htbl->huffval[].
*/
/* Find the input Huffman table */
if (tblno < 0 || tblno >= NUM_HUFF_TBLS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, tblno);
htbl =
isDC ? cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[tblno] : cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[tblno];
if (htbl == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, tblno);
/* Allocate a workspace if we haven't already done so. */
if (*pdtbl == NULL)
*pdtbl = (d_derived_tbl *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(d_derived_tbl));
dtbl = *pdtbl;
dtbl->pub = htbl; /* fill in back link */
/* Figure C.1: make table of Huffman code length for each symbol */
p = 0;
for (l = 1; l <= 16; l++) {
i = (int) htbl->bits[l];
if (i < 0 || p + i > 256) /* protect against table overrun */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE);
while (i--)
huffsize[p++] = (char) l;
}
huffsize[p] = 0;
numsymbols = p;
/* Figure C.2: generate the codes themselves */
/* We also validate that the counts represent a legal Huffman code tree. */
code = 0;
si = huffsize[0];
p = 0;
while (huffsize[p]) {
while (((int) huffsize[p]) == si) {
huffcode[p++] = code;
code++;
}
/* code is now 1 more than the last code used for codelength si; but
* it must still fit in si bits, since no code is allowed to be all ones.
*/
if (((INT32) code) >= (((INT32) 1) << si))
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE);
code <<= 1;
si++;
}
/* Figure F.15: generate decoding tables for bit-sequential decoding */
p = 0;
for (l = 1; l <= 16; l++) {
if (htbl->bits[l]) {
/* valoffset[l] = huffval[] index of 1st symbol of code length l,
* minus the minimum code of length l
*/
dtbl->valoffset[l] = (INT32) p - (INT32) huffcode[p];
p += htbl->bits[l];
dtbl->maxcode[l] = huffcode[p-1]; /* maximum code of length l */
} else {
dtbl->maxcode[l] = -1; /* -1 if no codes of this length */
}
}
dtbl->maxcode[17] = 0xFFFFFL; /* ensures jpeg_huff_decode terminates */
/* Compute lookahead tables to speed up decoding.
* First we set all the table entries to 0, indicating "too long";
* then we iterate through the Huffman codes that are short enough and
* fill in all the entries that correspond to bit sequences starting
* with that code.
*/
MEMZERO(dtbl->look_nbits, SIZEOF(dtbl->look_nbits));
p = 0;
for (l = 1; l <= HUFF_LOOKAHEAD; l++) {
for (i = 1; i <= (int) htbl->bits[l]; i++, p++) {
/* l = current code's length, p = its index in huffcode[] & huffval[]. */
/* Generate left-justified code followed by all possible bit sequences */
lookbits = huffcode[p] << (HUFF_LOOKAHEAD-l);
for (ctr = 1 << (HUFF_LOOKAHEAD-l); ctr > 0; ctr--) {
dtbl->look_nbits[lookbits] = l;
dtbl->look_sym[lookbits] = htbl->huffval[p];
lookbits++;
}
}
}
/* Validate symbols as being reasonable.
* For AC tables, we make no check, but accept all byte values 0..255.
* For DC tables, we require the symbols to be in range 0..15.
* (Tighter bounds could be applied depending on the data depth and mode,
* but this is sufficient to ensure safe decoding.)
*/
if (isDC) {
for (i = 0; i < numsymbols; i++) {
int sym = htbl->huffval[i];
if (sym < 0 || sym > 15)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE);
}
}
}
/*
* Out-of-line code for bit fetching (shared with jdphuff.c).
* See jdhuff.h for info about usage.
* Note: current values of get_buffer and bits_left are passed as parameters,
* but are returned in the corresponding fields of the state struct.
*
* On most machines MIN_GET_BITS should be 25 to allow the full 32-bit width
* of get_buffer to be used. (On machines with wider words, an even larger
* buffer could be used.) However, on some machines 32-bit shifts are
* quite slow and take time proportional to the number of places shifted.
* (This is true with most PC compilers, for instance.) In this case it may
* be a win to set MIN_GET_BITS to the minimum value of 15. This reduces the
* average shift distance at the cost of more calls to jpeg_fill_bit_buffer.
*/
#ifdef SLOW_SHIFT_32
#define MIN_GET_BITS 15 /* minimum allowable value */
#else
#define MIN_GET_BITS (BIT_BUF_SIZE-7)
#endif
GLOBAL(boolean)
jpeg_fill_bit_buffer (bitread_working_state * state,
register bit_buf_type get_buffer, register int bits_left,
int nbits)
/* Load up the bit buffer to a depth of at least nbits */
{
/* Copy heavily used state fields into locals (hopefully registers) */
register const JOCTET * next_input_byte = state->next_input_byte;
register size_t bytes_in_buffer = state->bytes_in_buffer;
j_decompress_ptr cinfo = state->cinfo;
/* Attempt to load at least MIN_GET_BITS bits into get_buffer. */
/* (It is assumed that no request will be for more than that many bits.) */
/* We fail to do so only if we hit a marker or are forced to suspend. */
if (cinfo->unread_marker == 0) { /* cannot advance past a marker */
while (bits_left < MIN_GET_BITS) {
register int c;
/* Attempt to read a byte */
if (bytes_in_buffer == 0) {
if (! (*cinfo->src->fill_input_buffer) (cinfo))
return FALSE;
next_input_byte = cinfo->src->next_input_byte;
bytes_in_buffer = cinfo->src->bytes_in_buffer;
}
bytes_in_buffer--;
c = GETJOCTET(*next_input_byte++);
/* If it's 0xFF, check and discard stuffed zero byte */
if (c == 0xFF) {
/* Loop here to discard any padding FF's on terminating marker,
* so that we can save a valid unread_marker value. NOTE: we will
* accept multiple FF's followed by a 0 as meaning a single FF data
* byte. This data pattern is not valid according to the standard.
*/
do {
if (bytes_in_buffer == 0) {
if (! (*cinfo->src->fill_input_buffer) (cinfo))
return FALSE;
next_input_byte = cinfo->src->next_input_byte;
bytes_in_buffer = cinfo->src->bytes_in_buffer;
}
bytes_in_buffer--;
c = GETJOCTET(*next_input_byte++);
} while (c == 0xFF);
if (c == 0) {
/* Found FF/00, which represents an FF data byte */
c = 0xFF;
} else {
/* Oops, it's actually a marker indicating end of compressed data.
* Save the marker code for later use.
* Fine point: it might appear that we should save the marker into
* bitread working state, not straight into permanent state. But
* once we have hit a marker, we cannot need to suspend within the
* current MCU, because we will read no more bytes from the data
* source. So it is OK to update permanent state right away.
*/
cinfo->unread_marker = c;
/* See if we need to insert some fake zero bits. */
goto no_more_bytes;
}
}
/* OK, load c into get_buffer */
get_buffer = (get_buffer << 8) | c;
bits_left += 8;
} /* end while */
} else {
no_more_bytes:
/* We get here if we've read the marker that terminates the compressed
* data segment. There should be enough bits in the buffer register
* to satisfy the request; if so, no problem.
*/
if (nbits > bits_left) {
/* Uh-oh. Report corrupted data to user and stuff zeroes into
* the data stream, so that we can produce some kind of image.
* We use a nonvolatile flag to ensure that only one warning message
* appears per data segment.
*/
if (! cinfo->entropy->insufficient_data) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_HIT_MARKER);
cinfo->entropy->insufficient_data = TRUE;
}
/* Fill the buffer with zero bits */
get_buffer <<= MIN_GET_BITS - bits_left;
bits_left = MIN_GET_BITS;
}
}
/* Unload the local registers */
state->next_input_byte = next_input_byte;
state->bytes_in_buffer = bytes_in_buffer;
state->get_buffer = get_buffer;
state->bits_left = bits_left;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Out-of-line code for Huffman code decoding.
* See jdhuff.h for info about usage.
*/
GLOBAL(int)
jpeg_huff_decode (bitread_working_state * state,
register bit_buf_type get_buffer, register int bits_left,
d_derived_tbl * htbl, int min_bits)
{
register int l = min_bits;
register INT32 code;
/* HUFF_DECODE has determined that the code is at least min_bits */
/* bits long, so fetch that many bits in one swoop. */
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(*state, l, return -1);
code = GET_BITS(l);
/* Collect the rest of the Huffman code one bit at a time. */
/* This is per Figure F.16 in the JPEG spec. */
while (code > htbl->maxcode[l]) {
code <<= 1;
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(*state, 1, return -1);
code |= GET_BITS(1);
l++;
}
/* Unload the local registers */
state->get_buffer = get_buffer;
state->bits_left = bits_left;
/* With garbage input we may reach the sentinel value l = 17. */
if (l > 16) {
WARNMS(state->cinfo, JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE);
return 0; /* fake a zero as the safest result */
}
return htbl->pub->huffval[ (int) (code + htbl->valoffset[l]) ];
}
/*
* Figure F.12: extend sign bit.
* On some machines, a shift and add will be faster than a table lookup.
*/
#ifdef AVOID_TABLES
#define HUFF_EXTEND(x,s) ((x) < (1<<((s)-1)) ? (x) + (((-1)<<(s)) + 1) : (x))
#else
#define HUFF_EXTEND(x,s) ((x) < extend_test[s] ? (x) + extend_offset[s] : (x))
static const int extend_test[16] = /* entry n is 2**(n-1) */
{ 0, 0x0001, 0x0002, 0x0004, 0x0008, 0x0010, 0x0020, 0x0040, 0x0080,
0x0100, 0x0200, 0x0400, 0x0800, 0x1000, 0x2000, 0x4000 };
static const int extend_offset[16] = /* entry n is (-1 << n) + 1 */
{ 0, ((-1)<<1) + 1, ((-1)<<2) + 1, ((-1)<<3) + 1, ((-1)<<4) + 1,
((-1)<<5) + 1, ((-1)<<6) + 1, ((-1)<<7) + 1, ((-1)<<8) + 1,
((-1)<<9) + 1, ((-1)<<10) + 1, ((-1)<<11) + 1, ((-1)<<12) + 1,
((-1)<<13) + 1, ((-1)<<14) + 1, ((-1)<<15) + 1 };
#endif /* AVOID_TABLES */
/*
* Check for a restart marker & resynchronize decoder.
* Returns FALSE if must suspend.
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
process_restart (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci;
/* Throw away any unused bits remaining in bit buffer; */
/* include any full bytes in next_marker's count of discarded bytes */
cinfo->marker->discarded_bytes += entropy->bitstate.bits_left / 8;
entropy->bitstate.bits_left = 0;
/* Advance past the RSTn marker */
if (! (*cinfo->marker->read_restart_marker) (cinfo))
return FALSE;
/* Re-initialize DC predictions to 0 */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++)
entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
/* Reset restart counter */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
/* Reset out-of-data flag, unless read_restart_marker left us smack up
* against a marker. In that case we will end up treating the next data
* segment as empty, and we can avoid producing bogus output pixels by
* leaving the flag set.
*/
if (cinfo->unread_marker == 0)
entropy->pub.insufficient_data = FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Decode and return one MCU's worth of Huffman-compressed coefficients.
* The coefficients are reordered from zigzag order into natural array order,
* but are not dequantized.
*
* The i'th block of the MCU is stored into the block pointed to by
* MCU_data[i]. WE ASSUME THIS AREA HAS BEEN ZEROED BY THE CALLER.
* (Wholesale zeroing is usually a little faster than retail...)
*
* Returns FALSE if data source requested suspension. In that case no
* changes have been made to permanent state. (Exception: some output
* coefficients may already have been assigned. This is harmless for
* this module, since we'll just re-assign them on the next call.)
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int blkn;
BITREAD_STATE_VARS;
savable_state state;
/* Process restart marker if needed; may have to suspend */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
if (! process_restart(cinfo))
return FALSE;
}
/* If we've run out of data, just leave the MCU set to zeroes.
* This way, we return uniform gray for the remainder of the segment.
*/
if (! entropy->pub.insufficient_data) {
/* Load up working state */
BITREAD_LOAD_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
ASSIGN_STATE(state, entropy->saved);
/* Outer loop handles each block in the MCU */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
JBLOCKROW block = MCU_data[blkn];
d_derived_tbl * dctbl = entropy->dc_cur_tbls[blkn];
d_derived_tbl * actbl = entropy->ac_cur_tbls[blkn];
register int s, k, r;
/* Decode a single block's worth of coefficients */
/* Section F.2.2.1: decode the DC coefficient difference */
HUFF_DECODE(s, br_state, dctbl, return FALSE, label1);
if (s) {
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, s, return FALSE);
r = GET_BITS(s);
s = HUFF_EXTEND(r, s);
}
if (entropy->dc_needed[blkn]) {
/* Convert DC difference to actual value, update last_dc_val */
int ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
s += state.last_dc_val[ci];
state.last_dc_val[ci] = s;
/* Output the DC coefficient (assumes jpeg_natural_order[0] = 0) */
(*block)[0] = (JCOEF) s;
}
if (entropy->ac_needed[blkn]) {
/* Section F.2.2.2: decode the AC coefficients */
/* Since zeroes are skipped, output area must be cleared beforehand */
for (k = 1; k < DCTSIZE2; k++) {
HUFF_DECODE(s, br_state, actbl, return FALSE, label2);
r = s >> 4;
s &= 15;
if (s) {
k += r;
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, s, return FALSE);
r = GET_BITS(s);
s = HUFF_EXTEND(r, s);
/* Output coefficient in natural (dezigzagged) order.
* Note: the extra entries in jpeg_natural_order[] will save us
* if k >= DCTSIZE2, which could happen if the data is corrupted.
*/
(*block)[jpeg_natural_order[k]] = (JCOEF) s;
} else {
if (r != 15)
break;
k += 15;
}
}
} else {
/* Section F.2.2.2: decode the AC coefficients */
/* In this path we just discard the values */
for (k = 1; k < DCTSIZE2; k++) {
HUFF_DECODE(s, br_state, actbl, return FALSE, label3);
r = s >> 4;
s &= 15;
if (s) {
k += r;
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, s, return FALSE);
DROP_BITS(s);
} else {
if (r != 15)
break;
k += 15;
}
}
}
}
/* Completed MCU, so update state */
BITREAD_SAVE_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
ASSIGN_STATE(entropy->saved, state);
}
/* Account for restart interval (no-op if not using restarts) */
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for Huffman entropy decoding.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_huff_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy;
int i;
entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(huff_entropy_decoder));
cinfo->entropy = (struct jpeg_entropy_decoder *) entropy;
entropy->pub.start_pass = start_pass_huff_decoder;
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu;
/* Mark tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
entropy->dc_derived_tbls[i] = entropy->ac_derived_tbls[i] = NULL;
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
/*
* jdhuff.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains declarations for Huffman entropy decoding routines
* that are shared between the sequential decoder (jdhuff.c) and the
* progressive decoder (jdphuff.c). No other modules need to see these.
*/
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl jMkDDerived
#define jpeg_fill_bit_buffer jFilBitBuf
#define jpeg_huff_decode jHufDecode
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Derived data constructed for each Huffman table */
#define HUFF_LOOKAHEAD 8 /* # of bits of lookahead */
typedef struct {
/* Basic tables: (element [0] of each array is unused) */
INT32 maxcode[18]; /* largest code of length k (-1 if none) */
/* (maxcode[17] is a sentinel to ensure jpeg_huff_decode terminates) */
INT32 valoffset[17]; /* huffval[] offset for codes of length k */
/* valoffset[k] = huffval[] index of 1st symbol of code length k, less
* the smallest code of length k; so given a code of length k, the
* corresponding symbol is huffval[code + valoffset[k]]
*/
/* Link to public Huffman table (needed only in jpeg_huff_decode) */
JHUFF_TBL *pub;
/* Lookahead tables: indexed by the next HUFF_LOOKAHEAD bits of
* the input data stream. If the next Huffman code is no more
* than HUFF_LOOKAHEAD bits long, we can obtain its length and
* the corresponding symbol directly from these tables.
*/
int look_nbits[1<<HUFF_LOOKAHEAD]; /* # bits, or 0 if too long */
UINT8 look_sym[1<<HUFF_LOOKAHEAD]; /* symbol, or unused */
} d_derived_tbl;
/* Expand a Huffman table definition into the derived format */
EXTERN(void) jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean isDC, int tblno,
d_derived_tbl ** pdtbl));
/*
* Fetching the next N bits from the input stream is a time-critical operation
* for the Huffman decoders. We implement it with a combination of inline
* macros and out-of-line subroutines. Note that N (the number of bits
* demanded at one time) never exceeds 15 for JPEG use.
*
* We read source bytes into get_buffer and dole out bits as needed.
* If get_buffer already contains enough bits, they are fetched in-line
* by the macros CHECK_BIT_BUFFER and GET_BITS. When there aren't enough
* bits, jpeg_fill_bit_buffer is called; it will attempt to fill get_buffer
* as full as possible (not just to the number of bits needed; this
* prefetching reduces the overhead cost of calling jpeg_fill_bit_buffer).
* Note that jpeg_fill_bit_buffer may return FALSE to indicate suspension.
* On TRUE return, jpeg_fill_bit_buffer guarantees that get_buffer contains
* at least the requested number of bits --- dummy zeroes are inserted if
* necessary.
*/
typedef INT32 bit_buf_type; /* type of bit-extraction buffer */
#define BIT_BUF_SIZE 32 /* size of buffer in bits */
/* If long is > 32 bits on your machine, and shifting/masking longs is
* reasonably fast, making bit_buf_type be long and setting BIT_BUF_SIZE
* appropriately should be a win. Unfortunately we can't define the size
* with something like #define BIT_BUF_SIZE (sizeof(bit_buf_type)*8)
* because not all machines measure sizeof in 8-bit bytes.
*/
typedef struct { /* Bitreading state saved across MCUs */
bit_buf_type get_buffer; /* current bit-extraction buffer */
int bits_left; /* # of unused bits in it */
} bitread_perm_state;
typedef struct { /* Bitreading working state within an MCU */
/* Current data source location */
/* We need a copy, rather than munging the original, in case of suspension */
const JOCTET * next_input_byte; /* => next byte to read from source */
size_t bytes_in_buffer; /* # of bytes remaining in source buffer */
/* Bit input buffer --- note these values are kept in register variables,
* not in this struct, inside the inner loops.
*/
bit_buf_type get_buffer; /* current bit-extraction buffer */
int bits_left; /* # of unused bits in it */
/* Pointer needed by jpeg_fill_bit_buffer. */
j_decompress_ptr cinfo; /* back link to decompress master record */
} bitread_working_state;
/* Macros to declare and load/save bitread local variables. */
#define BITREAD_STATE_VARS \
register bit_buf_type get_buffer; \
register int bits_left; \
bitread_working_state br_state
#define BITREAD_LOAD_STATE(cinfop,permstate) \
br_state.cinfo = cinfop; \
br_state.next_input_byte = cinfop->src->next_input_byte; \
br_state.bytes_in_buffer = cinfop->src->bytes_in_buffer; \
get_buffer = permstate.get_buffer; \
bits_left = permstate.bits_left;
#define BITREAD_SAVE_STATE(cinfop,permstate) \
cinfop->src->next_input_byte = br_state.next_input_byte; \
cinfop->src->bytes_in_buffer = br_state.bytes_in_buffer; \
permstate.get_buffer = get_buffer; \
permstate.bits_left = bits_left
/*
* These macros provide the in-line portion of bit fetching.
* Use CHECK_BIT_BUFFER to ensure there are N bits in get_buffer
* before using GET_BITS, PEEK_BITS, or DROP_BITS.
* The variables get_buffer and bits_left are assumed to be locals,
* but the state struct might not be (jpeg_huff_decode needs this).
* CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(state,n,action);
* Ensure there are N bits in get_buffer; if suspend, take action.
* val = GET_BITS(n);
* Fetch next N bits.
* val = PEEK_BITS(n);
* Fetch next N bits without removing them from the buffer.
* DROP_BITS(n);
* Discard next N bits.
* The value N should be a simple variable, not an expression, because it
* is evaluated multiple times.
*/
#define CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(state,nbits,action) \
{ if (bits_left < (nbits)) { \
if (! jpeg_fill_bit_buffer(&(state),get_buffer,bits_left,nbits)) \
{ action; } \
get_buffer = (state).get_buffer; bits_left = (state).bits_left; } }
#define GET_BITS(nbits) \
(((int) (get_buffer >> (bits_left -= (nbits)))) & ((1<<(nbits))-1))
#define PEEK_BITS(nbits) \
(((int) (get_buffer >> (bits_left - (nbits)))) & ((1<<(nbits))-1))
#define DROP_BITS(nbits) \
(bits_left -= (nbits))
/* Load up the bit buffer to a depth of at least nbits */
EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_fill_bit_buffer
JPP((bitread_working_state * state, register bit_buf_type get_buffer,
register int bits_left, int nbits));
/*
* Code for extracting next Huffman-coded symbol from input bit stream.
* Again, this is time-critical and we make the main paths be macros.
*
* We use a lookahead table to process codes of up to HUFF_LOOKAHEAD bits
* without looping. Usually, more than 95% of the Huffman codes will be 8
* or fewer bits long. The few overlength codes are handled with a loop,
* which need not be inline code.
*
* Notes about the HUFF_DECODE macro:
* 1. Near the end of the data segment, we may fail to get enough bits
* for a lookahead. In that case, we do it the hard way.
* 2. If the lookahead table contains no entry, the next code must be
* more than HUFF_LOOKAHEAD bits long.
* 3. jpeg_huff_decode returns -1 if forced to suspend.
*/
#define HUFF_DECODE(result,state,htbl,failaction,slowlabel) \
{ register int nb, look; \
if (bits_left < HUFF_LOOKAHEAD) { \
if (! jpeg_fill_bit_buffer(&state,get_buffer,bits_left, 0)) {failaction;} \
get_buffer = state.get_buffer; bits_left = state.bits_left; \
if (bits_left < HUFF_LOOKAHEAD) { \
nb = 1; goto slowlabel; \
} \
} \
look = PEEK_BITS(HUFF_LOOKAHEAD); \
if ((nb = htbl->look_nbits[look]) != 0) { \
DROP_BITS(nb); \
result = htbl->look_sym[look]; \
} else { \
nb = HUFF_LOOKAHEAD+1; \
slowlabel: \
if ((result=jpeg_huff_decode(&state,get_buffer,bits_left,htbl,nb)) < 0) \
{ failaction; } \
get_buffer = state.get_buffer; bits_left = state.bits_left; \
} \
}
/* Out-of-line case for Huffman code fetching */
EXTERN(int) jpeg_huff_decode
JPP((bitread_working_state * state, register bit_buf_type get_buffer,
register int bits_left, d_derived_tbl * htbl, int min_bits));

View file

@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
/*
* jdinput.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains input control logic for the JPEG decompressor.
* These routines are concerned with controlling the decompressor's input
* processing (marker reading and coefficient decoding). The actual input
* reading is done in jdmarker.c, jdhuff.c, and jdphuff.c.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private state */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_input_controller pub; /* public fields */
boolean inheaders; /* TRUE until first SOS is reached */
} my_input_controller;
typedef my_input_controller * my_inputctl_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(int) consume_markers JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Routines to calculate various quantities related to the size of the image.
*/
LOCAL(void)
initial_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Called once, when first SOS marker is reached */
{
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Make sure image isn't bigger than I can handle */
if ((long) cinfo->image_height > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION ||
(long) cinfo->image_width > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION);
/* For now, precision must match compiled-in value... */
if (cinfo->data_precision != BITS_IN_JSAMPLE)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PRECISION, cinfo->data_precision);
/* Check that number of components won't exceed internal array sizes */
if (cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
/* Compute maximum sampling factors; check factor validity */
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = 1;
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = 1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->h_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->h_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR ||
compptr->v_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->v_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SAMPLING);
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_h_samp_factor,
compptr->h_samp_factor);
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
compptr->v_samp_factor);
}
/* We initialize DCT_scaled_size and min_DCT_scaled_size to DCTSIZE.
* In the full decompressor, this will be overridden by jdmaster.c;
* but in the transcoder, jdmaster.c is not used, so we must do it here.
*/
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
/* Compute dimensions of components */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
compptr->DCT_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
/* Size in DCT blocks */
compptr->width_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
compptr->height_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
/* downsampled_width and downsampled_height will also be overridden by
* jdmaster.c if we are doing full decompression. The transcoder library
* doesn't use these values, but the calling application might.
*/
/* Size in samples */
compptr->downsampled_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) cinfo->max_h_samp_factor);
compptr->downsampled_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
/* Mark component needed, until color conversion says otherwise */
compptr->component_needed = TRUE;
/* Mark no quantization table yet saved for component */
compptr->quant_table = NULL;
}
/* Compute number of fully interleaved MCU rows. */
cinfo->total_iMCU_rows = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
/* Decide whether file contains multiple scans */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan < cinfo->num_components || cinfo->progressive_mode)
cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans = TRUE;
else
cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans = FALSE;
}
LOCAL(void)
per_scan_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before processing a JPEG scan */
/* cinfo->comps_in_scan and cinfo->cur_comp_info[] were set from SOS marker */
{
int ci, mcublks, tmp;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan == 1) {
/* Noninterleaved (single-component) scan */
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0];
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = compptr->width_in_blocks;
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = compptr->height_in_blocks;
/* For noninterleaved scan, always one block per MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = 1;
compptr->MCU_height = 1;
compptr->MCU_blocks = 1;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
compptr->last_col_width = 1;
/* For noninterleaved scans, it is convenient to define last_row_height
* as the number of block rows present in the last iMCU row.
*/
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 1;
cinfo->MCU_membership[0] = 0;
} else {
/* Interleaved (multi-component) scan */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan <= 0 || cinfo->comps_in_scan > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->comps_in_scan,
MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Sampling factors give # of blocks of component in each MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = compptr->h_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_height = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_blocks = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
/* Figure number of non-dummy blocks in last MCU column & row */
tmp = (int) (compptr->width_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_width);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_width;
compptr->last_col_width = tmp;
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_height);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
mcublks = compptr->MCU_blocks;
if (cinfo->blocks_in_MCU + mcublks > D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE);
while (mcublks-- > 0) {
cinfo->MCU_membership[cinfo->blocks_in_MCU++] = ci;
}
}
}
}
/*
* Save away a copy of the Q-table referenced by each component present
* in the current scan, unless already saved during a prior scan.
*
* In a multiple-scan JPEG file, the encoder could assign different components
* the same Q-table slot number, but change table definitions between scans
* so that each component uses a different Q-table. (The IJG encoder is not
* currently capable of doing this, but other encoders might.) Since we want
* to be able to dequantize all the components at the end of the file, this
* means that we have to save away the table actually used for each component.
* We do this by copying the table at the start of the first scan containing
* the component.
* The JPEG spec prohibits the encoder from changing the contents of a Q-table
* slot between scans of a component using that slot. If the encoder does so
* anyway, this decoder will simply use the Q-table values that were current
* at the start of the first scan for the component.
*
* The decompressor output side looks only at the saved quant tables,
* not at the current Q-table slots.
*/
LOCAL(void)
latch_quant_tables (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
int ci, qtblno;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* No work if we already saved Q-table for this component */
if (compptr->quant_table != NULL)
continue;
/* Make sure specified quantization table is present */
qtblno = compptr->quant_tbl_no;
if (qtblno < 0 || qtblno >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS ||
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, qtblno);
/* OK, save away the quantization table */
qtbl = (JQUANT_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
MEMCOPY(qtbl, cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno], SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
compptr->quant_table = qtbl;
}
}
/*
* Initialize the input modules to read a scan of compressed data.
* The first call to this is done by jdmaster.c after initializing
* the entire decompressor (during jpeg_start_decompress).
* Subsequent calls come from consume_markers, below.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_input_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
latch_quant_tables(cinfo);
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->coef->start_input_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->inputctl->consume_input = cinfo->coef->consume_data;
}
/*
* Finish up after inputting a compressed-data scan.
* This is called by the coefficient controller after it's read all
* the expected data of the scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_input_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->inputctl->consume_input = consume_markers;
}
/*
* Read JPEG markers before, between, or after compressed-data scans.
* Change state as necessary when a new scan is reached.
* Return value is JPEG_SUSPENDED, JPEG_REACHED_SOS, or JPEG_REACHED_EOI.
*
* The consume_input method pointer points either here or to the
* coefficient controller's consume_data routine, depending on whether
* we are reading a compressed data segment or inter-segment markers.
*/
METHODDEF(int)
consume_markers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_inputctl_ptr inputctl = (my_inputctl_ptr) cinfo->inputctl;
int val;
if (inputctl->pub.eoi_reached) /* After hitting EOI, read no further */
return JPEG_REACHED_EOI;
val = (*cinfo->marker->read_markers) (cinfo);
switch (val) {
case JPEG_REACHED_SOS: /* Found SOS */
if (inputctl->inheaders) { /* 1st SOS */
initial_setup(cinfo);
inputctl->inheaders = FALSE;
/* Note: start_input_pass must be called by jdmaster.c
* before any more input can be consumed. jdapimin.c is
* responsible for enforcing this sequencing.
*/
} else { /* 2nd or later SOS marker */
if (! inputctl->pub.has_multiple_scans)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_EOI_EXPECTED); /* Oops, I wasn't expecting this! */
start_input_pass(cinfo);
}
break;
case JPEG_REACHED_EOI: /* Found EOI */
inputctl->pub.eoi_reached = TRUE;
if (inputctl->inheaders) { /* Tables-only datastream, apparently */
if (cinfo->marker->saw_SOF)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_SOF_NO_SOS);
} else {
/* Prevent infinite loop in coef ctlr's decompress_data routine
* if user set output_scan_number larger than number of scans.
*/
if (cinfo->output_scan_number > cinfo->input_scan_number)
cinfo->output_scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
}
break;
case JPEG_SUSPENDED:
break;
}
return val;
}
/*
* Reset state to begin a fresh datastream.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
reset_input_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_inputctl_ptr inputctl = (my_inputctl_ptr) cinfo->inputctl;
inputctl->pub.consume_input = consume_markers;
inputctl->pub.has_multiple_scans = FALSE; /* "unknown" would be better */
inputctl->pub.eoi_reached = FALSE;
inputctl->inheaders = TRUE;
/* Reset other modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->marker->reset_marker_reader) (cinfo);
/* Reset progression state -- would be cleaner if entropy decoder did this */
cinfo->coef_bits = NULL;
}
/*
* Initialize the input controller module.
* This is called only once, when the decompression object is created.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_input_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_inputctl_ptr inputctl;
/* Create subobject in permanent pool */
inputctl = (my_inputctl_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_input_controller));
cinfo->inputctl = (struct jpeg_input_controller *) inputctl;
/* Initialize method pointers */
inputctl->pub.consume_input = consume_markers;
inputctl->pub.reset_input_controller = reset_input_controller;
inputctl->pub.start_input_pass = start_input_pass;
inputctl->pub.finish_input_pass = finish_input_pass;
/* Initialize state: can't use reset_input_controller since we don't
* want to try to reset other modules yet.
*/
inputctl->pub.has_multiple_scans = FALSE; /* "unknown" would be better */
inputctl->pub.eoi_reached = FALSE;
inputctl->inheaders = TRUE;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
/*
* jdmainct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the main buffer controller for decompression.
* The main buffer lies between the JPEG decompressor proper and the
* post-processor; it holds downsampled data in the JPEG colorspace.
*
* Note that this code is bypassed in raw-data mode, since the application
* supplies the equivalent of the main buffer in that case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* In the current system design, the main buffer need never be a full-image
* buffer; any full-height buffers will be found inside the coefficient or
* postprocessing controllers. Nonetheless, the main controller is not
* trivial. Its responsibility is to provide context rows for upsampling/
* rescaling, and doing this in an efficient fashion is a bit tricky.
*
* Postprocessor input data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be (v_samp_factor * DCT_scaled_size / min_DCT_scaled_size)
* sample rows of each component. (We require DCT_scaled_size values to be
* chosen such that these numbers are integers. In practice DCT_scaled_size
* values will likely be powers of two, so we actually have the stronger
* condition that DCT_scaled_size / min_DCT_scaled_size is an integer.)
* Upsampling will typically produce max_v_samp_factor pixel rows from each
* row group (times any additional scale factor that the upsampler is
* applying).
*
* The coefficient controller will deliver data to us one iMCU row at a time;
* each iMCU row contains v_samp_factor * DCT_scaled_size sample rows, or
* exactly min_DCT_scaled_size row groups. (This amount of data corresponds
* to one row of MCUs when the image is fully interleaved.) Note that the
* number of sample rows varies across components, but the number of row
* groups does not. Some garbage sample rows may be included in the last iMCU
* row at the bottom of the image.
*
* Depending on the vertical scaling algorithm used, the upsampler may need
* access to the sample row(s) above and below its current input row group.
* The upsampler is required to set need_context_rows TRUE at global selection
* time if so. When need_context_rows is FALSE, this controller can simply
* obtain one iMCU row at a time from the coefficient controller and dole it
* out as row groups to the postprocessor.
*
* When need_context_rows is TRUE, this controller guarantees that the buffer
* passed to postprocessing contains at least one row group's worth of samples
* above and below the row group(s) being processed. Note that the context
* rows "above" the first passed row group appear at negative row offsets in
* the passed buffer. At the top and bottom of the image, the required
* context rows are manufactured by duplicating the first or last real sample
* row; this avoids having special cases in the upsampling inner loops.
*
* The amount of context is fixed at one row group just because that's a
* convenient number for this controller to work with. The existing
* upsamplers really only need one sample row of context. An upsampler
* supporting arbitrary output rescaling might wish for more than one row
* group of context when shrinking the image; tough, we don't handle that.
* (This is justified by the assumption that downsizing will be handled mostly
* by adjusting the DCT_scaled_size values, so that the actual scale factor at
* the upsample step needn't be much less than one.)
*
* To provide the desired context, we have to retain the last two row groups
* of one iMCU row while reading in the next iMCU row. (The last row group
* can't be processed until we have another row group for its below-context,
* and so we have to save the next-to-last group too for its above-context.)
* We could do this most simply by copying data around in our buffer, but
* that'd be very slow. We can avoid copying any data by creating a rather
* strange pointer structure. Here's how it works. We allocate a workspace
* consisting of M+2 row groups (where M = min_DCT_scaled_size is the number
* of row groups per iMCU row). We create two sets of redundant pointers to
* the workspace. Labeling the physical row groups 0 to M+1, the synthesized
* pointer lists look like this:
* M+1 M-1
* master pointer --> 0 master pointer --> 0
* 1 1
* ... ...
* M-3 M-3
* M-2 M
* M-1 M+1
* M M-2
* M+1 M-1
* 0 0
* We read alternate iMCU rows using each master pointer; thus the last two
* row groups of the previous iMCU row remain un-overwritten in the workspace.
* The pointer lists are set up so that the required context rows appear to
* be adjacent to the proper places when we pass the pointer lists to the
* upsampler.
*
* The above pictures describe the normal state of the pointer lists.
* At top and bottom of the image, we diddle the pointer lists to duplicate
* the first or last sample row as necessary (this is cheaper than copying
* sample rows around).
*
* This scheme breaks down if M < 2, ie, min_DCT_scaled_size is 1. In that
* situation each iMCU row provides only one row group so the buffering logic
* must be different (eg, we must read two iMCU rows before we can emit the
* first row group). For now, we simply do not support providing context
* rows when min_DCT_scaled_size is 1. That combination seems unlikely to
* be worth providing --- if someone wants a 1/8th-size preview, they probably
* want it quick and dirty, so a context-free upsampler is sufficient.
*/
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_d_main_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* Pointer to allocated workspace (M or M+2 row groups). */
JSAMPARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPONENTS];
boolean buffer_full; /* Have we gotten an iMCU row from decoder? */
JDIMENSION rowgroup_ctr; /* counts row groups output to postprocessor */
/* Remaining fields are only used in the context case. */
/* These are the master pointers to the funny-order pointer lists. */
JSAMPIMAGE xbuffer[2]; /* pointers to weird pointer lists */
int whichptr; /* indicates which pointer set is now in use */
int context_state; /* process_data state machine status */
JDIMENSION rowgroups_avail; /* row groups available to postprocessor */
JDIMENSION iMCU_row_ctr; /* counts iMCU rows to detect image top/bot */
} my_main_controller;
typedef my_main_controller * my_main_ptr;
/* context_state values: */
#define CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU 0 /* need to prepare for MCU row */
#define CTX_PROCESS_IMCU 1 /* feeding iMCU to postprocessor */
#define CTX_POSTPONED_ROW 2 /* feeding postponed row group */
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(void) process_data_simple_main
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
METHODDEF(void) process_data_context_main
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void) process_data_crank_post
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#endif
LOCAL(void)
alloc_funny_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Allocate space for the funny pointer lists.
* This is done only once, not once per pass.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, rgroup;
int M = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY xbuf;
/* Get top-level space for component array pointers.
* We alloc both arrays with one call to save a few cycles.
*/
main->xbuffer[0] = (JSAMPIMAGE)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->num_components * 2 * SIZEOF(JSAMPARRAY));
main->xbuffer[1] = main->xbuffer[0] + cinfo->num_components;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
/* Get space for pointer lists --- M+4 row groups in each list.
* We alloc both pointer lists with one call to save a few cycles.
*/
xbuf = (JSAMPARRAY)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
2 * (rgroup * (M + 4)) * SIZEOF(JSAMPROW));
xbuf += rgroup; /* want one row group at negative offsets */
main->xbuffer[0][ci] = xbuf;
xbuf += rgroup * (M + 4);
main->xbuffer[1][ci] = xbuf;
}
}
LOCAL(void)
make_funny_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Create the funny pointer lists discussed in the comments above.
* The actual workspace is already allocated (in main->buffer),
* and the space for the pointer lists is allocated too.
* This routine just fills in the curiously ordered lists.
* This will be repeated at the beginning of each pass.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, i, rgroup;
int M = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY buf, xbuf0, xbuf1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
xbuf0 = main->xbuffer[0][ci];
xbuf1 = main->xbuffer[1][ci];
/* First copy the workspace pointers as-is */
buf = main->buffer[ci];
for (i = 0; i < rgroup * (M + 2); i++) {
xbuf0[i] = xbuf1[i] = buf[i];
}
/* In the second list, put the last four row groups in swapped order */
for (i = 0; i < rgroup * 2; i++) {
xbuf1[rgroup*(M-2) + i] = buf[rgroup*M + i];
xbuf1[rgroup*M + i] = buf[rgroup*(M-2) + i];
}
/* The wraparound pointers at top and bottom will be filled later
* (see set_wraparound_pointers, below). Initially we want the "above"
* pointers to duplicate the first actual data line. This only needs
* to happen in xbuffer[0].
*/
for (i = 0; i < rgroup; i++) {
xbuf0[i - rgroup] = xbuf0[0];
}
}
}
LOCAL(void)
set_wraparound_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Set up the "wraparound" pointers at top and bottom of the pointer lists.
* This changes the pointer list state from top-of-image to the normal state.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, i, rgroup;
int M = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY xbuf0, xbuf1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
xbuf0 = main->xbuffer[0][ci];
xbuf1 = main->xbuffer[1][ci];
for (i = 0; i < rgroup; i++) {
xbuf0[i - rgroup] = xbuf0[rgroup*(M+1) + i];
xbuf1[i - rgroup] = xbuf1[rgroup*(M+1) + i];
xbuf0[rgroup*(M+2) + i] = xbuf0[i];
xbuf1[rgroup*(M+2) + i] = xbuf1[i];
}
}
}
LOCAL(void)
set_bottom_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Change the pointer lists to duplicate the last sample row at the bottom
* of the image. whichptr indicates which xbuffer holds the final iMCU row.
* Also sets rowgroups_avail to indicate number of nondummy row groups in row.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, i, rgroup, iMCUheight, rows_left;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY xbuf;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Count sample rows in one iMCU row and in one row group */
iMCUheight = compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
rgroup = iMCUheight / cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
/* Count nondummy sample rows remaining for this component */
rows_left = (int) (compptr->downsampled_height % (JDIMENSION) iMCUheight);
if (rows_left == 0) rows_left = iMCUheight;
/* Count nondummy row groups. Should get same answer for each component,
* so we need only do it once.
*/
if (ci == 0) {
main->rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) ((rows_left-1) / rgroup + 1);
}
/* Duplicate the last real sample row rgroup*2 times; this pads out the
* last partial rowgroup and ensures at least one full rowgroup of context.
*/
xbuf = main->xbuffer[main->whichptr][ci];
for (i = 0; i < rgroup * 2; i++) {
xbuf[rows_left + i] = xbuf[rows_left-1];
}
}
}
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_main (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
if (cinfo->upsample->need_context_rows) {
main->pub.process_data = process_data_context_main;
make_funny_pointers(cinfo); /* Create the xbuffer[] lists */
main->whichptr = 0; /* Read first iMCU row into xbuffer[0] */
main->context_state = CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU;
main->iMCU_row_ctr = 0;
} else {
/* Simple case with no context needed */
main->pub.process_data = process_data_simple_main;
}
main->buffer_full = FALSE; /* Mark buffer empty */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
break;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
/* For last pass of 2-pass quantization, just crank the postprocessor */
main->pub.process_data = process_data_crank_post;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* This handles the simple case where no context is required.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_simple_main (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
JDIMENSION rowgroups_avail;
/* Read input data if we haven't filled the main buffer yet */
if (! main->buffer_full) {
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo, main->buffer))
return; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
main->buffer_full = TRUE; /* OK, we have an iMCU row to work with */
}
/* There are always min_DCT_scaled_size row groups in an iMCU row. */
rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
/* Note: at the bottom of the image, we may pass extra garbage row groups
* to the postprocessor. The postprocessor has to check for bottom
* of image anyway (at row resolution), so no point in us doing it too.
*/
/* Feed the postprocessor */
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, main->buffer,
&main->rowgroup_ctr, rowgroups_avail,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
/* Has postprocessor consumed all the data yet? If so, mark buffer empty */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr >= rowgroups_avail) {
main->buffer_full = FALSE;
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* This handles the case where context rows must be provided.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_context_main (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
/* Read input data if we haven't filled the main buffer yet */
if (! main->buffer_full) {
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo,
main->xbuffer[main->whichptr]))
return; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
main->buffer_full = TRUE; /* OK, we have an iMCU row to work with */
main->iMCU_row_ctr++; /* count rows received */
}
/* Postprocessor typically will not swallow all the input data it is handed
* in one call (due to filling the output buffer first). Must be prepared
* to exit and restart. This switch lets us keep track of how far we got.
* Note that each case falls through to the next on successful completion.
*/
switch (main->context_state) {
case CTX_POSTPONED_ROW:
/* Call postprocessor using previously set pointers for postponed row */
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, main->xbuffer[main->whichptr],
&main->rowgroup_ctr, main->rowgroups_avail,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < main->rowgroups_avail)
return; /* Need to suspend */
main->context_state = CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU;
if (*out_row_ctr >= out_rows_avail)
return; /* Postprocessor exactly filled output buf */
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU:
/* Prepare to process first M-1 row groups of this iMCU row */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size - 1);
/* Check for bottom of image: if so, tweak pointers to "duplicate"
* the last sample row, and adjust rowgroups_avail to ignore padding rows.
*/
if (main->iMCU_row_ctr == cinfo->total_iMCU_rows)
set_bottom_pointers(cinfo);
main->context_state = CTX_PROCESS_IMCU;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case CTX_PROCESS_IMCU:
/* Call postprocessor using previously set pointers */
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, main->xbuffer[main->whichptr],
&main->rowgroup_ctr, main->rowgroups_avail,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < main->rowgroups_avail)
return; /* Need to suspend */
/* After the first iMCU, change wraparound pointers to normal state */
if (main->iMCU_row_ctr == 1)
set_wraparound_pointers(cinfo);
/* Prepare to load new iMCU row using other xbuffer list */
main->whichptr ^= 1; /* 0=>1 or 1=>0 */
main->buffer_full = FALSE;
/* Still need to process last row group of this iMCU row, */
/* which is saved at index M+1 of the other xbuffer */
main->rowgroup_ctr = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size + 1);
main->rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size + 2);
main->context_state = CTX_POSTPONED_ROW;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* Final pass of two-pass quantization: just call the postprocessor.
* Source data will be the postprocessor controller's internal buffer.
*/
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void)
process_data_crank_post (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPIMAGE) NULL,
(JDIMENSION *) NULL, (JDIMENSION) 0,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
}
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize main buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_d_main_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_main_ptr main;
int ci, rgroup, ngroups;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
main = (my_main_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_main_controller));
cinfo->main = (struct jpeg_d_main_controller *) main;
main->pub.start_pass = start_pass_main;
if (need_full_buffer) /* shouldn't happen */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
/* Allocate the workspace.
* ngroups is the number of row groups we need.
*/
if (cinfo->upsample->need_context_rows) {
if (cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size < 2) /* unsupported, see comments above */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOTIMPL);
alloc_funny_pointers(cinfo); /* Alloc space for xbuffer[] lists */
ngroups = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size + 2;
} else {
ngroups = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
}
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
main->buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_scaled_size,
(JDIMENSION) (rgroup * ngroups));
}
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
/*
* jdmaster.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains master control logic for the JPEG decompressor.
* These routines are concerned with selecting the modules to be executed
* and with determining the number of passes and the work to be done in each
* pass.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private state */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_decomp_master pub; /* public fields */
int pass_number; /* # of passes completed */
boolean using_merged_upsample; /* TRUE if using merged upsample/cconvert */
/* Saved references to initialized quantizer modules,
* in case we need to switch modes.
*/
struct jpeg_color_quantizer * quantizer_1pass;
struct jpeg_color_quantizer * quantizer_2pass;
} my_decomp_master;
typedef my_decomp_master * my_master_ptr;
/*
* Determine whether merged upsample/color conversion should be used.
* CRUCIAL: this must match the actual capabilities of jdmerge.c!
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
use_merged_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
#ifdef UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED
/* Merging is the equivalent of plain box-filter upsampling */
if (cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling || cinfo->CCIR601_sampling)
return FALSE;
/* jdmerge.c only supports YCC=>RGB color conversion */
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space != JCS_YCbCr || cinfo->num_components != 3 ||
cinfo->out_color_space != JCS_RGB ||
cinfo->out_color_components != RGB_PIXELSIZE)
return FALSE;
/* and it only handles 2h1v or 2h2v sampling ratios */
if (cinfo->comp_info[0].h_samp_factor != 2 ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].h_samp_factor != 1 ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].h_samp_factor != 1 ||
cinfo->comp_info[0].v_samp_factor > 2 ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].v_samp_factor != 1 ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].v_samp_factor != 1)
return FALSE;
/* furthermore, it doesn't work if we've scaled the IDCTs differently */
if (cinfo->comp_info[0].DCT_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].DCT_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].DCT_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size)
return FALSE;
/* ??? also need to test for upsample-time rescaling, when & if supported */
return TRUE; /* by golly, it'll work... */
#else
return FALSE;
#endif
}
/*
* Compute output image dimensions and related values.
* NOTE: this is exported for possible use by application.
* Hence it mustn't do anything that can't be done twice.
* Also note that it may be called before the master module is initialized!
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_calc_output_dimensions (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before master selection phase */
{
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
#endif
/* Prevent application from calling me at wrong times */
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_READY)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
/* Compute actual output image dimensions and DCT scaling choices. */
if (cinfo->scale_num * 8 <= cinfo->scale_denom) {
/* Provide 1/8 scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, 8L);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, 8L);
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = 1;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 4 <= cinfo->scale_denom) {
/* Provide 1/4 scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, 4L);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, 4L);
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = 2;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 2 <= cinfo->scale_denom) {
/* Provide 1/2 scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, 2L);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, 2L);
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = 4;
} else {
/* Provide 1/1 scaling */
cinfo->output_width = cinfo->image_width;
cinfo->output_height = cinfo->image_height;
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
}
/* In selecting the actual DCT scaling for each component, we try to
* scale up the chroma components via IDCT scaling rather than upsampling.
* This saves time if the upsampler gets to use 1:1 scaling.
* Note this code assumes that the supported DCT scalings are powers of 2.
*/
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
int ssize = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
while (ssize < DCTSIZE &&
(compptr->h_samp_factor * ssize * 2 <=
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size) &&
(compptr->v_samp_factor * ssize * 2 <=
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size)) {
ssize = ssize * 2;
}
compptr->DCT_scaled_size = ssize;
}
/* Recompute downsampled dimensions of components;
* application needs to know these if using raw downsampled data.
*/
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Size in samples, after IDCT scaling */
compptr->downsampled_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width *
(long) (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
compptr->downsampled_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height *
(long) (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
}
#else /* !IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
/* Hardwire it to "no scaling" */
cinfo->output_width = cinfo->image_width;
cinfo->output_height = cinfo->image_height;
/* jdinput.c has already initialized DCT_scaled_size to DCTSIZE,
* and has computed unscaled downsampled_width and downsampled_height.
*/
#endif /* IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
/* Report number of components in selected colorspace. */
/* Probably this should be in the color conversion module... */
switch (cinfo->out_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
cinfo->out_color_components = 1;
break;
case JCS_RGB:
#if RGB_PIXELSIZE != 3
cinfo->out_color_components = RGB_PIXELSIZE;
break;
#endif /* else share code with YCbCr */
case JCS_YCbCr:
cinfo->out_color_components = 3;
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
case JCS_YCCK:
cinfo->out_color_components = 4;
break;
default: /* else must be same colorspace as in file */
cinfo->out_color_components = cinfo->num_components;
break;
}
cinfo->output_components = (cinfo->quantize_colors ? 1 :
cinfo->out_color_components);
/* See if upsampler will want to emit more than one row at a time */
if (use_merged_upsample(cinfo))
cinfo->rec_outbuf_height = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
else
cinfo->rec_outbuf_height = 1;
}
/*
* Several decompression processes need to range-limit values to the range
* 0..MAXJSAMPLE; the input value may fall somewhat outside this range
* due to noise introduced by quantization, roundoff error, etc. These
* processes are inner loops and need to be as fast as possible. On most
* machines, particularly CPUs with pipelines or instruction prefetch,
* a (subscript-check-less) C table lookup
* x = sample_range_limit[x];
* is faster than explicit tests
* if (x < 0) x = 0;
* else if (x > MAXJSAMPLE) x = MAXJSAMPLE;
* These processes all use a common table prepared by the routine below.
*
* For most steps we can mathematically guarantee that the initial value
* of x is within MAXJSAMPLE+1 of the legal range, so a table running from
* -(MAXJSAMPLE+1) to 2*MAXJSAMPLE+1 is sufficient. But for the initial
* limiting step (just after the IDCT), a wildly out-of-range value is
* possible if the input data is corrupt. To avoid any chance of indexing
* off the end of memory and getting a bad-pointer trap, we perform the
* post-IDCT limiting thus:
* x = range_limit[x & MASK];
* where MASK is 2 bits wider than legal sample data, ie 10 bits for 8-bit
* samples. Under normal circumstances this is more than enough range and
* a correct output will be generated; with bogus input data the mask will
* cause wraparound, and we will safely generate a bogus-but-in-range output.
* For the post-IDCT step, we want to convert the data from signed to unsigned
* representation by adding CENTERJSAMPLE at the same time that we limit it.
* So the post-IDCT limiting table ends up looking like this:
* CENTERJSAMPLE,CENTERJSAMPLE+1,...,MAXJSAMPLE,
* MAXJSAMPLE (repeat 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)-CENTERJSAMPLE times),
* 0 (repeat 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)-CENTERJSAMPLE times),
* 0,1,...,CENTERJSAMPLE-1
* Negative inputs select values from the upper half of the table after
* masking.
*
* We can save some space by overlapping the start of the post-IDCT table
* with the simpler range limiting table. The post-IDCT table begins at
* sample_range_limit + CENTERJSAMPLE.
*
* Note that the table is allocated in near data space on PCs; it's small
* enough and used often enough to justify this.
*/
LOCAL(void)
prepare_range_limit_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Allocate and fill in the sample_range_limit table */
{
JSAMPLE * table;
int i;
table = (JSAMPLE *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(5 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) + CENTERJSAMPLE) * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
table += (MAXJSAMPLE+1); /* allow negative subscripts of simple table */
cinfo->sample_range_limit = table;
/* First segment of "simple" table: limit[x] = 0 for x < 0 */
MEMZERO(table - (MAXJSAMPLE+1), (MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
/* Main part of "simple" table: limit[x] = x */
for (i = 0; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++)
table[i] = (JSAMPLE) i;
table += CENTERJSAMPLE; /* Point to where post-IDCT table starts */
/* End of simple table, rest of first half of post-IDCT table */
for (i = CENTERJSAMPLE; i < 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1); i++)
table[i] = MAXJSAMPLE;
/* Second half of post-IDCT table */
MEMZERO(table + (2 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1)),
(2 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) - CENTERJSAMPLE) * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
MEMCOPY(table + (4 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) - CENTERJSAMPLE),
cinfo->sample_range_limit, CENTERJSAMPLE * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
}
/*
* Master selection of decompression modules.
* This is done once at jpeg_start_decompress time. We determine
* which modules will be used and give them appropriate initialization calls.
* We also initialize the decompressor input side to begin consuming data.
*
* Since jpeg_read_header has finished, we know what is in the SOF
* and (first) SOS markers. We also have all the application parameter
* settings.
*/
LOCAL(void)
master_selection (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
boolean use_c_buffer;
long samplesperrow;
JDIMENSION jd_samplesperrow;
/* Initialize dimensions and other stuff */
jpeg_calc_output_dimensions(cinfo);
prepare_range_limit_table(cinfo);
/* Width of an output scanline must be representable as JDIMENSION. */
samplesperrow = (long) cinfo->output_width * (long) cinfo->out_color_components;
jd_samplesperrow = (JDIMENSION) samplesperrow;
if ((long) jd_samplesperrow != samplesperrow)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW);
/* Initialize my private state */
master->pass_number = 0;
master->using_merged_upsample = use_merged_upsample(cinfo);
/* Color quantizer selection */
master->quantizer_1pass = NULL;
master->quantizer_2pass = NULL;
/* No mode changes if not using buffered-image mode. */
if (! cinfo->quantize_colors || ! cinfo->buffered_image) {
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
}
if (cinfo->quantize_colors) {
if (cinfo->raw_data_out)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOTIMPL);
/* 2-pass quantizer only works in 3-component color space. */
if (cinfo->out_color_components != 3) {
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = TRUE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->colormap = NULL;
} else if (cinfo->colormap != NULL) {
cinfo->enable_external_quant = TRUE;
} else if (cinfo->two_pass_quantize) {
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = TRUE;
} else {
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = TRUE;
}
if (cinfo->enable_1pass_quant) {
#ifdef QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED
jinit_1pass_quantizer(cinfo);
master->quantizer_1pass = cinfo->cquantize;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
}
/* We use the 2-pass code to map to external colormaps. */
if (cinfo->enable_2pass_quant || cinfo->enable_external_quant) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
jinit_2pass_quantizer(cinfo);
master->quantizer_2pass = cinfo->cquantize;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
}
/* If both quantizers are initialized, the 2-pass one is left active;
* this is necessary for starting with quantization to an external map.
*/
}
/* Post-processing: in particular, color conversion first */
if (! cinfo->raw_data_out) {
if (master->using_merged_upsample) {
#ifdef UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED
jinit_merged_upsampler(cinfo); /* does color conversion too */
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
jinit_color_deconverter(cinfo);
jinit_upsampler(cinfo);
}
jinit_d_post_controller(cinfo, cinfo->enable_2pass_quant);
}
/* Inverse DCT */
jinit_inverse_dct(cinfo);
/* Entropy decoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_ARITH_NOTIMPL);
} else {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
jinit_phuff_decoder(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else
jinit_huff_decoder(cinfo);
}
/* Initialize principal buffer controllers. */
use_c_buffer = cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans || cinfo->buffered_image;
jinit_d_coef_controller(cinfo, use_c_buffer);
if (! cinfo->raw_data_out)
jinit_d_main_controller(cinfo, FALSE /* never need full buffer here */);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Initialize input side of decompressor to consume first scan. */
(*cinfo->inputctl->start_input_pass) (cinfo);
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/* If jpeg_start_decompress will read the whole file, initialize
* progress monitoring appropriately. The input step is counted
* as one pass.
*/
if (cinfo->progress != NULL && ! cinfo->buffered_image &&
cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
int nscans;
/* Estimate number of scans to set pass_limit. */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Arbitrarily estimate 2 interleaved DC scans + 3 AC scans/component. */
nscans = 2 + 3 * cinfo->num_components;
} else {
/* For a nonprogressive multiscan file, estimate 1 scan per component. */
nscans = cinfo->num_components;
}
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = 0L;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows * nscans;
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = 0;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = (cinfo->enable_2pass_quant ? 3 : 2);
/* Count the input pass as done */
master->pass_number++;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
}
/*
* Per-pass setup.
* This is called at the beginning of each output pass. We determine which
* modules will be active during this pass and give them appropriate
* start_pass calls. We also set is_dummy_pass to indicate whether this
* is a "real" output pass or a dummy pass for color quantization.
* (In the latter case, jdapistd.c will crank the pass to completion.)
*/
METHODDEF(void)
prepare_for_output_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
if (master->pub.is_dummy_pass) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/* Final pass of 2-pass quantization */
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = FALSE;
(*cinfo->cquantize->start_pass) (cinfo, FALSE);
(*cinfo->post->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
(*cinfo->main->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
} else {
if (cinfo->quantize_colors && cinfo->colormap == NULL) {
/* Select new quantization method */
if (cinfo->two_pass_quantize && cinfo->enable_2pass_quant) {
cinfo->cquantize = master->quantizer_2pass;
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = TRUE;
} else if (cinfo->enable_1pass_quant) {
cinfo->cquantize = master->quantizer_1pass;
} else {
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MODE_CHANGE);
}
}
(*cinfo->idct->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->coef->start_output_pass) (cinfo);
if (! cinfo->raw_data_out) {
if (! master->using_merged_upsample)
(*cinfo->cconvert->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->upsample->start_pass) (cinfo);
if (cinfo->quantize_colors)
(*cinfo->cquantize->start_pass) (cinfo, master->pub.is_dummy_pass);
(*cinfo->post->start_pass) (cinfo,
(master->pub.is_dummy_pass ? JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS : JBUF_PASS_THRU));
(*cinfo->main->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_PASS_THRU);
}
}
/* Set up progress monitor's pass info if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = master->pass_number;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = master->pass_number +
(master->pub.is_dummy_pass ? 2 : 1);
/* In buffered-image mode, we assume one more output pass if EOI not
* yet reached, but no more passes if EOI has been reached.
*/
if (cinfo->buffered_image && ! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
cinfo->progress->total_passes += (cinfo->enable_2pass_quant ? 2 : 1);
}
}
}
/*
* Finish up at end of an output pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
finish_output_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
if (cinfo->quantize_colors)
(*cinfo->cquantize->finish_pass) (cinfo);
master->pass_number++;
}
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Switch to a new external colormap between output passes.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_new_colormap (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
/* Prevent application from calling me at wrong times */
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFIMAGE)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->quantize_colors && cinfo->enable_external_quant &&
cinfo->colormap != NULL) {
/* Select 2-pass quantizer for external colormap use */
cinfo->cquantize = master->quantizer_2pass;
/* Notify quantizer of colormap change */
(*cinfo->cquantize->new_color_map) (cinfo);
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = FALSE; /* just in case */
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MODE_CHANGE);
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize master decompression control and select active modules.
* This is performed at the start of jpeg_start_decompress.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_master_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master;
master = (my_master_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_decomp_master));
cinfo->master = (struct jpeg_decomp_master *) master;
master->pub.prepare_for_output_pass = prepare_for_output_pass;
master->pub.finish_output_pass = finish_output_pass;
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = FALSE;
master_selection(cinfo);
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
/*
* jdmerge.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains code for merged upsampling/color conversion.
*
* This file combines functions from jdsample.c and jdcolor.c;
* read those files first to understand what's going on.
*
* When the chroma components are to be upsampled by simple replication
* (ie, box filtering), we can save some work in color conversion by
* calculating all the output pixels corresponding to a pair of chroma
* samples at one time. In the conversion equations
* R = Y + K1 * Cr
* G = Y + K2 * Cb + K3 * Cr
* B = Y + K4 * Cb
* only the Y term varies among the group of pixels corresponding to a pair
* of chroma samples, so the rest of the terms can be calculated just once.
* At typical sampling ratios, this eliminates half or three-quarters of the
* multiplications needed for color conversion.
*
* This file currently provides implementations for the following cases:
* YCbCr => RGB color conversion only.
* Sampling ratios of 2h1v or 2h2v.
* No scaling needed at upsample time.
* Corner-aligned (non-CCIR601) sampling alignment.
* Other special cases could be added, but in most applications these are
* the only common cases. (For uncommon cases we fall back on the more
* general code in jdsample.c and jdcolor.c.)
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#ifdef UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_upsampler pub; /* public fields */
/* Pointer to routine to do actual upsampling/conversion of one row group */
JMETHOD(void, upmethod, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_group_ctr,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf));
/* Private state for YCC->RGB conversion */
int * Cr_r_tab; /* => table for Cr to R conversion */
int * Cb_b_tab; /* => table for Cb to B conversion */
INT32 * Cr_g_tab; /* => table for Cr to G conversion */
INT32 * Cb_g_tab; /* => table for Cb to G conversion */
/* For 2:1 vertical sampling, we produce two output rows at a time.
* We need a "spare" row buffer to hold the second output row if the
* application provides just a one-row buffer; we also use the spare
* to discard the dummy last row if the image height is odd.
*/
JSAMPROW spare_row;
boolean spare_full; /* T if spare buffer is occupied */
JDIMENSION out_row_width; /* samples per output row */
JDIMENSION rows_to_go; /* counts rows remaining in image */
} my_upsampler;
typedef my_upsampler * my_upsample_ptr;
#define SCALEBITS 16 /* speediest right-shift on some machines */
#define ONE_HALF ((INT32) 1 << (SCALEBITS-1))
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * (1L<<SCALEBITS) + 0.5))
/*
* Initialize tables for YCC->RGB colorspace conversion.
* This is taken directly from jdcolor.c; see that file for more info.
*/
LOCAL(void)
build_ycc_rgb_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
int i;
INT32 x;
SHIFT_TEMPS
upsample->Cr_r_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
upsample->Cb_b_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
upsample->Cr_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
upsample->Cb_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
for (i = 0, x = -CENTERJSAMPLE; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++, x++) {
/* i is the actual input pixel value, in the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE */
/* The Cb or Cr value we are thinking of is x = i - CENTERJSAMPLE */
/* Cr=>R value is nearest int to 1.40200 * x */
upsample->Cr_r_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.40200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cb=>B value is nearest int to 1.77200 * x */
upsample->Cb_b_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.77200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cr=>G value is scaled-up -0.71414 * x */
upsample->Cr_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.71414)) * x;
/* Cb=>G value is scaled-up -0.34414 * x */
/* We also add in ONE_HALF so that need not do it in inner loop */
upsample->Cb_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.34414)) * x + ONE_HALF;
}
}
/*
* Initialize for an upsampling pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_merged_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
/* Mark the spare buffer empty */
upsample->spare_full = FALSE;
/* Initialize total-height counter for detecting bottom of image */
upsample->rows_to_go = cinfo->output_height;
}
/*
* Control routine to do upsampling (and color conversion).
*
* The control routine just handles the row buffering considerations.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
merged_2v_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
/* 2:1 vertical sampling case: may need a spare row. */
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
JSAMPROW work_ptrs[2];
JDIMENSION num_rows; /* number of rows returned to caller */
if (upsample->spare_full) {
/* If we have a spare row saved from a previous cycle, just return it. */
jcopy_sample_rows(& upsample->spare_row, 0, output_buf + *out_row_ctr, 0,
1, upsample->out_row_width);
num_rows = 1;
upsample->spare_full = FALSE;
} else {
/* Figure number of rows to return to caller. */
num_rows = 2;
/* Not more than the distance to the end of the image. */
if (num_rows > upsample->rows_to_go)
num_rows = upsample->rows_to_go;
/* And not more than what the client can accept: */
out_rows_avail -= *out_row_ctr;
if (num_rows > out_rows_avail)
num_rows = out_rows_avail;
/* Create output pointer array for upsampler. */
work_ptrs[0] = output_buf[*out_row_ctr];
if (num_rows > 1) {
work_ptrs[1] = output_buf[*out_row_ctr + 1];
} else {
work_ptrs[1] = upsample->spare_row;
upsample->spare_full = TRUE;
}
/* Now do the upsampling. */
(*upsample->upmethod) (cinfo, input_buf, *in_row_group_ctr, work_ptrs);
}
/* Adjust counts */
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
upsample->rows_to_go -= num_rows;
/* When the buffer is emptied, declare this input row group consumed */
if (! upsample->spare_full)
(*in_row_group_ctr)++;
}
METHODDEF(void)
merged_1v_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
/* 1:1 vertical sampling case: much easier, never need a spare row. */
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
/* Just do the upsampling. */
(*upsample->upmethod) (cinfo, input_buf, *in_row_group_ctr,
output_buf + *out_row_ctr);
/* Adjust counts */
(*out_row_ctr)++;
(*in_row_group_ctr)++;
}
/*
* These are the routines invoked by the control routines to do
* the actual upsampling/conversion. One row group is processed per call.
*
* Note: since we may be writing directly into application-supplied buffers,
* we have to be honest about the output width; we can't assume the buffer
* has been rounded up to an even width.
*/
/*
* Upsample and color convert for the case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v1_merged_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_group_ctr,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
register int y, cred, cgreen, cblue;
int cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2;
JDIMENSION col;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
int * Crrtab = upsample->Cr_r_tab;
int * Cbbtab = upsample->Cb_b_tab;
INT32 * Crgtab = upsample->Cr_g_tab;
INT32 * Cbgtab = upsample->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
inptr0 = input_buf[0][in_row_group_ctr];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][in_row_group_ctr];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][in_row_group_ctr];
outptr = output_buf[0];
/* Loop for each pair of output pixels */
for (col = cinfo->output_width >> 1; col > 0; col--) {
/* Do the chroma part of the calculation */
cb = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr2++);
cred = Crrtab[cr];
cgreen = (int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr], SCALEBITS);
cblue = Cbbtab[cb];
/* Fetch 2 Y values and emit 2 pixels */
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++);
outptr[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++);
outptr[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
/* If image width is odd, do the last output column separately */
if (cinfo->output_width & 1) {
cb = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr2);
cred = Crrtab[cr];
cgreen = (int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr], SCALEBITS);
cblue = Cbbtab[cb];
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0);
outptr[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
}
}
/*
* Upsample and color convert for the case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_merged_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_group_ctr,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
register int y, cred, cgreen, cblue;
int cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr0, outptr1;
JSAMPROW inptr00, inptr01, inptr1, inptr2;
JDIMENSION col;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
int * Crrtab = upsample->Cr_r_tab;
int * Cbbtab = upsample->Cb_b_tab;
INT32 * Crgtab = upsample->Cr_g_tab;
INT32 * Cbgtab = upsample->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
inptr00 = input_buf[0][in_row_group_ctr*2];
inptr01 = input_buf[0][in_row_group_ctr*2 + 1];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][in_row_group_ctr];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][in_row_group_ctr];
outptr0 = output_buf[0];
outptr1 = output_buf[1];
/* Loop for each group of output pixels */
for (col = cinfo->output_width >> 1; col > 0; col--) {
/* Do the chroma part of the calculation */
cb = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr2++);
cred = Crrtab[cr];
cgreen = (int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr], SCALEBITS);
cblue = Cbbtab[cb];
/* Fetch 4 Y values and emit 4 pixels */
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr00++);
outptr0[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr0[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr0[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr0 += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr00++);
outptr0[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr0[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr0[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr0 += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr01++);
outptr1[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr1[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr1[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr1 += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr01++);
outptr1[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr1[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr1[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
outptr1 += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
/* If image width is odd, do the last output column separately */
if (cinfo->output_width & 1) {
cb = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr2);
cred = Crrtab[cr];
cgreen = (int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr], SCALEBITS);
cblue = Cbbtab[cb];
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr00);
outptr0[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr0[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr0[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
y = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr01);
outptr1[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + cred];
outptr1[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y + cgreen];
outptr1[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + cblue];
}
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for merged upsampling/color conversion.
*
* NB: this is called under the conditions determined by use_merged_upsample()
* in jdmaster.c. That routine MUST correspond to the actual capabilities
* of this module; no safety checks are made here.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_merged_upsampler (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample;
upsample = (my_upsample_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_upsampler));
cinfo->upsample = (struct jpeg_upsampler *) upsample;
upsample->pub.start_pass = start_pass_merged_upsample;
upsample->pub.need_context_rows = FALSE;
upsample->out_row_width = cinfo->output_width * cinfo->out_color_components;
if (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor == 2) {
upsample->pub.upsample = merged_2v_upsample;
upsample->upmethod = h2v2_merged_upsample;
/* Allocate a spare row buffer */
upsample->spare_row = (JSAMPROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(size_t) (upsample->out_row_width * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE)));
} else {
upsample->pub.upsample = merged_1v_upsample;
upsample->upmethod = h2v1_merged_upsample;
/* No spare row needed */
upsample->spare_row = NULL;
}
build_ycc_rgb_table(cinfo);
}
#endif /* UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
/*
* jdphuff.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains Huffman entropy decoding routines for progressive JPEG.
*
* Much of the complexity here has to do with supporting input suspension.
* If the data source module demands suspension, we want to be able to back
* up to the start of the current MCU. To do this, we copy state variables
* into local working storage, and update them back to the permanent
* storage only upon successful completion of an MCU.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdhuff.h" /* Declarations shared with jdhuff.c */
#ifdef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
/*
* Expanded entropy decoder object for progressive Huffman decoding.
*
* The savable_state subrecord contains fields that change within an MCU,
* but must not be updated permanently until we complete the MCU.
*/
typedef struct {
unsigned int EOBRUN; /* remaining EOBs in EOBRUN */
int last_dc_val[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* last DC coef for each component */
} savable_state;
/* This macro is to work around compilers with missing or broken
* structure assignment. You'll need to fix this code if you have
* such a compiler and you change MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN.
*/
#ifndef NO_STRUCT_ASSIGN
#define ASSIGN_STATE(dest,src) ((dest) = (src))
#else
#if MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN == 4
#define ASSIGN_STATE(dest,src) \
((dest).EOBRUN = (src).EOBRUN, \
(dest).last_dc_val[0] = (src).last_dc_val[0], \
(dest).last_dc_val[1] = (src).last_dc_val[1], \
(dest).last_dc_val[2] = (src).last_dc_val[2], \
(dest).last_dc_val[3] = (src).last_dc_val[3])
#endif
#endif
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_entropy_decoder pub; /* public fields */
/* These fields are loaded into local variables at start of each MCU.
* In case of suspension, we exit WITHOUT updating them.
*/
bitread_perm_state bitstate; /* Bit buffer at start of MCU */
savable_state saved; /* Other state at start of MCU */
/* These fields are NOT loaded into local working state. */
unsigned int restarts_to_go; /* MCUs left in this restart interval */
/* Pointers to derived tables (these workspaces have image lifespan) */
d_derived_tbl * derived_tbls[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
d_derived_tbl * ac_derived_tbl; /* active table during an AC scan */
} phuff_entropy_decoder;
typedef phuff_entropy_decoder * phuff_entropy_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(boolean) decode_mcu_DC_first JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
METHODDEF(boolean) decode_mcu_AC_first JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
METHODDEF(boolean) decode_mcu_DC_refine JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
METHODDEF(boolean) decode_mcu_AC_refine JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
/*
* Initialize for a Huffman-compressed scan.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_phuff_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
boolean is_DC_band, bad;
int ci, coefi, tbl;
int *coef_bit_ptr;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
is_DC_band = (cinfo->Ss == 0);
/* Validate scan parameters */
bad = FALSE;
if (is_DC_band) {
if (cinfo->Se != 0)
bad = TRUE;
} else {
/* need not check Ss/Se < 0 since they came from unsigned bytes */
if (cinfo->Ss > cinfo->Se || cinfo->Se >= DCTSIZE2)
bad = TRUE;
/* AC scans may have only one component */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan != 1)
bad = TRUE;
}
if (cinfo->Ah != 0) {
/* Successive approximation refinement scan: must have Al = Ah-1. */
if (cinfo->Al != cinfo->Ah-1)
bad = TRUE;
}
if (cinfo->Al > 13) /* need not check for < 0 */
bad = TRUE;
/* Arguably the maximum Al value should be less than 13 for 8-bit precision,
* but the spec doesn't say so, and we try to be liberal about what we
* accept. Note: large Al values could result in out-of-range DC
* coefficients during early scans, leading to bizarre displays due to
* overflows in the IDCT math. But we won't crash.
*/
if (bad)
ERREXIT4(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION,
cinfo->Ss, cinfo->Se, cinfo->Ah, cinfo->Al);
/* Update progression status, and verify that scan order is legal.
* Note that inter-scan inconsistencies are treated as warnings
* not fatal errors ... not clear if this is right way to behave.
*/
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
int cindex = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci]->component_index;
coef_bit_ptr = & cinfo->coef_bits[cindex][0];
if (!is_DC_band && coef_bit_ptr[0] < 0) /* AC without prior DC scan */
WARNMS2(cinfo, JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION, cindex, 0);
for (coefi = cinfo->Ss; coefi <= cinfo->Se; coefi++) {
int expected = (coef_bit_ptr[coefi] < 0) ? 0 : coef_bit_ptr[coefi];
if (cinfo->Ah != expected)
WARNMS2(cinfo, JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION, cindex, coefi);
coef_bit_ptr[coefi] = cinfo->Al;
}
}
/* Select MCU decoding routine */
if (cinfo->Ah == 0) {
if (is_DC_band)
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu_DC_first;
else
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu_AC_first;
} else {
if (is_DC_band)
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu_DC_refine;
else
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu_AC_refine;
}
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Make sure requested tables are present, and compute derived tables.
* We may build same derived table more than once, but it's not expensive.
*/
if (is_DC_band) {
if (cinfo->Ah == 0) { /* DC refinement needs no table */
tbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl(cinfo, TRUE, tbl,
& entropy->derived_tbls[tbl]);
}
} else {
tbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl(cinfo, FALSE, tbl,
& entropy->derived_tbls[tbl]);
/* remember the single active table */
entropy->ac_derived_tbl = entropy->derived_tbls[tbl];
}
/* Initialize DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
}
/* Initialize bitread state variables */
entropy->bitstate.bits_left = 0;
entropy->bitstate.get_buffer = 0; /* unnecessary, but keeps Purify quiet */
entropy->pub.insufficient_data = FALSE;
/* Initialize private state variables */
entropy->saved.EOBRUN = 0;
/* Initialize restart counter */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
}
/*
* Figure F.12: extend sign bit.
* On some machines, a shift and add will be faster than a table lookup.
*/
#ifdef AVOID_TABLES
#define HUFF_EXTEND(x,s) ((x) < (1<<((s)-1)) ? (x) + (((-1)<<(s)) + 1) : (x))
#else
#define HUFF_EXTEND(x,s) ((x) < extend_test[s] ? (x) + extend_offset[s] : (x))
static const int extend_test[16] = /* entry n is 2**(n-1) */
{ 0, 0x0001, 0x0002, 0x0004, 0x0008, 0x0010, 0x0020, 0x0040, 0x0080,
0x0100, 0x0200, 0x0400, 0x0800, 0x1000, 0x2000, 0x4000 };
static const int extend_offset[16] = /* entry n is (-1 << n) + 1 */
{ 0, ((-1)<<1) + 1, ((-1)<<2) + 1, ((-1)<<3) + 1, ((-1)<<4) + 1,
((-1)<<5) + 1, ((-1)<<6) + 1, ((-1)<<7) + 1, ((-1)<<8) + 1,
((-1)<<9) + 1, ((-1)<<10) + 1, ((-1)<<11) + 1, ((-1)<<12) + 1,
((-1)<<13) + 1, ((-1)<<14) + 1, ((-1)<<15) + 1 };
#endif /* AVOID_TABLES */
/*
* Check for a restart marker & resynchronize decoder.
* Returns FALSE if must suspend.
*/
LOCAL(boolean)
process_restart (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci;
/* Throw away any unused bits remaining in bit buffer; */
/* include any full bytes in next_marker's count of discarded bytes */
cinfo->marker->discarded_bytes += entropy->bitstate.bits_left / 8;
entropy->bitstate.bits_left = 0;
/* Advance past the RSTn marker */
if (! (*cinfo->marker->read_restart_marker) (cinfo))
return FALSE;
/* Re-initialize DC predictions to 0 */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++)
entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
/* Re-init EOB run count, too */
entropy->saved.EOBRUN = 0;
/* Reset restart counter */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
/* Reset out-of-data flag, unless read_restart_marker left us smack up
* against a marker. In that case we will end up treating the next data
* segment as empty, and we can avoid producing bogus output pixels by
* leaving the flag set.
*/
if (cinfo->unread_marker == 0)
entropy->pub.insufficient_data = FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Huffman MCU decoding.
* Each of these routines decodes and returns one MCU's worth of
* Huffman-compressed coefficients.
* The coefficients are reordered from zigzag order into natural array order,
* but are not dequantized.
*
* The i'th block of the MCU is stored into the block pointed to by
* MCU_data[i]. WE ASSUME THIS AREA IS INITIALLY ZEROED BY THE CALLER.
*
* We return FALSE if data source requested suspension. In that case no
* changes have been made to permanent state. (Exception: some output
* coefficients may already have been assigned. This is harmless for
* spectral selection, since we'll just re-assign them on the next call.
* Successive approximation AC refinement has to be more careful, however.)
*/
/*
* MCU decoding for DC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu_DC_first (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int Al = cinfo->Al;
register int s, r;
int blkn, ci;
JBLOCKROW block;
BITREAD_STATE_VARS;
savable_state state;
d_derived_tbl * tbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
/* Process restart marker if needed; may have to suspend */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
if (! process_restart(cinfo))
return FALSE;
}
/* If we've run out of data, just leave the MCU set to zeroes.
* This way, we return uniform gray for the remainder of the segment.
*/
if (! entropy->pub.insufficient_data) {
/* Load up working state */
BITREAD_LOAD_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
ASSIGN_STATE(state, entropy->saved);
/* Outer loop handles each block in the MCU */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
tbl = entropy->derived_tbls[compptr->dc_tbl_no];
/* Decode a single block's worth of coefficients */
/* Section F.2.2.1: decode the DC coefficient difference */
HUFF_DECODE(s, br_state, tbl, return FALSE, label1);
if (s) {
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, s, return FALSE);
r = GET_BITS(s);
s = HUFF_EXTEND(r, s);
}
/* Convert DC difference to actual value, update last_dc_val */
s += state.last_dc_val[ci];
state.last_dc_val[ci] = s;
/* Scale and output the coefficient (assumes jpeg_natural_order[0]=0) */
(*block)[0] = (JCOEF) (s << Al);
}
/* Completed MCU, so update state */
BITREAD_SAVE_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
ASSIGN_STATE(entropy->saved, state);
}
/* Account for restart interval (no-op if not using restarts) */
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU decoding for AC initial scan (either spectral selection,
* or first pass of successive approximation).
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu_AC_first (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int Se = cinfo->Se;
int Al = cinfo->Al;
register int s, k, r;
unsigned int EOBRUN;
JBLOCKROW block;
BITREAD_STATE_VARS;
d_derived_tbl * tbl;
/* Process restart marker if needed; may have to suspend */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
if (! process_restart(cinfo))
return FALSE;
}
/* If we've run out of data, just leave the MCU set to zeroes.
* This way, we return uniform gray for the remainder of the segment.
*/
if (! entropy->pub.insufficient_data) {
/* Load up working state.
* We can avoid loading/saving bitread state if in an EOB run.
*/
EOBRUN = entropy->saved.EOBRUN; /* only part of saved state we need */
/* There is always only one block per MCU */
if (EOBRUN > 0) /* if it's a band of zeroes... */
EOBRUN--; /* ...process it now (we do nothing) */
else {
BITREAD_LOAD_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
block = MCU_data[0];
tbl = entropy->ac_derived_tbl;
for (k = cinfo->Ss; k <= Se; k++) {
HUFF_DECODE(s, br_state, tbl, return FALSE, label2);
r = s >> 4;
s &= 15;
if (s) {
k += r;
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, s, return FALSE);
r = GET_BITS(s);
s = HUFF_EXTEND(r, s);
/* Scale and output coefficient in natural (dezigzagged) order */
(*block)[jpeg_natural_order[k]] = (JCOEF) (s << Al);
} else {
if (r == 15) { /* ZRL */
k += 15; /* skip 15 zeroes in band */
} else { /* EOBr, run length is 2^r + appended bits */
EOBRUN = 1 << r;
if (r) { /* EOBr, r > 0 */
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, r, return FALSE);
r = GET_BITS(r);
EOBRUN += r;
}
EOBRUN--; /* this band is processed at this moment */
break; /* force end-of-band */
}
}
}
BITREAD_SAVE_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
}
/* Completed MCU, so update state */
entropy->saved.EOBRUN = EOBRUN; /* only part of saved state we need */
}
/* Account for restart interval (no-op if not using restarts) */
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU decoding for DC successive approximation refinement scan.
* Note: we assume such scans can be multi-component, although the spec
* is not very clear on the point.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu_DC_refine (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int p1 = 1 << cinfo->Al; /* 1 in the bit position being coded */
int blkn;
JBLOCKROW block;
BITREAD_STATE_VARS;
/* Process restart marker if needed; may have to suspend */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
if (! process_restart(cinfo))
return FALSE;
}
/* Not worth the cycles to check insufficient_data here,
* since we will not change the data anyway if we read zeroes.
*/
/* Load up working state */
BITREAD_LOAD_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
/* Outer loop handles each block in the MCU */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
/* Encoded data is simply the next bit of the two's-complement DC value */
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, 1, return FALSE);
if (GET_BITS(1))
(*block)[0] |= p1;
/* Note: since we use |=, repeating the assignment later is safe */
}
/* Completed MCU, so update state */
BITREAD_SAVE_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
/* Account for restart interval (no-op if not using restarts) */
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* MCU decoding for AC successive approximation refinement scan.
*/
METHODDEF(boolean)
decode_mcu_AC_refine (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int Se = cinfo->Se;
int p1 = 1 << cinfo->Al; /* 1 in the bit position being coded */
int m1 = (-1) << cinfo->Al; /* -1 in the bit position being coded */
register int s, k, r;
unsigned int EOBRUN;
JBLOCKROW block;
JCOEFPTR thiscoef;
BITREAD_STATE_VARS;
d_derived_tbl * tbl;
int num_newnz;
int newnz_pos[DCTSIZE2];
/* Process restart marker if needed; may have to suspend */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
if (! process_restart(cinfo))
return FALSE;
}
/* If we've run out of data, don't modify the MCU.
*/
if (! entropy->pub.insufficient_data) {
/* Load up working state */
BITREAD_LOAD_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
EOBRUN = entropy->saved.EOBRUN; /* only part of saved state we need */
/* There is always only one block per MCU */
block = MCU_data[0];
tbl = entropy->ac_derived_tbl;
/* If we are forced to suspend, we must undo the assignments to any newly
* nonzero coefficients in the block, because otherwise we'd get confused
* next time about which coefficients were already nonzero.
* But we need not undo addition of bits to already-nonzero coefficients;
* instead, we can test the current bit to see if we already did it.
*/
num_newnz = 0;
/* initialize coefficient loop counter to start of band */
k = cinfo->Ss;
if (EOBRUN == 0) {
for (; k <= Se; k++) {
HUFF_DECODE(s, br_state, tbl, goto undoit, label3);
r = s >> 4;
s &= 15;
if (s) {
if (s != 1) /* size of new coef should always be 1 */
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE);
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, 1, goto undoit);
if (GET_BITS(1))
s = p1; /* newly nonzero coef is positive */
else
s = m1; /* newly nonzero coef is negative */
} else {
if (r != 15) {
EOBRUN = 1 << r; /* EOBr, run length is 2^r + appended bits */
if (r) {
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, r, goto undoit);
r = GET_BITS(r);
EOBRUN += r;
}
break; /* rest of block is handled by EOB logic */
}
/* note s = 0 for processing ZRL */
}
/* Advance over already-nonzero coefs and r still-zero coefs,
* appending correction bits to the nonzeroes. A correction bit is 1
* if the absolute value of the coefficient must be increased.
*/
do {
thiscoef = *block + jpeg_natural_order[k];
if (*thiscoef != 0) {
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, 1, goto undoit);
if (GET_BITS(1)) {
if ((*thiscoef & p1) == 0) { /* do nothing if already set it */
if (*thiscoef >= 0)
*thiscoef += p1;
else
*thiscoef += m1;
}
}
} else {
if (--r < 0)
break; /* reached target zero coefficient */
}
k++;
} while (k <= Se);
if (s) {
int pos = jpeg_natural_order[k];
/* Output newly nonzero coefficient */
(*block)[pos] = (JCOEF) s;
/* Remember its position in case we have to suspend */
newnz_pos[num_newnz++] = pos;
}
}
}
if (EOBRUN > 0) {
/* Scan any remaining coefficient positions after the end-of-band
* (the last newly nonzero coefficient, if any). Append a correction
* bit to each already-nonzero coefficient. A correction bit is 1
* if the absolute value of the coefficient must be increased.
*/
for (; k <= Se; k++) {
thiscoef = *block + jpeg_natural_order[k];
if (*thiscoef != 0) {
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, 1, goto undoit);
if (GET_BITS(1)) {
if ((*thiscoef & p1) == 0) { /* do nothing if already changed it */
if (*thiscoef >= 0)
*thiscoef += p1;
else
*thiscoef += m1;
}
}
}
}
/* Count one block completed in EOB run */
EOBRUN--;
}
/* Completed MCU, so update state */
BITREAD_SAVE_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
entropy->saved.EOBRUN = EOBRUN; /* only part of saved state we need */
}
/* Account for restart interval (no-op if not using restarts) */
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
return TRUE;
undoit:
/* Re-zero any output coefficients that we made newly nonzero */
while (num_newnz > 0)
(*block)[newnz_pos[--num_newnz]] = 0;
return FALSE;
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for progressive Huffman entropy decoding.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_phuff_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
phuff_entropy_ptr entropy;
int *coef_bit_ptr;
int ci, i;
entropy = (phuff_entropy_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(phuff_entropy_decoder));
cinfo->entropy = (struct jpeg_entropy_decoder *) entropy;
entropy->pub.start_pass = start_pass_phuff_decoder;
/* Mark derived tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
entropy->derived_tbls[i] = NULL;
}
/* Create progression status table */
cinfo->coef_bits = (int (*)[DCTSIZE2])
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->num_components*DCTSIZE2*SIZEOF(int));
coef_bit_ptr = & cinfo->coef_bits[0][0];
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++)
*coef_bit_ptr++ = -1;
}
#endif /* D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
/*
* jdpostct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the decompression postprocessing controller.
* This controller manages the upsampling, color conversion, and color
* quantization/reduction steps; specifically, it controls the buffering
* between upsample/color conversion and color quantization/reduction.
*
* If no color quantization/reduction is required, then this module has no
* work to do, and it just hands off to the upsample/color conversion code.
* An integrated upsample/convert/quantize process would replace this module
* entirely.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_d_post_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* Color quantization source buffer: this holds output data from
* the upsample/color conversion step to be passed to the quantizer.
* For two-pass color quantization, we need a full-image buffer;
* for one-pass operation, a strip buffer is sufficient.
*/
jvirt_sarray_ptr whole_image; /* virtual array, or NULL if one-pass */
JSAMPARRAY buffer; /* strip buffer, or current strip of virtual */
JDIMENSION strip_height; /* buffer size in rows */
/* for two-pass mode only: */
JDIMENSION starting_row; /* row # of first row in current strip */
JDIMENSION next_row; /* index of next row to fill/empty in strip */
} my_post_controller;
typedef my_post_controller * my_post_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF(void) post_process_1pass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF(void) post_process_prepass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
METHODDEF(void) post_process_2pass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#endif
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_dpost (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
if (cinfo->quantize_colors) {
/* Single-pass processing with color quantization. */
post->pub.post_process_data = post_process_1pass;
/* We could be doing buffered-image output before starting a 2-pass
* color quantization; in that case, jinit_d_post_controller did not
* allocate a strip buffer. Use the virtual-array buffer as workspace.
*/
if (post->buffer == NULL) {
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, post->whole_image,
(JDIMENSION) 0, post->strip_height, TRUE);
}
} else {
/* For single-pass processing without color quantization,
* I have no work to do; just call the upsampler directly.
*/
post->pub.post_process_data = cinfo->upsample->upsample;
}
break;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS:
/* First pass of 2-pass quantization */
if (post->whole_image == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
post->pub.post_process_data = post_process_prepass;
break;
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
/* Second pass of 2-pass quantization */
if (post->whole_image == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
post->pub.post_process_data = post_process_2pass;
break;
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
post->starting_row = post->next_row = 0;
}
/*
* Process some data in the one-pass (strip buffer) case.
* This is used for color precision reduction as well as one-pass quantization.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
post_process_1pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
JDIMENSION num_rows, max_rows;
/* Fill the buffer, but not more than what we can dump out in one go. */
/* Note we rely on the upsampler to detect bottom of image. */
max_rows = out_rows_avail - *out_row_ctr;
if (max_rows > post->strip_height)
max_rows = post->strip_height;
num_rows = 0;
(*cinfo->upsample->upsample) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_group_ctr, in_row_groups_avail,
post->buffer, &num_rows, max_rows);
/* Quantize and emit data. */
(*cinfo->cquantize->color_quantize) (cinfo,
post->buffer, output_buf + *out_row_ctr, (int) num_rows);
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
}
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data in the first pass of 2-pass quantization.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
post_process_prepass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
JDIMENSION old_next_row, num_rows;
/* Reposition virtual buffer if at start of strip. */
if (post->next_row == 0) {
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, post->whole_image,
post->starting_row, post->strip_height, TRUE);
}
/* Upsample some data (up to a strip height's worth). */
old_next_row = post->next_row;
(*cinfo->upsample->upsample) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_group_ctr, in_row_groups_avail,
post->buffer, &post->next_row, post->strip_height);
/* Allow quantizer to scan new data. No data is emitted, */
/* but we advance out_row_ctr so outer loop can tell when we're done. */
if (post->next_row > old_next_row) {
num_rows = post->next_row - old_next_row;
(*cinfo->cquantize->color_quantize) (cinfo, post->buffer + old_next_row,
(JSAMPARRAY) NULL, (int) num_rows);
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
}
/* Advance if we filled the strip. */
if (post->next_row >= post->strip_height) {
post->starting_row += post->strip_height;
post->next_row = 0;
}
}
/*
* Process some data in the second pass of 2-pass quantization.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
post_process_2pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
JDIMENSION num_rows, max_rows;
/* Reposition virtual buffer if at start of strip. */
if (post->next_row == 0) {
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, post->whole_image,
post->starting_row, post->strip_height, FALSE);
}
/* Determine number of rows to emit. */
num_rows = post->strip_height - post->next_row; /* available in strip */
max_rows = out_rows_avail - *out_row_ctr; /* available in output area */
if (num_rows > max_rows)
num_rows = max_rows;
/* We have to check bottom of image here, can't depend on upsampler. */
max_rows = cinfo->output_height - post->starting_row;
if (num_rows > max_rows)
num_rows = max_rows;
/* Quantize and emit data. */
(*cinfo->cquantize->color_quantize) (cinfo,
post->buffer + post->next_row, output_buf + *out_row_ctr,
(int) num_rows);
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
/* Advance if we filled the strip. */
post->next_row += num_rows;
if (post->next_row >= post->strip_height) {
post->starting_row += post->strip_height;
post->next_row = 0;
}
}
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize postprocessing controller.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_d_post_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_post_ptr post;
post = (my_post_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_post_controller));
cinfo->post = (struct jpeg_d_post_controller *) post;
post->pub.start_pass = start_pass_dpost;
post->whole_image = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
post->buffer = NULL; /* flag for no strip buffer */
/* Create the quantization buffer, if needed */
if (cinfo->quantize_colors) {
/* The buffer strip height is max_v_samp_factor, which is typically
* an efficient number of rows for upsampling to return.
* (In the presence of output rescaling, we might want to be smarter?)
*/
post->strip_height = (JDIMENSION) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
if (need_full_buffer) {
/* Two-pass color quantization: need full-image storage. */
/* We round up the number of rows to a multiple of the strip height. */
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
post->whole_image = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, FALSE,
cinfo->output_width * cinfo->out_color_components,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) cinfo->output_height,
(long) post->strip_height),
post->strip_height);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
} else {
/* One-pass color quantization: just make a strip buffer. */
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->output_width * cinfo->out_color_components,
post->strip_height);
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
/*
* jdsample.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains upsampling routines.
*
* Upsampling input data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be (v_samp_factor * DCT_scaled_size / min_DCT_scaled_size)
* sample rows of each component. Upsampling will normally produce
* max_v_samp_factor pixel rows from each row group (but this could vary
* if the upsampler is applying a scale factor of its own).
*
* An excellent reference for image resampling is
* Digital Image Warping, George Wolberg, 1990.
* Pub. by IEEE Computer Society Press, Los Alamitos, CA. ISBN 0-8186-8944-7.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Pointer to routine to upsample a single component */
typedef JMETHOD(void, upsample1_ptr,
(j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr));
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_upsampler pub; /* public fields */
/* Color conversion buffer. When using separate upsampling and color
* conversion steps, this buffer holds one upsampled row group until it
* has been color converted and output.
* Note: we do not allocate any storage for component(s) which are full-size,
* ie do not need rescaling. The corresponding entry of color_buf[] is
* simply set to point to the input data array, thereby avoiding copying.
*/
JSAMPARRAY color_buf[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* Per-component upsampling method pointers */
upsample1_ptr methods[MAX_COMPONENTS];
int next_row_out; /* counts rows emitted from color_buf */
JDIMENSION rows_to_go; /* counts rows remaining in image */
/* Height of an input row group for each component. */
int rowgroup_height[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* These arrays save pixel expansion factors so that int_expand need not
* recompute them each time. They are unused for other upsampling methods.
*/
UINT8 h_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
UINT8 v_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_upsampler;
typedef my_upsampler * my_upsample_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for an upsampling pass.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
start_pass_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
/* Mark the conversion buffer empty */
upsample->next_row_out = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
/* Initialize total-height counter for detecting bottom of image */
upsample->rows_to_go = cinfo->output_height;
}
/*
* Control routine to do upsampling (and color conversion).
*
* In this version we upsample each component independently.
* We upsample one row group into the conversion buffer, then apply
* color conversion a row at a time.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
sep_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JDIMENSION num_rows;
/* Fill the conversion buffer, if it's empty */
if (upsample->next_row_out >= cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Invoke per-component upsample method. Notice we pass a POINTER
* to color_buf[ci], so that fullsize_upsample can change it.
*/
(*upsample->methods[ci]) (cinfo, compptr,
input_buf[ci] + (*in_row_group_ctr * upsample->rowgroup_height[ci]),
upsample->color_buf + ci);
}
upsample->next_row_out = 0;
}
/* Color-convert and emit rows */
/* How many we have in the buffer: */
num_rows = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor - upsample->next_row_out);
/* Not more than the distance to the end of the image. Need this test
* in case the image height is not a multiple of max_v_samp_factor:
*/
if (num_rows > upsample->rows_to_go)
num_rows = upsample->rows_to_go;
/* And not more than what the client can accept: */
out_rows_avail -= *out_row_ctr;
if (num_rows > out_rows_avail)
num_rows = out_rows_avail;
(*cinfo->cconvert->color_convert) (cinfo, upsample->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) upsample->next_row_out,
output_buf + *out_row_ctr,
(int) num_rows);
/* Adjust counts */
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
upsample->rows_to_go -= num_rows;
upsample->next_row_out += num_rows;
/* When the buffer is emptied, declare this input row group consumed */
if (upsample->next_row_out >= cinfo->max_v_samp_factor)
(*in_row_group_ctr)++;
}
/*
* These are the routines invoked by sep_upsample to upsample pixel values
* of a single component. One row group is processed per call.
*/
/*
* For full-size components, we just make color_buf[ci] point at the
* input buffer, and thus avoid copying any data. Note that this is
* safe only because sep_upsample doesn't declare the input row group
* "consumed" until we are done color converting and emitting it.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
fullsize_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
*output_data_ptr = input_data;
}
/*
* This is a no-op version used for "uninteresting" components.
* These components will not be referenced by color conversion.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
noop_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
*output_data_ptr = NULL; /* safety check */
}
/*
* This version handles any integral sampling ratios.
* This is not used for typical JPEG files, so it need not be fast.
* Nor, for that matter, is it particularly accurate: the algorithm is
* simple replication of the input pixel onto the corresponding output
* pixels. The hi-falutin sampling literature refers to this as a
* "box filter". A box filter tends to introduce visible artifacts,
* so if you are actually going to use 3:1 or 4:1 sampling ratios
* you would be well advised to improve this code.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
int_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JSAMPLE invalue;
register int h;
JSAMPROW outend;
int h_expand, v_expand;
int inrow, outrow;
h_expand = upsample->h_expand[compptr->component_index];
v_expand = upsample->v_expand[compptr->component_index];
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (outrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
/* Generate one output row with proper horizontal expansion */
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[outrow];
outend = outptr + cinfo->output_width;
while (outptr < outend) {
invalue = *inptr++; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
for (h = h_expand; h > 0; h--) {
*outptr++ = invalue;
}
}
/* Generate any additional output rows by duplicating the first one */
if (v_expand > 1) {
jcopy_sample_rows(output_data, outrow, output_data, outrow+1,
v_expand-1, cinfo->output_width);
}
inrow++;
outrow += v_expand;
}
}
/*
* Fast processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical.
* It's still a box filter.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v1_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JSAMPLE invalue;
JSAMPROW outend;
int inrow;
for (inrow = 0; inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; inrow++) {
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[inrow];
outend = outptr + cinfo->output_width;
while (outptr < outend) {
invalue = *inptr++; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
*outptr++ = invalue;
*outptr++ = invalue;
}
}
}
/*
* Fast processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical.
* It's still a box filter.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JSAMPLE invalue;
JSAMPROW outend;
int inrow, outrow;
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (outrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[outrow];
outend = outptr + cinfo->output_width;
while (outptr < outend) {
invalue = *inptr++; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
*outptr++ = invalue;
*outptr++ = invalue;
}
jcopy_sample_rows(output_data, outrow, output_data, outrow+1,
1, cinfo->output_width);
inrow++;
outrow += 2;
}
}
/*
* Fancy processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical.
*
* The upsampling algorithm is linear interpolation between pixel centers,
* also known as a "triangle filter". This is a good compromise between
* speed and visual quality. The centers of the output pixels are 1/4 and 3/4
* of the way between input pixel centers.
*
* A note about the "bias" calculations: when rounding fractional values to
* integer, we do not want to always round 0.5 up to the next integer.
* If we did that, we'd introduce a noticeable bias towards larger values.
* Instead, this code is arranged so that 0.5 will be rounded up or down at
* alternate pixel locations (a simple ordered dither pattern).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v1_fancy_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register int invalue;
register JDIMENSION colctr;
int inrow;
for (inrow = 0; inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; inrow++) {
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[inrow];
/* Special case for first column */
invalue = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) invalue;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((invalue * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr) + 2) >> 2);
for (colctr = compptr->downsampled_width - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
/* General case: 3/4 * nearer pixel + 1/4 * further pixel */
invalue = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++) * 3;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((invalue + GETJSAMPLE(inptr[-2]) + 1) >> 2);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((invalue + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr) + 2) >> 2);
}
/* Special case for last column */
invalue = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((invalue * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(inptr[-1]) + 1) >> 2);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) invalue;
}
}
/*
* Fancy processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical.
* Again a triangle filter; see comments for h2v1 case, above.
*
* It is OK for us to reference the adjacent input rows because we demanded
* context from the main buffer controller (see initialization code).
*/
METHODDEF(void)
h2v2_fancy_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, outptr;
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
register int thiscolsum, lastcolsum, nextcolsum;
#else
register INT32 thiscolsum, lastcolsum, nextcolsum;
#endif
register JDIMENSION colctr;
int inrow, outrow, v;
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (outrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
for (v = 0; v < 2; v++) {
/* inptr0 points to nearest input row, inptr1 points to next nearest */
inptr0 = input_data[inrow];
if (v == 0) /* next nearest is row above */
inptr1 = input_data[inrow-1];
else /* next nearest is row below */
inptr1 = input_data[inrow+1];
outptr = output_data[outrow++];
/* Special case for first column */
thiscolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++) * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++) * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 4 + 8) >> 4);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 3 + nextcolsum + 7) >> 4);
lastcolsum = thiscolsum; thiscolsum = nextcolsum;
for (colctr = compptr->downsampled_width - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
/* General case: 3/4 * nearer pixel + 1/4 * further pixel in each */
/* dimension, thus 9/16, 3/16, 3/16, 1/16 overall */
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++) * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 3 + lastcolsum + 8) >> 4);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 3 + nextcolsum + 7) >> 4);
lastcolsum = thiscolsum; thiscolsum = nextcolsum;
}
/* Special case for last column */
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 3 + lastcolsum + 8) >> 4);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 4 + 7) >> 4);
}
inrow++;
}
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for upsampling.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jinit_upsampler (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
boolean need_buffer, do_fancy;
int h_in_group, v_in_group, h_out_group, v_out_group;
upsample = (my_upsample_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_upsampler));
cinfo->upsample = (struct jpeg_upsampler *) upsample;
upsample->pub.start_pass = start_pass_upsample;
upsample->pub.upsample = sep_upsample;
upsample->pub.need_context_rows = FALSE; /* until we find out differently */
if (cinfo->CCIR601_sampling) /* this isn't supported */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL);
/* jdmainct.c doesn't support context rows when min_DCT_scaled_size = 1,
* so don't ask for it.
*/
do_fancy = cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling && cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size > 1;
/* Verify we can handle the sampling factors, select per-component methods,
* and create storage as needed.
*/
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Compute size of an "input group" after IDCT scaling. This many samples
* are to be converted to max_h_samp_factor * max_v_samp_factor pixels.
*/
h_in_group = (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
v_in_group = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
h_out_group = cinfo->max_h_samp_factor;
v_out_group = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
upsample->rowgroup_height[ci] = v_in_group; /* save for use later */
need_buffer = TRUE;
if (! compptr->component_needed) {
/* Don't bother to upsample an uninteresting component. */
upsample->methods[ci] = noop_upsample;
need_buffer = FALSE;
} else if (h_in_group == h_out_group && v_in_group == v_out_group) {
/* Fullsize components can be processed without any work. */
upsample->methods[ci] = fullsize_upsample;
need_buffer = FALSE;
} else if (h_in_group * 2 == h_out_group &&
v_in_group == v_out_group) {
/* Special cases for 2h1v upsampling */
if (do_fancy && compptr->downsampled_width > 2)
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v1_fancy_upsample;
else
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v1_upsample;
} else if (h_in_group * 2 == h_out_group &&
v_in_group * 2 == v_out_group) {
/* Special cases for 2h2v upsampling */
if (do_fancy && compptr->downsampled_width > 2) {
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_fancy_upsample;
upsample->pub.need_context_rows = TRUE;
} else
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_upsample;
} else if ((h_out_group % h_in_group) == 0 &&
(v_out_group % v_in_group) == 0) {
/* Generic integral-factors upsampling method */
upsample->methods[ci] = int_upsample;
upsample->h_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (h_out_group / h_in_group);
upsample->v_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (v_out_group / v_in_group);
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL);
if (need_buffer) {
upsample->color_buf[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) cinfo->output_width,
(long) cinfo->max_h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
}
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
/*
* jdtrans.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains library routines for transcoding decompression,
* that is, reading raw DCT coefficient arrays from an input JPEG file.
* The routines in jdapimin.c will also be needed by a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL(void) transdecode_master_selection JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Read the coefficient arrays from a JPEG file.
* jpeg_read_header must be completed before calling this.
*
* The entire image is read into a set of virtual coefficient-block arrays,
* one per component. The return value is a pointer to the array of
* virtual-array descriptors. These can be manipulated directly via the
* JPEG memory manager, or handed off to jpeg_write_coefficients().
* To release the memory occupied by the virtual arrays, call
* jpeg_finish_decompress() when done with the data.
*
* An alternative usage is to simply obtain access to the coefficient arrays
* during a buffered-image-mode decompression operation. This is allowed
* after any jpeg_finish_output() call. The arrays can be accessed until
* jpeg_finish_decompress() is called. (Note that any call to the library
* may reposition the arrays, so don't rely on access_virt_barray() results
* to stay valid across library calls.)
*
* Returns NULL if suspended. This case need be checked only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL(jvirt_barray_ptr *)
jpeg_read_coefficients (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_READY) {
/* First call: initialize active modules */
transdecode_master_selection(cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_RDCOEFS;
}
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RDCOEFS) {
/* Absorb whole file into the coef buffer */
for (;;) {
int retcode;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL)
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Absorb some more input */
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return NULL;
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_EOI)
break;
/* Advance progress counter if appropriate */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL &&
(retcode == JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED || retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS)) {
if (++cinfo->progress->pass_counter >= cinfo->progress->pass_limit) {
/* startup underestimated number of scans; ratchet up one scan */
cinfo->progress->pass_limit += (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
}
}
}
/* Set state so that jpeg_finish_decompress does the right thing */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
}
/* At this point we should be in state DSTATE_STOPPING if being used
* standalone, or in state DSTATE_BUFIMAGE if being invoked to get access
* to the coefficients during a full buffered-image-mode decompression.
*/
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_STOPPING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_BUFIMAGE) && cinfo->buffered_image) {
return cinfo->coef->coef_arrays;
}
/* Oops, improper usage */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return NULL; /* keep compiler happy */
}
/*
* Master selection of decompression modules for transcoding.
* This substitutes for jdmaster.c's initialization of the full decompressor.
*/
LOCAL(void)
transdecode_master_selection (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* This is effectively a buffered-image operation. */
cinfo->buffered_image = TRUE;
/* Entropy decoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_ARITH_NOTIMPL);
} else {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
jinit_phuff_decoder(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else
jinit_huff_decoder(cinfo);
}
/* Always get a full-image coefficient buffer. */
jinit_d_coef_controller(cinfo, TRUE);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Initialize input side of decompressor to consume first scan. */
(*cinfo->inputctl->start_input_pass) (cinfo);
/* Initialize progress monitoring. */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
int nscans;
/* Estimate number of scans to set pass_limit. */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Arbitrarily estimate 2 interleaved DC scans + 3 AC scans/component. */
nscans = 2 + 3 * cinfo->num_components;
} else if (cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
/* For a nonprogressive multiscan file, estimate 1 scan per component. */
nscans = cinfo->num_components;
} else {
nscans = 1;
}
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = 0L;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows * nscans;
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = 0;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = 1;
}
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
/*
* jerror.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains simple error-reporting and trace-message routines.
* These are suitable for Unix-like systems and others where writing to
* stderr is the right thing to do. Many applications will want to replace
* some or all of these routines.
*
* If you define USE_WINDOWS_MESSAGEBOX in jconfig.h or in the makefile,
* you get a Windows-specific hack to display error messages in a dialog box.
* It ain't much, but it beats dropping error messages into the bit bucket,
* which is what happens to output to stderr under most Windows C compilers.
*
* These routines are used by both the compression and decompression code.
*/
/* this is not a core library module, so it doesn't define JPEG_INTERNALS */
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jversion.h"
#include "jerror.h"
#ifdef USE_WINDOWS_MESSAGEBOX
#include <windows.h>
#endif
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE /* define exit() codes if not provided */
#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
/*
* Create the message string table.
* We do this from the master message list in jerror.h by re-reading
* jerror.h with a suitable definition for macro JMESSAGE.
* The message table is made an external symbol just in case any applications
* want to refer to it directly.
*/
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jpeg_std_message_table jMsgTable
#endif
#define JMESSAGE(code,string) string ,
const char * const jpeg_std_message_table[] = {
#include "jerror.h"
NULL
};
/*
* Error exit handler: must not return to caller.
*
* Applications may override this if they want to get control back after
* an error. Typically one would longjmp somewhere instead of exiting.
* The setjmp buffer can be made a private field within an expanded error
* handler object. Note that the info needed to generate an error message
* is stored in the error object, so you can generate the message now or
* later, at your convenience.
* You should make sure that the JPEG object is cleaned up (with jpeg_abort
* or jpeg_destroy) at some point.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
error_exit (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Always display the message */
(*cinfo->err->output_message) (cinfo);
/* Let the memory manager delete any temp files before we die */
jpeg_destroy(cinfo);
exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
/*
* Actual output of an error or trace message.
* Applications may override this method to send JPEG messages somewhere
* other than stderr.
*
* On Windows, printing to stderr is generally completely useless,
* so we provide optional code to produce an error-dialog popup.
* Most Windows applications will still prefer to override this routine,
* but if they don't, it'll do something at least marginally useful.
*
* NOTE: to use the library in an environment that doesn't support the
* C stdio library, you may have to delete the call to fprintf() entirely,
* not just not use this routine.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
output_message (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
char buffer[JMSG_LENGTH_MAX];
/* Create the message */
(*cinfo->err->format_message) (cinfo, buffer);
#ifdef USE_WINDOWS_MESSAGEBOX
/* Display it in a message dialog box */
MessageBox(GetActiveWindow(), buffer, "JPEG Library Error",
MB_OK | MB_ICONERROR);
#else
/* Send it to stderr, adding a newline */
fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buffer);
#endif
}
/*
* Decide whether to emit a trace or warning message.
* msg_level is one of:
* -1: recoverable corrupt-data warning, may want to abort.
* 0: important advisory messages (always display to user).
* 1: first level of tracing detail.
* 2,3,...: successively more detailed tracing messages.
* An application might override this method if it wanted to abort on warnings
* or change the policy about which messages to display.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
emit_message (j_common_ptr cinfo, int msg_level)
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
if (msg_level < 0) {
/* It's a warning message. Since corrupt files may generate many warnings,
* the policy implemented here is to show only the first warning,
* unless trace_level >= 3.
*/
if (err->num_warnings == 0 || err->trace_level >= 3)
(*err->output_message) (cinfo);
/* Always count warnings in num_warnings. */
err->num_warnings++;
} else {
/* It's a trace message. Show it if trace_level >= msg_level. */
if (err->trace_level >= msg_level)
(*err->output_message) (cinfo);
}
}
/*
* Format a message string for the most recent JPEG error or message.
* The message is stored into buffer, which should be at least JMSG_LENGTH_MAX
* characters. Note that no '\n' character is added to the string.
* Few applications should need to override this method.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
format_message (j_common_ptr cinfo, char * buffer)
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
int msg_code = err->msg_code;
const char * msgtext = NULL;
const char * msgptr;
char ch;
boolean isstring;
/* Look up message string in proper table */
if (msg_code > 0 && msg_code <= err->last_jpeg_message) {
msgtext = err->jpeg_message_table[msg_code];
} else if (err->addon_message_table != NULL &&
msg_code >= err->first_addon_message &&
msg_code <= err->last_addon_message) {
msgtext = err->addon_message_table[msg_code - err->first_addon_message];
}
/* Defend against bogus message number */
if (msgtext == NULL) {
err->msg_parm.i[0] = msg_code;
msgtext = err->jpeg_message_table[0];
}
/* Check for string parameter, as indicated by %s in the message text */
isstring = FALSE;
msgptr = msgtext;
while ((ch = *msgptr++) != '\0') {
if (ch == '%') {
if (*msgptr == 's') isstring = TRUE;
break;
}
}
/* Format the message into the passed buffer */
if (isstring)
sprintf(buffer, msgtext, err->msg_parm.s);
else
sprintf(buffer, msgtext,
err->msg_parm.i[0], err->msg_parm.i[1],
err->msg_parm.i[2], err->msg_parm.i[3],
err->msg_parm.i[4], err->msg_parm.i[5],
err->msg_parm.i[6], err->msg_parm.i[7]);
}
/*
* Reset error state variables at start of a new image.
* This is called during compression startup to reset trace/error
* processing to default state, without losing any application-specific
* method pointers. An application might possibly want to override
* this method if it has additional error processing state.
*/
METHODDEF(void)
reset_error_mgr (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->err->num_warnings = 0;
/* trace_level is not reset since it is an application-supplied parameter */
cinfo->err->msg_code = 0; /* may be useful as a flag for "no error" */
}
/*
* Fill in the standard error-handling methods in a jpeg_error_mgr object.
* Typical call is:
* struct jpeg_compress_struct cinfo;
* struct jpeg_error_mgr err;
*
* cinfo.err = jpeg_std_error(&err);
* after which the application may override some of the methods.
*/
GLOBAL(struct jpeg_error_mgr *)
jpeg_std_error (struct jpeg_error_mgr * err)
{
err->error_exit = error_exit;
err->emit_message = emit_message;
err->output_message = output_message;
err->format_message = format_message;
err->reset_error_mgr = reset_error_mgr;
err->trace_level = 0; /* default = no tracing */
err->num_warnings = 0; /* no warnings emitted yet */
err->msg_code = 0; /* may be useful as a flag for "no error" */
/* Initialize message table pointers */
err->jpeg_message_table = jpeg_std_message_table;
err->last_jpeg_message = (int) JMSG_LASTMSGCODE - 1;
err->addon_message_table = NULL;
err->first_addon_message = 0; /* for safety */
err->last_addon_message = 0;
return err;
}

View file

@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
/*
* jerror.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file defines the error and message codes for the JPEG library.
* Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to
* some other language.
* A set of error-reporting macros are defined too. Some applications using
* the JPEG library may wish to include this file to get the error codes
* and/or the macros.
*/
/*
* To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without
* defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it
* again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example).
*/
#ifndef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
/* First time through, define the enum list */
#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#else
/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */
#define JMESSAGE(code,string)
#endif /* JERROR_H */
#endif /* JMESSAGE */
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
typedef enum {
#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code ,
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
JMESSAGE(JMSG_NOMESSAGE, "Bogus message code %d") /* Must be first entry! */
/* For maintenance convenience, list is alphabetical by message code name */
JMESSAGE(JERR_ARITH_NOTIMPL,
"Sorry, there are legal restrictions on arithmetic coding")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALIGN_TYPE, "ALIGN_TYPE is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALLOC_CHUNK, "MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE, "Bogus buffer control mode")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_COMPONENT_ID, "Invalid component ID %d in SOS")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF, "DCT coefficient out of range")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, "IDCT output block size %d not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE, "Bogus Huffman table definition")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE, "Bogus input colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE, "Bogus JPEG colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LENGTH, "Bogus marker length")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION,
"Wrong JPEG library version: library is %d, caller expects %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE, "Sampling factors too large for interleaved scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_POOL_ID, "Invalid memory pool code %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PRECISION, "Unsupported JPEG data precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION,
"Invalid progressive parameters Ss=%d Se=%d Ah=%d Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT,
"Invalid progressive parameters at scan script entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SAMPLING, "Bogus sampling factors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, "Invalid scan script at entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STATE, "Improper call to JPEG library in state %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
"JPEG parameter struct mismatch: library thinks size is %u, caller expects %u")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_VIRTUAL_ACCESS, "Bogus virtual array access")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BUFFER_SIZE, "Buffer passed to JPEG library is too small")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CANT_SUSPEND, "Suspension not allowed here")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL, "CCIR601 sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, "Too many color components: %d, max %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL, "Unsupported color conversion request")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_INDEX, "Bogus DAC index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_VALUE, "Bogus DAC value 0x%x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_INDEX, "Bogus DHT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DQT_INDEX, "Bogus DQT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE, "Empty JPEG image (DNL not supported)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_READ, "Read from EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_WRITE, "Write to EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EOI_EXPECTED, "Didn't expect more than one scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_READ, "Input file read error")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_WRITE, "Output file write error --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL, "Fractional sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OVERFLOW, "Huffman code size table overflow")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE, "Missing Huffman code table entry")
JMESSAGE(JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, "Maximum supported image dimension is %u pixels")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EMPTY, "Empty input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EOF, "Premature end of input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE,
"Cannot transcode due to multiple use of quantization table %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISSING_DATA, "Scan script does not transmit all data")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MODE_CHANGE, "Invalid color quantization mode change")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOTIMPL, "Not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOT_COMPILED, "Requested feature was omitted at compile time")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE, "Backing store not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, "Huffman table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_IMAGE, "JPEG datastream contains no image")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, "Quantization table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_SOI, "Not a JPEG file: starts with 0x%02x 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Insufficient memory (case %d)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS,
"Cannot quantize more than %d color components")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to fewer than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to more than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOF markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_NO_SOS, "Invalid JPEG file structure: missing SOS marker")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_UNSUPPORTED, "Unsupported JPEG process: SOF type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOI_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOI markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOS_NO_SOF, "Invalid JPEG file structure: SOS before SOF")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_CREATE, "Failed to create temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_READ, "Read failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_SEEK, "Seek failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_WRITE,
"Write failed on temporary file --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA, "Application transferred too few scanlines")
JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, "Unsupported marker type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_VIRTUAL_BUG, "Virtual array controller messed up")
JMESSAGE(JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW, "Image too wide for this implementation")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_READ, "Read from XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_WRITE, "Write to XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JMSG_COPYRIGHT, JCOPYRIGHT)
JMESSAGE(JMSG_VERSION, JVERSION)
JMESSAGE(JTRC_16BIT_TABLES,
"Caution: quantization tables are too coarse for baseline JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_ADOBE,
"Adobe APP14 marker: version %d, flags 0x%04x 0x%04x, transform %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP0, "Unknown APP0 marker (not JFIF), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP14, "Unknown APP14 marker (not Adobe), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DAC, "Define Arithmetic Table 0x%02x: 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DHT, "Define Huffman Table 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DQT, "Define Quantization Table %d precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DRI, "Define Restart Interval %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_CLOSE, "Freed EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_OPEN, "Obtained EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EOI, "End Of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_HUFFBITS, " %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF, "JFIF APP0 marker: version %d.%02d, density %dx%d %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_BADTHUMBNAILSIZE,
"Warning: thumbnail image size does not match data length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_EXTENSION,
"JFIF extension marker: type 0x%02x, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_THUMBNAIL, " with %d x %d thumbnail image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_MISC_MARKER, "Miscellaneous marker 0x%02x, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_PARMLESS_MARKER, "Unexpected marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANTVALS, " %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d = %d*%d*%d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_SELECTED, "Selected %d colors for quantization")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RECOVERY_ACTION, "At marker 0x%02x, recovery action %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RST, "RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL,
"Smoothing not supported with nonstandard sampling ratios")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF, "Start Of Frame 0x%02x: width=%u, height=%u, components=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF_COMPONENT, " Component %d: %dhx%dv q=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOI, "Start of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS, "Start Of Scan: %d components")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_COMPONENT, " Component %d: dc=%d ac=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_PARAMS, " Ss=%d, Se=%d, Ah=%d, Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_CLOSE, "Closed temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_OPEN, "Opened temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_JPEG,
"JFIF extension marker: JPEG-compressed thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_PALETTE,
"JFIF extension marker: palette thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_RGB,
"JFIF extension marker: RGB thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS,
"Unrecognized component IDs %d %d %d, assuming YCbCr")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_CLOSE, "Freed XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_OPEN, "Obtained XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, "Unknown Adobe color transform code %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION,
"Inconsistent progression sequence for component %d coefficient %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_EXTRANEOUS_DATA,
"Corrupt JPEG data: %u extraneous bytes before marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HIT_MARKER, "Corrupt JPEG data: premature end of data segment")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad Huffman code")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JFIF_MAJOR, "Warning: unknown JFIF revision number %d.%02d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JPEG_EOF, "Premature end of JPEG file")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_MUST_RESYNC,
"Corrupt JPEG data: found marker 0x%02x instead of RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL, "Invalid SOS parameters for sequential JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA, "Application transferred too many scanlines")
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
JMSG_LASTMSGCODE
} J_MESSAGE_CODE;
#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */
#undef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
#define JERROR_H
/* Macros to simplify using the error and trace message stuff */
/* The first parameter is either type of cinfo pointer */
/* Fatal errors (print message and exit) */
#define ERREXIT(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT3(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT4(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXITS(cinfo,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define MAKESTMT(stuff) do { stuff } while (0)
/* Nonfatal errors (we can keep going, but the data is probably corrupt) */
#define WARNMS(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
/* Informational/debugging messages */
#define TRACEMS(cinfo,lvl,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS1(cinfo,lvl,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS2(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS3(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS4(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS5(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
_mp[4] = (p5); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS8(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
_mp[4] = (p5); _mp[5] = (p6); _mp[6] = (p7); _mp[7] = (p8); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMSS(cinfo,lvl,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#endif /* JERROR_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/*
* jfdctflt.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a floating-point implementation of the
* forward DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform).
*
* This implementation should be more accurate than either of the integer
* DCT implementations. However, it may not give the same results on all
* machines because of differences in roundoff behavior. Speed will depend
* on the hardware's floating point capacity.
*
* A 2-D DCT can be done by 1-D DCT on each row followed by 1-D DCT
* on each column. Direct algorithms are also available, but they are
* much more complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with a fixed-point
* implementation, accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the
* scaled quantization values. However, that problem does not arise if
* we use floating point arithmetic.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/*
* Perform the forward DCT on one block of samples.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_fdct_float (FAST_FLOAT * data)
{
FAST_FLOAT tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
FAST_FLOAT tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
FAST_FLOAT z1, z2, z3, z4, z5, z11, z13;
FAST_FLOAT *dataptr;
int ctr;
/* Pass 1: process rows. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[0] + dataptr[7];
tmp7 = dataptr[0] - dataptr[7];
tmp1 = dataptr[1] + dataptr[6];
tmp6 = dataptr[1] - dataptr[6];
tmp2 = dataptr[2] + dataptr[5];
tmp5 = dataptr[2] - dataptr[5];
tmp3 = dataptr[3] + dataptr[4];
tmp4 = dataptr[3] - dataptr[4];
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[0] = tmp10 + tmp11; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = (tmp12 + tmp13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = (tmp10 - tmp12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.541196100) * tmp10 + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.306562965) * tmp12 + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = tmp11 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
/* Pass 2: process columns. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp7 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp1 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp6 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp2 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp5 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp3 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
tmp4 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] = tmp10 + tmp11; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = (tmp12 + tmp13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = (tmp10 - tmp12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.541196100) * tmp10 + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.306562965) * tmp12 + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = tmp11 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr++; /* advance pointer to next column */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
/*
* jfdctfst.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a fast, not so accurate integer implementation of the
* forward DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform).
*
* A 2-D DCT can be done by 1-D DCT on each row followed by 1-D DCT
* on each column. Direct algorithms are also available, but they are
* much more complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with fixed-point math,
* accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the scaled
* quantization values. The smaller the quantization table entry, the less
* precise the scaled value, so this implementation does worse with high-
* quality-setting files than with low-quality ones.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/* Scaling decisions are generally the same as in the LL&M algorithm;
* see jfdctint.c for more details. However, we choose to descale
* (right shift) multiplication products as soon as they are formed,
* rather than carrying additional fractional bits into subsequent additions.
* This compromises accuracy slightly, but it lets us save a few shifts.
* More importantly, 16-bit arithmetic is then adequate (for 8-bit samples)
* everywhere except in the multiplications proper; this saves a good deal
* of work on 16-bit-int machines.
*
* Again to save a few shifts, the intermediate results between pass 1 and
* pass 2 are not upscaled, but are represented only to integral precision.
*
* A final compromise is to represent the multiplicative constants to only
* 8 fractional bits, rather than 13. This saves some shifting work on some
* machines, and may also reduce the cost of multiplication (since there
* are fewer one-bits in the constants).
*/
#define CONST_BITS 8
/* Some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time, thus
* causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
* To get around this we use the following pre-calculated constants.
* If you change CONST_BITS you may want to add appropriate values.
* (With a reasonable C compiler, you can just rely on the FIX() macro...)
*/
#if CONST_BITS == 8
#define FIX_0_382683433 ((INT32) 98) /* FIX(0.382683433) */
#define FIX_0_541196100 ((INT32) 139) /* FIX(0.541196100) */
#define FIX_0_707106781 ((INT32) 181) /* FIX(0.707106781) */
#define FIX_1_306562965 ((INT32) 334) /* FIX(1.306562965) */
#else
#define FIX_0_382683433 FIX(0.382683433)
#define FIX_0_541196100 FIX(0.541196100)
#define FIX_0_707106781 FIX(0.707106781)
#define FIX_1_306562965 FIX(1.306562965)
#endif
/* We can gain a little more speed, with a further compromise in accuracy,
* by omitting the addition in a descaling shift. This yields an incorrectly
* rounded result half the time...
*/
#ifndef USE_ACCURATE_ROUNDING
#undef DESCALE
#define DESCALE(x,n) RIGHT_SHIFT(x, n)
#endif
/* Multiply a DCTELEM variable by an INT32 constant, and immediately
* descale to yield a DCTELEM result.
*/
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) ((DCTELEM) DESCALE((var) * (const), CONST_BITS))
/*
* Perform the forward DCT on one block of samples.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_fdct_ifast (DCTELEM * data)
{
DCTELEM tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
DCTELEM tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
DCTELEM z1, z2, z3, z4, z5, z11, z13;
DCTELEM *dataptr;
int ctr;
SHIFT_TEMPS
/* Pass 1: process rows. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[0] + dataptr[7];
tmp7 = dataptr[0] - dataptr[7];
tmp1 = dataptr[1] + dataptr[6];
tmp6 = dataptr[1] - dataptr[6];
tmp2 = dataptr[2] + dataptr[5];
tmp5 = dataptr[2] - dataptr[5];
tmp3 = dataptr[3] + dataptr[4];
tmp4 = dataptr[3] - dataptr[4];
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[0] = tmp10 + tmp11; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = MULTIPLY(tmp12 + tmp13, FIX_0_707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = MULTIPLY(tmp10 - tmp12, FIX_0_382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = MULTIPLY(tmp10, FIX_0_541196100) + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = MULTIPLY(tmp12, FIX_1_306562965) + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = MULTIPLY(tmp11, FIX_0_707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
/* Pass 2: process columns. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp7 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp1 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp6 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp2 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp5 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp3 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
tmp4 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] = tmp10 + tmp11; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = MULTIPLY(tmp12 + tmp13, FIX_0_707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = MULTIPLY(tmp10 - tmp12, FIX_0_382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = MULTIPLY(tmp10, FIX_0_541196100) + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = MULTIPLY(tmp12, FIX_1_306562965) + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = MULTIPLY(tmp11, FIX_0_707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr++; /* advance pointer to next column */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
/*
* jfdctint.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a slow-but-accurate integer implementation of the
* forward DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform).
*
* A 2-D DCT can be done by 1-D DCT on each row followed by 1-D DCT
* on each column. Direct algorithms are also available, but they are
* much more complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on an algorithm described in
* C. Loeffler, A. Ligtenberg and G. Moschytz, "Practical Fast 1-D DCT
* Algorithms with 11 Multiplications", Proc. Int'l. Conf. on Acoustics,
* Speech, and Signal Processing 1989 (ICASSP '89), pp. 988-991.
* The primary algorithm described there uses 11 multiplies and 29 adds.
* We use their alternate method with 12 multiplies and 32 adds.
* The advantage of this method is that no data path contains more than one
* multiplication; this allows a very simple and accurate implementation in
* scaled fixed-point arithmetic, with a minimal number of shifts.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/*
* The poop on this scaling stuff is as follows:
*
* Each 1-D DCT step produces outputs which are a factor of sqrt(N)
* larger than the true DCT outputs. The final outputs are therefore
* a factor of N larger than desired; since N=8 this can be cured by
* a simple right shift at the end of the algorithm. The advantage of
* this arrangement is that we save two multiplications per 1-D DCT,
* because the y0 and y4 outputs need not be divided by sqrt(N).
* In the IJG code, this factor of 8 is removed by the quantization step
* (in jcdctmgr.c), NOT in this module.
*
* We have to do addition and subtraction of the integer inputs, which
* is no problem, and multiplication by fractional constants, which is
* a problem to do in integer arithmetic. We multiply all the constants
* by CONST_SCALE and convert them to integer constants (thus retaining
* CONST_BITS bits of precision in the constants). After doing a
* multiplication we have to divide the product by CONST_SCALE, with proper
* rounding, to produce the correct output. This division can be done
* cheaply as a right shift of CONST_BITS bits. We postpone shifting
* as long as possible so that partial sums can be added together with
* full fractional precision.
*
* The outputs of the first pass are scaled up by PASS1_BITS bits so that
* they are represented to better-than-integral precision. These outputs
* require BITS_IN_JSAMPLE + PASS1_BITS + 3 bits; this fits in a 16-bit word
* with the recommended scaling. (For 12-bit sample data, the intermediate
* array is INT32 anyway.)
*
* To avoid overflow of the 32-bit intermediate results in pass 2, we must
* have BITS_IN_JSAMPLE + CONST_BITS + PASS1_BITS <= 26. Error analysis
* shows that the values given below are the most effective.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define CONST_BITS 13
#define PASS1_BITS 2
#else
#define CONST_BITS 13
#define PASS1_BITS 1 /* lose a little precision to avoid overflow */
#endif
/* Some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time, thus
* causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
* To get around this we use the following pre-calculated constants.
* If you change CONST_BITS you may want to add appropriate values.
* (With a reasonable C compiler, you can just rely on the FIX() macro...)
*/
#if CONST_BITS == 13
#define FIX_0_298631336 ((INT32) 2446) /* FIX(0.298631336) */
#define FIX_0_390180644 ((INT32) 3196) /* FIX(0.390180644) */
#define FIX_0_541196100 ((INT32) 4433) /* FIX(0.541196100) */
#define FIX_0_765366865 ((INT32) 6270) /* FIX(0.765366865) */
#define FIX_0_899976223 ((INT32) 7373) /* FIX(0.899976223) */
#define FIX_1_175875602 ((INT32) 9633) /* FIX(1.175875602) */
#define FIX_1_501321110 ((INT32) 12299) /* FIX(1.501321110) */
#define FIX_1_847759065 ((INT32) 15137) /* FIX(1.847759065) */
#define FIX_1_961570560 ((INT32) 16069) /* FIX(1.961570560) */
#define FIX_2_053119869 ((INT32) 16819) /* FIX(2.053119869) */
#define FIX_2_562915447 ((INT32) 20995) /* FIX(2.562915447) */
#define FIX_3_072711026 ((INT32) 25172) /* FIX(3.072711026) */
#else
#define FIX_0_298631336 FIX(0.298631336)
#define FIX_0_390180644 FIX(0.390180644)
#define FIX_0_541196100 FIX(0.541196100)
#define FIX_0_765366865 FIX(0.765366865)
#define FIX_0_899976223 FIX(0.899976223)
#define FIX_1_175875602 FIX(1.175875602)
#define FIX_1_501321110 FIX(1.501321110)
#define FIX_1_847759065 FIX(1.847759065)
#define FIX_1_961570560 FIX(1.961570560)
#define FIX_2_053119869 FIX(2.053119869)
#define FIX_2_562915447 FIX(2.562915447)
#define FIX_3_072711026 FIX(3.072711026)
#endif
/* Multiply an INT32 variable by an INT32 constant to yield an INT32 result.
* For 8-bit samples with the recommended scaling, all the variable
* and constant values involved are no more than 16 bits wide, so a
* 16x16->32 bit multiply can be used instead of a full 32x32 multiply.
* For 12-bit samples, a full 32-bit multiplication will be needed.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) MULTIPLY16C16(var,const)
#else
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) ((var) * (const))
#endif
/*
* Perform the forward DCT on one block of samples.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_fdct_islow (DCTELEM * data)
{
INT32 tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
INT32 tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
INT32 z1, z2, z3, z4, z5;
DCTELEM *dataptr;
int ctr;
SHIFT_TEMPS
/* Pass 1: process rows. */
/* Note results are scaled up by sqrt(8) compared to a true DCT; */
/* furthermore, we scale the results by 2**PASS1_BITS. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[0] + dataptr[7];
tmp7 = dataptr[0] - dataptr[7];
tmp1 = dataptr[1] + dataptr[6];
tmp6 = dataptr[1] - dataptr[6];
tmp2 = dataptr[2] + dataptr[5];
tmp5 = dataptr[2] - dataptr[5];
tmp3 = dataptr[3] + dataptr[4];
tmp4 = dataptr[3] - dataptr[4];
/* Even part per LL&M figure 1 --- note that published figure is faulty;
* rotator "sqrt(2)*c1" should be "sqrt(2)*c6".
*/
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3;
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[0] = (DCTELEM) ((tmp10 + tmp11) << PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[4] = (DCTELEM) ((tmp10 - tmp11) << PASS1_BITS);
z1 = MULTIPLY(tmp12 + tmp13, FIX_0_541196100);
dataptr[2] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(z1 + MULTIPLY(tmp13, FIX_0_765366865),
CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[6] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(z1 + MULTIPLY(tmp12, - FIX_1_847759065),
CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
/* Odd part per figure 8 --- note paper omits factor of sqrt(2).
* cK represents cos(K*pi/16).
* i0..i3 in the paper are tmp4..tmp7 here.
*/
z1 = tmp4 + tmp7;
z2 = tmp5 + tmp6;
z3 = tmp4 + tmp6;
z4 = tmp5 + tmp7;
z5 = MULTIPLY(z3 + z4, FIX_1_175875602); /* sqrt(2) * c3 */
tmp4 = MULTIPLY(tmp4, FIX_0_298631336); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1+c3+c5-c7) */
tmp5 = MULTIPLY(tmp5, FIX_2_053119869); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3-c5+c7) */
tmp6 = MULTIPLY(tmp6, FIX_3_072711026); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3+c5-c7) */
tmp7 = MULTIPLY(tmp7, FIX_1_501321110); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3-c5-c7) */
z1 = MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_0_899976223); /* sqrt(2) * (c7-c3) */
z2 = MULTIPLY(z2, - FIX_2_562915447); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1-c3) */
z3 = MULTIPLY(z3, - FIX_1_961570560); /* sqrt(2) * (-c3-c5) */
z4 = MULTIPLY(z4, - FIX_0_390180644); /* sqrt(2) * (c5-c3) */
z3 += z5;
z4 += z5;
dataptr[7] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp4 + z1 + z3, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[5] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp5 + z2 + z4, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[3] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp6 + z2 + z3, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[1] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp7 + z1 + z4, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
dataptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
/* Pass 2: process columns.
* We remove the PASS1_BITS scaling, but leave the results scaled up
* by an overall factor of 8.
*/
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp7 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp1 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp6 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp2 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp5 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp3 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
tmp4 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
/* Even part per LL&M figure 1 --- note that published figure is faulty;
* rotator "sqrt(2)*c1" should be "sqrt(2)*c6".
*/
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3;
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp10 + tmp11, PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[DCTSIZE*4] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp10 - tmp11, PASS1_BITS);
z1 = MULTIPLY(tmp12 + tmp13, FIX_0_541196100);
dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(z1 + MULTIPLY(tmp13, FIX_0_765366865),
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[DCTSIZE*6] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(z1 + MULTIPLY(tmp12, - FIX_1_847759065),
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS);
/* Odd part per figure 8 --- note paper omits factor of sqrt(2).
* cK represents cos(K*pi/16).
* i0..i3 in the paper are tmp4..tmp7 here.
*/
z1 = tmp4 + tmp7;
z2 = tmp5 + tmp6;
z3 = tmp4 + tmp6;
z4 = tmp5 + tmp7;
z5 = MULTIPLY(z3 + z4, FIX_1_175875602); /* sqrt(2) * c3 */
tmp4 = MULTIPLY(tmp4, FIX_0_298631336); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1+c3+c5-c7) */
tmp5 = MULTIPLY(tmp5, FIX_2_053119869); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3-c5+c7) */
tmp6 = MULTIPLY(tmp6, FIX_3_072711026); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3+c5-c7) */
tmp7 = MULTIPLY(tmp7, FIX_1_501321110); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3-c5-c7) */
z1 = MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_0_899976223); /* sqrt(2) * (c7-c3) */
z2 = MULTIPLY(z2, - FIX_2_562915447); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1-c3) */
z3 = MULTIPLY(z3, - FIX_1_961570560); /* sqrt(2) * (-c3-c5) */
z4 = MULTIPLY(z4, - FIX_0_390180644); /* sqrt(2) * (c5-c3) */
z3 += z5;
z4 += z5;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*7] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp4 + z1 + z3,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[DCTSIZE*5] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp5 + z2 + z4,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp6 + z2 + z3,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS);
dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] = (DCTELEM) DESCALE(tmp7 + z1 + z4,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS);
dataptr++; /* advance pointer to next column */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
/*
* jidctflt.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a floating-point implementation of the
* inverse DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform). In the IJG code, this routine
* must also perform dequantization of the input coefficients.
*
* This implementation should be more accurate than either of the integer
* IDCT implementations. However, it may not give the same results on all
* machines because of differences in roundoff behavior. Speed will depend
* on the hardware's floating point capacity.
*
* A 2-D IDCT can be done by 1-D IDCT on each column followed by 1-D IDCT
* on each row (or vice versa, but it's more convenient to emit a row at
* a time). Direct algorithms are also available, but they are much more
* complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with a fixed-point
* implementation, accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the
* scaled quantization values. However, that problem does not arise if
* we use floating point arithmetic.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/* Dequantize a coefficient by multiplying it by the multiplier-table
* entry; produce a float result.
*/
#define DEQUANTIZE(coef,quantval) (((FAST_FLOAT) (coef)) * (quantval))
/*
* Perform dequantization and inverse DCT on one block of coefficients.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_idct_float (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col)
{
FAST_FLOAT tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
FAST_FLOAT tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
FAST_FLOAT z5, z10, z11, z12, z13;
JCOEFPTR inptr;
FLOAT_MULT_TYPE * quantptr;
FAST_FLOAT * wsptr;
JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = IDCT_range_limit(cinfo);
int ctr;
FAST_FLOAT workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* buffers data between passes */
SHIFT_TEMPS
/* Pass 1: process columns from input, store into work array. */
inptr = coef_block;
quantptr = (FLOAT_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE; ctr > 0; ctr--) {
/* Due to quantization, we will usually find that many of the input
* coefficients are zero, especially the AC terms. We can exploit this
* by short-circuiting the IDCT calculation for any column in which all
* the AC terms are zero. In that case each output is equal to the
* DC coefficient (with scale factor as needed).
* With typical images and quantization tables, half or more of the
* column DCT calculations can be simplified this way.
*/
if (inptr[DCTSIZE*1] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*2] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*3] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*4] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*5] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*6] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
FAST_FLOAT dcval = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = dcval;
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
continue;
}
/* Even part */
tmp0 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
tmp1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*2], quantptr[DCTSIZE*2]);
tmp2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*4], quantptr[DCTSIZE*4]);
tmp3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*6], quantptr[DCTSIZE*6]);
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp2; /* phase 3 */
tmp11 = tmp0 - tmp2;
tmp13 = tmp1 + tmp3; /* phases 5-3 */
tmp12 = (tmp1 - tmp3) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562) - tmp13; /* 2*c4 */
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13; /* phase 2 */
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
tmp4 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*1], quantptr[DCTSIZE*1]);
tmp5 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*3], quantptr[DCTSIZE*3]);
tmp6 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*5], quantptr[DCTSIZE*5]);
tmp7 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*7], quantptr[DCTSIZE*7]);
z13 = tmp6 + tmp5; /* phase 6 */
z10 = tmp6 - tmp5;
z11 = tmp4 + tmp7;
z12 = tmp4 - tmp7;
tmp7 = z11 + z13; /* phase 5 */
tmp11 = (z11 - z13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562); /* 2*c4 */
z5 = (z10 + z12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.082392200) * z12 - z5; /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = ((FAST_FLOAT) -2.613125930) * z10 + z5; /* -2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7; /* phase 2 */
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 + tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = tmp0 + tmp7;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = tmp0 - tmp7;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = tmp1 + tmp6;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = tmp1 - tmp6;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = tmp2 + tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = tmp2 - tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = tmp3 + tmp4;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = tmp3 - tmp4;
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
}
/* Pass 2: process rows from work array, store into output array. */
/* Note that we must descale the results by a factor of 8 == 2**3. */
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < DCTSIZE; ctr++) {
outptr = output_buf[ctr] + output_col;
/* Rows of zeroes can be exploited in the same way as we did with columns.
* However, the column calculation has created many nonzero AC terms, so
* the simplification applies less often (typically 5% to 10% of the time).
* And testing floats for zero is relatively expensive, so we don't bother.
*/
/* Even part */
tmp10 = wsptr[0] + wsptr[4];
tmp11 = wsptr[0] - wsptr[4];
tmp13 = wsptr[2] + wsptr[6];
tmp12 = (wsptr[2] - wsptr[6]) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562) - tmp13;
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13;
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
z13 = wsptr[5] + wsptr[3];
z10 = wsptr[5] - wsptr[3];
z11 = wsptr[1] + wsptr[7];
z12 = wsptr[1] - wsptr[7];
tmp7 = z11 + z13;
tmp11 = (z11 - z13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562);
z5 = (z10 + z12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.082392200) * z12 - z5; /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = ((FAST_FLOAT) -2.613125930) * z10 + z5; /* -2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7;
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 + tmp5;
/* Final output stage: scale down by a factor of 8 and range-limit */
outptr[0] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp0 + tmp7), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[7] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp0 - tmp7), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[1] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp1 + tmp6), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[6] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp1 - tmp6), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[2] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp2 + tmp5), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[5] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp2 - tmp5), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[4] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp3 + tmp4), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[3] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp3 - tmp4), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
/*
* jidctfst.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a fast, not so accurate integer implementation of the
* inverse DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform). In the IJG code, this routine
* must also perform dequantization of the input coefficients.
*
* A 2-D IDCT can be done by 1-D IDCT on each column followed by 1-D IDCT
* on each row (or vice versa, but it's more convenient to emit a row at
* a time). Direct algorithms are also available, but they are much more
* complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with fixed-point math,
* accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the scaled
* quantization values. The smaller the quantization table entry, the less
* precise the scaled value, so this implementation does worse with high-
* quality-setting files than with low-quality ones.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/* Scaling decisions are generally the same as in the LL&M algorithm;
* see jidctint.c for more details. However, we choose to descale
* (right shift) multiplication products as soon as they are formed,
* rather than carrying additional fractional bits into subsequent additions.
* This compromises accuracy slightly, but it lets us save a few shifts.
* More importantly, 16-bit arithmetic is then adequate (for 8-bit samples)
* everywhere except in the multiplications proper; this saves a good deal
* of work on 16-bit-int machines.
*
* The dequantized coefficients are not integers because the AA&N scaling
* factors have been incorporated. We represent them scaled up by PASS1_BITS,
* so that the first and second IDCT rounds have the same input scaling.
* For 8-bit JSAMPLEs, we choose IFAST_SCALE_BITS = PASS1_BITS so as to
* avoid a descaling shift; this compromises accuracy rather drastically
* for small quantization table entries, but it saves a lot of shifts.
* For 12-bit JSAMPLEs, there's no hope of using 16x16 multiplies anyway,
* so we use a much larger scaling factor to preserve accuracy.
*
* A final compromise is to represent the multiplicative constants to only
* 8 fractional bits, rather than 13. This saves some shifting work on some
* machines, and may also reduce the cost of multiplication (since there
* are fewer one-bits in the constants).
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define CONST_BITS 8
#define PASS1_BITS 2
#else
#define CONST_BITS 8
#define PASS1_BITS 1 /* lose a little precision to avoid overflow */
#endif
/* Some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time, thus
* causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
* To get around this we use the following pre-calculated constants.
* If you change CONST_BITS you may want to add appropriate values.
* (With a reasonable C compiler, you can just rely on the FIX() macro...)
*/
#if CONST_BITS == 8
#define FIX_1_082392200 ((INT32) 277) /* FIX(1.082392200) */
#define FIX_1_414213562 ((INT32) 362) /* FIX(1.414213562) */
#define FIX_1_847759065 ((INT32) 473) /* FIX(1.847759065) */
#define FIX_2_613125930 ((INT32) 669) /* FIX(2.613125930) */
#else
#define FIX_1_082392200 FIX(1.082392200)
#define FIX_1_414213562 FIX(1.414213562)
#define FIX_1_847759065 FIX(1.847759065)
#define FIX_2_613125930 FIX(2.613125930)
#endif
/* We can gain a little more speed, with a further compromise in accuracy,
* by omitting the addition in a descaling shift. This yields an incorrectly
* rounded result half the time...
*/
#ifndef USE_ACCURATE_ROUNDING
#undef DESCALE
#define DESCALE(x,n) RIGHT_SHIFT(x, n)
#endif
/* Multiply a DCTELEM variable by an INT32 constant, and immediately
* descale to yield a DCTELEM result.
*/
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) ((DCTELEM) DESCALE((var) * (const), CONST_BITS))
/* Dequantize a coefficient by multiplying it by the multiplier-table
* entry; produce a DCTELEM result. For 8-bit data a 16x16->16
* multiplication will do. For 12-bit data, the multiplier table is
* declared INT32, so a 32-bit multiply will be used.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define DEQUANTIZE(coef,quantval) (((IFAST_MULT_TYPE) (coef)) * (quantval))
#else
#define DEQUANTIZE(coef,quantval) \
DESCALE((coef)*(quantval), IFAST_SCALE_BITS-PASS1_BITS)
#endif
/* Like DESCALE, but applies to a DCTELEM and produces an int.
* We assume that int right shift is unsigned if INT32 right shift is.
*/
#ifdef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS DCTELEM ishift_temp;
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define DCTELEMBITS 16 /* DCTELEM may be 16 or 32 bits */
#else
#define DCTELEMBITS 32 /* DCTELEM must be 32 bits */
#endif
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) \
((ishift_temp = (x)) < 0 ? \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)) | ((~((DCTELEM) 0)) << (DCTELEMBITS-(shft))) : \
(ishift_temp >> (shft)))
#else
#define ISHIFT_TEMPS
#define IRIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) ((x) >> (shft))
#endif
#ifdef USE_ACCURATE_ROUNDING
#define IDESCALE(x,n) ((int) IRIGHT_SHIFT((x) + (1 << ((n)-1)), n))
#else
#define IDESCALE(x,n) ((int) IRIGHT_SHIFT(x, n))
#endif
/*
* Perform dequantization and inverse DCT on one block of coefficients.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_idct_ifast (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col)
{
DCTELEM tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
DCTELEM tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
DCTELEM z5, z10, z11, z12, z13;
JCOEFPTR inptr;
IFAST_MULT_TYPE * quantptr;
int * wsptr;
JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = IDCT_range_limit(cinfo);
int ctr;
int workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* buffers data between passes */
SHIFT_TEMPS /* for DESCALE */
ISHIFT_TEMPS /* for IDESCALE */
/* Pass 1: process columns from input, store into work array. */
inptr = coef_block;
quantptr = (IFAST_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE; ctr > 0; ctr--) {
/* Due to quantization, we will usually find that many of the input
* coefficients are zero, especially the AC terms. We can exploit this
* by short-circuiting the IDCT calculation for any column in which all
* the AC terms are zero. In that case each output is equal to the
* DC coefficient (with scale factor as needed).
* With typical images and quantization tables, half or more of the
* column DCT calculations can be simplified this way.
*/
if (inptr[DCTSIZE*1] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*2] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*3] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*4] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*5] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*6] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
int dcval = (int) DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = dcval;
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
continue;
}
/* Even part */
tmp0 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
tmp1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*2], quantptr[DCTSIZE*2]);
tmp2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*4], quantptr[DCTSIZE*4]);
tmp3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*6], quantptr[DCTSIZE*6]);
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp2; /* phase 3 */
tmp11 = tmp0 - tmp2;
tmp13 = tmp1 + tmp3; /* phases 5-3 */
tmp12 = MULTIPLY(tmp1 - tmp3, FIX_1_414213562) - tmp13; /* 2*c4 */
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13; /* phase 2 */
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
tmp4 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*1], quantptr[DCTSIZE*1]);
tmp5 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*3], quantptr[DCTSIZE*3]);
tmp6 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*5], quantptr[DCTSIZE*5]);
tmp7 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*7], quantptr[DCTSIZE*7]);
z13 = tmp6 + tmp5; /* phase 6 */
z10 = tmp6 - tmp5;
z11 = tmp4 + tmp7;
z12 = tmp4 - tmp7;
tmp7 = z11 + z13; /* phase 5 */
tmp11 = MULTIPLY(z11 - z13, FIX_1_414213562); /* 2*c4 */
z5 = MULTIPLY(z10 + z12, FIX_1_847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = MULTIPLY(z12, FIX_1_082392200) - z5; /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = MULTIPLY(z10, - FIX_2_613125930) + z5; /* -2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7; /* phase 2 */
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 + tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = (int) (tmp0 + tmp7);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = (int) (tmp0 - tmp7);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = (int) (tmp1 + tmp6);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = (int) (tmp1 - tmp6);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = (int) (tmp2 + tmp5);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = (int) (tmp2 - tmp5);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = (int) (tmp3 + tmp4);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = (int) (tmp3 - tmp4);
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
}
/* Pass 2: process rows from work array, store into output array. */
/* Note that we must descale the results by a factor of 8 == 2**3, */
/* and also undo the PASS1_BITS scaling. */
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < DCTSIZE; ctr++) {
outptr = output_buf[ctr] + output_col;
/* Rows of zeroes can be exploited in the same way as we did with columns.
* However, the column calculation has created many nonzero AC terms, so
* the simplification applies less often (typically 5% to 10% of the time).
* On machines with very fast multiplication, it's possible that the
* test takes more time than it's worth. In that case this section
* may be commented out.
*/
#ifndef NO_ZERO_ROW_TEST
if (wsptr[1] == 0 && wsptr[2] == 0 && wsptr[3] == 0 && wsptr[4] == 0 &&
wsptr[5] == 0 && wsptr[6] == 0 && wsptr[7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
JSAMPLE dcval = range_limit[IDESCALE(wsptr[0], PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[0] = dcval;
outptr[1] = dcval;
outptr[2] = dcval;
outptr[3] = dcval;
outptr[4] = dcval;
outptr[5] = dcval;
outptr[6] = dcval;
outptr[7] = dcval;
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
continue;
}
#endif
/* Even part */
tmp10 = ((DCTELEM) wsptr[0] + (DCTELEM) wsptr[4]);
tmp11 = ((DCTELEM) wsptr[0] - (DCTELEM) wsptr[4]);
tmp13 = ((DCTELEM) wsptr[2] + (DCTELEM) wsptr[6]);
tmp12 = MULTIPLY((DCTELEM) wsptr[2] - (DCTELEM) wsptr[6], FIX_1_414213562)
- tmp13;
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13;
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
z13 = (DCTELEM) wsptr[5] + (DCTELEM) wsptr[3];
z10 = (DCTELEM) wsptr[5] - (DCTELEM) wsptr[3];
z11 = (DCTELEM) wsptr[1] + (DCTELEM) wsptr[7];
z12 = (DCTELEM) wsptr[1] - (DCTELEM) wsptr[7];
tmp7 = z11 + z13; /* phase 5 */
tmp11 = MULTIPLY(z11 - z13, FIX_1_414213562); /* 2*c4 */
z5 = MULTIPLY(z10 + z12, FIX_1_847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = MULTIPLY(z12, FIX_1_082392200) - z5; /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = MULTIPLY(z10, - FIX_2_613125930) + z5; /* -2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7; /* phase 2 */
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 + tmp5;
/* Final output stage: scale down by a factor of 8 and range-limit */
outptr[0] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp0 + tmp7, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[7] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp0 - tmp7, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[1] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp1 + tmp6, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[6] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp1 - tmp6, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[2] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp2 + tmp5, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[5] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp2 - tmp5, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[4] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp3 + tmp4, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[3] = range_limit[IDESCALE(tmp3 - tmp4, PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
/*
* jidctint.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a slow-but-accurate integer implementation of the
* inverse DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform). In the IJG code, this routine
* must also perform dequantization of the input coefficients.
*
* A 2-D IDCT can be done by 1-D IDCT on each column followed by 1-D IDCT
* on each row (or vice versa, but it's more convenient to emit a row at
* a time). Direct algorithms are also available, but they are much more
* complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on an algorithm described in
* C. Loeffler, A. Ligtenberg and G. Moschytz, "Practical Fast 1-D DCT
* Algorithms with 11 Multiplications", Proc. Int'l. Conf. on Acoustics,
* Speech, and Signal Processing 1989 (ICASSP '89), pp. 988-991.
* The primary algorithm described there uses 11 multiplies and 29 adds.
* We use their alternate method with 12 multiplies and 32 adds.
* The advantage of this method is that no data path contains more than one
* multiplication; this allows a very simple and accurate implementation in
* scaled fixed-point arithmetic, with a minimal number of shifts.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/*
* The poop on this scaling stuff is as follows:
*
* Each 1-D IDCT step produces outputs which are a factor of sqrt(N)
* larger than the true IDCT outputs. The final outputs are therefore
* a factor of N larger than desired; since N=8 this can be cured by
* a simple right shift at the end of the algorithm. The advantage of
* this arrangement is that we save two multiplications per 1-D IDCT,
* because the y0 and y4 inputs need not be divided by sqrt(N).
*
* We have to do addition and subtraction of the integer inputs, which
* is no problem, and multiplication by fractional constants, which is
* a problem to do in integer arithmetic. We multiply all the constants
* by CONST_SCALE and convert them to integer constants (thus retaining
* CONST_BITS bits of precision in the constants). After doing a
* multiplication we have to divide the product by CONST_SCALE, with proper
* rounding, to produce the correct output. This division can be done
* cheaply as a right shift of CONST_BITS bits. We postpone shifting
* as long as possible so that partial sums can be added together with
* full fractional precision.
*
* The outputs of the first pass are scaled up by PASS1_BITS bits so that
* they are represented to better-than-integral precision. These outputs
* require BITS_IN_JSAMPLE + PASS1_BITS + 3 bits; this fits in a 16-bit word
* with the recommended scaling. (To scale up 12-bit sample data further, an
* intermediate INT32 array would be needed.)
*
* To avoid overflow of the 32-bit intermediate results in pass 2, we must
* have BITS_IN_JSAMPLE + CONST_BITS + PASS1_BITS <= 26. Error analysis
* shows that the values given below are the most effective.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define CONST_BITS 13
#define PASS1_BITS 2
#else
#define CONST_BITS 13
#define PASS1_BITS 1 /* lose a little precision to avoid overflow */
#endif
/* Some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time, thus
* causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
* To get around this we use the following pre-calculated constants.
* If you change CONST_BITS you may want to add appropriate values.
* (With a reasonable C compiler, you can just rely on the FIX() macro...)
*/
#if CONST_BITS == 13
#define FIX_0_298631336 ((INT32) 2446) /* FIX(0.298631336) */
#define FIX_0_390180644 ((INT32) 3196) /* FIX(0.390180644) */
#define FIX_0_541196100 ((INT32) 4433) /* FIX(0.541196100) */
#define FIX_0_765366865 ((INT32) 6270) /* FIX(0.765366865) */
#define FIX_0_899976223 ((INT32) 7373) /* FIX(0.899976223) */
#define FIX_1_175875602 ((INT32) 9633) /* FIX(1.175875602) */
#define FIX_1_501321110 ((INT32) 12299) /* FIX(1.501321110) */
#define FIX_1_847759065 ((INT32) 15137) /* FIX(1.847759065) */
#define FIX_1_961570560 ((INT32) 16069) /* FIX(1.961570560) */
#define FIX_2_053119869 ((INT32) 16819) /* FIX(2.053119869) */
#define FIX_2_562915447 ((INT32) 20995) /* FIX(2.562915447) */
#define FIX_3_072711026 ((INT32) 25172) /* FIX(3.072711026) */
#else
#define FIX_0_298631336 FIX(0.298631336)
#define FIX_0_390180644 FIX(0.390180644)
#define FIX_0_541196100 FIX(0.541196100)
#define FIX_0_765366865 FIX(0.765366865)
#define FIX_0_899976223 FIX(0.899976223)
#define FIX_1_175875602 FIX(1.175875602)
#define FIX_1_501321110 FIX(1.501321110)
#define FIX_1_847759065 FIX(1.847759065)
#define FIX_1_961570560 FIX(1.961570560)
#define FIX_2_053119869 FIX(2.053119869)
#define FIX_2_562915447 FIX(2.562915447)
#define FIX_3_072711026 FIX(3.072711026)
#endif
/* Multiply an INT32 variable by an INT32 constant to yield an INT32 result.
* For 8-bit samples with the recommended scaling, all the variable
* and constant values involved are no more than 16 bits wide, so a
* 16x16->32 bit multiply can be used instead of a full 32x32 multiply.
* For 12-bit samples, a full 32-bit multiplication will be needed.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) MULTIPLY16C16(var,const)
#else
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) ((var) * (const))
#endif
/* Dequantize a coefficient by multiplying it by the multiplier-table
* entry; produce an int result. In this module, both inputs and result
* are 16 bits or less, so either int or short multiply will work.
*/
#define DEQUANTIZE(coef,quantval) (((ISLOW_MULT_TYPE) (coef)) * (quantval))
/*
* Perform dequantization and inverse DCT on one block of coefficients.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_idct_islow (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col)
{
INT32 tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3;
INT32 tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
INT32 z1, z2, z3, z4, z5;
JCOEFPTR inptr;
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE * quantptr;
int * wsptr;
JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = IDCT_range_limit(cinfo);
int ctr;
int workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* buffers data between passes */
SHIFT_TEMPS
/* Pass 1: process columns from input, store into work array. */
/* Note results are scaled up by sqrt(8) compared to a true IDCT; */
/* furthermore, we scale the results by 2**PASS1_BITS. */
inptr = coef_block;
quantptr = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE; ctr > 0; ctr--) {
/* Due to quantization, we will usually find that many of the input
* coefficients are zero, especially the AC terms. We can exploit this
* by short-circuiting the IDCT calculation for any column in which all
* the AC terms are zero. In that case each output is equal to the
* DC coefficient (with scale factor as needed).
* With typical images and quantization tables, half or more of the
* column DCT calculations can be simplified this way.
*/
if (inptr[DCTSIZE*1] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*2] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*3] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*4] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*5] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*6] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
int dcval = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]) << PASS1_BITS;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = dcval;
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
continue;
}
/* Even part: reverse the even part of the forward DCT. */
/* The rotator is sqrt(2)*c(-6). */
z2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*2], quantptr[DCTSIZE*2]);
z3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*6], quantptr[DCTSIZE*6]);
z1 = MULTIPLY(z2 + z3, FIX_0_541196100);
tmp2 = z1 + MULTIPLY(z3, - FIX_1_847759065);
tmp3 = z1 + MULTIPLY(z2, FIX_0_765366865);
z2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
z3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*4], quantptr[DCTSIZE*4]);
tmp0 = (z2 + z3) << CONST_BITS;
tmp1 = (z2 - z3) << CONST_BITS;
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3;
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
/* Odd part per figure 8; the matrix is unitary and hence its
* transpose is its inverse. i0..i3 are y7,y5,y3,y1 respectively.
*/
tmp0 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*7], quantptr[DCTSIZE*7]);
tmp1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*5], quantptr[DCTSIZE*5]);
tmp2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*3], quantptr[DCTSIZE*3]);
tmp3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*1], quantptr[DCTSIZE*1]);
z1 = tmp0 + tmp3;
z2 = tmp1 + tmp2;
z3 = tmp0 + tmp2;
z4 = tmp1 + tmp3;
z5 = MULTIPLY(z3 + z4, FIX_1_175875602); /* sqrt(2) * c3 */
tmp0 = MULTIPLY(tmp0, FIX_0_298631336); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1+c3+c5-c7) */
tmp1 = MULTIPLY(tmp1, FIX_2_053119869); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3-c5+c7) */
tmp2 = MULTIPLY(tmp2, FIX_3_072711026); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3+c5-c7) */
tmp3 = MULTIPLY(tmp3, FIX_1_501321110); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3-c5-c7) */
z1 = MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_0_899976223); /* sqrt(2) * (c7-c3) */
z2 = MULTIPLY(z2, - FIX_2_562915447); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1-c3) */
z3 = MULTIPLY(z3, - FIX_1_961570560); /* sqrt(2) * (-c3-c5) */
z4 = MULTIPLY(z4, - FIX_0_390180644); /* sqrt(2) * (c5-c3) */
z3 += z5;
z4 += z5;
tmp0 += z1 + z3;
tmp1 += z2 + z4;
tmp2 += z2 + z3;
tmp3 += z1 + z4;
/* Final output stage: inputs are tmp10..tmp13, tmp0..tmp3 */
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = (int) DESCALE(tmp10 + tmp3, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = (int) DESCALE(tmp10 - tmp3, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = (int) DESCALE(tmp11 + tmp2, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = (int) DESCALE(tmp11 - tmp2, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = (int) DESCALE(tmp12 + tmp1, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = (int) DESCALE(tmp12 - tmp1, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = (int) DESCALE(tmp13 + tmp0, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = (int) DESCALE(tmp13 - tmp0, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS);
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
}
/* Pass 2: process rows from work array, store into output array. */
/* Note that we must descale the results by a factor of 8 == 2**3, */
/* and also undo the PASS1_BITS scaling. */
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < DCTSIZE; ctr++) {
outptr = output_buf[ctr] + output_col;
/* Rows of zeroes can be exploited in the same way as we did with columns.
* However, the column calculation has created many nonzero AC terms, so
* the simplification applies less often (typically 5% to 10% of the time).
* On machines with very fast multiplication, it's possible that the
* test takes more time than it's worth. In that case this section
* may be commented out.
*/
#ifndef NO_ZERO_ROW_TEST
if (wsptr[1] == 0 && wsptr[2] == 0 && wsptr[3] == 0 && wsptr[4] == 0 &&
wsptr[5] == 0 && wsptr[6] == 0 && wsptr[7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
JSAMPLE dcval = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) wsptr[0], PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[0] = dcval;
outptr[1] = dcval;
outptr[2] = dcval;
outptr[3] = dcval;
outptr[4] = dcval;
outptr[5] = dcval;
outptr[6] = dcval;
outptr[7] = dcval;
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
continue;
}
#endif
/* Even part: reverse the even part of the forward DCT. */
/* The rotator is sqrt(2)*c(-6). */
z2 = (INT32) wsptr[2];
z3 = (INT32) wsptr[6];
z1 = MULTIPLY(z2 + z3, FIX_0_541196100);
tmp2 = z1 + MULTIPLY(z3, - FIX_1_847759065);
tmp3 = z1 + MULTIPLY(z2, FIX_0_765366865);
tmp0 = ((INT32) wsptr[0] + (INT32) wsptr[4]) << CONST_BITS;
tmp1 = ((INT32) wsptr[0] - (INT32) wsptr[4]) << CONST_BITS;
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3;
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
/* Odd part per figure 8; the matrix is unitary and hence its
* transpose is its inverse. i0..i3 are y7,y5,y3,y1 respectively.
*/
tmp0 = (INT32) wsptr[7];
tmp1 = (INT32) wsptr[5];
tmp2 = (INT32) wsptr[3];
tmp3 = (INT32) wsptr[1];
z1 = tmp0 + tmp3;
z2 = tmp1 + tmp2;
z3 = tmp0 + tmp2;
z4 = tmp1 + tmp3;
z5 = MULTIPLY(z3 + z4, FIX_1_175875602); /* sqrt(2) * c3 */
tmp0 = MULTIPLY(tmp0, FIX_0_298631336); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1+c3+c5-c7) */
tmp1 = MULTIPLY(tmp1, FIX_2_053119869); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3-c5+c7) */
tmp2 = MULTIPLY(tmp2, FIX_3_072711026); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3+c5-c7) */
tmp3 = MULTIPLY(tmp3, FIX_1_501321110); /* sqrt(2) * ( c1+c3-c5-c7) */
z1 = MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_0_899976223); /* sqrt(2) * (c7-c3) */
z2 = MULTIPLY(z2, - FIX_2_562915447); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1-c3) */
z3 = MULTIPLY(z3, - FIX_1_961570560); /* sqrt(2) * (-c3-c5) */
z4 = MULTIPLY(z4, - FIX_0_390180644); /* sqrt(2) * (c5-c3) */
z3 += z5;
z4 += z5;
tmp0 += z1 + z3;
tmp1 += z2 + z4;
tmp2 += z2 + z3;
tmp3 += z1 + z4;
/* Final output stage: inputs are tmp10..tmp13, tmp0..tmp3 */
outptr[0] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp10 + tmp3,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[7] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp10 - tmp3,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[1] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp11 + tmp2,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[6] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp11 - tmp2,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[2] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp12 + tmp1,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[5] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp12 - tmp1,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[3] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp13 + tmp0,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[4] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp13 - tmp0,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
/*
* jidctred.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains inverse-DCT routines that produce reduced-size output:
* either 4x4, 2x2, or 1x1 pixels from an 8x8 DCT block.
*
* The implementation is based on the Loeffler, Ligtenberg and Moschytz (LL&M)
* algorithm used in jidctint.c. We simply replace each 8-to-8 1-D IDCT step
* with an 8-to-4 step that produces the four averages of two adjacent outputs
* (or an 8-to-2 step producing two averages of four outputs, for 2x2 output).
* These steps were derived by computing the corresponding values at the end
* of the normal LL&M code, then simplifying as much as possible.
*
* 1x1 is trivial: just take the DC coefficient divided by 8.
*
* See jidctint.c for additional comments.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/* Scaling is the same as in jidctint.c. */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define CONST_BITS 13
#define PASS1_BITS 2
#else
#define CONST_BITS 13
#define PASS1_BITS 1 /* lose a little precision to avoid overflow */
#endif
/* Some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time, thus
* causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
* To get around this we use the following pre-calculated constants.
* If you change CONST_BITS you may want to add appropriate values.
* (With a reasonable C compiler, you can just rely on the FIX() macro...)
*/
#if CONST_BITS == 13
#define FIX_0_211164243 ((INT32) 1730) /* FIX(0.211164243) */
#define FIX_0_509795579 ((INT32) 4176) /* FIX(0.509795579) */
#define FIX_0_601344887 ((INT32) 4926) /* FIX(0.601344887) */
#define FIX_0_720959822 ((INT32) 5906) /* FIX(0.720959822) */
#define FIX_0_765366865 ((INT32) 6270) /* FIX(0.765366865) */
#define FIX_0_850430095 ((INT32) 6967) /* FIX(0.850430095) */
#define FIX_0_899976223 ((INT32) 7373) /* FIX(0.899976223) */
#define FIX_1_061594337 ((INT32) 8697) /* FIX(1.061594337) */
#define FIX_1_272758580 ((INT32) 10426) /* FIX(1.272758580) */
#define FIX_1_451774981 ((INT32) 11893) /* FIX(1.451774981) */
#define FIX_1_847759065 ((INT32) 15137) /* FIX(1.847759065) */
#define FIX_2_172734803 ((INT32) 17799) /* FIX(2.172734803) */
#define FIX_2_562915447 ((INT32) 20995) /* FIX(2.562915447) */
#define FIX_3_624509785 ((INT32) 29692) /* FIX(3.624509785) */
#else
#define FIX_0_211164243 FIX(0.211164243)
#define FIX_0_509795579 FIX(0.509795579)
#define FIX_0_601344887 FIX(0.601344887)
#define FIX_0_720959822 FIX(0.720959822)
#define FIX_0_765366865 FIX(0.765366865)
#define FIX_0_850430095 FIX(0.850430095)
#define FIX_0_899976223 FIX(0.899976223)
#define FIX_1_061594337 FIX(1.061594337)
#define FIX_1_272758580 FIX(1.272758580)
#define FIX_1_451774981 FIX(1.451774981)
#define FIX_1_847759065 FIX(1.847759065)
#define FIX_2_172734803 FIX(2.172734803)
#define FIX_2_562915447 FIX(2.562915447)
#define FIX_3_624509785 FIX(3.624509785)
#endif
/* Multiply an INT32 variable by an INT32 constant to yield an INT32 result.
* For 8-bit samples with the recommended scaling, all the variable
* and constant values involved are no more than 16 bits wide, so a
* 16x16->32 bit multiply can be used instead of a full 32x32 multiply.
* For 12-bit samples, a full 32-bit multiplication will be needed.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) MULTIPLY16C16(var,const)
#else
#define MULTIPLY(var,const) ((var) * (const))
#endif
/* Dequantize a coefficient by multiplying it by the multiplier-table
* entry; produce an int result. In this module, both inputs and result
* are 16 bits or less, so either int or short multiply will work.
*/
#define DEQUANTIZE(coef,quantval) (((ISLOW_MULT_TYPE) (coef)) * (quantval))
/*
* Perform dequantization and inverse DCT on one block of coefficients,
* producing a reduced-size 4x4 output block.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_idct_4x4 (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col)
{
INT32 tmp0, tmp2, tmp10, tmp12;
INT32 z1, z2, z3, z4;
JCOEFPTR inptr;
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE * quantptr;
int * wsptr;
JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = IDCT_range_limit(cinfo);
int ctr;
int workspace[DCTSIZE*4]; /* buffers data between passes */
SHIFT_TEMPS
/* Pass 1: process columns from input, store into work array. */
inptr = coef_block;
quantptr = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE; ctr > 0; inptr++, quantptr++, wsptr++, ctr--) {
/* Don't bother to process column 4, because second pass won't use it */
if (ctr == DCTSIZE-4)
continue;
if (inptr[DCTSIZE*1] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*2] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*3] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*5] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*6] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero; we need not examine term 4 for 4x4 output */
int dcval = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]) << PASS1_BITS;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = dcval;
continue;
}
/* Even part */
tmp0 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
tmp0 <<= (CONST_BITS+1);
z2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*2], quantptr[DCTSIZE*2]);
z3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*6], quantptr[DCTSIZE*6]);
tmp2 = MULTIPLY(z2, FIX_1_847759065) + MULTIPLY(z3, - FIX_0_765366865);
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp0 - tmp2;
/* Odd part */
z1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*7], quantptr[DCTSIZE*7]);
z2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*5], quantptr[DCTSIZE*5]);
z3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*3], quantptr[DCTSIZE*3]);
z4 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*1], quantptr[DCTSIZE*1]);
tmp0 = MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_0_211164243) /* sqrt(2) * (c3-c1) */
+ MULTIPLY(z2, FIX_1_451774981) /* sqrt(2) * (c3+c7) */
+ MULTIPLY(z3, - FIX_2_172734803) /* sqrt(2) * (-c1-c5) */
+ MULTIPLY(z4, FIX_1_061594337); /* sqrt(2) * (c5+c7) */
tmp2 = MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_0_509795579) /* sqrt(2) * (c7-c5) */
+ MULTIPLY(z2, - FIX_0_601344887) /* sqrt(2) * (c5-c1) */
+ MULTIPLY(z3, FIX_0_899976223) /* sqrt(2) * (c3-c7) */
+ MULTIPLY(z4, FIX_2_562915447); /* sqrt(2) * (c1+c3) */
/* Final output stage */
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = (int) DESCALE(tmp10 + tmp2, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS+1);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = (int) DESCALE(tmp10 - tmp2, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS+1);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = (int) DESCALE(tmp12 + tmp0, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS+1);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = (int) DESCALE(tmp12 - tmp0, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS+1);
}
/* Pass 2: process 4 rows from work array, store into output array. */
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < 4; ctr++) {
outptr = output_buf[ctr] + output_col;
/* It's not clear whether a zero row test is worthwhile here ... */
#ifndef NO_ZERO_ROW_TEST
if (wsptr[1] == 0 && wsptr[2] == 0 && wsptr[3] == 0 &&
wsptr[5] == 0 && wsptr[6] == 0 && wsptr[7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
JSAMPLE dcval = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) wsptr[0], PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[0] = dcval;
outptr[1] = dcval;
outptr[2] = dcval;
outptr[3] = dcval;
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
continue;
}
#endif
/* Even part */
tmp0 = ((INT32) wsptr[0]) << (CONST_BITS+1);
tmp2 = MULTIPLY((INT32) wsptr[2], FIX_1_847759065)
+ MULTIPLY((INT32) wsptr[6], - FIX_0_765366865);
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp0 - tmp2;
/* Odd part */
z1 = (INT32) wsptr[7];
z2 = (INT32) wsptr[5];
z3 = (INT32) wsptr[3];
z4 = (INT32) wsptr[1];
tmp0 = MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_0_211164243) /* sqrt(2) * (c3-c1) */
+ MULTIPLY(z2, FIX_1_451774981) /* sqrt(2) * (c3+c7) */
+ MULTIPLY(z3, - FIX_2_172734803) /* sqrt(2) * (-c1-c5) */
+ MULTIPLY(z4, FIX_1_061594337); /* sqrt(2) * (c5+c7) */
tmp2 = MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_0_509795579) /* sqrt(2) * (c7-c5) */
+ MULTIPLY(z2, - FIX_0_601344887) /* sqrt(2) * (c5-c1) */
+ MULTIPLY(z3, FIX_0_899976223) /* sqrt(2) * (c3-c7) */
+ MULTIPLY(z4, FIX_2_562915447); /* sqrt(2) * (c1+c3) */
/* Final output stage */
outptr[0] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp10 + tmp2,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3+1)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[3] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp10 - tmp2,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3+1)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[1] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp12 + tmp0,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3+1)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[2] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp12 - tmp0,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3+1)
& RANGE_MASK];
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
}
/*
* Perform dequantization and inverse DCT on one block of coefficients,
* producing a reduced-size 2x2 output block.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_idct_2x2 (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col)
{
INT32 tmp0, tmp10, z1;
JCOEFPTR inptr;
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE * quantptr;
int * wsptr;
JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = IDCT_range_limit(cinfo);
int ctr;
int workspace[DCTSIZE*2]; /* buffers data between passes */
SHIFT_TEMPS
/* Pass 1: process columns from input, store into work array. */
inptr = coef_block;
quantptr = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE; ctr > 0; inptr++, quantptr++, wsptr++, ctr--) {
/* Don't bother to process columns 2,4,6 */
if (ctr == DCTSIZE-2 || ctr == DCTSIZE-4 || ctr == DCTSIZE-6)
continue;
if (inptr[DCTSIZE*1] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*3] == 0 &&
inptr[DCTSIZE*5] == 0 && inptr[DCTSIZE*7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero; we need not examine terms 2,4,6 for 2x2 output */
int dcval = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]) << PASS1_BITS;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = dcval;
continue;
}
/* Even part */
z1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
tmp10 = z1 << (CONST_BITS+2);
/* Odd part */
z1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*7], quantptr[DCTSIZE*7]);
tmp0 = MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_0_720959822); /* sqrt(2) * (c7-c5+c3-c1) */
z1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*5], quantptr[DCTSIZE*5]);
tmp0 += MULTIPLY(z1, FIX_0_850430095); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1+c3+c5+c7) */
z1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*3], quantptr[DCTSIZE*3]);
tmp0 += MULTIPLY(z1, - FIX_1_272758580); /* sqrt(2) * (-c1+c3-c5-c7) */
z1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*1], quantptr[DCTSIZE*1]);
tmp0 += MULTIPLY(z1, FIX_3_624509785); /* sqrt(2) * (c1+c3+c5+c7) */
/* Final output stage */
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = (int) DESCALE(tmp10 + tmp0, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS+2);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = (int) DESCALE(tmp10 - tmp0, CONST_BITS-PASS1_BITS+2);
}
/* Pass 2: process 2 rows from work array, store into output array. */
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < 2; ctr++) {
outptr = output_buf[ctr] + output_col;
/* It's not clear whether a zero row test is worthwhile here ... */
#ifndef NO_ZERO_ROW_TEST
if (wsptr[1] == 0 && wsptr[3] == 0 && wsptr[5] == 0 && wsptr[7] == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
JSAMPLE dcval = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) wsptr[0], PASS1_BITS+3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[0] = dcval;
outptr[1] = dcval;
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
continue;
}
#endif
/* Even part */
tmp10 = ((INT32) wsptr[0]) << (CONST_BITS+2);
/* Odd part */
tmp0 = MULTIPLY((INT32) wsptr[7], - FIX_0_720959822) /* sqrt(2) * (c7-c5+c3-c1) */
+ MULTIPLY((INT32) wsptr[5], FIX_0_850430095) /* sqrt(2) * (-c1+c3+c5+c7) */
+ MULTIPLY((INT32) wsptr[3], - FIX_1_272758580) /* sqrt(2) * (-c1+c3-c5-c7) */
+ MULTIPLY((INT32) wsptr[1], FIX_3_624509785); /* sqrt(2) * (c1+c3+c5+c7) */
/* Final output stage */
outptr[0] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp10 + tmp0,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3+2)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[1] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE(tmp10 - tmp0,
CONST_BITS+PASS1_BITS+3+2)
& RANGE_MASK];
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
}
/*
* Perform dequantization and inverse DCT on one block of coefficients,
* producing a reduced-size 1x1 output block.
*/
GLOBAL(void)
jpeg_idct_1x1 (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col)
{
int dcval;
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE * quantptr;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = IDCT_range_limit(cinfo);
SHIFT_TEMPS
/* We hardly need an inverse DCT routine for this: just take the
* average pixel value, which is one-eighth of the DC coefficient.
*/
quantptr = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
dcval = DEQUANTIZE(coef_block[0], quantptr[0]);
dcval = (int) DESCALE((INT32) dcval, 3);
output_buf[0][output_col] = range_limit[dcval & RANGE_MASK];
}
#endif /* IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/*
* jinclude.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file exists to provide a single place to fix any problems with
* including the wrong system include files. (Common problems are taken
* care of by the standard jconfig symbols, but on really weird systems
* you may have to edit this file.)
*
* NOTE: this file is NOT intended to be included by applications using the
* JPEG library. Most applications need only include jpeglib.h.
*/
/* Include auto-config file to find out which system include files we need. */
#include "jconfig.h" /* auto configuration options */
#define JCONFIG_INCLUDED /* so that jpeglib.h doesn't do it again */
/*
* We need the NULL macro and size_t typedef.
* On an ANSI-conforming system it is sufficient to include <stddef.h>.
* Otherwise, we get them from <stdlib.h> or <stdio.h>; we may have to
* pull in <sys/types.h> as well.
* Note that the core JPEG library does not require <stdio.h>;
* only the default error handler and data source/destination modules do.
* But we must pull it in because of the references to FILE in jpeglib.h.
* You can remove those references if you want to compile without <stdio.h>.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
#include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/*
* We need memory copying and zeroing functions, plus strncpy().
* ANSI and System V implementations declare these in <string.h>.
* BSD doesn't have the mem() functions, but it does have bcopy()/bzero().
* Some systems may declare memset and memcpy in <memory.h>.
*
* NOTE: we assume the size parameters to these functions are of type size_t.
* Change the casts in these macros if not!
*/
#ifdef NEED_BSD_STRINGS
#include <strings.h>
#define MEMZERO(target,size) bzero((void *)(target), (size_t)(size))
#define MEMCOPY(dest,src,size) bcopy((const void *)(src), (void *)(dest), (size_t)(size))
#else /* not BSD, assume ANSI/SysV string lib */
#include <string.h>
#define MEMZERO(target,size) memset((void *)(target), 0, (size_t)(size))
#define MEMCOPY(dest,src,size) memcpy((void *)(dest), (const void *)(src), (size_t)(size))
#endif
/*
* In ANSI C, and indeed any rational implementation, size_t is also the
* type returned by sizeof(). However, it seems there are some irrational
* implementations out there, in which sizeof() returns an int even though
* size_t is defined as long or unsigned long. To ensure consistent results
* we always use this SIZEOF() macro in place of using sizeof() directly.
*/
#define SIZEOF(object) ((size_t) sizeof(object))
/*
* The modules that use fread() and fwrite() always invoke them through
* these macros. On some systems you may need to twiddle the argument casts.
* CAUTION: argument order is different from underlying functions!
*/
#define JFREAD(file,buf,sizeofbuf) \
((size_t) fread((void *) (buf), (size_t) 1, (size_t) (sizeofbuf), (file)))
#define JFWRITE(file,buf,sizeofbuf) \
((size_t) fwrite((const void *) (buf), (size_t) 1, (size_t) (sizeofbuf), (file)))

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more